Om Atf60g-3 2064139 Ow en

Operation Manual
ATF 60G-3
Superstructure
Serial-number
2064139
2021-10_EN
All rights reserved, particularly the right of reproduction and distribution.
Copyright 2021
TADANO Ltd.
The reproduction, editing, copying and distribution of this manual, including excerpts, are only permitted
with the express written approval of TADANO.
Any type of reproduction, distribution or storage on data carriers in any form not authorized by TADANO
represents a violation of the applicable copyright laws and will be prosecuted.
We reserve the right to carry out technical changes, which serve to improve our mobile cranes, or which
increase the safety standard - even without separate prior notice.
Manufacturer After-Sales Service

TADANO FAUN GmbH TADANO FAUN GmbH
Faunberg 2 Faunberg 2
91207 Lauf a. d. Pegnitz, Germany 91207 Lauf a. d. Pegnitz, Germany
Phone: +49 9123 185 0 Phone: +49 9123 185 5100
Fax: +49 9123 7 53 20 Fax: +49 9123 185 155
E-mail: info@tadanofaun.de E-mail: service@tadanofaun.de
www.tadanofaun.de www.tadanofaun.de
Table of contents
Table of contents
1 Preface 15
1.1 Using the operating manual 15
1.2 Superstructure Model Plate 17
1.3 In case of Damage 18
1.4 Warranty 18
2 General safety instructions 21

2.1 Basic Safety Information 21
2.1.1 Use of the Mobile Crane 21
2.1.2 Personnel Requirements 22
2.1.3 Planning Use 25
2.1.4 Ramming or pulling out posts or sheet piles 30
2.1.5 Outrigger 31
2.1.6 Service and Maintenance 33
2.1.7 Welding and alignment work 35
2.1.8 Painting work 36
2.1.9 Risk of fire and explosion 37
2.1.10 Different lengths of the hydraulic cylinders 37
2.1.11 Dismounting and disposal 38
2.2 Basic safety information for the superstructure 39
2.2.1 Warning and instruction signs 39
2.2.2 Safety equipment 43
2.2.3 Crane operation with load 47
2.2.4 Errors during Crane Work 68
2.2.5 Measures to be taken when finishing the crane operation 68
3 Safety devices 71
3.1 Safety equipment of the mobile crane 71
3.2 Aircraft warning lamp *) 72
3.3 Anti-two-block device 73
3.4 Limit switch of hoisting winch 74
3.5 Emergency exit 76
3.6 Engine emergency stop 78
3.7 Anemometer 80
3.7.1 Description of function of the anemometer 80
3.7.2 Mounting and removing the anemometer 81
3.8 "Crane capacity" warning lamp 82
3.9 Safety working range 83
3.10 Wheel chocks 85
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
3.11 Emergency hammer 87
4 Brief description of the operating elements 89

4.1 Overview 89
4.2 Main display 89
4.3 Small display 90
4.4 Navigation control *) 90
ATF 60G-3 3
2019-03_EN
Table of contents
4.5 Right-hand crane control lever 90

4.6 Left crane control lever 90
4.7 Accelerator pedal 90
4.8 Slewing brake foot pedal 90
5 Components and operating elements 91

5.1 Crane components of the superstructure 91
5.1.1 Superstructure – location of components 91
5.1.2 Superstructure cab 92
5.1.3 Superstructure cab – operating elements on instrument panel 93
5.1.4 Superstructure cab – operator station 103
5.1.5 Assignment of the right-hand crane control lever 105
5.1.6 Assigning the left crane control lever 106
5.1.7 Function of telescope control pedal 108
5.1.8 Function of slewing brake pedal 109
5.1.9 Accelerator pedal 109
5.2 Function of the crane control levers 109
5.2.1 Instructions for actuating the crane control levers 109
5.2.2 Fast-approach 110
5.2.3 Rotating and braking the superstructure 112
5.2.4 Unwinding and winding the wire rope 114
5.2.5 Extending the telescopic boom 116
5.2.6 Luffing the telescopic boom 118
5.2.7 Luffing the hydraulically variable-angle jib *) 120
5.2.8 Rigging/unrigging the counterweight 121
5.3 Central lubricating system 122
5.4 Mirror for outrigger supervision 124
5.5 Superstructure lock 125
5.5.1 Mechanical lock 125
5.5.2 Superstructure parking brake *) 126
5.6 Dead man's switch *) — Default for Italy 127
5.7 Ladders, handrail 128
5.7.1 Safety instructions 128
5.7.2 Handrail 128
5.7.3 Double ladder 129
5.8 Aftertreatment of exhaust gases (SCR system) 132
5.9 AdBlue tank heating *) 133
5.10 HELLO-NET telematics system 133
5.11 Remote control *) 135
5.11.1 Overview of switches and levers 135
5.11.2 "Remote control" display 138
5.12 Asymmetrical outrigger base 139
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
6 AML crane control 143

6.1 Description of function 143
6.2 Overview of the operating elements 144
6.3 Layout of the main display 148
6.3.1 Overview 148
6.3.2 Status information 149
4 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
Table of contents
6.3.3 Crane information 151

6.3.4 Navigation area 160
6.3.5 Navigation in a menu 162
6.4 “Checking safety functions” menu 165
6.5 "Operator specific setting" menu 167
6.5.1 Overview 167
6.5.2 "Speed settings" menu 171
6.5.3 "Counterweight rigging" menu 174
6.5.4 “Display settings” menu 175
6.5.5 “Engine system status” menu 177
6.5.6 “Active errors” menu 179
6.5.7 “Software information” menu 181
6.5.8 “HELLO-NET” menu 182
6.5.9 “Centralized lubrication system” menu 183
6.6 "Telescoping" menu 185
6.6.1 “Telescope position” menu 186
6.6.2 "Reset telescopes manually" menu 192
6.7 "Rigging status" menu 194
6.7.1 "Selection of outriggers" menu 196
6.7.2 "Selection of the counterweight" menu 201
6.7.3 "Selection of the jib" menu 203
6.7.4 “Selection of the rope falls” menu 205
6.7.5 "Display of load rating charts" menu 207
6.7.6 “Selection of the hoisting winches” menu 209
6.8 “Working range limit” menu 211
6.9 “Camera view” menu 213
6.10 "Service" menu 214
6.10.1 "Engine fault" menu 215
6.10.2 "Event logger" menu 217
6.10.3 "Response behaviour of the crane control levers" menu 218
6.10.4 "Operator specific curve for the response behaviour of the crane control levers" menu
223
6.11 Messages, pilot and warning lamps 225
6.11.1 Indicator and warning lamps 225
6.11.2 Messages 230
6.12 Status displays 247
6.13 Layout of the small display 249
6.13.1 Viewing areas 249
6.13.2 Emergency control, manual resetting 251
6.13.3 Communication error 254
6.13.4 Camera view 256
6.13.5 Carrier engine functions, outrigger system 257
6.14 Automatic safe load indicator 262
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
6.14.1 Description of function of the automatic safe load indicator 262

6.14.2 Activating the setup mode of the crane control 263
6.14.3 Activating the work mode of the crane control 263
6.15 "Driving from the superstructure" menu 264
7 Putting into operation 269

7.1 Superstructure cab 269
ATF 60G-3 5
2019-03_EN
Table of contents
7.1.1 Unlocking and locking door from interior/exterior 269

7.1.2 Adjusting the seat 271
7.1.3 Adjusting the cockpit inclination 275
7.1.4 Heater, ventilation, air conditioning system 276
7.1.5 Superstructure auxiliary heater 280
7.1.6 Opening/closing the superstructure cab window 282
7.1.7 Interior lighting 285
7.1.8 Roller sun visor 285
7.1.9 Sun visor 286
7.1.10 Plugboxes 287
7.1.11 Radio 287
7.1.12 Step adjustment 288
7.2 Measures before commissioning 289
7.3 Checks before starting work 290
7.4 Starting/stopping engine 294
7.4.1 Starting the engine 294
7.4.2 Switching off the engine 296
7.5 Turning on/off *) the remote control 297
8 Supporting the mobile crane from the superstructure 299

8.1 Introduction 299
8.2 Preparations in the carrier 299
8.3 Preparations in the superstructure 300
8.4 Extending the outriggers of the carrier 301
8.4.1 Preparations 301
8.4.2 Extending the outriggers 301
8.4.3 Retracting the outriggers 303
9 Setup 305
9.1 Decoupling the hook block 305
9.2 Taking the hook block out of the holder 306
9.2.1 Taking the hook block out of the hook block holder on the carrier 306
9.3 Fitting hoisting winch 2 *) or balance weight 308
9.3.2 Attachment points, weights and dimensions of hoisting winch 2 *) 309
9.3.3 Attachment points, weights and dimensions of the counterweights 309
9.3.4 Fitting hoisting winch 2*) to superstructure frame 312
9.3.5 Fitting balance weight 314
9.4 Counterweight assembly 320
9.4.3 Attachment points, weights and dimensions of the counterweight assemblies 323
9.4.4 Fitting counterweight to the superstructure frame *) 326
9.4.5 Overview of the counterweight variants 331
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
9.4.6 Assembly of counterweight variant in assembly position 338

9.4.7 Bringing the counterweight into the working position 340
9.5 Mounting the hook block 342
9.5.1 Wire rope reeves 342
9.5.2 Reeving the hook block 352
9.5.3 Fixing the hoisting rope 353
9.5.4 Mounting the anti-two-block device weight 357
6 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
Table of contents
9.6 Selecting the rigging status 359

9.7 Driving on public roads with fitted uppermost counterweight 359
10 Driving the mobile crane from the superstructure 361

10.1 Safety instructions 361
10.2 Preparations in the carrier 361
10.3 Overview of the operating elements 362
10.4 Starting the engine 363
10.5 Activating carrier operation 363
10.6 Driving the mobile crane 363
10.6.1 Selecting direction of travel 363
10.6.2 Driving and steering 363
10.6.3 Switching inter-wheel differential locks on/off 365
10.6.4 Switching axle oscillation on/off 366
10.6.5 Switching direction indicators on/off 366
10.6.6 Switching lighting on/off 366
10.6.7 Deactivating carrier operation 367
10.7 Moving the fully rigged mobile crane on the construction site 367
10.7.2 Conditions for moving the fully rigged mobile crane 369
10.7.3 Overview 370
10.7.4 Moving the mobile crane 370
10.7.5 Axle loads for driving fully rigged mobile crane on constructions sites 371
11 Short tip jib *) 377

11.1.1 Overview 377
11.1.2 Attachment points, weights and dimensions 378
11.3 Requirements 379
11.3.1 Requirements for mounting 379
11.3.2 Tools and aids 379
11.4 Slewing short tip into the working position 380
11.4.1 Depositing the hoisting rope on the telescopic boom 380
11.4.2 Removing the transport pin 381
11.4.3 Slewing the short tip onto the boom head 382
11.4.4 Slewing round the short tip on the boom head 383
11.5 Angling down short tip, with rope winch *) 384
11.6 Angling down short tip, with wire rope of the hoisting winch 385
11.8 Function check 387
11.9 Operating the short tip 388
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
11.10 Operating the short tip with a lifting hook 389

11.11 Removing the hook block 392
11.12 Angling back short tip, with rope winch *) 393
11.13 Angling back short tip, with wire rope of the hoisting winch 394
11.14 Slewing the short tip into transport position 395
11.14.1 Requirements 395
ATF 60G-3 7
2019-03_EN
Table of contents
11.14.2 Releasing the short tip from the boom head 396
11.14.3 Slewing the short tip into transport position 397
11.14.4 Securing the short tip in the transport position 398
12 Jib Mechanically adjustable single folding jib *) 399

12.1.1 Overview 399
12.1.2 Attachment points, weight, dimensions 400
12.3 Requirements 401
12.3.1 Requirements for mounting 401
12.3.2 Tools and aids 401
12.4 Mounting single folding jib on the telescopic boom 401
12.4.1 Requirements for the auxiliary crane 401
12.4.2 Mounting single folding jib in transport position on the telescopic boom 402
12.5 Slewing single folding jib into working position 405
12.5.1 Depositing the hoisting rope on the telescopic boom 405
12.5.2 Slewing ramp into working position 406
12.5.3 Pulling in guide rope of hand winch 407
12.5.4 Slewing single folding jib to boom head 408
12.5.5 Pinning single folding jib on right side of boom head 408
12.5.6 Slewing and pinning single folding jib in working position 410
12.5.7 Erecting the sheave 411
12.5.8 Installing the hoisting rope 412
12.5.9 Final activities 412
12.5.10 Measures in the event of a stuck left-hand threaded bolt 413
12.6 Angling down the single folding jib 416
12.8 Function check 419
12.9 Operating the single folding jib 421
12.9.1 Preparing mobile crane for operation 421
12.9.2 Superstructure cab – operator station 422
12.10 Removing the hook block 424
12.11 Angling single folding jib back 424
12.12 Rewinding the hoisting rope to the telescopic boom 427
12.13 Lowering the sheave 428
12.14 Slewing single folding jib into transport position 428
12.14.2 Preparing single folding jib for slewing 429
12.14.3 Pinning single folding jib on right side of telescopic boom 430
12.14.4 Slewing single folding jib into transport position 431
12.14.5 Slewing ramp into transport position 432
12.14.6 Removing the single folding jib from transport position on the telescopic boom 433
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
13 Crane operation 435

13.1 General safety instructions 435
13.2 Slinging/lifting the load 435
13.3 Crane operation on outriggers 436
13.4 Crane operations on wheels 437
8 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
Table of contents
13.5 Operation with two hook blocks 437

13.6 Crane operation with remote control *) 440
13.7 One-sided heating of the boom due to solar radiation 441
14 Crane operation in winter 443

14.2 Engine 443
14.2.1 Fuel 443
14.2.2 Engine oil 444
14.2.3 Coolant and anti-freeze 444
14.2.4 AdBlue in winter operation 444
14.3 Hydraulic system 444
14.3.1 Heating instructions for hydraulic oils 445
14.3.2 Switching to another oil 445
14.4 Windshield washing system 445
15 Resetting 447
15.1 Removing the counterweight 447
15.1.3 Dismounting counterweight from the superstructure frame *) 450
15.1.4 Removing hoisting winch 2 *) or balance weight 455
15.1.5 Setting down counterweights in the transport position 465
15.2 Set down the hook block in the holder 472
15.2.1 Set down the hook block in the hook block holder on the carrier 472
15.3 Attaching the hook block for road travel 473
16 Special equipment 475

16.1 "Hoisting winch 1" hour meter *) 475
16.2 "Hoisting winch 2" hour meter *) 475
16.3 Hoisting winch camera 477
16.3.1 Camera for monitoring hoisting winch 1 477
16.3.2 Camera for monitoring hoisting winch 2 *) 479
16.4 Single top 480
16.5 Heavy-duty lift 60 t lifting load 489
16.5.1 Introduction 489
16.5.2 Preparing short tip for heavy-duty lift 490
16.5.3 Reeving wire rope 491
16.5.4 Operation 493
16.5.5 Unreeving the wire rope 493
16.5.6 Slewing the short tip into transport position 495
16.6 Load view camera *) 496
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
16.7 Fitting and removing swinging working floodlight 500
17 Troubleshooting 503
17.1 General hints 503
17.2 Engine 503
17.3 Superstructure hydraulic system - general 504
17.4 Swing mechanism 505
ATF 60G-3 9
2019-03_EN
Table of contents
17.5 Telescoping system 505

17.6 Derrick 506
17.7 Hoisting winch 506
17.8 Counterweight 507
17.9 Electrical system 507
17.10 Auxiliary heater 508
18 Self-help 509
18.1 Bleeding the fuel system 509
18.2 Measures in case of an overheated engine 511
18.3 Starting/stopping the engine with the start/stop pushbutton 512
18.4 Starting the engine with help from external current 514
18.4.1 Starting the engine with help from jump leads 514
18.4.2 Starting the engine with help from jump start socket *) 517
18.5 Charging batteries 518
18.5.2 Charging batteries with charger 519
18.5.3 Charging batteries through the charging socket *) 520
18.6 Override length sensor of the outrigger system 522
18.7 Overriding anti-two-block device 522
19 Emergency operation / faults during crane operation 525

19.2 Faults of the mobile crane and possible solutions 525
19.3 Behaviour of the mobile crane when reaching the maximum permitted capacity utilisa-
tion 527
19.3.1 Audible and visual warning 527
19.4 Attempting repair with a restart 529
19.5 Resetting the telescopic boom manually 530
19.6 Extending the automatic safe load indicator in case of automatic deactivation 533
19.7 Overriding automatic safe load indicator in case of automatic deactivation 535
19.8 Overriding automatic safe load indicator in the event of failure of electronic compon-
ents 537
19.9 Resetting the telescopic boom in case of failure of the control 539
19.10 Resetting the counterweight in case of failure of the control 543
19.11 Resetting superstructure in case of failure of electronic system 545
19.11.2 Status of the automatic safe load indicator 545
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
19.11.5 Solenoid valve installation locations 547

19.11.6 Telescoping 547
19.11.7 Luffing 547
19.11.8 Winding/unwinding wire rope 547
19.12 Switching on cooling system ventilator manually 548
20 Service and maintenance 551
10 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
Table of contents
20.1 Description of maintenance chart 551

20.3 Daily maintenance tasks 553
20.4 Recurring maintenance tasks 554
20.5 Preparing mobile crane for maintenance tasks 559
20.5.1 Opening and closing the maintenance hatches 559
20.6 Filling up fuel or AdBlue 563
20.7 Checking the fasteners 568
20.7.1 Checking folding plugs and spring clips 568
20.8 Checking superstructure for leaks 570
20.8.2 Checking engine for leaks 571
20.8.3 Checking hydraulic system for leaks 572
20.9 Engine and assemblies 573
20.9.1 Engine 573
20.9.2 Engine cooling system 579
20.9.3 Air cleaner 585
20.9.4 Fuel system 587
20.9.5 Exhaust system 593
20.10 Hydraulic system 593
20.10.2 Visual inspection of all hydraulic elements for leaks 594
20.10.3 Hydraulic oil tank 595
20.10.4 Checking and cleaning the oil cooler 598
20.10.5 Replacing filter element of the pressure filter 599
20.10.6 Hydraulic hoses 599
20.11.1 Check the lamps 600
20.11.2 Checking the battery 600
20.11.3 Greasing the battery terminals 601
20.11.4 Checking the battery fluid level 601
20.11.5 Fuses 602
20.11.6 Relay assignment 605
20.11.7 Bulbs and lamps 609
20.11.8 Inspection of automatic safe load indicator 610
20.12 Pneumatic system 610
20.12.1 Testing function of air dryer 610
20.12.2 Cleaning drain valves 611
20.12.3 Test the pressure regulator 613
20.12.4 Replacing air dryer cartridge 613
20.13 Bleeder valves 613
20.13.2 Installation location of breather 614
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
20.13.3 Checking hydraulic oil tank breather 616

20.14 Slewing gear 616
20.14.2 Slewing gear drive 617
20.14.3 Slewing brake 621
20.15 Hoisting winches 622
ATF 60G-3 11
2019-03_EN
Table of contents
20.15.2 Checking the tightness of the hoisting winch 623

20.15.3 Checking the hoisting winch gearbox oil level 623
20.15.4 Check anti-two-block device 625
20.15.5 Checking the backlash of the hoisting winch 625
20.15.6 Checking the discs and the freewheeling of the hoisting winch brake 625
20.15.7 Changing gear oil of hoisting winch 625
20.15.8 Visual inspection of the hoisting winch transmission 625
20.15.9 Testing the function of the rope limit switch 625
20.16 Jib *) 626
20.16.1 Lubricating the jib 626
20.17 Lubricating the telescopic boom 626
20.17.2 Lubricating the sliding surfaces 626
20.17.3 Lubricating the lock pin 633
20.17.4 Lubricating foot bolts of the telescopic boom 636
20.18.1 General information 637
20.18.2 Doors, hatches and windshield of superstructure cab 637
20.18.3 Windshield wiper blades 641
20.18.4 Filling the windshield washer system 642
20.18.5 Air conditioning system 643
20.18.6 Hot-water heating system 644
20.18.7 Auxiliary heating *) 644
20.18.8 Heater 644
20.19 Oiling and lubricating 644
20.19.1 Lubricating joints, pins, hinges and all moving parts 644
20.19.2 Maintaining luffing cylinder 644
20.19.3 Lubricating the hook block 645
20.20 Centralized lubrication system 646
20.20.1 Installation location of centralized lubrication system 646
20.20.2 Overview of lubrication points 646
20.20.3 Checking fill level of reservoir 647
20.20.4 Inspect the lines and screw couplings for leaks and damage 647
20.21 Amot Control (engine stop) *) 647
20.21.1 Valve function check 647
20.22 Wire ropes 648
20.22.2 Caring for the hoisting winch 648
21 Crane testing instructions 649

21.1 Periodic tests of cranes 649
21.2 Checking the load-bearing steel structures 650
21.3 Checking the bottom block 654
21.4 Checking the hoisting ropes 656
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
21.4.1 Replacement state of hoisting ropes 657

21.5 Service life of the hoisting winch 660
21.5.1 Theoretical service life of the hoisting winch 660
21.5.2 Elapsed component of the theoretical service life 661
21.5.3 Determining the elapsed component of the theoretical service life 663
21.6 Monitoring the slewing ring 667
12 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
Table of contents
21.6.1 Inspection of the fixing screws of the slewing ring 667
22 Removal from operation 669

22.1 Maintenance activities in the event of temporarily decommissioned mobile crane 669
22.1.1 Preparing mobile crane for temporary decommissioning 669
22.1.2 Monthly maintenance activities on temporarily decommissioned mobile crane 669
22.1.3 Putting mobile crane into operation after temporary decommissioning 670
23 Technical data 671

23.1 Filling levels 671
23.2 Engine 673
23.3 Telescopic boom 673
23.4 Luffing cylinder 673
23.5 Hoisting winches 673
23.6 Slewing gear 674
23.7 Counterweight 674
23.9 Lubricants 674
24 Annex 677
24.1 Centralized lubrication system 677
24.3 Remote control 714
24.4 Load view camera 741
Glossary 760
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 13
2019-03_EN
Table of contents
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
14 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
1 Preface
1 Preface
1.1 Using the operating manual
Introduction
This operating manual should make it possible for the user to operate the mobile crane safely
and use its functions. It provides important information that is a prerequisite for safe operation.
Carrier (chassis) and superstructure have been separately explained.
Safety instructions
DANGER
Risk of accident due to incorrect use.
Incorrect use or maintenance of the mobile crane can lead to accidents.
This could cause fatal injuries to persons.
1. Operation and maintenance of the mobile crane may be carried out
only by qualified and trained experts.
2. Observe the notes in the operating manual during all activities.
Using the operating manual

The operating manual is primarily intended for the operator and the maintenance expert. The
operator and the maintenance personnel must be able to access it at all times. The operating
manual should thus be kept near the workplace of the operator, i.e. in the carrier or superstruc-
ture cab. The operating manual is a part of the mobile crane.
If you receive additional information from our after-sales service, make a note of it and keep it
with the operating manual.
Read the operating manual carefully before the commissioning of the mobile crane. Be well ac-
quainted with the content as well as the instruction signs and their meanings. You must also be
acquainted with the structure, function and the actuation direction of all operating elements be-
fore operating the mobile crane.
Scope of delivery
The documents of the mobile crane consist of the following parts:
▪ Operating manual of the superstructure.
▪ Operating manual of the carrier.
▪ Schemata, wiring diagrams.
▪ Operating manual of the engine.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
▪ Further operating manuals depending on the installed special equipments or options.

▪ Electronic data carrier with operating manuals, diagrams, load rating charts, and, if neces-
sary, the operating manual of the engine.
ATF 60G-3 15
2019-03_EN
1 Preface
Structure
The operating manual describes the delivered design as well as the special equipment, if any.
The Table of Contents helps you find the desired information. In addition, the header on every
page also contains the title of the relevant chapter.
The crane components, as well as the checking, switching and control devices within the cabs,
are mentioned on many pages of the operating manual. Overviews of the key crane compon-
ents for the crane operator (and references to further chapters with detailed information) are loc-
ated in the chapter Components. Overviews of the instrument panels, crane control levers / foot
pedals, as well as the software operating consoles are located in the chapters Components,
Operating elements, and AML crane control.
The images in the operating manual may deviate from the actual design. The functional inform-
ation is not affected by this.
Please follow the specifications in the additional pamphlets of the vehicle documentation.
This operating manual has been translated to the best of the knowledge and capacity of the
translator. Only the German version is definitive for the functional correctness.
The TADANO After-sales Service is at your disposal for answering any questions that you may
have. Please contact the Customer Service Department if you have any questions even after
reading through the operating manual. Put get all questions clarified before operating the mobile
crane.
The operating manual is not a work instruction for carrying out greater commissioning work. The
TADANO After-sales Service will explain this to you.
If the mobile crane is sold, give the operating manual to the new owner!
Definition of the direction specifications

Driving forwards means: Driving with the carrier cab facing forward.
Driving backwards means: Driving with the tail-lights of the carrier facing forward.
Forward, backward, right, left on the mobile crane means that the carrier cab and the boom
head point in the same direction. The front is then always the direction of the carrier cab.
Forward, backward, right, left in the carrier cab refers only to the carrier cab. The carrier cab is
then always forward.
Forward, backward, right, left in the superstructure cab refers only to the superstructure. For-
ward is then always the direction of the boom head.
Option
Options, special equipment and country-specific versions are marked with *).
Symbols and safety instructions

The following safety instructions are used in this operating manual.
DANGER
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Type and source of danger

DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result
in death or serious injury.
16 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
1 Preface
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could
result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could res-
ult in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE is used to address practices not related to physical injury.
Tips and recommended actions
Provides information if adherence to specific instructions is important for

economical use of the mobile crane or in case of additional information
and tips about the use of the mobile crane.
1.2 Superstructure Model Plate
Introduction
The model plate of the superstructure is on the left of the rear of the superstructure cab.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 17
2019-03_EN
1 Preface
Overview
1.3 In case of Damage
Introduction
In case of damage, contact the nearest TADANO workshop or TADANO dealer.
Specify the following:
▪ Chassis number or serial number
▪ Type and scope of damage.
1.4 Warranty
Introduction
Observe the stipulated guarantee provisions.
The type and manner of use of the mobile crane must be completely in accordance with the
specifications in the operating manual.
The mobile crane may be modified only after a written approval of the manufacturer.
In case of non-adherence, the warranty of the mobile crane becomes invalid. We assume no li-
ability for damage resulting from non-adherence to the operating manual and the instructions
contained therein, or due to improper use of the mobile crane. The operating manual does not
specify our sales and delivery conditions.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
18 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
1 Preface
Safety instructions
NOTICE
Loss of guarantee
If parts installed in the company are removed, changed or replaced with
non-original parts, the crane authorization as well as the manufacturer's
guarantee expires.
1. Do not dismantle original parts!
2. Do not modify original parts!
3. Use only original parts from TADANO.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 19
2019-03_EN
1 Preface
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
20 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
2 General safety instructions
2.1 Basic Safety Information
2.1.1 Use of the Mobile Crane
Introduction
This mobile crane has been built in accordance with the latest technology and approved safety
regulations. Nevertheless, danger to life and limb and damage to property may occur during its
use. It is therefore necessary to pay attention to the manual to reduce these risks.
It is only permitted to operate the mobile crane when it is technically in sound condition and in
accordance with its regulations. Problems or faults which affect the safety of the mobile crane
must be rectified immediately. Please contact TADANO After-sales Service if you have any
questions.
All specifications and descriptions in the manual assume that the mobile crane is being oper-
ated and used as described in the chapter Proper use.
Safety instructions
DANGER
Improper use of the mobile crane!
Improper use causes danger to life and limb.
1. Read and understand the manual.
2. Only trained, qualified personnel may operate the mobile crane.
Proper Use
Introduction
Proper use of the mobile crane consists exclusively of the lifting and lowering of unfixed loads.
To do this, the weight and center of gravity of the load must be known. The weight of the load
may not exceed the lifting capacity of the mobile crane.
A bottom block or hook tackle, in either case approved by TADANO, must be reeved to the
hoisting rope. The bottom block must be centered over the center of gravity of the load before
lifting. It may only be operated in the permissible setup conditions.
The mobile crane may only be moved if this is permitted according to the available moving and
lifting capacity charts. The setup conditions and specifications given in the operating instructions
must be adhered to.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
With its standard equipment, the mobile crane may only be operated at a temperature range
from -25 °C to +40 °C ambient temperature.
Any other use is classified as improper.
The manufacturer bears no liability for damage resulting from improper use of the mobile crane.
The responsibility for this is exclusively that of the director of operations and the crane operator.
ATF 60G-3 21
2019-03_EN
Improper Use
Introduction
Incorrect use includes:
▪ using equipment parts not approved for the mobile crane,
▪ using load rating charts which do not correspond to the actual setup condition,
▪ working in slewing ranges and jib lengths which are not permitted according to the load rat-
ing charts,
▪ working with setup conditions which are not permitted according to the load rating charts,
▪ by-passing safety devices e.g. anti-two-block device,
▪ increasing the jib length of the lifted load after an automatic safe load indicator shut-off,
▪ pushing, pressing or lifting loads with the outrigger beams, the outrigger floats, or the level-
ling,
▪ sliding, pushing or lifting loads with the luffing or the slewing gear,
▪ using the mobile crane to break off fixed objects,
▪ using the mobile crane for handling operations,
▪ loading or unloading the mobile crane suddenly (use with chutes, containers or claws),
▪ using the mobile crane for work in which the swinging load alters in weight, e.g. filling a con-
crete container, containers or chutes,
▪ using the mobile crane to transport flammable or other hazardous materials,
▪ using the mobile crane to catch falling objects or parts,
▪ using the mobile crane for bungee jumping,
▪ driving the mobile crane in an unsuitable condition,
▪ driving on public roads when the equipment is not in a permitted state (dimensions, axle
loads),
The mobile crane may not be used for:
▪ rigging loads whose centers of gravity and weights are unknown and which are then re-
leased, e.g. by dismounting, separating,
▪ working without the necessary additional equipment, e.g. two hook block operation,
▪ transporting loads on the carrier,
▪ carrying persons outside the carrier cab,
▪ carrying persons in the superstructure cab while driving,
▪ carrying persons on the load or the load lifting device,
▪ carrying persons in workman's baskets without written authorization from the responsible au-
thorities. National regulations of the area of use must also be observed.
2.1.2 Personnel Requirements

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Introduction
General and type-specific driver and after-sales service training courses are carried out at
TADANO Ltd..
Persons who are still undergoing training may only work on the mobile crane under the supervi-
sion of qualified members of staff.
22 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to untrained handling of the mobile crane.
Improper operation or maintenance of the mobile crane can lead to acci-
dents.
This could cause serious or fatal injuries.
1. Have the operation, maintenance, and repair only carried out by quali-
fied professionals that a are trained on the mobile crane.
2. Read and understand the operating manual.
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to inappropriate work clothes.
Loose clothing can get caught in rotating parts. Body parts may get
crushed or torn. Loose clothing can get caught on to protruding vehicle
parts. This could cause serious or fatal injuries.
1. Wear tight-fitting clothes.
2. Tie up long hair and protect them with a hair net.
3. Use personal protective gear.
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to influence of alcohol, drugs and medicines.
The maintenance personnel and the operating personnel must not be un-
der the influence of alcohol, drugs, or any medication, and must not be
overtired. In such a case, the risks cannot longer be assessed clearly.
This may result in accidents. This could cause serious or fatal injuries.
1. Operation or maintenance activities must only be carried out by
healthy individuals.
WARNING
Risk of falling due to unsafe or defective ladders.
When climbing and stepping on ladders, take utmost care especially in
case of humid weather. There is risk of slipping and risk of falling. This
could cause serious or fatal injuries.
1. Keep ladders clean at all times.
2. Wear sturdy, non-slip footwear.
3. Always hold the ladder beams or handles while climbing up or down.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
4. Replace faulty ladders immediately.

5. Ensure that the ladders are safe.
ATF 60G-3 23
2019-03_EN
Crane Operators
Introduction
Only trained and authorized personnel may work with the mobile crane.
The crane operator must be able to recognize hazards to themselves and others, and to prevent
them adopting suitable measures.
The crane operator must fulfil the following requirements:
▪ He must hold the permission to drive and operate the mobile crane required in the country of
use.
▪ He must hold comprehensive knowledge of handling mobile cranes as well as the qualifica-
tions prescribed in the country of use.
▪ He must possess the intellectual and physical requirements to be able to independently op-
erate a mobile crane.
▪ He must be trained in the intended use of the mobile crane.
▪ He must hold the knowledge and understanding of the operating manual for the mobile
crane.
▪ He must hold the knowledge and understanding of the relevant accident prevention regula-
tions.
▪ He must hold knowledge of the emergency equipment of the mobile crane and be able to ap-
ply it.
Only those persons who have been briefed and are aware of the valid accident prevention regu-
lations may engage in the rigging of loads and signaling to the crane operator.
Maintenance personnel
Introduction
Maintenance activities on the mobile crane must only be carried out by qualified, trained profes-
sionals, which hold the appropriate training and experience in the fields of electrical, electronic,
hydraulic , and pneumatic systems.
The maintenance personnel must possess the intellectual and physical requirements for the
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
activities.
Skilled Repair Technicians
Introduction
Only qualified and trained, expert personnel may carry out repairs on the mobile crane. These
are, for example, trained specialists from the fields of mechatronics or the automotive trade.
24 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
Only personnel from a specialist brakes workshop or with equivalent qualifications may carry out
work on the brakes and compressed air system.
National regulations which differ from the above regulations should be observed.
Personal Protective Equipment
Introduction
Observe the accident prevention regulations of the country of use.
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of falling of unsecured personnel.
If the personnel is not adequately secured during mounting and mainten-
ance activities, this may lead to accidents. This may result in fatal or seri-
ous injury.
1. Secure personnel against falling during mounting and maintenance
activities on the mobile crane with suitable aids, e.g. auxiliary crane,
lifting platform, scaffolding or ladders.
2. Use the provided handrail and ladders.
3. Wear personal protective gear.
4. Use safety harnesses if required.
2.1.3 Planning Use
Introduction
The national legislation and regulations applicable at the place of use must be observed.
Smooth operation requires careful planning of use.
The operator must have all the required specifications and documents before going to the in-
stallation location.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 25
2019-03_EN
Safety instructions
WARNING
Missing information on use!
A lack of information may make the planned work at the site of use unfeas-
ible and may force the crane operator to improvise.
1. Work with the crane may only be carried out when all documents/spe-
cifications are complete and correct.
When going to the installation location

▪ an exact route plan,
▪ a plan to the place of use for the vehicle with regard to its length, width and height as well as
its total weight, taking into accounting bridge loads, access heights and the width of streets,
▪ if necessary request police escort and obtain approval from the authorities,
▪ the necessary driving and special approvals,
▪ observe the paragraphs of the Road Traffic Licensing Regulations and the Highway Code
(observe the regulations valid in the area of use),
▪ permissible axle loads and total weight for the journey.
When carrying out the planned work

▪ a precise schedule,
▪ the type of planned crane use,
▪ weight and size of the load to be lifted,
▪ required jib length and lifting height,
▪ load bearing capacity of the ground at the site of the mobile crane (channels, water and gas
pipes, underground channels or cavities);
▪ space and possible limitations at the site of the mobile crane,
▪ overhead electric lines and their voltage,
▪ more personnel for instructing or for loading/equipping work,
▪ communication procedure, contact addresses, emergency addresses,
▪ any authorization from the authorities.
Required crane equipment

Because of the existing specifications, the necessary crane equipment must be assembled to
carry out the planned use:
▪ hook tackle or hook blocks,
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
▪ jibs,
▪ counterweights,
▪ slinging ropes, chain suspension, cross beams and similar aids,
▪ support base plates,
▪ additional transport vehicle.
26 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
Choice of Site
Introduction
A basic prerequisite for working safely with a mobile crane is that it is used on ground which can
bear sufficient load.
Safety instructions
WARNING
Weak ground!
Wear ground implies risk of tipping and thus risk of accidents.
1. Only position and operate the mobile crane on ground which can bear
sufficient load.
2. Thus, place outrigger plates underneath.
Choice of Site
When selecting the site, it should be ensured that
▪ the available ground conditions can withstand the resulting strain,
▪ the outriggers can be extended in accordance with the value specified in the load rating
chart,
▪ the work can be carried out with as small a jib length as possible,
▪ there are no obstacles in the slewing range of the superstructure.
Permissible Ground Pressure
Introduction
When the mobile crane is supported, the outrigger cylinders transmit the forces to the ground.
The maximum force can reach almost the weight of the mobile crane including the load. These
forces are sent directly into the ground via the surfaces of the outrigger floats. If these surfaces
are insufficient, the ground must be appropriately supported.
The maximum reaction forces which can occur with 360° slewing of the load are specified in the
reaction force tables.
Safety instructions
WARNING
Tipping of the mobile crane due to unstable support!
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
In case of an unstable support, there is a risk of tipping and thus a risk of

accidents.
1. Only use stable materials to support the crane, such as adequate
wooden planks.
2. The support must be situated centrally underneath the outrigger floats
so that the distribution of pressure is equal.
ATF 60G-3 27
2019-03_EN
Calculating the support area

The minimum support area required may be calculated from the reaction force of the mobile
crane (refer to reaction force chart) divided by the permissible load bearing capability of the
ground.
supporting force
required support area = permissible load bearing capability of ground
On no account may the support area be smaller than the required area calculated.
If the load bearing capability of the ground is unknown, its strength must be determined with ap-
propriate tests, for example with a penetrometer.
Permissible ground pressure (extract from DIN 1054)

Type of ground daN/cm2
Backfilled ground, not artificially compressed: 0-1
Natural, obviously untouched ground:
Mud, peat, moor earth 0
Fine to medium sand 1.5
Coarse sand to gravel 2.0
Cohesive soils:
mushy 0
soft 0.4
firm 1.0
semi-solid 2.0
hard 4.0
Rock with minimal jointing in good, unweathered condition and favourable strati-
fication:
in closed sequence of strata 15
in bulky and columnar formation 30
Artificially compressed ground:
Asphalt 5 - 15
Concrete B I 50 - 250
Concrete B II 350 - 550
Slopes and depressions
Introduction
When choosing the site to position the mobile crane, it must be ensured that the mobile crane
does not stand too close to ditches, slopes or trenches.
A safe distance between the outriggers and the edge of the trench must be maintained, accord-
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ing to the type of ground.

The safe distance is measured from the edge of the trench.
Subsurface Safe distance
Firm, natural, non-grainy soil (∝ ≥ 45°) 1 times depth of depression (A = 1 x T)
Grainy, soft or backfilled soil (∝ ≤ 30°) 2 times depth of depression (A = 2 x T)
28 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
Safety instructions
WARNING
Vehicle tips over!
The edge of the slope or trench could cave in under the resulting stress
and cause the mobile crane to turn over.
1. A safe distance must be maintained between the mobile crane and the
edge of the trench.
2. Support slope or trench.
Overview
T Depth of depression A Safe distance α Gradient

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 29
2019-03_EN
Counterweight
Safety instructions
WARNING
Danger to life from falling counterweights.
In case of technical defects, counterweights may come loose and fall. Per-
sons staying underneath the counterweights may get seriously or fatally in-
jured.
1. Do not stay underneath counterweights.
2. Make sure that no persons are staying underneath the counterweights.
2.1.4 Ramming or pulling out posts or sheet piles
Introduction
When ramming or pulling out posts or sheet piles with the mobile crane, vibrations can be trans-
ferred to the load-bearing steel structure of the mobile crane. These vibrations can lead to pre-
mature fatigue of the material and, thus, to cracks in the load-bearing steel structure.
Vibratory equipments that, due to their design, do not transfer any vibrations to the mobile crane
can be attached directly to the mobile crane. Otherwise, an additional device shall be attached
as damping element.
The national legislation and regulations applicable at the place of use shall be complied with.
Measures
Vibratory ramming or pulling out of posts and sheet piles with the mobile crane is permissible on
the following conditions:
▪ The automatic safe load indicator may not be overridden.
▪ The ramming equipment shall only be attached to the mobile crane via the wire rope and the
hook block. Any contact of the ramming equipment to other parts of the mobile crane is not
permissible.
▪ The posts and sheet piles to be driven in shall be adequately secured against tipping over.
▪ The ramming equipment may not start vibrating before the entire weight load of the post or of
the sheet pile is on the ground.
▪ While pulling the ramming equipment away from the driven-in post or sheet pile, the hook
block shall be positioned vertically above the attachment point.
▪ While pulling out, it must be avoided that the post or the sheet pile come out of the ground
with a jerk.
▪ As soon as the post or the sheet pile come out of the ground, the vibration of the ramming
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
equipment shall be stopped to prevent vibrations from being transferred to the mobile crane.
▪ After finishing any ramming tasks, the load-bearing parts of the mobile crane shall be
checked for cracks and loose parts.
Before the mobile crane is used again for normal lifting tasks, a thorough inspection of the
mobile crane shall be performed, refer to chapter Crane testing instructions in the operating
manual.
30 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
▪ The frequency and scope of the checks for wear and signs of fatigue shall be adapted cor-
respondingly.
▪ The instructions and restrictions of the ramming equipment's manufacturer shall be complied
with.
2.1.5 Outrigger
Introduction
All outrigger beams must be extended on the outrigger base in accordance with the selected
load rating chart.
All outrigger floats must hold. All wheels shall have a distance of at least 5 cm to the ground.
The mobile crane must be levelled after extending the outrigger beams and the outrigger floats.
Safety instructions
DANGER
Danger of the mobile crane tipping due to abrupt unloading!
If the wire rope tears or the load falls while it is being lifted, the mobile
crane is unloaded abruptly. In this case, if the non-load side outriggers are
not extended, the sudden unloading of the crane can cause it to overturn
backwards.
1. All outrigger beams that are on the load side and non-load side always
support according to the outrigger extensions in the load rating charts.
2. Insert all locking pins completely into the outrigger beams.
WARNING
Risk of accidents when extending the outriggers.
If the operator cannot see the outrigger area, people who are present in
this area may get injured.
1. Evacuate people from the outrigger area of outriggers.
2. Only extend and retract outriggers if the operator or another person
can see the outrigger area for the duration of the outrigger process.
Aligning the Mobile Crane
Introduction
It is of great importance for safe operation that, as well as the correct and stable support of all
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
outrigger floats, the mobile crane is also evenly aligned.
ATF 60G-3 31
2019-03_EN
Safety instructions
DANGER
Tilted position causes danger that the mobile crane will tip over!
If the boom is slewed towards the slope on a mobile crane which is not
evenly aligned, there is an increase in the jib length which can cause the
mobile crane to tip over.
1. Align the mobile crane horizontally.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
32 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
Overview
Example:
Boom length: 60 m
Inclination: 5°
Jib length (a) increases by approx. 5 m.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
2.1.6 Service and Maintenance
Introduction
The maintenance personnel must be able to recognize hazards to themselves and others, and
to prevent them adopting suitable measures. Refer also to chapter "Service and maintenance".
Causes of damage from maintenance errors:
ATF 60G-3 33
2019-03_EN
▪ lack of oil, grease, coolant or de-icing fluid in the various units,

▪ use of impermissible lubricants,
▪ water in the compressed air system,
▪ filter in the air dryer not changed on time,
▪ damage to the plastic tubing of compressed air and central lubrication system from drilling or
welding, e.g. plastic tubing not covered or removed,
▪ sudden loss of pressure in the tyres due to tyre damage which has not been rectified,
▪ tightening torques of the nuts or screws not observed, e.g. when changing wheel or other in-
stallation work,
▪ units not functional e.g. brakes or steering, because of inadequate maintenance,
▪ faults on the brake and compressed air system, e.g. worn hoses,
▪ insufficient visual inspections carried out on steel construction, welded parts and parts sub-
ject to heavy loads,
▪ faults on the hydraulic system, e.g. worn hoses,
▪ worn ropes which need to be replaced and could break suddenly,
▪ faulty or insufficiently functional safety devices, e.g. automatic safe load indicator or anti-two-
block device/limit switch of the hoisting winch.
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accident due to impermissible commissioning.
If the vehicle is operated during maintenance and inspection, there are
risks of accidents and damage to the vehicle.
1. Do not operate the mobile crane during maintenance and inspection
work.
2. Secure the danger zone and do not allow unauthorized persons.
3. Indicate the maintenance work on the mobile crane using appropriate
warning tags, e.g. on doors, on the steering wheel, on the control
lever.
WARNING
Danger of accidents from incorrect maintenance.
A significant proportion of cases of damage on/with mobile cranes is
caused by the lack of and/or incorrect maintenance of the mobile crane.
1. Maintenance work may only be carried out by trained personnel in ac-
cordance with the maintenance plan.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
34 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
CAUTION
Improper disposal or lubricants, consumables and cleaning agents
can cause environmental damage.
Lubricants, consumables and cleaning agents must be treated as hazard-
ous waste. Lubricants, consumables and cleaning agents must not enter
the ground, water, sewage system or ground water.
1. Do not allow lubricants, consumables and cleaning agents to run off
uncontrolled.
2. Dispose of lubricants, consumables and cleaning agents properly. Fol-
low the national regulations.
2.1.7 Welding and alignment work
Measures in the event of damage on the steel structure
Introduction
Consult a crane expert if damage (e.g. cracks, distortions) are detected on the mobile crane.
Consult the crane manufacturer after investigating the fault.
The repair method should then be decided on in consultation between the crane manufacturer
and the expert.
Safety instructions
WARNING
Improperly carried out welding or alignment work!
If welding, heat treatments or alignment work is carried out improperly,
loss of material properties must be expected.
Measures to protect electronic parts during welding
Introduction
If it is necessary to carry out welding on the mobile crane, the following steps must be carried
out before beginning work to protect the electronic control units:
▪ Switch off battery main switch (on the superstructure as well, if present),
▪ Remove the battery cable at the negative pole, then remove the battery cable at the positive
pole and connect them with each other (on the superstructure as well, if present),
▪ Pull out plugs of electronic parts.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 35
2019-03_EN
Safety instructions
NOTICE
High current during welding!
The flow of current can cause damage to loose connections during weld-
ing, e.g. tooth flanks, bearings, spline ends, shafts, the electronics, the
automatic safe load indicator, etc.
1. When electrowelding, the ground terminal of the welding machine must
be connected directly to the part to be welded.
2. Welding regulations must be observed.
2.1.8 Painting work
Introduction
The following components must be covered prior to painting work and uncovered again after
painting:
▪ Breather and ventilation valves.
▪ Contact surfaces between rims and wheel hubs.
▪ Contact surfaces between wheel nuts and rims.
▪ Running areas and sliding surfaces of piston rods.
▪ Sliding surfaces and fits.
▪ Hoses.
▪ Glass panes.
▪ Hinges.
▪ Moving parts.
▪ Guide rollers.
▪ Lighting devices.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
36 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
2.1.9 Risk of fire and explosion
Safety instructions
DANGER
Risk of fire and explosion!
Non-compliance with the following items may lead to burns or life-threaten-
ing injuries.
➢ The mobile crane must not be used in areas with a risk of explosion.
➢ It is prohibited to smoke and use open flames when working with fuels
or operating materials while performing maintenance tasks on the bat-
teries.
➢ Fire or open flames are forbidden on the mobile crane.
➢ The mobile crane must be refueled only when the engine is switched
off and in outdoor or well ventilated areas.
1. Follow the accident prevention regulations.
2. Wipe off spilled fuel or oil immediately using suitable tools (e.g. oil
binders).
3. Replace insulation or sound insulation mats which have become con-
taminated with fuel, oil or grease with new, clean insulation mats. Con-
taminated insulation mats near hot surfaces present a serious fire risk.
4. Do not use flammable solvents.
5. Keep flammable objects such as dry leaves or paper waste away from
the engine.
6. Only carry out maintenance on units which have cooled down, other-
wise there is a danger of burns.
7. During grinding and welding, ensure that dangerous objects and ma-
terials are located at a safe distance.
2.1.10 Different lengths of the hydraulic cylinders
Introduction
The hydraulic oil heats up while the crane is being used.
Temperature variations alter the oil volume in the hydraulic cylinders, e.g. luffing cylinders or
outrigger cylinders. This can lead to differences in length of the cylinders and has a particular
impact after long periods of operation. The difference in length can be determined using the dia-
gram below.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Example:
An hydraulic cylinder with 6.5 m stroke alters its length by approx. 24 cm with a 50 °C difference
in the hydraulic oil temperature.
ATF 60G-3 37
2019-03_EN
Safety instructions
WARNING
Extending/retracting of hydraulic cylinders due to temperature differ-
ences!
Temperature variations alter the oil volume of the hydraulic oil. This can
lead to variations in the length of the hydraulic cylinders.
The mobile crane can therefore become unstable.
This may result in accidents. This could cause serious or fatal injuries to
persons.
1. Check the condition of the hydraulic cylinders if temperatures fluctuate
or after long periods of operation.
Overview
t= Temperature difference
s= Length difference
s= Total stroke
2.1.11 Dismounting and disposal
Introduction
Dispose of operating materials, lubricants and auxiliary materials in an environment-friendly
manner.
Separate the components of the mobile crane as per their reuse value and feed them into the
recycling loop.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
▪ Scrap the remaining metallic components.

▪ Give plastic parts for recycling.
▪ Sort the remaining components as per their material composition and dispose them appropri-
ately.
Follow the legal regulations applicable in the country of application for proper and environment-
friendly disposal.
38 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
2.2 Basic safety information for the superstructure
2.2.1 Warning and instruction signs
Overview
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 39
2019-03_EN
Warning and instruction signs
1 6 7
Superstructure model plate.
Observe the operating manual.
Spark arrestor symbol

8 11 12
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Steering only when engine is

running.
It is forbidden to remain in the Risk of crushing.

slewing range.
40 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
13 18 20
Refuelling.
The braking system is supplied Rear steering.
with plastic tubing. Caution
when drilling, welding and
grinding. No contact with
acids. Temperature-resistant
from -40 °C to +100 °C.
21 22 23
No access to unauthorised
persons. Engine plate.
Suspended load.
27 33 34
Warning sign.
Telematic datalogger.
Engage parking brake before

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
leaving the carrier cab.
ATF 60G-3 41
2019-03_EN
35 36 37
ATF60G-3
Front steering.
Slewing brake on and off.

39 44 45
Anti-twoblock device override.
Sound power.
Hydraulic oil.
46 49 56
Radio remote control.
Hoisting winch two.
Risk of crushing hands.

59 61 65
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Company logo.
AdBlue.
42 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
67 73 74
Company logo. Company logo.
Oil level.
75 76 85
ATF60G-3
Fuel.
Counterweight radius
90 95
Suspension of jib
Coolant.
Ensure legibility of the warning and instruction signs

All warning and instruction signs put up on the mobile crane describe important safety precau-
tions. Note that the warning and instruction signs must always be clean and completely legible.
Reorder and fit damaged or missing signs via TADANO customer service or TADANO dealers.
2.2.2 Safety equipment
Automatic safe load indicator

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
DANGER
Risk of accidents due to wrong inputs in the crane control.
If wrong settings of the crane control are selected, the mobile crane may
become unstable and tip. This could cause serious or fatal injuries.
1. Select the settings correctly and fully.
2. Check settings prior to crane operation.
ATF 60G-3 43
2019-03_EN
DANGER
Risk of accidents due to override of the automatic safe load indic-
ator.
When the automatic safe load indicator is overridden, the load moment
limiting mechanisms are switched off. The mobile crane can enter the
overload zone and turn over. This could cause serious or fatal injuries.
1. Only override the automatic safe load indicator when it is required to
dismantle the mobile crane.
Anti-twoblock device
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accidents when the anti-two-block device is overridden.
When the anti-two-block device has been overridden, the hook block can
come into contact with the boom head or the jib. The wire rope may break
and the load may fall. This could cause serious or fatal injuries.
1. Only use the override of the anti-two-block device when rigging or in
case of a fault in the crane control.
2. In the event of an override of the anti-two-block device, only work with
a banksman, extreme caution, and at minimum speed.
Limit switch of hoisting winch
Function check
Safety instructions
DANGER
Wire rope running off from the winch drum.
If the limit switch of the hoisting winch is defective, the wire rope can run
off completely from the winch drum and the wire rope may break. Risk of
severe or even fatal injury.
The limit switch of the hoisting winch prevents the last 3 turns of wire rope
from running off from the drum of the hoisting winch by deactivation.
1. The function shall be checked periodically.
2. A slack rope must be avoided.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
44 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
Overview
Procedure
1. Do not attach any load to the hook block.
2. Extend telescopes and unwind wire rope until at least three turns of the rope remain on the
winch drum.
ð The hoisting winch must now shut off.
Visual/audible warning if the automatic safe load indicator is overridden
Introduction
When overriding the automatic safe load indicator, an acoustic warning signal sounds and the
Crane capacity utilisation warning lamp is lit red.
Safety instructions
DANGER
Crane operations with overridden automatic safe load indicator.
If the Crane capacity warning lamp lights up and the audible warning sig-
nal sounds, the automatic safe load indicator has been overridden. This
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
may lead to an accident.

The override function may only be operated by authorised personnel and
in case of emergency.
1. Vacate the work area of the mobile crane immediately.
ATF 60G-3 45
2019-03_EN
Installation location
"Crane capacity" warning lamp
Introduction
The Crane capacity warning lamp located on the outside of the mobile crane indicates various
loading states of the mobile crane.
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to overload of the mobile crane.
If the red warning lamp lights up, the mobile crane is overloaded. The mo-
bile crane could turn over. This may lead to personal injuries or material
damage.
1. When the red warning lamp lights up, immediately bring the mobile
crane out of the overload zone.
2. Vacate the working area of the mobile crane immediately.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
46 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
Overview
Loading states:
Red (3):
Overload zone: Bring the mobile crane back into the permissible range via a
movement to reduce the load moment e.g. luffing up, or lowering the load.
Yellow (2):
Warning zone: Carry out all crane movements with great care.
Green (1):
Permissible zone
2.2.3 Crane operation with load
Safety instructions
DANGER
Overloading of the mobile crane!
Lifting the loads on the ground by raising the boom can lead to boom over-
load or can also cause the crane to tilt.
➢ Loads may not be dragged.

1. Carry out load movements only using the hoisting winch.
2. Lift the loads only vertically.
DANGER
Risk of accidents – swinging loads!
Swinging loads can fall and cause fatal injuries to persons.
➢ It is forbidden to remain under swinging loads.

1. Monitor the loads constantly and maintain eye contact with the signal
persons.
2. Do not lift and move loads over persons.
3. Secure wide loads against turning or swinging due to the use of ropes
for instance.
4. Set up work sequences such that there are no long lifting times of the
load.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
DANGER
Risk of accident due to bad view!
If the weather conditions (e.g. rain, snow, fog) deteriorate and the load and
the signal persons cannot be seen, there is an increased risk of accident.
1. Abort the crane operation till the visibility conditions permit a danger-
free operation.
ATF 60G-3 47
2019-03_EN
WARNING
The load may start swinging if crane movement is induced too
quickly via the crane control levers.
In the event of inducing the lifting, luffing, rotating and braking movements
too quickly, the load may start swinging erratically. This may lead to per-
sonal injuries and material damage.
1. The larger the load or the greater the boom length, the more careful
the respective movements should be induced.
2. Execute the crane work with utmost care.
WARNING
Load swinging!
A load can swing due to fast crane movements or changed wind condi-
tions and lead to the mobile crane being overload or collide with the mobile
crane.
1. Carry out crane movements slowly and carefully.
2. Remove the load slowly and carefully.
WARNING
Overload due to lifting of loads in water.
The weight of a load in water can be several times greater due to the wa-
ter that it soaks.
If a load is lifted out of the water, its weight increases due to elimination of
lift.
1. Lift the load slowly and carefully and let the water drain.
Planning the crane operation

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Introduction
The crane operator must ensure that the mobile crane is a condition which is safe to operate
before beginning each job with the crane.
All safety devices, such as brakes, anti-two-block device, hoisting winch limit switch, automatic
safe load indicator, etc. must be in a functional condition.
The crane operator must observe the following points:
48 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
▪ the dimensions, the weight and the centre of gravity of the load to be lifted must be known,
▪ the loads in the load rating chart must be adhered to and not exceeded,
▪ the mobile crane must be supported horizontally on a surface which is capable of bearing its
load,
▪ the outrigger base is set in accordance with the load rating chart and the counterweight
used,
▪ the automatic safe load indicator is set correctly in accordance with the setup condition of the
mobile crane,
▪ Slings, load lifting device and suspension elements are suitable for the load to be lifted and
have sufficient load-bearing capacity,
▪ Slings, load lifting device and suspension elements are part of the load to be lifted and must
be subtracted from the bearing capability specified in the load rating chart.
Overview
Example of the calculation of the actual loading capacity of the mobile crane
Permissible lifting capacity according to load rating chart (gross 11.1 t
load)
Weight of slinging ropes 0.1 t
Weight of cross beams 0.1 t
Weight of hook block 0.4 t
Actual loading capacity of the mobile crane (net load) 10.5 t
In this case, the weight of the load to be lifted may not be greater than the calculated
loading of the mobile crane: 10.5 t.
Counterweight
Introduction
The necessary counterweight is determined from the necessary jib length and the weight of the
load to be lifted.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 49
2019-03_EN
Safety instructions
DANGER
Incorrect counterweights may cause the mobile crane to tip over!
The mobile crane could turn over. This could cause fatal injuries to per-
sons.
Only the counterweights belonging to the mobile crane may be attached.
1. Use counterweights in accordance with the specifications in the load
rating chart to guarantee stability while working with the crane.
Operation with two hook blocks
Introduction
During two-hook operation, the lifting or lowering of a load should be carried out with the lightest
component. The load should always be lifted completely freely.
In addition to the counterweight and the outrigger base, the actual length of the jib and the num-
ber of ropes present at the jib shall be entered into the automatic safe load indicator.
The reeving on the telescope boom head should never be less than the reeving of the jib. It
must always be either equal to or greater than the reeving on the jib. Non-adherence to this reg-
ulation can lead to a failure of the hoisting winch or the wire rope for the telescope boom head.
Every load should be freely lifted completely with the hook having the maximum horizontal dis-
tance from the rotating centre.
If the hook block on the telescope boom head is loaded in case of a lifted load, the load display
of the automatic safe load indicator displays an incorrect value.
During work with the main and the auxiliary winch, the wire rope of the main winch must always
be led over the boom head and the wire rope of the auxiliary winch over the jib (single top,
heavy duty jib, etc.). Else, there is a risk of overheating due to intertwining and chafing of the
wire ropes.
The telescopic boom should never be lowered when load is attached to both of the hook blocks.
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accident due to lifting of two separate loads!
Simultaneous lifting of two different loads can lead to damage to the mo-
bile crane or overload.
➢ Simultaneous lifting of two different loads is prohibited.

1. Always lift only one load.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
50 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
Hoisting winch and reeving of the wire rope
Introduction
In Germany, the proportion of the theoretical service life of the hoisting

winch must be calculated in accordance with the accident prevention regu-
lations "VBG D8, Winding, lifting and pulling equipment". If the end of the
theoretical service life of the hoisting winch has been reached, a general
overhaul of the hoisting winch must be arranged.
For the execution of the general overhaul of the hoisting winch, see also
chapter "Crane Testing Instructions".
If, after ten years, the end of the theoretical service life of the crane has
not yet been reached, the hoisting winch may continue to be operated
without a general overhaul if the crane expert confirms that the calculation
of the service life used is fit for purpose and correct. The crane expert
should subject the winch to a detailed inspection and make a statement re-
garding the continued operation of the winch.
National regulations of the area of use must also be observed.
Safety instructions
DANGER
Wire rope breaks!
If the crane operator disregards the maximum permissible traction force of
the wire rope, it could break. This could cause fatal injuries to persons.
1. Observe the maximum traction force of the wire rope.
2. The following specifications must be observed.
DANGER
Damage to the hoisting winch caused by overloading!
If the crane operator disregards the maximum permissible traction force of
the hoisting winch, the hoisting winch can become damaged and drop the
load. This could cause fatal injuries to persons.
1. The maximum traction force must be observed.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 51
2019-03_EN
Lifting force of the mobile crane

The lifting force of a mobile crane depends on the
traction force of the hoisting winch and number of
reeved rope falls.
When working with the "direct" line (= 1 line), it is only
possible to lift as much weight as the hoisting winch
can pull (see notes on the load rating charts).
If the load to be lifted is greater than the traction force
of the hoisting winch, the wire rope must be reeved
between the sheaves in the boom head and the coil in
the hook block as often as it is necessary according to
the pulley principle.
The specifications in the notes to the load rating chart
and in the operating manual must be observed when
reeving.
With one line – with four lines
Consideration of Wind Influences
Introduction
The following specifications must always be observed:
▪ The crane operator must find out about the expected wind speeds during the use of the
crane before beginning work. Further enquiries should be made at the relevant meteorolo-
gical office if the weather situation is unclear.
▪ The maximum permissible wind speeds, which are detailed in the notes to the load rating
chart or in the load rating chart itself, may not be exceeded.
▪ If, during the use of the crane, the wind speed increases over the permissible value, crane
work must stop immediately and the boom must be retracted and laid down.
Reference values for the evaluation of the prevailing wind speeds
Wind strength Wind speed Evaluation of the wind
Beaufort Designation m/s (ft/s) km/h Inland
force (mph)
0 Calm 0-0.2 1 Wind calm, smoke rises vertically.
1 Light air 0.3-1.5 1-5 Wind direction only shown in column of
smoke, not by wind vane.
2 Light breeze 1.6-3.3 6-11 Wind can be felt on the face, leaves rustle,
wind vane moves.
3 Gentle breeze 3.4-5.4 12-19 Leaves and small twigs move. Pennant un-
furls.
4 Moderate breeze 5.5-7.9 20-28 Raises dust and loose paper, moves twigs
and thin branches.
5 Fresh breeze 8.0-10.7 29-38 Small trees begin to sway. Foam forms on
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
lakes.
6 Strong wind 10.8-13.8 39-49 Moves large branches, whistling in overhead
wires, difficult to use umbrellas.
7 High wind 13.9-17.1 50-61 Whole trees move, effort needed to walk
against the wind.
8 Very high wind 17.2-20.7 62-74 Twigs break off from trees, walking in the
open air is very difficult.
52 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
9 Gale 20.8-24.4 75-88 Minor damage to buildings (chimney covers

and roof tiles fall off).
10 Severe gale 24.5-28.4 89-102 Uproots trees, significant damage to build-
ings.
11 Hurricane-like gale 28.5-32.6 103-117 Widespread storm damage (very rare in-
land).
12 Hurricane 32.7-36.9 118-133 Most severe devastation.
Safety instructions
WARNING
Tipping of the mobile crane!
Working with a crane when the wind speed is high can cause the load to
swing back and forth. In the worst case, the mobile crane could tip over or
the boom could break off. This could cause fatal injuries to persons.
1. Only carry out crane work when the wind speed is at a permissible
level.
2. The following points must be observed.
Influence and Consideration of Wind Effects
Introduction
Crane operation is only permissible up to the wind speed which is specified in the notes to the
load rating chart or in the load rating chart itself. If the load has a high wind surface the permiss-
ible wind speed for this must be calculated.
AWeff Wind load area of the load to be lifted in m2

AWmax Maximum permissible wind load area in m2 (see diagram 2 "Wind load area")
FW Wind force on the load to be lifted in N
q Ram pressure in N/m2
vred Reduced wind speed in m/s (see diagram 1 "Ram pressure")
Example
Maximum permissible wind speed for the mobile crane Vmax = 12 m/s (from notes to load rating chart)
Weight of load to be lifted m = 20 t
Wind load area of load to be lifted AWeff = 40 m2
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 53
2019-03_EN
Determining the maximum wind speed for crane operation
Overview – Ram pressure
Diagram 1
Ram pressure
Ram pressure q [N/m2]
Wind speed v [km/h and m/s]
Overview – Wind load area
Diagram 2
Wind load area
Load [t]
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Permissible wind load area A Wper
54 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
Procedure
1. To calculate maximum permissible ram pressure:
From diagram 1 "Ram pressure“, a wind speed of vmax = 12 m/s results in the ram pressure
qmax = 88 N/m2.
2. Determining the maximum wind load area:
From diagram 2, a permissible wind load area of AWmax = 24 m2 results for the lifted load
m = 20 t.
Case 1: AWeff ≤ AWmax
The load can be carried in accordance with the notes in the load rating charts. No further
calculation is necessary.
Case 2: AWeff > AWmax
The reduced wind speed must be calculated.
The following applies to the example: 40 m² > 24 m².
3. Calculating the maximum wind force:
FWmax = qmax x AWmax → 88 N/m2 x 24 m2 = 2112 N
Therefore: On a load of 20 t with a maximum admissible wind load area of AWmax = 24 m2,
acts a wind force of FWmax = 2112 N.
4. Calculating the ram pressure present:
qpres = FWmax / AWpres → 2112 N / 40 m2 = 52,8 N/m2
For the present wind load area AWpres = 40 m², a ram pressure of qpres = 52.8 N/m2 results for
the calculated maximum wind force FWmax.
5. Calculating the reduced wind speed:
From diagram 1 "Ram pressure", a reduced wind speed of vred = 9 m/s results for the ram
pressure q = 52.8 N/m2.
ð In this example, the mobile crane may only by operated up to a wind speed of vred = 9 m/s.
Hand signals for instructions
Introduction
The crane operator must always keep the load and/or the load lifting device in his field of vision
during all crane movements. Attached loads may only be moved by the crane operator at the
signal of the signaler or another person previously named as responsible for this.
If the view of the crane operator is blocked by an obstacle, the mobile crane/load may only be
moved with the help of a signaler for this purpose.
The instructions may be given by two-way radio or hand signals. It must be ensured that no mis-
understandings arise between the signaler and the crane operator with regard to the instruc-
tions.
The person giving the hand signals must always have eye contact with the crane operator and
be standing at a safe distance from the load and the load lifting device.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 55
2019-03_EN
Safety instructions
CAUTION
Unclear hand signals!
Unclear hand signals can lead to accidents in which people could be
fatally injured.
1. Discuss hand signals on both sides, give them clearly and keep to
them strictly.
Overview – Recommended hand signals for work movements
1 Raising the boom 10 Retract boom

2 Lowering boom 11 Raising boom and dump load
3 Hoist load slowly 12 Lowering boom and hoisting load
4 Release load slowly 13 Hoisting load
5 Raise boom slowly 14 Dump load
6 Lowering boom slowly 15 Slew load in this direction
7 Raising boom and hold load 16 Stop everything
8 Lowering boom and holding load 17 Stop! End of work movement
9 Extend boom
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Grounding
Introduction
Both the mobile crane and its load may under certain circumstance become electrically charged
during operation. This can occur, for example, while working near strong transmitters or high
frequency systems.
56 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
Electric charging is particularly likely to occur if the support plates of the mobile crane consist of
insulating material (plastic) or support plates made of non-insulation material (steel) are suppor-
ted by insulating materials (e.g. square timbers).
The load may also become electrically charged (e.g. when using lifting gear made from non-
conducting materials or synthetic coils).
Therefore, it may be necessary to ground the mobile crane and its load. To do this, a conduct-
ing connection must be established between the part to be grounded (mobile crane/load) and
the ground.
Grounding the mobile crane
Introduction
The mobile crane must be grounded before beginning work:
▪ near high-frequency systems
▪ near transmitters (radio transmitters, television and radio transmitters etc),
To ground the mobile crane, the following are necessary:
▪ if not positioned near the mobile crane, a stable, electrically conducting pole approx. 1 m
long, which is driven into the ground,
▪ a sufficiently long, electrically conducting cable with at least 16 mm2 diameter,
▪ Screw clamps, or nuts and disks for fastening the parts to each other.
Safety instructions
DANGER
Danger to life from electric shock!
There is a danger of electric shock when the mobile crane is not properly
grounded.
1. Avoid electrostatic charging of the mobile crane.
2. Ground the mobile crane properly.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 57
2019-03_EN
Overview
Procedure
1. Drive the grounding rod at least 0.7 m into the ground.
2. To obtain a better conductivity of the ground around the grounding rod, it shall be well
moistened.
The earth resistance depends on the contact area of the grounding rod and the soil
conditions of the ground.
3. Connect one end of the grounding cable with the grounding rod.
4. Fasten the other end of the grounding cable on the back, right-hand side of the mobile
crane on the welding stud (5) between disc and nut.
ð The mobile crane has been grounded.
The connection between the mobile crane and the ground must be free of
faults and conducting well.
If it is possible to connect to a grounding strip or concrete footing ground, this form of grounding
should be used.
Grounding the load
Introduction
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
The load must be grounded before beginning work:

▪ near high-frequency systems,
▪ near transmitters (radio transmitters, television and radio transmitters etc).
The load can become electrically charged even if the mobile crane is grounded.
To ground the load, the following are necessary:
58 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
▪ if not positioned near the mobile crane, a stable, electrically conducting pole approx. 1 m
long, which is driven into the ground,
▪ a sufficiently long, electrically conducting cable with at least 16 mm2 diameter,
▪ an electrically conducting metal rod with an insulated handle, with which the load can be
touched,
▪ Screw clamps, or disks and nuts for fastening the parts to each other.
Safety instructions
DANGER
There is a danger of electric shock when the load is not properly groun-
ded.
1. Avoid electrostatic charging of the load.
2. Ground the load properly.
DANGER
The grounding rod may only be held by its insulated handle during earth-
ing. There is a risk of electric shock.
1. Hold the grounding rod by its insulated handle.
Procedure
1. Drive the grounding rod at least 0.7 m into the ground.
2. To obtain a better conductivity of the ground around the grounding rod, it shall be well
moistened.
The earth resistance depends on the contact area of the grounding rod and the soil condi-
tions of the ground.
3. Connect one end of the grounding cable with the grounding rod.
4. Connect the other end of the grounding cable with the metal rod with the insulated handle.
5. The load must first be touched with the grounding rod before touching the load.
ð The load has been grounded.
Carrying Persons
Introduction
The mobile crane is not intended to carry persons!
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 59
2019-03_EN
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accident!
The persons riding can fall from the load. This could be fatal.
1. Do not carry any persons with the load or with the load lifting devices.
Crane Operation during Storms
Introduction
During weather conditions which could lead to lightning strikes, the following points must always
be adhered to:
▪ stop working with the crane immediately,
▪ put down the load,
▪ retract and lower the boom,
▪ switch off superstructure engine and leave superstructure cab.
Safety instructions
DANGER
Lightning strike!
Lightning strike could cause serious or fatal injuries to persons.
1. Ensure that nobody is directly next to the mobile crane during a storm.
NOTICE
Damage to the mobile crane from lightning strike!
Electronic, electrical and even mechanical components of the mobile
crane can be damaged by lightning strike.
1. The function of the electrical and electronic parts should be checked
after a lightning strike.
2. The rotary joint should be checked for damage and normal operation.
Welding on the Load
Introduction
During welding on the load, the ground terminal of the welding machine must be fastened dir-
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ectly to the load to avoid currents flowing over the wire rope or mobile crane.
60 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
Safety instructions
NOTICE
Damage caused by welding on the load!
When welding on the load, the flow of high current can cause spark overs
to the mobile crane and therefore lead to damage.
1. The load should be grounded.
Measures for working near overhead electric lines
Introduction
Severe injuries can occur when working with cranes near overhead electric lines if the mobile
crane touches the lines or comes too near to them with the boom or the load.
While at voltages of less than 1,000 V there is usually only a danger from
direct contact with the overhead lines, at voltages of over 1,000 V electri-
city can transfer just from being near the lines and cause an accident.
Safety instructions
DANGER
Electric shock!
Electricity transfer could cause serious or fatal injuries to persons.
1. Observe the minimum safe distance to live overhead electric lines.
NOTICE
Safe distance to high voltage cables!
The regulations of the country of use must be obeyed.
Measures
▪ Find out about the nominal voltages of any electric lines nearby at the responsible electricity
company before beginning work.
▪ Work with a banksman in the proximity of electric lines. Decide on the safe distances and the
hand signals with the signaler. The banksman must control the distance to the overhead
lines at all times and keep unauthorised persons out of the working area.
▪ Do not allow any person outside the mobile crane to have any contact with the mobile crane
or the load.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
▪ If necessary, guide the load with a dry, non-conductive rope to prevent the load from
swinging or tilting.
▪ All persons working in the working range must wear protective clothing, e.g. plastic gloves
and upper body clothing without metal connections, shoes with rubber or leather soles.
▪ Do not set loads down underneath overhead electric lines or near power sources.
▪ Carry out crane movements slowly and carefully.
ATF 60G-3 61
2019-03_EN
▪ Do not give way to panic in the event of flashover. Keep calm and move the mobile crane
away from the electric line. Then, get out of the mobile crane.
▪ If, in the event of flashover, the mobile crane is left via the provided ladders and access
steps, there is a risk of electric shock. If the mobile crane has been damaged after a
flashover and can no longer be operated, remain on the seat until the electrical line has been
disconnected from power. If this is not possible, jump as far away as possible from the mo-
bile crane.
▪ Keep persons from approaching the mobile crane after a flashover.
▪ After a flashover, notify the responsible power station that the power line has to be discon-
nected. Perform the emergency procedures obtained.
▪ Inform TADANO dealer about the accident.
▪ The mobile crane and the raised load must keep sufficient safety distance to live overhead
electric lines. The following table lists the recommended distances to overhead electric lines:
Distances to overhead electric lines
Nominal voltage Minimum distance to be observed

up to 6.6 kV 2m
up to 22 kV 3m
up to 66 kV 4m
up to 154 kV 5m
up to 187 kV 7m
up to 275 kV 10 m
up to 500 kV 11 m
Procedure after Current Transfer to Mobile Crane
Safety instructions
DANGER
Current transfer, mobile crane is still live!
After current has transferred the mobile crane may still be live.
1. Keep calm and do not leave the superstructure cab.
2. Warn those outside of the danger, tell them to stay where they are and
under no circumstances to touch the mobile crane.
3. Proceed as follows.
Procedure
If, despite taking every precaution, the crane touches overhead lines or comes close enough for
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
the current to jump over, the following measures should be taken:

1. If possible, bring the mobile crane out of the danger zone by turning it away or moving the
boom.
2. Ask those outside to have the electricity turned off.
3. However, if it is still necessary to vacate the superstructure cab, never touch the mobile
crane and the ground at the same time. Do not climb down, but jump to the ground.
62 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
4. Move away from the mobile crane with small steps.

ð The mobile crane has been left safely.
Checks after Current Transfer
Safety instructions
NOTICE
Damage to the mobile crane after current flashover.
Electronic, electrical and even mechanical components of the mobile
crane can be damaged by current flashover.
1. Check the proper function of the electrical and electronic components
after current flashover.
2. Check slewing ring for damage and trouble-free operation.
Working near Transmitters
Introduction
If there is a transmitter near the building site, it must be assumed that there are strong electro-
magnetic fields present.
People and objects can be harmed directly by electromagnetic fields due to:
▪ danger of combustion and burning due to heating,
▪ effects on human organs due to heating,
▪ damage to objects and/or parts,
▪ creation of electric arcs or sparks.
Safety instructions
DANGER
Effect of electromagnetic fields!
Electromagnetic fields can cause damage.
1. Discussion with the operator of the transmitter should take place be-
fore using the crane near a transmitter.
2. It is also necessary to conduct discussions with a high-frequency spe-
cialist.
Measures
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
When working with a crane in the region of high frequency radiation (HF radiation) from a trans-
mitter, increase work protection and particular accident prevention regulations must be ob-
served by crane operators and slingers:
▪ Every mobile crane used must be fully grounded. It should be checked whether all parts, e.g.
ladders, superstructure cab, etc. are grounded.
ATF 60G-3 63
2019-03_EN
▪ All persons in the working area must wear protective wearing during this time which will pro-
tect them from burns. Synthetic gloves and tops, without metal fastenings, are suitable for
example.
▪ Contact with other crane loads is forbidden (arcs).
▪ There must be an insulator between the sling gear and hook block. This insulator may not be
removed under any circumstances.
▪ Contact with the wire rope above the insulator is forbidden.
▪ If contact with wire ropes does occur, a supervisor should be informed immediately. Notches
caused by fire reduce the bearing capability of wire ropes. Therefore a check of the wire rope
should be carried out immediately.
▪ To reduce the exposure to high frequency, loads should be transported horizontally where
possible.
▪ This should first be grounded when working on the load.
▪ The "temperature" of a part can be determined with a suitable measuring instrument. If, for
example, 500 V can be measured at a distance of 1-2 cm to the part, the part may not be
touched with bare hands.
▪ The warming of parts affected by high frequency depends on their size – the larger they are,
the warmer they will be.
▪ The loads lifted with the mobile crane may not be touched with unprotected body parts after
hoisting or setting down.
▪ Explosive materials (for example, fuels) may not be used nearer than 7 m from places where
sparks could be generated (for example, when working with large metal parts). Only insulat-
ing materials may be used for refueling.
▪ The supervisor must be notified immediately of any particular incidents and accidents.
▪ The regulations of the country of use must be obeyed.
Interrupting Crane Work
Introduction
When leaving the mobile crane, care must be taken that no danger arises for people and sur-
roundings due to unforeseen events.
Unforeseen events can include:
▪ luffing cylinders, counterweight cylinders or outrigger cylinders falling down,
▪ undermining of the outrigger,
▪ bad weather,
▪ melting ice under the outrigger floats due to the effect of pressure,
▪ ground giving way due to changed environmental influences e.g. rain,
▪ vandalism.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
The mobile crane must be checked regularly if it has to be left equipped

over night, for example. It must be ensured that the mobile crane can be
made safe if an unexpected incident should occur.
64 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
Safety instructions
DANGER
Swinging load!
A lifted load may start to move. This could cause serious or fatal injuries to
persons.
1. The load should be set down if work is interrupted.
2. The superstructure cab may not be vacated as long as the load is lif-
ted.
3. Set up work sequences such that there are no long lifting times of the
load.
DANGER
Unforeseen events!
Unforeseen events can happen. They could cause the status of the mobile
crane to become unsafe and tip over or damage parts.
1. The mobile crane must always be under control.
WARNING
Risk of accident!
If the mobile crane cannot be checked regularly while work is paused, it
must be dismounted.
NOTICE
Corrosion on hydraulic cylinders!
The mobile crane must be dismantled if it is out of operation for a longer
period.
Aggressive environmental conditions (e.g. oceanic climate) can corrode
the piston rods of the hydraulic cylinders.
1. Dismantle mobile crane.
2. Retract hydraulic cylinders completely.
3. Put corrosion protection measures in place for exposed parts.
Resuming Crane Work
Introduction
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
The crane operator has a duty to check the mobile crane and all of its safety devices when re-
suming work with the crane.
ATF 60G-3 65
2019-03_EN
Safety instructions
WARNING
Incorrectly set load automatic safe load indicator!
If the automatic safe load indicator is set incorrectly, the mobile crane
could become overloaded when it takes up a load.
1. The setting of the automatic safe load indicator should be checked be-
fore resuming work with the crane. Reenter the setting condition if re-
quired.
Lifting work with several mobile cranes
Introduction
It is dangerous to lift a load using 2 or more mobile cranes. Lifting work using several mobile
cranes bears high risks due to possible shifting of centre of gravity, such as mobile cranes tip-
ping, lifted load falling, and damage to the booms.
Overview
Measures
▪ It is recommended to perform a risk analysis for this special lifting.
▪ It is not allowed to exceed the maximum lifting capacity of any of the involved cranes during
the lifting process.
▪ National regulations must be observed.
▪ The procedure should be approved by all the persons involved.
▪ A supervisor must be appointed whose instructions must be followed.
▪ If necessary, equip all participants with VHF.
▪ The mobile crane must be properly installed and supported.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Testing the mobile crane with overload
Manufacturer's overload test

Every TADANO mobile crane is overload-tested by the manufacturer prior to customer delivery
as part of the final acceptance.
66 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
These overload tests are performed using test loads under various conditions and according to
the relevant crane standards. They are carried out at the points with the lowest safety margins
regarding mechanical resistance and rigid body stability of the mobile crane.
Overload test at the job site

Further regular overload tests on TADANO mobile cranes at job sites are not recommended.
Such tests may cause cracks and/or fatigue. Also, existing cracks and fatigue will not be identi-
fied with such overload tests. If performed very often, overload testing will reduce the expected
life of the mobile crane.
Therefore, overload testing can also give a false sense of security.
Overload tests should only be performed in the event of a major modification or repair to load-
bearing components or after a general overhaul of the mobile crane. Additionally, the manufac-
turer, TADANO Ltd., should be contacted for instructions and assistance.
If national regulations require overload testing, TADANO Ltd. on request will provide further in-
formation to help the mobile crane owner and/or licensing authorities in third countries to as-
semble and operate the TADANO mobile crane safely.
Job site assembly verification

The verification that the mobile crane is assembled correctly following assembly and/or re-loca-
tion of the mobile crane at the job site must include:
▪ Checking that the mobile crane has been assembled in accordance with the TADANO mo-
bile crane operating manual.
▪ A visual check of all assembled parts, e.g. counterweights, jib, before crane operation is star-
ted.
▪ Function check of the mobile crane with or without loads in order to check all relevant limit
switches, e.g. anti-two-block device, and performance of all movements relevant to the
planned job.
Load test
If national regulations or laws require a load test as part of the crane assembly verification,
TADANO Ltd. recommend that the test conditions match those of the planned application.
In such cases the test load must not exceed the rated load of the load rating chart (100%) of the
TADANO mobile crane for the given crane configuration. These load values are valid for both
the dynamic and the static tests. For the static test it is acceptable to let this test load hang
freely for 10 minutes.
NOTICE! Overloading of the mobile crane is against the law. Safety devices such as e.g.
Rated Capacity Limiters (RCL) prevent overloading of the mobile crane. The override key
should be used only in emergencies or if the Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) fails.
This and other information on the FEM Directive N 0308 can be found at the following address
on the Internet: http://fem.uniweb.be/index.php/prodGroups_cranes/en.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 67
2019-03_EN
2.2.4 Errors during Crane Work
Safety instructions
DANGER
Risk of accident!
Errors during crane work can lead to serious accidents. This could cause
serious or fatal injuries to persons.
1. The following points must be avoided.
Causes and errors during crane operation

▪ Mobile crane is not equipped in accordance with its load and the appropriate load rating
chart.
▪ Support under the outrigger floats is not in accordance with the prevailing ground conditions.
▪ Support is not located centrally under the outrigger floats.
▪ Outrigger cylinders are extended to the end position.
▪ Mobile crane is not horizontally aligned.
▪ Tyres are not clear of the ground.
▪ Mobile crane is too close to the edge of slopes or trenches.
▪ Hydraulic axle suspension is not blocked.
▪ Ground inclines or unevenness is too great to travel on wheels.
▪ Slacking of the rope at the hoisting winch.
▪ Errors while rigging the load.
▪ Improper use of the mobile crane, e.g. by pulling unevenly or cutting loads loose.
▪ Slewing or stopping the load too quickly.
▪ Not taking account of wind influences on load and mobile crane.
▪ Rated capacity limiter has not been set to actual rigging status of the mobile crane.
▪ Rated capacity limiter has been taken out of operation.
▪ Load or jib length not in accordance with relevant load rating chart.
▪ No clear view of load.
▪ Lifting too high loads over the luffing cylinders.
▪ Safe distance to live overhead lines not kept to.
2.2.5 Measures to be taken when finishing the crane operation

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Procedure
1. Detach the load and slings.
2. Retract the telescopic boom.
3. Pull the hook block upwards.
4. Set down the telescopic boom in the initial position.
5. Switch off the superstructure engine.
68 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
6. Switch off the battery main switches in the carrier and the superstructure.
7. Secure the mobile crane with wheel chocks against rolling away.
8. Lock the superstructure and carrier cab.
ð The measures after completing work have been carried out.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 69
2019-03_EN
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
70 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
3 Safety devices
3 Safety devices
3.1 Safety equipment of the mobile crane
Safety instructions
WARNING
Non-functioning safety devices!
Non-functioning safety devices may cause accidents.
1. Check the safety devices described below for their flawless functioning
before starting work.
Safety equipment of the mobile crane

The mobile crane is equipped with the following safety devices:
▪ Aircraft warning lamp *) [} page 72].
▪ Anti-two-block device [} page 73].
▪ Limit switch of hoisting winch [} page 74].
▪ Emergency exit [} page 76].
▪ Engine emergency stop [} page 78].
▪ Anemometer [} page 80].
▪ "Crane capacity" warning lamp [} page 82].
▪ Safety working range [} page 83].
▪ Wheel chocks [} page 85].
▪ Emergency hammer [} page 87].
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 71
2019-03_EN
3 Safety devices
3.2 Aircraft warning lamp *)
Introduction
The aircraft warning lamp must be switched on when operating the crane in conformity with the
applicable guidelines.
"Aircraft warning lamp" switch *)
Press upper part = switch off aircraft warning lamp.
Press lower part = switch on aircraft warning lamp.
NOTE Switch with pilot lamp.
Overview
Telescopic boom Jib
1 = Aircraft warning lamp 1 = Aircraft warning lamp

2 = Electrical connection 2 = Electrical connection
Procedure – Attaching the aircraft warning lamp

1. Attach the aircraft warning lamp to the telescopic boom or the jib.
2. Make the electrical connection.
ð The aircraft warning lamp is ready for operation.
Procedure – Removing aircraft warning lamp

1. Disconnect the electrical connection.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
2. Remove the aircraft warning lamp from the telescopic boom or jib and stow it.
ð The aircraft warning lamp is mounted.
72 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
3 Safety devices
3.3 Anti-two-block device
Overview
1 Anti-two-block device 2 Anti-two-block device weight
Introduction
When the hook block raises the anti-two-block device weight while winding the wire rope, the
Wind wire rope work movement is stopped. This prevents crane components from getting dam-
aged.
Prior to every crane work, the function of the anti-two-block device shall be checked by winding
the wire rope, refer to Check anti-two-block device [} page 625].
Error message in the case of an activated anti-two-block device
Overview
6/28 S2 0037
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Explanation
When the anti-two-block device has been activated, a message will appear on the main display
of the crane control.
ATF 60G-3 73
2019-03_EN
3 Safety devices
The message disappears as soon as the hook block does no longer raise the anti-two-block
device weight.
3.4 Limit switch of hoisting winch
Safety instructions
DANGER
Wire rope running off from the winch drum.
If the limit switch of the hoisting winch is defective, the wire rope can run
off completely from the winch drum and the wire rope may break. Risk of
severe or even fatal injury.
The limit switch of the hoisting winch prevents the last 3 turns of wire rope
from running off from the drum of the hoisting winch by deactivation.
1. The function shall be checked periodically.
2. A slack rope must be avoided.
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to shifted limit switch.
If the rope end connection reaches the hoisting winch while winding the
wire rope and the wire rope is wound further, the limit switch may be shif-
ted. In the event of a shifted limit switch, a timely deactivation is no longer
ensured. This may result in an accident.
1. When the rope end connection has reached the hoisting winch, do not
continue winding the wire rope.
2. If the wire rope has been wound further after the rope end connection
had reached the hoisting winch, reset the limit switch.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
74 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
3 Safety devices
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to a hoisting winch limit switch that is not op-
erative.
If the hoisting winch limit switch is not operative, a timely deactivation is no
longer ensured. This may lead to the wire rope getting detached from the
hoisting winch and the load may fall.
If the hoisting winch limit switch is not operative, the wire rope may be
wound in the wrong direction. The winding/unwinding functions are inver-
ted. This may lead to an accident or damage on the mobile crane.
1. Before starting crane operation, ensure correct operation of the hoist-

ing winch limit switch.
Overview
1 Limit switch of hoisting winch 1 2 Limit switch for hoisting winch 2 *)
Introduction
The hoisting winch limit switches prevent the wire ropes from being fully unwound from the
winch drums of the hoisting winches.
When 3 turns of the wire rope remain on the winch drum of the hoisting winch, the hoisting
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
winch limit switch is triggered. The Unwind wire rope movement is interrupted.
The Wind wire rope function is still possible.
ATF 60G-3 75
2019-03_EN
3 Safety devices
Error message in the case of an activated hoisting winch limit switch
Overview
6/28 S2 0037
Explanation
An error message appears in the main display of the crane control.
Winding the wire rope is possible.
The error message disappears after winding the wire rope.
3.5 Emergency exit
Opening the front windshield
Introduction
If you cannot exit the superstructure cab through the cab door in an emergency, you can exit
through the windshield. WFN3RUWW2K2064139
76 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
3 Safety devices
Overview
1 Lever 2 Handle
Procedure
1. Unlock both levers.
2. Open the windshield with both handles.
ð The front windshield slews up to the end position.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 77
2019-03_EN
3 Safety devices
3.6 Engine emergency stop
Installation location in the superstructure cab
Overview
1 Emergency stop switch
Explanation
The Emergency stop switch is installed in the superstructure cab.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
78 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
3 Safety devices
Installation location on the superstructure *)
Overview
Explanation
The Emergency stop switch *) is located on the right-hand side of the superstructure panelling.
Function
Overview
Stopping the engine

1. Press Emergency stop *) switch.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Starting the engine

1. Press the Emergency stop switch *) again.
ð The switch springs back to its initial position.
2. Start engine, refer to Starting the engine [} page 294].
ATF 60G-3 79
2019-03_EN
3 Safety devices
3.7 Anemometer
3.7.1 Description of function of the anemometer
Introduction
If the rated wind speed value given in the notes on the load rating charts is exceeded, the warn-
ing W0 0067 appears in the main display of the crane control.
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accident during crane operation when the wind speed is im-
permissibly high.
If crane operation is carried out when the wind speed is impermissibly
high, the load may start swinging due to the wind pressure. The mobile
crane could turn over. This may lead to personal injuries and material
damage.
1. Stop working with the crane immediately.
2. Decrease the load.
3. Retract and set down the telescopic boom.
Overview
6/28 W0 0067
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
80 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
3 Safety devices
3.7.2 Mounting and removing the anemometer
1 Anemometer 3 Connector
2 Socket
Mounting the anemometer

1. Hook anemometer on boom head or jib.
2. Secure the anemometer with a spring clip.
3. Connect the plug and socket.
ð The anemometer is fitted.
Removing the anemometer

1. Remove the plug from the socket.
2. Remove the spring clip.
3. Remove the anemometer.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ð The anemometer is removed.
ATF 60G-3 81
2019-03_EN
3 Safety devices
3.8 "Crane capacity" warning lamp
Safety instructions
DANGER
Crane operations with overridden automatic safe load indicator.
If the Crane capacity warning lamp lights up and the audible warning sig-
nal sounds, the automatic safe load indicator has been overridden. This
may lead to an accident.
The override function may only be operated by authorised personnel and
in case of emergency.
1. Vacate the work area of the mobile crane immediately.
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to overload of the mobile crane.
If the red warning lamp lights up, the mobile crane is overloaded. The mo-
bile crane could turn over. This may lead to personal injuries or material
damage.
1. When the red warning lamp lights up, immediately bring the mobile
crane out of the overload zone.
2. Vacate the working area of the mobile crane immediately.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
82 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
3 Safety devices
Overview
1 Green 3 Red
2 Yellow
Explanation
The Crane capacity warning lamp located on the outside of the mobile crane indicates various
loading states of the mobile crane.
The following loading states are displayed:
▪ Red = Overload zone: Bring the mobile crane back into the permissible range via a move-
ment to reduce the load moment e.g. raising or lowering the load.
▪ Yellow = Warning zone: Carry out all crane movements with great care.
▪ Green = permissible zone.
For further information, refer to Visual warning [} page 528].
When overriding the automatic safe load indicator, an acoustic warning signal sounds and the
Crane capacity utilisation warning lamp is lit red.
3.9 Safety working range
Description of function
The following working areas can be limited in the crane control:
▪ Boom height.
▪ Upper limit of the boom angle.
▪ Lower limit of the boom angle.
▪ Working radius.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
▪ Slewing angle to the right.

▪ Slewing angle to the left.
The speed of slew or luffing movements will be reduced and stopped automatically on ap-
proaching this limit range.
ATF 60G-3 83
2019-03_EN
3 Safety devices
Activating working range limit

1. In the crane control, go to the Working range limit menu, refer to “Working range limit” menu
[} page 211].
2. Bring superstructure into the desired position, which is to be limited.
3. Press the button required for the function.
ð The limit mark appears in the Crane information area.
4. If necessary, activate other limits as previously described.
ð The working range limit of the selected function is activated.
Deactivating working range limit

[} page 211].
2. Press the button whose limit is to be deactivated.
ð The selected limit mark in the Crane information area goes out.
3. If necessary, deactivate other limits as previously described.
ð The working range limit of the selected function is deactivated.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
84 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
3 Safety devices
Temporarily deactivating and activating working range limit
Safety instructions
DANGER
Danger of tipping in case of deactivated working range limit.
When crane operation is performed with deactivated working range limit, it
is possible to leave a previously set working area. In addition, the load
may start to sway if the crane movement is stopped abruptly. In this way,
the mobile crane may tip over. This could cause serious or fatal injuries.
1. Carry out all slewing and luffing movements carefully.
2. Avoid performing crane operation with deactivated working range limit.
Temporarily deactivating working range limit

[} page 211].
2. Press the Temporary deactivation of all working range limits button.
ð The working range limit is temporarily deactivated.
Activating temporarily deactivated working range limit again

[} page 211].
2. Press the Temporary deactivation of all working range limits button.
ð Temporary deactivation of the working range limit is cancelled; all previously activated work-
ing range limits are active again.
Operation example
The slewing angle of the superstructure is to be limited.
[} page 211].
2. Rotate the superstructure to the left-hand limit of the slewing angle.
3. Press the Left-hand limit slewing angle button.
ð The first limit mark appears in the Crane information area.
4. Rotate the superstructure to the right-hand limit of the slewing angle.
5. Press the Right-hand limit slewing angle button.
ð The entire limit mark appears in the Crane information area.
ð The working range limit is activated.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
3.10 Wheel chocks
Introduction
The mobile crane is equipped with (folding) wheel chocks in line with the legal requirements.
For transport, fold up the wheel chocks and stow them securely.
ATF 60G-3 85
2019-03_EN
3 Safety devices
Fold out the wheel chocks to prevent the mobile crane from rolling away.
Safety instructions
CAUTION
Risk of crushing when unfolding the wheel chock.
The folding chock automatically unfolds into its working position when
pressing the lock. While doing this, there is a risk of crushing the fingers.
1. Do not reach into the marked area.
Overview
1 Folding chock ! Area of danger of crushing
Folding out the wheel chocks
Overview
A B
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
A Transport position 1 Lock

B Working position 2 Wheel chock
86 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
3 Safety devices
Procedure
1. Open the folding chock pressing the lock.
ð The wheel chock automatically unfolds into its working position.
ð The wheel chock has been unfolded.
Positioning the wheel chock at the wheel
Overview
2 Wheel chock 3 Wheel
Procedure
1. Place the unfolded wheel chock tightly on the lower side of the wheel (facing the valley) (as
shown).
ð The mobile crane has been secured with wheel chocks against rolling away.
3.11 Emergency hammer

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Introduction
If the mobile crane cannot be left in the event of an emergency, a window can be broken with
the emergency hammer.
For safety reasons, the roof window is made of laminated glass and cannot be penetrated with
the emergency hammer.
ATF 60G-3 87
2019-03_EN
3 Safety devices
Overview
1 Hammer head 2 Belt cutter
Procedure
1. Strike the window firmly with the tip of the hammer head until the window breaks.
2. Push or knock the broken window out.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ð The mobile crane can be left.
88 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
4 Brief description of the operating elements
4.1 Overview
1 2 3 4
5 6
7 8
9
10
11
12
13
1 Main display 8 Unlock rear axle switch
2 Small display 9 Slewing brake foot pedal
3 Navigation control *) 10 Left-hand crane control lever
4 Right-hand crane control lever 11 Front wheels steering control lever
5 Accelerator pedal 12 Direction indicator switch
6 Rear wheels steering control lever 13 Emergency control control unit
7 Carrier brake foot pedal
4.2 Main display
Functions
This operating element is used to perform the following functions:
▪ Displaying information.
▪ Calling information.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
▪ Entering the set-up condition.

▪ Displaying the rigging status.
▪ Displaying capacity utilisation of the mobile crane.
▪ Indicators and messages.
▪ Camera view.
ATF 60G-3 89
2019-03_EN
4.3 Small display
Functions
▪ Camera view.
▪ Emergency control, telescope operation.
▪ Carrier Operating outrigger.
4.4 Navigation control *)
Functions
▪ Controlling main display.
4.5 Right-hand crane control lever

▪ Changing the angle of the telescopic boom, see Luffing the telescopic boom [} page 118].
▪ Lifting and lowering the load on the hoisting winch 1, see Unwinding and winding the wire
rope [} page 114].
4.6 Left crane control lever

▪ Rotating and braking the superstructure, see Rotating and braking the superstructure
[} page 112].
rope [} page 114].
▪ Extending and retracting the telescopic boom, see Extending the telescopic boom
[} page 116].
▪ Raise and lower counterweight, refer to Crane control levers and foot pedals *) [} page 157].
▪ Lock and unlock counterweight, refer to Crane control levers and foot pedals *) [} page 157].
4.7 Accelerator pedal
Functions
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
▪ Changing the speed of the engine.
4.8 Slewing brake foot pedal

▪ Operating the slewing brake, see Rotating and braking the superstructure [} page 112].
90 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
5 Components and operating elements
5.1 Crane components of the superstructure
5.1.1 Superstructure – location of components
1 Boom head 5 Hoisting winch 2 *)

2 Telescopic boom 6 Counterweight
3 Maintenance hatch 7 Superstructure cab
4 Hoisting winch 1
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 91
2019-03_EN
5.1.2 Superstructure cab
1 Radio 9 Seat bracket left

2 Emergency stop switch 10 Speed controller Emergency operation
3 Main display 11 Raising telescopic boom override pushbut-
ton
4 Small display 12 Left-hand crane control lever
5 Navigation control *) 13 Accelerator pedal
6 Right-hand crane control lever 14 Carrier brake foot pedal
7 Seat 15 Slewing brake foot pedal
8 Automatic safe load indicator override
toggle pushbutton
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
92 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
5.1.3 Superstructure cab – operating elements on instrument panel
Overview
1 Instrument panel 1 4 Instrument panel 4

2 Instrument panel 2 5 Instrument panel 5
3 Instrument panel 3
Instrument panel 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
1 Aircraft warning lamp switch *) 9 Wiper roof window switch

2 Mirror heater switch *) 10 Windshield wiper switch
3 Centralized lubrication system switch *) 11 Washer pushbutton
4 Hoisting winch working floodlight switch *) 12 Step adjustment pushbutton
5 AdBlue® tank heating switch *) 13 Cockpit adjustment pushbutton
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
6 Working floodlights boom head switch 14 Battery main switch switch

7 Base boom working floodlight switch 15 Auxiliary heater control unit
8 Instrument illumination / Superstructure
cab working floodlight switch
ATF 60G-3 93
2019-03_EN
"Aircraft warning lamp" switch *)

Press upper part = switch off aircraft warning lamp.
Press lower part = switch on aircraft warning lamp.

"Mirror heater" switch *)
Press upper part = switch off mirror heater on telescopic boom.
Press lower part = switch on mirror heater on telescopic boom.

"Centralized lubrication system" switch *)
Press upper part = switch off central lubrication system.
Press lower part = switch on central lubrication system.

"Hoisting winch working floodlight" switch *)
Press upper part = switch off working floodlights on the hoisting winch.
Press lower part = switch on working floodlights on the hoisting winch.

"AdBlue® tank heating" switch *)
Press upper part = switch off heating of AdBlue® tank.
Press lower part = switch on heating of AdBlue® tank.
Switch with lockout: Press down to release the locking handle.

"Working floodlights boom head" switch *)
Press upper part = switch off working floodlights on the boom head.
Press lower part = switch on working floodlights on the boom head.

"Base boom working floodlight" switch
Press upper part = switch off working floodlights on the base boom.
Press lower part = switch on working floodlights on the base boom.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

"Instrument illumination / Superstructure cab working floodlight" switch
Press upper part = switch off instrument illumination / working floodlight in the superstructure
cab.
Press lower part = switch on instrument illumination / working floodlight in the superstructure cab.
94 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
"Wiper roof window" switch

Press upper part = switch off roof panel wiper.
Press lower part = switch on roof panel wiper.
"Windshield wiper" switch

Press upper part = switch off windshield wiper.
Press lower part = switch on windshield wiper.
"Washer" pushbutton
Press and hold = switch on washer, windshield washer system sprays washing water onto wind-
shield and roof panel.
"Step adjustment" pushbutton

Press and hold upper part = retract step of superstructure cab.
Press and hold lower part = extend step of superstructure cab.
"Cockpit adjustment" pushbutton

Press and hold upper part = tilt cockpit toward the rear.
Press and hold lower part = tilt cockpit toward the front.
"Battery main switch" switch

Press upper part = disconnect connection to battery.
Press lower part = establish connection to battery.

"Auxiliary heater" control unit
Operate and program the Auxiliary heater control unit.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 95
2019-03_EN
Instrument panel 2
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 28
26 27
1 Telescope control emergency operation M 15 Hoisting winch 2 *) switch
pilot lamp
2 Telescope control emergency operation A 16 Superstructure lock pushbutton
pilot lamp
3 Telescope control emergency operation B 17 —
pilot lamp
4 Telescope control emergency operation C 18 —
pilot lamp
5 — 19 —
6 Rotation alarm *) switch 20 Activate hoisting winch rotation indicator
switch
7 Slewing gear parking brake *) switch 21 Emergency operation switch
8 — 22 Telescopic boom / boom telescoping cylin-
der unlocking pre-selection switch
9 Load view camera switch*) 23 Raise/lower counterweight pushbutton
10 Remote control *) switch 24 Lock/unlock counterweight pushbutton
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
11 — 25 Lift Adjuster *) pushbutton

12 Luffing jib *) switch 26 Switching off the engine pushbutton
13 — 27 Ignition lock
14 — 28 Anti-two-block device override key push-
button
96 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
"Telescope control emergency operation M" pilot lamp

Telescope control emergency operation M pilot lamp
"Telescope control emergency operation A" pilot lamp

Telescope control emergency operation A pilot lamp
"Telescope control emergency operation B" pilot lamp

Telescope control emergency operation B pilot lamp
"Telescope control emergency operation C" pilot lamp

Telescope control emergency operation C pilot lamp
"Rotation alarm" switch *)

Press upper part = switch off rotation alarm.
Press lower part = switch on rotation alarm.

"Slewing gear parking brake" switch *)
Press upper part = disengage superstructure parking brake.
Press lower part = engage superstructure parking brake.

"Load view camera" *) switch
Press lower part = switch on load view camera.
Press upper part = switch off load view camera.

"Remote control" switch *)
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Press upper part= switch off remote control.

Press lower part = switch on remote control.

ATF 60G-3 97
2019-03_EN
"Luffing jib" switch *)

Press upper part = change crane control lever to operation of telescopic boom.
Press lower part = change crane control lever to operation of luffing jib.

"Hoisting winch 2" switch *)
Press upper part = switch off hoisting winch 2.
Press lower part = switch on hoisting winch 2.

"Superstructure lock" pushbutton
Press upper part = unlock superstructure.
Press lower part = lock superstructure.
"Activate hoisting winch rotation indicator" switch

Press upper part = switch on winch rotation indicator.
Press lower part = switch off winch rotation indicator.
"Emergency operation" switch

Press upper part = switch off emergency operation.
Press lower part = switch on emergency operation.

"Telescopic boom / boom telescoping cylinder unlocking pre-selection" switch
Press upper part = unlock the pins of the boom telescoping cylinder.
Centre = deactivate unlocking.
Press lower part = unlock the pins of the boom telescopic boom.
"Raise/lower counterweight" pushbutton

Press and hold upper part = raise the counterweight.
Press and hold lower part = lower the counterweight.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
NOTICE! Use only for the emergency operation of the counterweight.

"Lock/unlock counterweight" pushbutton
Press upper part = lock counterweight.
Press lower part = unlock counterweight.
98 ATF 60G-3
2019-03_EN
NOTICE! Use only for the emergency operation of the counterweight.

"Switching off the engine" pushbutton
Press and hold = switch off superstructure engine.
Ignition lock
Rotation 0 = switch off engine.
Rotation I = ignition switches on.
Rotation II = start engine.
"Anti-two-block device override" key pushbutton

Turn and hold = override anti-two-block device.
"Lift Adjuster" *) pushbutton

Press pushbutton = switch on Lift Adjuster.
Press pushbutton again = switch off Lift Adjuster.
Instrument panel 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 H
1 Carrier control switch 5 Axle oscillation pushbutton

2 — 6 Inter-wheel differential locks pushbutton
3 — 7 Parking brake switch
4 Carrier lighting switch 8 Direction of travel switch
"Carrier control" switch

Press upper part = switch off carrier control.
Press lower part = switch on carrier control.

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
"Carrier lighting" switch

Press upper part = switch off carrier lighting.
Press lower part = switch off carrier lighting.
ATF 60G-3 99
2019-03_EN
"Axle oscillation" pushbutton

Press and hold upper part = activate axle oscillation.
"Inter-wheel differential locks" pushbutton

Press and hold lower part = engage inter-wheel differential locks.
"Parking brake" switch

Press upper part = switch off carrier parking brake.
Press lower part = switch on carrier parking brake.
H

"Direction of travel" switch
Left = mobile crane moves forwards.
Centre = driving mobile crane from superstructure is switched off.
Right = mobile crane moves backwards.
Instrument panel 4
1 2
3
4 6
1 Main display 4 Carrier central warning warning lamp

2 Small display 5 Central warning warning buzzer
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
3 Gearbox fault warning buzzer 6 Engine fault warning buzzer
100 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Small display
Functions are displayed and executed.
Main display
Indicators and messages
"Gearbox fault" warning buzzer

Sounds = fault in the gearbox.
"Carrier central warning" warning lamp

Is lit = fault in the electronic system.
"Central warning" warning buzzer

The warning buzzer sounds with continuous tone or interval tone.
Meaning:
∙ Acoustic function indicator.
∙ Acoustic warning indicator.
∙ Acoustic message in the event of a fault.
Additional information is shown in the display.
"Engine fault" warning buzzer

Sounds = fault in the engine.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 101

2019-03_EN
Instrument panel 5
8
1 Automatic safe load indicator key pushbut- 5 Hour meter Hoisting winch 1*)
ton
2 24 V socket 6 Hour meter Hoisting winch 2*)
3 12 V socket 7 USB connection
4 Superstructure hour meter 8 Cancel operating restriction pushbutton
"Automatic safe load indicator" key pushbutton

Turn and hold = extend automatic safe load indicator.
"Superstructure" hour meter

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Counts the operating hours of the superstructure.
Hour meter "Hoisting winch 1 *)"

Counts the operating hours of the hoisting winch.
Hour meter "Hoisting winch 2 *)"

Counts the operating hours of the hoisting winch.
102 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
"Cancel operating restriction" pushbutton

Press = operating restriction is cancelled.
NOTICE! The operating restriction can be cancelled a maximum of three times for
30 minutes.
USB connection
Connect an USB stick to the USB connection and press the Log file button in the "Event logger"
menu [} page 217] = save log files on the USB stick.
5.1.4 Superstructure cab – operator station
Overview
1 2 3 4
5 6
7 8
9
10
11
12
13
1 Main display 8 Unlock rear axle switch
2 Small display 9 Slewing brake foot pedal
3 Navigation control *) 10 Left-hand crane control lever
4 Right-hand crane control lever 11 Front wheels steering control lever
5 Accelerator pedal 12 Direction indicator switch
6 Rear wheels steering control lever 13 Emergency control control unit
7 Carrier brake foot pedal
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Right-hand crane control lever

Operating element for the following functions:
▪ Wind and unwind wire rope 1.
▪ Raise and lower telescopic boom.
ATF 60G-3 103

2019-03_EN
▪ Signal horn.
▪ Fast-approach.
▪ Toggle the left-hand crane control lever.
▪ Raise and lower the hydraulically variable-angle jib *).
The following functions are displayed:
▪ Drum rotation indicator for hoisting winch 1.
Left-hand crane control lever

▪ Extend and retract the telescopic boom.
▪ Raise and lower counterweight.
▪ Lock and unlock counterweight.
▪ Rotate the superstructure.
▪ Signal horn.
▪ Stop extending telescopic boom.
▪ Switch the automatic slewing brake on and off.
▪ Adjust working floodlights on telescopic boom.
Navigation control *)
Control of the main screen.
Switch "Manual steering of rear wheels"

Operating element to switch on/off the manual steering of the rear wheels from the superstruc-
ture.
Accelerator pedal
Operating element for changing the engine speed.
For further information, refer to Accelerator pedal [} page 109].
Slewing brake foot pedal

Operating element for manually braking the slewing movement of the superstructure.
For further information, refer to Function of slewing brake pedal [} page 109].
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Carrier brake foot pedal

Operating element to brake the carrier from the superstructure.
Control lever "Front wheels steering"

Operating element to steer the front wheels from the superstructure.
For further information, refer to Driving and steering [} page 363].
104 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Switch "Direction indicator"

Operating element to switch on/off the direction indicator from the superstructure.
Control lever "Rear wheels steering"

Operating element to steer the rear wheels from the superstructure.
For further information, refer to Driving and steering [} page 363].
Emergency control control unit

Control unit for controlling the telescoping speed when unrigging in the emergency control
mode.
5.1.5 Assignment of the right-hand crane control lever
Overview
1 Toggle left-hand crane control lever *) 3 Signal horn pushbutton

rocker switch
2 Winch rotation indicator of hoisting winch 1 4 Fast-approach pushbutton
Assignment of the right-hand crane control lever
Function Direction of movement

Unwinding the wire rope 1 Forwards
Winding the wire rope 1 Backwards
Lowering telescopic boom To the right
Raising the telescopic boom To the left
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
"Toggle left-hand crane control lever" rocker switch

Toggle the assignment of the left crane control lever.
ATF 60G-3 105

2019-03_EN
Position A:
• Left crane control lever for winding and unwinding of hoisting winch 2.
Position B:
Left crane control lever for extending and retracting the telescopic boom.
Winch rotation indicator of hoisting winch 1

The crane control lever is equipped with a winch rotation indicator for the hoisting winch. The
pulsating vibration indicates the slewing movement of the hoisting winch to the crane driver per-
ceptibly and audibly.
The winch rotation indicator can be switched on and off with the Activate winch rotation indicator
switch.
"Fast-approach" pushbutton
Fast approach activated as long as the pushbutton remains pressed.
"Signal horn" pushbutton

Signal horn activated as long as the pushbutton remains pressed.
5.1.6 Assigning the left crane control lever
Overview
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Slewing brake rocker switch 4 Winch rotation indicator of hoisting winch 2

*)
2 Stop extending telescopic boom pushbut- 5 Adjust working floodlights actuator wheel
ton
3 Signal horn pushbutton
106 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Assignment of the left-hand crane control lever
Function "Toggle left-hand Direction of move-

crane control lever" ment
switch
Unwinding the wire rope 2 Position A Forwards
Winding the wire rope 2 Position A Backwards
Extending the telescopic Position B Forwards
boom
Retract the telescopic Position B Backwards
boom
Rotate the superstructure — To the right
to the right
Rotate the superstructure — To the left
to the left
Lifting the counterweight — Forwards
Lower counterweight — Backwards
Unlock the counterweight — To the left
Lock the counterweight — To the right
"Slewing brake" rocker switch

The Slewing brake rocker switch can be pressed to the positions Slewing brake open or Slew-
ing brake closed (automatic mode).
Overview
A Slewing brake closed (automatic mode) B Slewing brake open

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Slewing brake closed (automatic mode)

The position Slewing brake closed (automatic mode) ensures that the rotary movement of the
superstructure is slowed down to a standstill of the superstructure as soon as the left-hand
crane control lever is moved into the centre position. The braking distance varies automatically
as a function of the boom length. When the left-hand crane control lever is moved to the right or
to the left, the superstructure rotates.
ATF 60G-3 107

2019-03_EN
When the left crane control lever moves out of the centre position to the left or right, the slewing
brake is released automatically.
Slewing brake open

The position Slewing brake open ensures that the rotary movement of the superstructure is not
slowed down when the left-hand crane control lever is moved into the centre position.
While rotating the superstructure, it may occur that the superstructure does not automatically
stop at the desired position.
Braking the superstructure must be performed with the slewing brake foot pedal.
"Stop extending telescopic boom" pushbutton

Stop the telescoping process at the next lock position. The telescopic boom is locked in this po-
sition.

Hoisting winch rotation indicator of hoisting winch 2 *)

The crane control lever is equipped with a winch rotation indicator for the hoisting winch. The
pulsating vibration indicates the slewing movement of the hoisting winch to the crane driver per-
ceptibly and audibly.
The winch rotation indicator can be switched on and off with the Activate winch rotation indicator
switch.
5.1.7 Function of telescope control pedal
Overview
Extending the telescopic boom

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1. Press and hold the telescope control pedal forwards.

ð The telescopic boom is extended.
If the telescopic boom is extended simultaneously with the left crane control lever and the tele-
scope control pedal, the operating element that is operated more forcefully determines the
speed.
Retract the telescopic boom
108 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
1. Press and hold the telescope control pedal backwards.

ð The telescopic boom is retracted.
5.1.8 Function of slewing brake pedal

1. Press the Slewing brake rocker switch on the left crane control lever to position B.
ð The automatic braking of the superstructure is switched off.
2. Return the left-hand crane control lever to the centre position and brake the superstructure
by sensitively depressing the foot pedal of the Slewing brake.
ð The superstructure is braked.
5.1.9 Accelerator pedal

Increasing the engine speed
1. Press the accelerator pedal.
ð The engine speed is increased.
Reducing engine speed
1. Release the accelerator pedal.
ð The engine speed is reduced.
5.2 Function of the crane control levers
5.2.1 Instructions for actuating the crane control levers
Safety instructions
WARNING
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 109

2019-03_EN
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to incorrect operation of the crane control
levers.
When the crane control levers are assigned deviating from their default as-
signments, incorrect operation may occur. This may lead to accidents in-
volving personal injuries and material damage.
1. Observe the indicator in the main display of the crane control.
2. The indicator in the main display of the crane control is binding for the
assignment of crane control levers.
Introduction
The finest control of crane movements is possible even at the engine idling speed.
Movements of the crane when it is overloaded and/or when safety devices are overridden are
recorded in the data recording device for evaluation.
The speed of the crane movements can be changed as follows:
▪ Deflection of the crane control levers.
▪ Changing the engine speed.
▪ Activating fast approach.
The speed of the rotation may change due to the elastic deformation of the carrier throughout a
360° rotation.
5.2.2 Fast-approach
Safety instructions
CAUTION
Components of the mobile crane can be damaged if the fast ap-
proach is activated during crane movement.
Damage of components of the mobile crane due to switching impacts. The
load may sway. This may lead to personal injuries and/or material dam-
age.
1. To prevent switching impacts, switching the fast approach on/off must
be carried out prior to moving the crane control levers.
2. If a load is attached to the hook block, the fast-approach circuit may
not be switched on.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
110 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Fast approach right-hand crane control lever pushbutton
Procedure
Switching on fast approach

1. Press and hold the pushbutton on the right crane control lever.
ð Fast approach is switched on for the duration of actuation.
Switching off fast approach

1. Release pushbutton on the right-hand crane control lever.
ð Fast approach is switched off.
Fast approach is available for the following crane movements:

▪ Wind/unwind hoisting winch 1.
▪ Wind/unwind hoisting winch 2.
▪ Extend/retract the telescopic boom.
▪ Raise the telescopic boom.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 111

2019-03_EN
5.2.3 Rotating and braking the superstructure
Safety instructions
WARNING
Danger of tipping over when superstructure is slewed.
The mobile crane may tip when rotating the superstructure. This could
cause serious or fatal injuries.
1. Lift the mobile crane on outriggers before rotating the superstructure.
WARNING
Danger of tipping of mobile crane due to overload.
While rotating the superstructure, the mobile crane may get into a overload
condition. The rotation of the superstructure is not stopped automatically.
This could cause serious or fatal injuries.
1. Observe the warning signals of the crane control.
2. In the event of warning signals of the crane control, immediately brake
the rotation of the superstructure sensitively.
WARNING
Risk of accidents in the event of too fast rotation or braking motion.
The load may swing back and forth due to excessively quick slewing and
braking. Risk of accident. This could cause serious or fatal injuries.
1. Introduce the rotary movement sensitively and brake sensitively.
2. The greater the load and the longer the boom length, the slower the
rotary movement shall be introduced/braked.
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to uncontrolled rotation of the superstructure.
When the slewing brake is open,the superstructure can rotate erratically.
1. Apply the slewing brake before leaving the superstructure cab.
2. Fold the armrest up before leaving the superstructure cab.
3. Switch slewing brake to the automatic mode.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
112 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview of the operating elements
3
2
1 Left-hand crane control lever 3 Slewing brake foot pedal

2 Slewing brake rocker switch 4 Manual mode of slewing brake indicator
Rotating and braking the superstructure with the slewing brake in automatic mode
Requirements
▪ Slewing brake has been engaged.
▪ The superstructure is not locked.
▪ Manual mode of the slewing brake indicator has gone out.
▪ Function test in the Slewing gear parking brake *) switch has gone out.
Procedure
1. Press the left crane control lever to the right or left.
ð The superstructure rotates to the right or left.
2. Return the left crane control lever to the middle position.
ð The superstructure is braked to a standstill.
Rotating and braking the superstructure with the slewing brake in manual mode
In the manual mode of the slewing brake, the superstructure must be

slowed down to a standstill using the foot pedal of the Slewing brake.
The slewing brake can be applied by pressing the Slewing brake switch
when at a standstill.
Requirements
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
▪ The slewing brake is released.

▪ The superstructure is not locked.
▪ Manual mode of the slewing brake indicator is lit.
▪ Function test in the Slewing gear parking brake *) switch has gone out.
ATF 60G-3 113

2019-03_EN
Procedure
1. Press the left crane control lever to the right or left.
ð The superstructure rotates to the right or left.
2. Return the left-hand crane control lever to the centre position and brake the superstructure
by sensitively depressing the foot pedal of the Slewing brake.
In the event of overload or working range limit, the rotation of the superstructure is stopped
automatically. The Slewing brake indicator is flashing white/red. The slewing brake (auto-
matic mode) is activated.
ð The superstructure is braked.
5.2.4 Unwinding and winding the wire rope
Safety instructions
WARNING
Hook block without load lowered too quickly.
A slack rope would be possible on the hoisting winch.
The higher the number of rope falls, the higher is the probability of the
slacking of the rope when lowering the hook block at high speed.
This may damage the winch and the hoisting rope. The hoisting rope may
break under load. Risk of accident.
1. Unwind the hoisting winch slowly and without any jerks to avoid a slack
rope.
1 3
2
5 2
4
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Left-hand crane control lever 4 Hoisting winch 2 switch *)
114 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
2 Right-hand crane control lever 5 Hoisting winches data indicator

3 Toggle left-hand crane control lever *)
rocker switch
Winding/unwinding wire rope 1

1. Move the right-hand crane control lever backwards or forwards.
ð Wire rope 1 is unwound/wound.
Winding/unwinding wire rope 2 *)

1. Activate hoisting winch 2 by pressing the Hoisting winch 2 switch *).
ð Hoisting winch 2 is activated, pilot lamp in the switch is lit.
2. Press the rocker switch for Toggling the left-hand crane control lever *) on the right-hand
crane control lever.
ð The assignment of the left-hand crane control lever is switched.
The telescopic boom cannot be telescoped with the left-hand crane control lever until the
left-hand crane control lever is toggled.
3. Unwind/wind wire rope 2 by moving the left-hand crane control lever forwards or back-
wards.
ð Wire rope 2 is unwound/wound.
Displaying hook block height

Displaying the hook block height, refer to Overview of crane information [} page 151].
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 115

2019-03_EN
5.2.5 Extending the telescopic boom
2
3
1 Main display 3 Stop extending telescopic boom pushbut-

ton
2 Left-hand crane control lever
Extending the telescopic boom, no load
If a fault occurs in the control program during telescoping, the telescopes

must be reset manually, refer to Resetting the telescopic boom manually
[} page 530].
General information
The telescope control and the automatic safe load indicator ensure the correct telescoping se-
quence automatically.
Requirements
▪ Superstructure engine is running.
▪ The minimum angle of the telescopic boom is 75°.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
▪ The necessary length of the telescopic boom and possibly the jib depends on the load rating
chart and the lifting height diagram.
116 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Extending the telescopic boom

1. For selecting the target length of the telescopic boom, refer to "Telescoping" menu
[} page 185].
ð The indicator flashes during the extension.
ð The indicator is lit when the desired length has been reached.
ð The telescopic boom has been extended.
Stopping the extension (Telestop)

1. Extend the telescopic boom.
2. Press the Stop extending telescopic boom pushbutton briefly during extension.
ð The Extension stop indicator appears.
ð The active telescope is telescoped to the preselected position and locked there.
ð The Extension stop indicator goes out.
ð The extension/retraction process is terminated.
Note: If you have unintentionally pressed the Stop extending telescopic boom button, the func-
tion can be deactivated again by pressing the button once more.
Retract the telescopic boom

1. For selecting the target length of the telescopic boom, refer to "Telescoping" menu
[} page 185].
ð The indicator flashes during the retraction.
ð The indicator is lit when the desired length has been reached.
ð The telescopic boom has been retracted.
Telescoping loads
All instructions and guidelines for crane operations given in this operating manual are applicable
when working with telescoping loads.
Telescoping under load is possible in a particular range limited by hydraulic conditions.
Settings for the default operating mode must be entered in the automatic safe load indicator. If
permissible load values are exceeded in this operating mode, the crane movement is deactiv-
ated automatically.
Pinning may not be done when telescoping under load.
However, if the operator tries telescoping under load after pinning, the automatic safe load in-
dicator switches to the default operating mode.
If this causes permissible values to be exceeded, this results in deactivation by automatic safe
load indicator.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 117

2019-03_EN
5.2.6 Luffing the telescopic boom
Overview
1 Right-hand crane control lever 3 Raising telescopic boom deactivation over-

ride pushbutton
2 Fast-approach pushbutton
Raising the telescopic boom

1. Move the right-hand crane control lever to the left.
ð The telescopic boom is raised.
Lowering telescopic boom
WARNING
Pivoting out the load.
If the load is pivoted out too quickly or too far, it will result in an overload
and may cause an accident (overturning, etc.).
1. Increasing the working radius ("luff boom down") with a load must be
carried out slowly and carefully, as the automatic safe load indicator
stops when the maximum working radius is reached.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
118 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
DANGER
Overloading of the mobile crane.

If the crane control lever is moved diagonally, the hoisting winch can be
actuated simultaneously.
1. Move the right-hand crane control lever to the right.

ð The telescopic boom is lowered.
Behaviour following a switch-off by the automatic safe load indicator
Increasing the load radius (Lower telescopic boom or Lower jib) with load must be carried out
slowly and carefully.
When reaching the maximum load radius, the automatic safe load indicator switches off. A
warning sounds outside the superstructure cab. The Lower telescopic boom or Lower jib and
Raise telescopic boom. or Raise jib crane movements are no longer possible.
A load moment-reducing movement (Raise telescopic boom or Raise jib), can only be carried
out with the right-hand crane control lever while pressing and holding the Raising telescopic
boom deactivation override pushbutton.
The Raising telescopic boom override is saved in the on-board computer.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 119

2019-03_EN
5.2.7 Luffing the hydraulically variable-angle jib *)
Overview
1 Luffing jib switch *) 3 Raising telescopic boom deactivation over-

ride pushbutton
2 Right-hand crane control lever
Requirement
▪ The hydraulically variable-angle jib is fitted and connected.
▪ Luffing jib switch *) is switched on. The pilot lamp in the switch is lit.
Raising the jib

1. Move the right-hand crane control lever to the left.
ð The jib is raised.
Lowering the jib
WARNING
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Pivoting out the load.

If the load is pivoted out too quickly or too far, it will result in an overload
and may cause an accident (overturning, etc.).
1. Increasing the working radius ("luff boom down") with a load must be
carried out slowly and carefully, as the automatic safe load indicator
stops when the maximum working radius is reached.
120 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
DANGER
Overloading of the mobile crane.

If the crane control lever is moved diagonally, the hoisting winch can be
actuated simultaneously.
1. Move the right-hand crane control lever to the right.

ð The jib is lowered.
Behaviour following a switch-off by the automatic safe load indicator
Increasing the load radius (Lower telescopic boom or Lower jib) with load must be carried out
slowly and carefully.
When reaching the maximum load radius, the automatic safe load indicator switches off. A
warning sounds outside the superstructure cab. The Lower telescopic boom or Lower jib and
Raise telescopic boom. or Raise jib crane movements are no longer possible.
A load moment-reducing movement (Raise telescopic boom or Raise jib), can only be carried
out with the right-hand crane control lever while pressing and holding the Raising telescopic
boom deactivation override pushbutton.
The Raising telescopic boom override is saved in the on-board computer.
Establishing the standard assignment

1. Switch off Luffing jib switch *).
ð The pilot lamp in the switch disappears.
ð The assignment of the crane control lever is changed. The assignment is shown in the main
display.
5.2.8 Rigging/unrigging the counterweight
Safety instructions
For safety instructions, refer to Safety instructions [} page 308].
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 121

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Main display 2 Left-hand crane control lever
Rigging/unrigging the counterweight

NOTE In the event of failure of the crane control levers, the counterweight can also be moved
using the pushbuttons on the instrument panel, refer to Resetting the counterweight in case of
failure of the control [} page 543].
Changing assignment of the left-hand crane control lever

1. Press the Change crane control lever assignments button.
ð The assignment of the left-hand crane control lever is changed to rigging the counter-
weight. For assignment of crane control levers refer to Crane control levers and foot ped-
als *) [} page 157].
ð The assignment of the left-hand crane control lever for rigging/unrigging the counterweight
is the following:
▪ Lower counterweight: Push left crane control lever forwards.
▪ Lifting the counterweight: Pull back the left crane control lever.
▪ Locking the counterweight: Push left crane control lever to the left.
▪ Unlocking the counterweight: Push left crane control lever to the right.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
5.3 Central lubricating system
General information
For information on the operation of the centralized lubrication system refer to Overview of lubric-
ation points [} page 646].
122 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview of the operating elements *)
1 Centralized lubrication system switch *)
The superstructure has a centralized lubrication system. Only the lubricating points that are not
connected must be manually supplied with lubricant.
Centralized lubrication system switch *)

Activating the central lubrication system
1. Press Centralized lubrication system switch.
ð The pilot lamp in the switch lights up.
ð Grease is supplied to lubricating points.
Deactivating the central lubrication system
1. Press Centralized lubrication system switch.
ð The central lubrication system is deactivated.
Function
The lubrication duration (contact period) and the duration of regular lubricating intervals depend
on the frequency of work movements and can be determined by the operator. The intervals are
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
recommended in the maintenance schedule.

Monitor the agitator for checking the function of the central lubricating system. The agitator must
rotate. If the agitator does not rotate, there is a fault and grease will not be supplied to the lub-
ricating points of the central lubricating system.
ATF 60G-3 123

2019-03_EN
5.4 Mirror for outrigger supervision
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accidents when extending or retracting the outrigger beams.
If the operator cannot see the outrigger area, persons or objects that are
present in this area may get caught. This may lead to personal injuries and
material damage.
1. Evacuate people from the outrigger area.
2. Ensure that the extension area is free of objects.
3. Only extend or retract outriggers if the operator or another person is
able to see the outrigger area.
Overview
1 Mirror
Monitors the rear right-hand outrigger when the superstructure is rotated to the front.
Adjusting mirror
Prior to crane operation, adjust mirror such that the rear right-hand outrigger can be supervised
when the superstructure is rotated to the front.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Fold mirror back into its initial position after crane operation.
124 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
5.5 Superstructure lock
5.5.1 Mechanical lock
Operating elements of mechanical lock
1 2
1 Main display 3 Crane control lever

2 Superstructure lock pushbutton
Locking the superstructure

1. Press and hold lower part of Superstructure lock pushbutton.
ð In the main display, the Superstructure lock preselected indicator appears. Additionally,
the direction of rotation and the number of degrees for the next lock position possible are
displayed by the Direction of rotation for superstructure lock and Number of degrees for
superstructure lock indicators.
2. Move the left crane control lever to the right or left. Rotate superstructure until the Number
of degrees for superstructure lock display field shows 0°.
ð The superstructure can be locked.
3. Release the left crane control lever.
ð The superstructure is locked.
4. The Superstructure lock preselected, Direction of rotation for superstructure lock, and Num-
ber of degrees for superstructure lock indicators go out.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ð The Superstructure lock pilot and warning lamp is lit if the locking has taken place.
5. Release Superstructure lock pushbutton.
ð The superstructure is locked to the carrier.
ATF 60G-3 125

2019-03_EN
Unlocking the superstructure
Problems when unlocking the superstructure because of tensions.

If tensions occur while the superstructure. is locked, they can be released
by carefully moving the superstructure. to the right or to the left.
1. Press and hold upper part of Superstructure lock pushbutton.

ð The Superstructure locked indicator goes out when unlocking has been performed.
2. Release Superstructure lock pushbutton.
ð The superstructure is released from the carrier.
5.5.2 Superstructure parking brake *)
Overview
1 Slewing gear parking brake switch
Requirement
▪ The superstructure is braked until it is stationary.
Activating the superstructure parking brake

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1. Press lower part of Slewing gear parking brake switch.

ð The superstructure parking brake is activated when the Slewing gear parking brake pilot
lamp on the switch is lit.
126 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Deactivating the superstructure parking brake

1. Press upper part of Slewing gear parking brake switch.
ð The superstructure parking brake is deactivated when the Slewing gear parking brake pilot
lamp on the switch goes out.
5.6 Dead man's switch *) — Default for Italy
Overview
1 Contact surface (2 ea.)
Explanation
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Both crane control levers have contact surfaces that must be touched while working.
ATF 60G-3 127

2019-03_EN
5.7 Ladders, handrail
5.7.1 Safety instructions
WARNING
WARNING
Ladders and platforms not used.
If the provided devices are not used when working on the superstructure,
there is a risk of the superstructure overturning.
1. Use the provided ladder to climb on the superstructure.
2. Fold out the handrail in the working position when working on the su-
perstructure.
5.7.2 Handrail
Safety instructions
WARNING
The handrail is not folded in the driving position in the driving mode!
If the handrail is the not folded in driving position during the driving mode,
it may lead to collisions when driving over bridges or overpasses. It may
lead to material damage and/or personal injuries.
1. The handrail must be folded in the driving position during the driving
mode.
WARNING
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Risk of crushing when erecting the handrail.

Fingers risk getting crushed when erecting the handrail.
1. Do not step between parts that are being moved.
2. Do not reach between parts that are being moved.
3. Do not reach into the gap between the parts of the handrail.
128 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview
A Driving position 1 Ladder

B Working position 2 Handrail
Folding out handrail

1. Fold out and secure handrail.
ð Handrail is in the working position.
Folding up the handrail

1. Fold up and secure handrail.
ð Handrail is in the driving position.
5.7.3 Double ladder

A stepladder is provided with the mobile crane for carrying out mounting and maintenance activ-
ities on the jib. The ladder is provided under the driver's cab.
DANGER
Risk of falling!
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Improperly attached ladders and their improper use may pose the risk of
falling.
1. Place the ladder only on the plane and non-slippery surface having ad-
equate load-bearing capacity.
2. Check the stability.
3. Follow the accident prevention regulations when using ladders and ac-
cess steps.
ATF 60G-3 129

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Angle bracket 5 Turnbuckle eye

2 Turnbuckle 6 Locating cramp
3 Lock tab 7 Padlock
4 Spring latch
Removing the stepladder:

1. Remove the padlock.
2. Turn the lock tab upwards by 180°.
3. Press the spring latch up.
4. Release the turnbuckle eye and lower the bracket.
5. Open the second turnbuckle.
6. Remove the stepladder.
Stowing and securing the stepladder
WARNING
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Risk of accident!
If ladders come off when driving, they may result in serious accidents.
1. Check the ladders for secure fastening and firmness.
130 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
1 Angle bracket 6 Locating cramp

2 Turnbuckle 7 Retaining plate
3 Lock tab 8 Top rung
4 Spring latch 9 Padlock
5 Turnbuckle eye
Stowing the stepladder:

1. Fold up the stepladder.
2. Mount the retaining plate on the top rung of the stepladder.
NOTICE! The retaining plate must face onwards.
3. Push the ladder into the rear part of the angle brackets.
NOTICE! The bars on the movable part of the brackets must rest against one of the
ladder's rungs in order to secure the ladder against shifting to the side.
4. Attach the turnbuckle eye at the top in the locating cramp.
5. Press the spring latch down
6. Turn the lock tab downwards by 180°.
7. Close and secure the second turnbuckle.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
8. Attach the provided padlock into one of the two lock tabs and lock it.
ATF 60G-3 131

2019-03_EN
Fixing the ladders
1. Fold out the ladders completely and rest at a suitable position.

Remove and stow away the ladders in the logical reverse order.
5.8 Aftertreatment of exhaust gases (SCR system)
Explanation
The diesel engine is capable of the aftertreatment of exhaust gases in order to comply with the
statutory exhaust emissions requirements. Urea (AdBlue®) is injected into the exhaust gas and
reduces the nitrogen oxides by up to 90 % in the SCR system.
The diesel engine may only be operated with AdBlue®, otherwise the operating permit is void.
If no AdBlue® is available or if the quality of the AdBlue® is too poor, operation will be restricted
after about one hour. The engine's power and speed will be gradually reduced, with the result
that it will barely be possible to work or drive after about three hours.
Topping up with AdBlue® can remedy this operating restriction.
In emergencies, the operating restriction can be lifted for a brief period.
Several pilot lamps indicate the gradual establishment of the operating restriction.
A malfunction in the aftertreatment of exhaust gases may be due to the following reasons:
▪ AdBlue® tank is empty or AdBlue® is frozen.
▪ AdBlue® has been heated to more than 60 °C and is thus useless.
▪ AdBlue® is contaminated or of poor quality.
For further information refer to engine manufacturer's operating manual.

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
132 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
5.9 AdBlue tank heating *)
General
The diesel engine is capable of the aftertreatment of exhaust gases in order to comply with the
statutory exhaust emissions requirements. Urea (AdBlue®) is injected into the exhaust gas and
reduces the nitrogen oxides by up to 90 % in the SCR system.
The diesel engine may only be operated with AdBlue®, otherwise the operating permit is void.
AdBlue freezes at temperatures below -11 °C.
Principle
If necessary, the vehicle's auxiliary heater can heat the AdBlue tank.
If outside temperatures below 0° C are expected, the AdBlue tank heating must be switched on.
When the temperature of AdBlue falls below 0 °C, the vehicle's auxiliary heater will heat the Ad-
Blue tank. During this time, neither the cab nor the engine will be preheated.
When the temperature of the AdBlue is above 0 °C, the cab and the engine will be preheated.
During normal engine operation, the AdBlue tank is heated by the cooling water of the engine.
For further information, see Superstructure auxiliary heater [} page 280].
5.10 HELLO-NET telematics system
Overview
Laptop / PC
Server
GPRS
Satellite
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Explanation
This mobile crane is equipped with the HELLO-NET telematics system.
ATF 60G-3 133

2019-03_EN
With the aid of mobile or satellite communication, the telematics system transmits relevant oper-
ating data to the HELLO-NET server of TADANO.
Error-related status parameters can be transmitted at the touch of a button. This information al-
low TADANO's service staff to perform a fault analysis.
For information on the transmission of the data refer to “HELLO-NET” menu [} page 182].
A license agreement is required for the operation of the telematics system and for the access to
the HELLO-NET server. Please contact your TADANO dealer about this.
The operating company of a mobile crane with telematics system shall ensure that the rules and
laws allow the installation and operation of the telematics system:
▪ In the case of transnational traffic and operation.
▪ In the case of operation in critical areas of use, e.g. explosive atmospheres.
Country-specific regulations can be obtained form your TADANO dealer.
When reselling this mobile crane with telematics system, you shall inform the buyer about the
installed telematics system. Please inform your TADANO dealer on this, too.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
134 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
5.11 Remote control *)
5.11.1 Overview of switches and levers
Overview
1 2 3 4 8 9 10 11
5 6 7
24 12
21 19 17 15
23 22 20 18 16 14 13
1 — 13 Luffing jib switch

2 — 14 Working speed switch
3 Automatic safe load indicator override 15 Load view camera display *) switch
pushbutton
4 Torch pushbutton 16 Superstructure parking brake switch
5 Left control lever 17 Superstructure parking brake pilot lamp
6 Remote control display 18 Work mode / setup mode switch
7 Right control lever 19 Crane capacity utilisation stop pilot lamp
8 — 20 Engine speed pushbutton
9 Signal horn pushbutton 21 Crane capacity utilisation pre-warning pilot
lamp
10 Radio link pushbutton 22 Start/stop engine pushbutton
11 Remote control key switch 23 Toggle left control lever switch
12 Emergency stop of superstructure engine 24 Cable control connection
switch
Pushbutton for "Automatic safe load indicator overriding"

▪ Overriding the automatic safe load indicator to raise the telescopic boom.
"Torch" pushbutton
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
▪ Switching on the torch.
Left control lever

[} page 112].
ATF 60G-3 135

2019-03_EN
▪ Lifting and lowering the load on the hoisting winch 2 *), see Unwinding and winding the wire
rope [} page 114].
[} page 116].
"Remote control" display

This control element displays the following functions:
▪ Capacity utilisation of the mobile crane.
▪ Assignment of crane control levers.
▪ Image of the load view camera *).
Right control lever

▪ Changing the angle of the telescopic boom, see Luffing the telescopic boom [} page 118].
rope [} page 114].

"Radio link" pushbutton

▪ Establishing a connection between the remote control and the superstructure.
"Remote control" key switch

▪ Switching the remote control on and off.
"Emergency stop of superstructure engine" switch

▪ Stopping the superstructure motor in emergencies, see Emergency stop of superstructure
engine.
"Luffing jib" switch

▪ Switching over the right control lever between the telescopic boom and hydraulically angled
jib*).
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
"Working speed" switch

▪ Changing the superstructure's working speed.
"Load view camera display *)" switch

136 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
▪ Image of the load view camera on the Remote control display.
"Superstructure parking brake" switch

▪ Release the parking brake of superstructure.
"Work mode / setup mode" switch

▪ Toggling between work mode and setup mode.
Depending on the crane type.
"Superstructure parking brake" pilot lamp

▪ Lights up when the parking brake of the superstructure is engaged.
"Crane capacity utilisation stop" pilot lamp

▪ Mobile crane has reached limit of the permissible load rating.
"Engine speed" pushbutton

▪ Changing the speed of the superstructure engine.
"Crane capacity utilisation pre-warning" pilot lamp

▪ The mobile crane close to the permissible load rating.
"Start/stop engine" pushbutton

▪ Start and switch off the engine.
"Toggle left control lever" switch

[} page 112].
rope [} page 114].
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
[} page 116].
ATF 60G-3 137

2019-03_EN
5.11.2 "Remote control" display
Overview
1
1 Display
Display
1 2 3
max
10
t
25.8 STOP
t 38.6 4
25.8
9 58.7 5
S20001
8 7 6
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Status bar 6 Error messages / status messages indic-

ator
2 Capacity utilisation stop pilot lamp 7 Boom angle display
3 Lifting capacity indicator 8 Load radius indicator
4 Maximum load at current load radius indic- 9 Left-hand crane control lever
ator
5 Right-hand crane control lever 10 Current load indicator
138 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
5.12 Asymmetrical outrigger base
Starting position
Introduction
Sometimes, it is not possible to fully extend all outrigger beams due to lack of space. The outrig-
ger beams extended to various lengths result in an asymmetrical outrigger base.
Overview
Explanation
In the example, all outrigger beams of the mobile crane are extended differently using the per-
missible outrigger bases.
The automatic safe load indicator detects the position of the outrigger beams and enables the
load rating chart depending on the slewing angle of the superstructure.
In the case of an asymmetrical outrigger base, different load rating charts will apply along the
rotary movement of the superstructure.
When the mobile crane reaches the limit of the load rating chart while rotating with load in a de-
termined rigging status, the automatic safe load indicator switches over to another load rating
chart. Depending on the current load, the rotary movement of the superstructure might be
stopped.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 139

2019-03_EN
Movement range within load rating charts
Introduction
The following example shows the principle. Differences in number and type of the outrigger
bases are possible in the case of different crane types.
Overview
A Symmetrical, maximum possible outrigger 1 Direction of travel

base
B Symmetrical, half the outrigger base 2 Load rating chart corresponding to the out-
rigger base
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
C Asymmetrical outrigger base 3 Load rating chart depending on outrigger

base and slewing angle of the superstruc-
ture
4 Possible outrigger bases
5 Active outrigger bases
140 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Explanation
These examples shall be used to describe the function of the asymmetrical outrigger base.
Each type of crane has its own outrigger bases. This means that there are numerous possible
load rating charts.
The grey area represents the applicable range of the respective load rating chart, the thick bor-
dering the outer limit. At a cornerstone of the bordering, the crane control switches over to an-
other load rating chart.
The applicable load rating chart is always displayed in the main display, refer to Crane informa-
tion [} page 151].
Behaviour of the automatic safe load indicator
Introduction
In the following example, the switchover behaviour of the automatic safe load indicator when us-
ing an asymmetrical outrigger base is described generically. A certain load and a certain rigging
status are assumed. Only the rotary movement is considered.
On the basis of the active outrigger bases, the automatic safe load indicator determines the load
rating chart depending on the slewing angle of the superstructure.
Overview
1 Switchover point to lower load rating chart 2 Switchover point to higher load rating chart
Explanation
While rotating clockwise, the mobile crane reaches a switchover point at position 1. The auto-
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
matic safe load indicator switches over to another load rating chart with lower load. If the current
load exceeds the load of the lower load rating chart, the rotary movement of the superstructure
stops.
If necessary, the superstructure can be rotated beyond position 1 by adopting the following
measures:
▪ Raise the telescopic boom.
ATF 60G-3 141

2019-03_EN
▪ Retract the telescopic boom.

▪ Put down the load.
Continuing the clockwise rotation, the mobile crane reaches a further switchover point at posi-
tion 2. The automatic safe load indicator switches over to another load rating chart with higher
load. In this case, the rotary movement can continue unhindered; the telescopic boom can e.g.
be lowered.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
142 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6 AML crane control
6.1 Description of function
Introduction
The mobile crane's superstructure is equipped with a on-board computer.
The on-board computer consists of a monitor and operating elements.
Various monitoring and control functions are performed by the on-board computer.
Main display
▪ Displaying information.
▪ Calling information.
▪ Entering the set-up condition.
▪ Displaying the rigging status.
▪ Displaying capacity utilisation of the mobile crane.
▪ Indicators and messages.
▪ Camera view.
Small display
▪ Camera view.
▪ Emergency control, telescope operation.
▪ Carrier Operating outrigger.
▪ Controlling main display.
NOTICE! The following numerical values are examples and are intended for illustrative
purposes only. The may vary from the original condition.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 143

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.2 Overview of the operating elements
Overview
1 Main display 3 Navigation control *)

2 Small display
Main display
11 12
13
1
2
3
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
10 9 8 7 6 5 4
1 Up button 8 Telescoping button
2 Confirm selection or Service menu button 9 Operator specific settings button
144 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
3 Down button 10 Checking safety functions menu or Return

to main information button
4 Tare function button 11 Green Crane capacity < 90 % or Commu-
nication OK indicator.
5 Camera view button 12 Red Crane capacity > 100 % or Commu-
nication disturbed indicator.
6 Working range limit button 13 Brightness sensor
7 Rigging status button
NOTE In the Start menu, press Service menu button and hold for 5 seconds = go to the Service
menu. For further information, refer to Service menu.
NOTE on the green and red indicators Crane capacity:

Green indicator is lit = capacity utilisation of mobile crane < 90%.
Green and red indicators are lit = capacity utilisation of mobile crane between 90 and 100%.
Red indicator is lit = capacity utilisation of mobile crane > 100%.
If the green and red indicators are flashing alternately, the communication is disturbed.
Stop work immediately.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 145

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
Alternative operation of the main display
Overview
1
2
1 Button in the main display 2 Button in the frame
Explanation
The menus can be selected with both the buttons in the frame and the buttons in the main dis-
play.
Small display
3
1 4
5
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
6
1 Buttons next to the display, left-hand side 4 —
2 — 5 —
3 — 6 Buttons next to the display, right-hand side
146 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
1 2 3
4 5
1 Function key 1 - Menu change 4 Function key 4 – Tilt display upwards

2 Function key 2 – Acoustic alarm off 5 Function key 5 – Tilt display downwards
3 Function key 3 - Telescope 6 Pushbutton/rotary knob/tilt button
Alternatively, the main display can be controlled via the Navigation Control.
The Navigation Control has five buttons and one pushbutton/rotary knob/tilt button.
The pushbutton/rotary knob/tilt button can be moved as follows:
▪ Tilting: changing between navigation area and submenu.
▪ Rotating: selection of buttons.
▪ Pressing: confirmation of selection.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 147

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.3 Layout of the main display
6.3.1 Overview
1 Status information 3 Navigation area

2 Crane information
The display layout is as follows:

▪ Status information, see Status information [} page 149].
▪ Crane information, refer to Crane information [} page 151].
▪ Navigation area, see Navigation area [} page 160].
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
148 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.3.2 Status information
Overview
1 2 3 4
6/28 E3 0023 000
0% E F Ad E
blue
AdBlue
FF
7 8 6 5
1 Error message indicator 5 AdBlue® fill level indicator

2 Deactivate acoustic alarm button 6 Fuel fill level indicator
3 Pilot and warning lamps display 7 Current crane capacity utilisation indicator
4 Menu number indicator 8 Status displays indicator
Indicators
"Message" indicator
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
17/17 W0 0032 The Message indicator shows messages.

Pressing the indicator will display a list with errors in the Crane information area.
ATF 60G-3 149

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Pilot and warning lamps" display

The Pilot and warning lamps display shows the occurrence of errors.
Further information: Messages, pilot and warning lamps [} page 225].
“Menu number” indicator

00103 The Menu number indicator shows the number of the active menu.
By pressing the indicator and entering the menu number you can go to other menus.
"AdBlue® fill level" indicator

Ad E
blue
AdBlue
F The AdBlue® fill level indicator shows the fill level of the AdBlue® tank in %.
E = empty.
F = full.
“Fuel fill level” indicator

E F The Fuel fill level indicator shows the fill level of the fuel tank in %.
E = empty.
F = full.
0% The Current crane capacity utilisation indicator shows the current capacity utilisation of the
mobile crane in %.
"Status displays" indicator

The Status displays indicator shows the occurrence of status displays.
For further information, refer to Status displays [} page 247].
Buttons
"Deactivate acoustic alarm" button
Press button = deactivate acoustic alarm; button obtains light-blue background.
Press button again = activate acoustic alarm; button obtains blue background.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
150 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.3.3 Crane information
Overview of crane information
Overview
1 2 10 3 4
1
2
T
0.4° 12
13
14
X
Y
9 8 7 6 11
1 Lifting capacity indicator 8 Crane control levers and foot pedals *) in-
dicator
2 Superstructure geometrical data indicator 9 Outrigger system data and current slewing
angle of the superstructure indicator
3 Hoisting winches data indicator 10 Tare indicator
4 Telescoping status indicator 11 Asymmetrical outrigger base indicator
5 Further information indicator 12 Number of degrees for superstructure lock
indicator
6 Level of mobile crane indicator 13 Direction of rotation for superstructure lock
indicator
7 Load data indicator 14 Superstructure lock preselected indicator
Indicators
“Lifting capacity” indicator
Shows the current lifting capacity of the mobile crane.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
The bar chart has three sections:

▪ Green: 0…<90%.
▪ Yellow: 90…<100%.
▪ Red: >100%.
ATF 60G-3 151

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Superstructure geometrical data" indicator

The Superstructure geometrical data indicator shows the following data:
▪ Length and angle of the telescopic boom.
▪ Length and angle of the jib *).
▪ Mass of the counterweight.
▪ Type of the jib *).
▪ Boom height.
For further information, refer to Superstructure geometrical data [} page 154].
"Hoisting winches data" indicator
1 The Hoisting winches data indicator shows the following data:
2
▪ Number of rope falls.
▪ Tared height of the hook block.
▪ Assignment of the hoisting winches to the hook blocks.
For further information, refer to Hoisting winches data [} page 156].
"Telescoping status" indicator
The Telescoping status indicator shows the current position of every singular telescope
part.
"Further information" indicator

The Further information indicator shows the following data:
▪ Current wind speed.
▪ Maximum permissible wind speed with current rigging status.
"Level of mobile crane" indicator

The Level of mobile crane indicator shows the current inclination of the mobile crane.
The numerical display shows the exact deviation in °.
The marking must be in the centre during crane operation.
A max. deviation of 0.2° is permissible. Otherwise, the indicator will be yellow and finally
red.
"Load data" indicator

The Load data indicator shows the following data:
▪ Total load (tara load)
T
▪ Maximum load at current load radius.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
"Crane control levers and foot pedals *)" indicator

The Crane control levers and foot pedals *) indicator shows the current assignment of
the crane control levers and the foot pedal *).
For further information, refer to Crane control levers and foot pedals *).
152 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Outrigger system data and current slewing angle of the superstructure" indicator
The Outrigger system data and current slewing angle of the superstructure indicator
shows the following information:
▪ Current outrigger pressure of every outrigger.
▪ Current length of the outrigger system.
▪ Current slewing angle of the superstructure.
"Asymmetrical outrigger base" indicator
The Asymmetrical outrigger base indicator displays the effective outrigger base of the
load rating chart depending on the slewing angle of the superstructure.
For further information, refer to Asymmetrical outrigger base [} page 139].
X
Y
"Number of degrees for superstructure lock" indicator

0.4° The Number of degrees for superstructure lock indicator displays the slewing angle to
the next lock position possible.
"Direction of rotation for superstructure lock" indicator

The Direction of rotation for superstructure lock indicator displays the direction of rota-
tion to the next lock position possible.
"Superstructure lock preselected" indicator

The Superstructure lock preselected indicator shows the pre-selection of the super-
structure lock.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 153

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
Superstructure geometrical data
Example without jib
Overview
3
6
1 Boom height indicator 4 Boom angle display

2 Boom length display 6 Load radius indicator
3 Rigged counterweight indicator
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
154 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
Example with jib
Overview
5
7
1
8
3
6
1 Boom height indicator 5 Length of the jib indicator

2 Boom length display 6 Load radius indicator
3 Rigged counterweight indicator 7 Angle of the jib indicator
4 Boom angle display 8 Type of jib indicator
Indicators
"Boom height" indicator

The boom height indicator shows the height of the boom head.
"Boom length" indicator

The Boom length indicator shows the length of the telescopic boom.
"Rigged counterweight" indicator

The Counterweight indicator shows the weight of the rigged counterweight.
"Angle of the jib" indicator

The Angle of the jib indicator shows the angle of the jib.
In the event of a jib with fixed setting, the rigged and entered angle will be displayed.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
"Length of the jib" indicator

The Length of the jib indicator shows the length of the jib.
"Type of jib" indicator

The Type of jib indicator shows the type of the selected jib.
ATF 60G-3 155

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
Possible types are:

▪ Single top. *)
▪ FJ (rigid variable-angle jib). *)
▪ HLJ (rigid hydraulically variable-angle jib). *)
▪ HTLJ (hydraulically variable-angle and telescopic jib). *)
"Boom angle" display

The Boom angle indicator shows the foot angle of the telescopic boom.
"Load radius" indicator

The Load radius indicator shows the load radius of the telescopic boom.
Hoisting winches data
Overview
1
2
1 5 2 6 3 4
1 Number of the hoisting winch for hook 4 Height of hook block on hoisting winch 1 in-
block 2 indicator dicator
2 Number of the hoisting winch for hook 5 Number of rope falls of hook block 2 indic-
block 1 indicator ator
3 Height of hook block on hoisting winch 2 in- 6 Number of rope falls of hook block 1 indic-
dicator ator
Indicators
"Number of hoisting winch for hook block 2" indicator

The Number of the hoisting winch for hook block 2 indicator shows the hoisting winch assigned
to hook block 2.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
"Number of hoisting winch for hook block 1" indicator

The Number of the hoisting winch for hook block 1 indicator shows the hoisting winch assigned
to hook block 1.
"Height of hook block on hoisting winch 1" indicator

The Height of hook block indicator shows the height of the hook block on hoisting winch 1.
156 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Height of hook block on hoisting winch 2" indicator

The Height of hook block indicator shows the height of the hook block on hoisting winch 2.
"Number of rope falls of hook block 2" indicator

The Number of rope falls of hook block 2 indicator shows the number of rope falls of hook block
2.
"Number of rope falls of hook block 1" indicator

The Number of rope falls of hook block 1 indicator shows the number of rope falls of hook block
1.
Crane control levers and foot pedals *)
Introduction
The following indicators show the current functions of the crane control levers and foot pedals *)
depending on the rigging status of the mobile crane.
The colour of the indicators is variable and has the following meaning:
▪ White = function is available.
▪ Green = function is requested in the automatic mode.
▪ Yellow = function is reduced.
▪ Red = function is disabled.
Overview
3 7
B
4 5 8 9 C
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
6 10
A Foot pedal *) 1 Foot pedal, forward direction of movement
ATF 60G-3 157

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
B Left-hand crane control lever 2 Foot pedal, backward direction of move-

ment
C Right-hand crane control lever 3 Left-hand crane control lever, forward dir-
ection of movement
4 Left-hand crane control lever, direction of
movement to the left
5 Left-hand crane control lever, direction of
movement to the right
6 Left-hand crane control lever, backward
direction of movement
7 Right-hand crane control lever, forward dir-
ection of movement
8 Right-hand crane control lever, direction of
movement to the left
9 Right-hand crane control lever, direction of
movement to the right
10 Right-hand crane control lever, backward
direction of movement
Indicators
"Extend telescopes" indicator
The Extend telescopes indicator shows the assignment for the Extend telescopes function.
"Retract telescopes" indicator

The Retract telescopes indicator shows the assignment for the Retract telescopes func-
tion.
"Rotate superstructure to the left" indicator

The Rotate superstructure to the left indicator shows the assignment of the Rotate super-
structure to the left function.
"Rotate superstructure to the right" indicator

The Rotate superstructure to the right indicator shows the assignment of the Rotate super-
structure to the right function.
"Raise telescopic boom" indicator

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
The Raise telescopic boom indicator shows the assignment for the Raise telescopic boom
function.
158 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Lower telescopic boom" indicator

The Lower telescopic boom indicator shows the assignment for the Lower telescopic boom
function.
"Unwind hoisting winch 1" indicator

The Unwind hoisting winch 1 indicator shows the assignment for the Unwind hoisting
1 winch 1 function.
"Wind hoisting winch 1" indicator

The Wind hoisting winch 1 indicator shows the assignment for the Wind hoisting winch 1
function.
1
"Unwind hoisting winch 2" indicator

The Unwind hoisting winch 2 indicator shows the assignment for the Unwind hoisting
2 winch 2 function.
"Wind hoisting winch 2" indicator

The Wind hoisting winch 2 indicator shows the assignment for the Wind hoisting winch 2
function.
2
"Lock counterweight" indicator

The Lock counterweight indicator shows the assignment for the Lock counterweight func-
tion.
"Unlock counterweight" indicator

The Unlock counterweight indicator shows the assignment for the Unlock counterweight
function.
"Lower counterweight" indicator

The Lower counterweight indicator shows the assignment for the Lower counterweight
function.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
"Raise counterweight" indicator

The Raise counterweight indicator shows the assignment for the Raise counterweight
function.
ATF 60G-3 159

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.3.4 Navigation area
Overview
A B C D E F G
A Checking safety functions menu or Return E Working range limit menu button
to main information button
B Operator specific settings menu button F Camera view menu button
C Telescoping menu button G Tare function button
D Rigging status menu button
Buttons
"Checking safety functions menu" button
Press button = go to the Checking safety functions menu menu.
For further information, refer to “Checking safety functions” menu [} page 165].
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
"Return to main information " button

Press button = return to Main information menu.
For further information, refer to Overview of crane information.
A
160 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Operator specific settings menu" button

Press button = go to the Operator specific settings menu.
For further information, refer to "Operator specific setting" menu [} page 167].
B
"Telescoping menu" button

Press button = go to the Telescoping menu.
For further information, refer to "Telescoping" menu [} page 185].
C
"Rigging status menu" button

Press button = go to the Rigging status menu.
For further information, refer to "Rigging status" menu [} page 194].
D
"Working range limit menu" button

Press button = go to the Working range limit menu.
For further information, refer to “Working range limit” menu [} page 211].
E
"Camera view menu" button

Press button = go to the Camera view menu.
For further information, refer to “Camera view” menu [} page 213].
F
“Tare function” button

Press button = the Current load indicator is reset to 0. From this moment, only the newly
taken load is shown.
G
Press button again = deactivation of tare function. The measured total load is shown.
Note: The maximum load always applies to the total load.
T
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 161

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.3.5 Navigation in a menu
Overview
2 3
1 Status information 3 Menu area

2 Crane information 4 Navigation area
Viewing areas of the main display

The layout of the main display is as follows:
▪ Status information, see Status information [} page 149].
▪ Crane information, refer to "Selection of the counterweight" menu [} page 201].
▪ Menu area.
▪ Navigation area, see Navigation area [} page 160].
The menu area’s layout is as follows:
▪ “Checking safety functions” menu [} page 165].
▪ "Operator specific setting" menu [} page 167].
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
▪ "Telescoping" menu [} page 185].

▪ "Rigging status" menu [} page 194].
▪ “Working range limit” menu [} page 211].
▪ “Camera view” menu [} page 213].
162 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
Buttons
The following buttons are of general importance and appear in the individual menus, as the situ-
ation requires.
“Reset” button
Press button = delete value.
"Plus" button
Press button = increase value.
"Minus" button
Press button = reduce value.
"Up" button
Press button = line/cursor moves upward.
"Down" button
Press button = line/cursor moves downward.
"One page up" button

Press button = menu moves one page up.
"One page down" button

Press button = menu moves one page down.
“Return to previous menu” button

Press button = go to the previous menu.
"Confirm" button
Press button = confirm and activate selection.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
"Increase/reduce value by 1" button

Press button = increase/reduce value by 1.
x1
ATF 60G-3 163

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control

x10

x100

x1000
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
164 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.4 “Checking safety functions” menu
Overview
100
1 2
3 1 6
4 ! 2 7
5 1 8
10 9 13 14
1 Checking acoustic alarm button 7 Crane movements 2 indicator

2 Confirm acoustic alarm button 8 Crane movements 3 indicator
3 Checking crane movements 1 button 9 Crane movements result indicator
4 Checking crane movements 2 button 10 Return to previous menu button
5 Checking crane movements 3 button 13 Delete result button
6 Crane movements 1 indicator 14 Confirm button
Buttons
"Checking acoustic alarm" button
Press button = activate checking of acoustic alarm.
"Confirm acoustic alarm" button

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Press button = check acoustic alarm.
ATF 60G-3 165

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Checking crane movements 1" button

Press button = activate checking of crane movements.
Carry crane movements out with crane control lever.
"Checking crane movements 2 and 3" button

Press button = activate checking of crane movements.
Carry crane movements out with crane control lever.

"Delete result" button

Press button = delete result of check.
"Confirm" button
Press button = confirm and activate selection.
Indicators
"Crane movements 1" indicator
1
The Crane movements 1 indicator shows the crane movements to be checked.
White symbols = carry out crane movement.
Green symbols = crane movement was carried our successfully.

! 2
The Crane movements 2 indicator shows the crane movements to be checked.

1 The Crane movements 3 indicator shows the crane movements to be checked.
"Crane movements result" indicator

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
The Crane movements result indicator shows the following results:

▪ Green check mark = checking the crane movements was carried out success-
! fully.
▪ Red exclamation mark = error.
166 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.5 "Operator specific setting" menu
6.5.1 Overview
Overview 1
200
2
1 3
5
4 6
8
7 9
0 0
15
1/2
14 13 12 11 10
1 Speed settings menu button 9 Reset hoisting winch 2 lifting height to zero
button
2 Counterweight rigging menu button 10 Page 1 of 2 indicator
3 Display settings menu button 11 Centralized lubrication system menu button
4 Engine system status menu button 12 One page up button
5 Active errors menu button 13 One page down button
6 Software information menu button 14 Return to previous menu button
7 Hello-Net menu button 15 Deactivate slow stop function button
8 Reset hoisting winch 1 lifting height to zero
button
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 167

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
Overview 2
200
2/2
5 4 3 2
1 Moving from the superstructure menu but- 4 One page down button
ton
2 Page 2 of 2 indicator 5 Return to previous menu button
3 One page up button
Buttons
"Speed settings menu" button
Press button = go to the Speed settings menu.
For further information, refer to .
"Counterweight rigging menu" button

Press button = go to the Counterweight rigging menu.
For further information, refer to .
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
"Display settings menu" button

Press button = go to the Display settings menu.
For further information, refer to “Display settings” menu [} page 175].
168 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Engine system status menu" button

Press button = go to the Engine system status menu.
For further information, refer to “Engine system status” menu [} page 177].
"Active errors menu" button

Press button = go to the Active errors menu.
For further information, refer to “Active errors” menu [} page 179].
"Software information menu" button

Press button = go to the Software information menu.
For further information, refer to “Software information” menu [} page 181].
"HELLO-NET menu" button

Press button = go to the HELLO-NET menu. Data transmission takes place; button obtains
grey background. A menu change is not possible then.
For further information, refer to “HELLO-NET” menu [} page 182].
"Reset hoisting winch 1 lifting height to zero" button

Press button = lifting height of the hook block on hoisting winch 1 is reset to zero.
"Reset hoisting winch 2 lifting height to zero" button

Press button = lifting height of the hook block on hoisting winch 2 is reset to zero.
"Deactivate slow stop function" button

Press button = deactivate slow stop function.
Press button again = activate slow stop function.
"Centralized lubrication system menu" button

Press button = go to the Centralized lubrication system menu.
For further information, refer to “Centralized lubrication system” menu [} page 183].
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
"Moving from the superstructure menu" button

Press button = go to the Moving from superstructure menu.
For further information, refer to "Driving from the superstructure" menu [} page 264].
ATF 60G-3 169

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control



Indicators
"Page 1 of 2" indicator
1/2 The Page 1 of 2 indicator shows the current page.
"Page 2 of 2" indicator

2/2 The Page 2 of 2 indicator shows the current page.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
170 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.5.2 "Speed settings" menu
Overview 1
201
8
% 100 100 100% 17
1
2 100 100 0% 18
9
3 100 100 10
4 100 100 11
13
20 21 22 14
1 Maximum speed, rotating superstructure to 13 Plus (increase value) button

the left button
2 Maximum speed, raising telescopic boom 14 Minus (reduce value) button
button
3 Maximum speed, unwinding hoisting 17 Change maximum speed to 100 % button
winch 1 button
4 Maximum speed, unwinding hoisting 18 Change maximum speed to 0 % button
winch 2 button
8 Maximum speed, rotating superstructure to 20 Return to previous menu button
the right button
9 Maximum speed, raising telescopic boom 21 One page up button
button
10 Maximum speed, winding hoisting winch 1 22 One page down button
button
11 Maximum speed, winding hoisting winch 2
button
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 171

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
Overview 2
201
% 100% 17
0% 18
100
100 100 11
4
5 0 0 12
13
20 21 22 14
4 Maximum speed, retracting telescopic 17 Change maximum speed to 100 % button

boom button
5 — 18 Change maximum speed to 0 % button
11 Maximum speed, extending telescopic 20 Return to previous menu button
boom button
12 — 21 One page up button
13 Plus (increase value) button 22 One page down button
14 Minus (reduce value) button
Buttons
Pressing buttons 1 to 12 the following functions are activated:
"Rotating superstructure to the left/right" button
Press button = change maximum speed of rotating superstructure to the left/right.
"Raising/lowering telescopic boom" button

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Press button = change maximum speed of raising/lowering telescopic boom.
"Winding/unwinding hoisting winch 1" button

Press button = change maximum speed of winding/unwinding hoisting winch 1.
172 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control

Press button = change maximum speed of winding/unwinding hoisting winch 2.
"Extending/retracting boom" button

Press button = change maximum speed of extending/retracting boom.
"Change maximum speed to 100 %" button

100 % Press button = the preselected speed setting is changed to 100 %.
If no speed setting is selected, all are changed to 100 %.
"Set maximum speed to 0 %" button

0% Press button = the preselected speed setting is changed to 0 %.
A crane movement must be preselected.
"Plus" button
Press button = increase value by 10%.
"Minus" button
Press button = decrease value by 10%.



WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 173

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.5.3 "Counterweight rigging" menu
202
4 3 2
1 Position of counterweight cylinders indic- 3 Change crane control lever assignments

ator button
2 Counterweight menu button 4 Return to previous menu button
Buttons
"Change crane control lever assignments" button
Press button = the crane control lever assignments are changed.
"Selection of the counterweight menu" button

Press button = go to the Selection of the counterweight menu.
For further information, refer to "Selection of the counterweight" menu [} page 201].

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
174 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
Indicator
"Position of counterweight cylinders" indicator
The Position of counterweight cylinders indicator shows the current position of the counter-
weight cylinders.
6.5.4 “Display settings” menu
Overview
203
7 1
2
AUTO
6 3
AUTO (52%) 4
1 Increase brightness button 5 Return to previous menu button

2 Automatic brightness setting button 6 Inclination forwards button
3 Reduce brightness button 7 Inclination backwards button
4 Current brightness setting indicator
Buttons
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
"Inclination backwards" button

Press and hold button = the main display is inclined backwards.
ATF 60G-3 175

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Inclination forwards" button

Press and hold button = the main display is inclined forwards.
"Increase brightness of display" button

Press and hold button = increase brightness of main display.
"Automatic brightness setting" button

Press button = set automatic brightness setting of the main display.
AUTO
"Reduce brightness" button

Press and hold button = reduce brightness of main display.

Indicators
"Current brightness setting" indicator
AUTO The Current brightness setting indicator shows the current brightness setting of the main
(52%) display.
The brightness value saved most recently remains stored after switching off the ignition.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
176 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.5.5 “Engine system status” menu
Overview
204
12
13
16 0 14
n/min
E F
5 65ºC
-.- 1
-.- l
E F E F
6 -.- l 2
E F
3
7 -.-- V
-- ºC
-.- h
8 -.-- h 4
-l
11 15
1 Hydraulic oil temperature indicator 8 Superstructure engine operating hours in-

dicator
2 Engine oil refill quantity indicator 11 Return to previous menu button
3 Battery voltage indicator 12 Increase speed button
4 Operating hours and fuel consumption day 13 Reduce speed button
counter indicator
5 Hydraulic oil level indicator 14 Idling speed button
6 Engine oil level indicator 15 Reset operating hours and fuel consump-
tion day counter indicator to zero button
7 Coolant indicator 16 Speed indicator
Buttons
"Increase speed" button
Press and hold button = increase engine speed of superstructure engine.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
"Reduce speed" button

Press and hold button = reduce engine speed of superstructure engine.
ATF 60G-3 177

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Idling speed" button

Press button = idling speed.

"Reset operating hours and fuel consumption day counter indicator to zero" button
Press button = the Operating hours and fuel consumption day counter indicators are reset
to zero.
Indicators
"Engine oil level" indicator
E F
The Engine oil level indicator shows the engine's oil level approx. 1 minute after engine is
switched off.
"Coolant" indicator
E F
The Coolant indicator shows the temperature of the coolant.
-- ºC
"Hydraulic oil level" indicator

E F
The Hydraulic oil level indicator shows the oil level of the hydraulic oil tank.
-.- l
"Hydraulic oil temperature" indicator
65ºC
-.- The Hydraulic oil temperature indicator shows the temperature of the hydraulic oil.
"Superstructure engine hour meter" indicator
-.-- h The Superstructure engine hour meter indicator shows the operating hours of the super-
structure engine.
"Battery voltage" indicator

The Battery voltage indicator shows the voltage of the battery.
-.-- V
"Operating hours and fuel consumption day counter" indicator

-.- h The Operating hours and fuel consumption day counter indicator shows the operating
-l
hours and the fuel consumption.
"Engine oil refill quantity" indicator

E F
The Engine oil refill quantity indicator shows the refill quantity for engine oil.
-.- l
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Inverse indication means overfilled.
"Engine speed" indicator

The Engine speed indicator shows the speed of the superstructure engine.
n/min
178 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.5.6 “Active errors” menu
Overview
1 2 3 4 5
17/17 W0 0032 205
01 / 04
9 8 7
1 Error count indicator 5 Error message list indicator

2 Error type indicator 7 One page down button
3 Classification indicator 8 One page up button
4 Error number indicator 9 Return to previous menu button
Buttons
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

ATF 60G-3 179

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control

Indicators
"Error message list" indicator
The Error message list indicator shows the indicator for an error and a brief description of
it.
The errors are sorted by type of error in the order S, E, W, I. New errors of the same type
of error are shown after this type of error, respectively.
For further information, refer to Messages, pilot and warning lamps [} page 225].
"Message" indicator
17/17 W0 0032 The Error count indicator shows the number of active errors.
The Error type indicator shows the error type:
S (safety condition) = Safety condition.
E (error) = Error.
W (warning) = Warning.
I (info) = Information.
The Classification indicator shows the classification of the error:

0 = Message without restriction of movements.
1 = Stop all movements.
2 = Stop all movements that increase the load torque.
3 = Stop certain movements, depending on the error.
4 = Reduced speed of all movements.
5 = Reduced speed of all movements that increase the load torque.
6 = Reduced speed of certain movements, depending on the error.
7 = Reduction of the maximum permissible load rating.
The Error number indicator shows the error number.

Explanations concerning messages, refer to Messages [} page 230]. WFN3RUWW2K2064139
180 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.5.7 “Software information” menu
Overview
206
Crane SN: 1234567 1

1 - Safety Controller 2
2 - Main Display 3
3 - Emergency Display 4
1 Serial number indicator 4 Small display information indicator

2 Crane control information indicator 5 Return to previous menu button
3 Main display information indicator
Buttons
Indicators
"Serial number" indicator
Crane SN: 1234567
The Serial number indicator shows the serial number of the mobile crane.
"Crane control information" indicator

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 - Safety Controller
The Crane control information indicator shows information of the crane control.
"Main display information" indicator

2 - Main Display
The Main display information indicator shows information about the main display.
ATF 60G-3 181

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Small display information" indicator

3 - Emergency Display
The Small display information indicator shows information about the small display.
6.5.8 “HELLO-NET” menu
Overview
211
1
2
1 Send error button 3 Send position button

2 Send status button 5 Return to previous menu button
Buttons
"Send error" button
Press button = Send the last 10 errors incl. the status parameters of the mobile crane.
Then return to the Operator-specific settings menu, see Overview.
"Send position" button

Press button = Send the current GPS position of the mobile crane. Then return to the Op-
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
erator-specific settings menu, see Overview.
182 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Send status" button

Press button = Send the current status of the mobile crane, incl. the status parameters.
Then return to the Operator-specific settings menu, see Overview.

6.5.9 “Centralized lubrication system” menu
Overview
210
6 AUTO
1 4
5 2 3
1 Short lubrication time button 5 Return to previous menu button

2 Medium lubrication time button 6 Waiting time until next interval lubrication
indicator
3 Long lubrication time button 7 Lubricating interval indicator
4 Manual lubrication button
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Indicators
"Lubricating interval" indicator
The Lubricating interval indicator shows the lubricating interval via a progress bar. When
the progress bar has reached the end, the interval lubrication is activated.
ATF 60G-3 183

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Lubrication time of the interval lubrication" indicator

AUTO The Waiting time until next interval lubrication indicator shows the waiting time until the
next interval lubrication via a progress bar. The lubricating process is interrupted when no
crane movements are carried out. When the progress bar has reached the end, the inter-
val lubrication is terminated.
Buttons
"Short lubrication time" button
Press button = set lubrication time for interval lubrication to Short lubrication time and
save.
"Medium lubrication time" button

Press button = set lubrication time for interval lubrication to Medium lubrication time and
save.
"Long lubrication time" button

Press button = set lubrication time for interval lubrication to Long lubrication time and save.
"Manual lubrication" button

This button can be used for manual lubrication as necessary, independently of the interval
lubrication.
Press button = manual lubrication is started; the colour of the button changes from blue to
light blue.
NOTICE! For the duration of the lubrication, rotate the superstructure at least 60° to
the left and/or right.
Press button again = manual lubrication is cancelled; the colour of the button changes
from light blue to blue.
The manual lubrications is cancelled when you leave the Centralized lubrication system
menu.

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
184 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.6 "Telescoping" menu
Overview
300
%
No. m 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 13.2 0 0 0 0 0 0
__ 1
__
52 22.5 0 0 100 0 0 0
53 31.7 0 0 100 100 0 0
__
__
__
__
58 17.4 46 0 0 0 0 0
__
__
123
24 20 21 22 23
1 Display and selection field for telescope 22 Direct entry of telescope status button
target position
20 One page up button 23 Confirm, accept selection, and go to Tele-
scope positions menu button.
21 One page down button 24 Return to previous menu button
Buttons

WFN3RUWW2K2064139

ATF 60G-3 185

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Confirm" button
Press button = confirm selection and go to Telescope position menu.
Refer to “Telescope position” menu [} page 186].
"Direct entry of telescope status" button

123 Press button = go to the Direct entry of telescope status menu.
Refer to Direct entry of telescoping status [} page 190].
Indicators
The "Telescope target position" indicator and selection field
%
No.
1
__
__
m
13.2
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
0
5
0
6
0
The Telescope target position indicator and selection field show the possible target posi-
tions of the telescope.
52 22.5 0 0 100 0 0 0
53 31.7 0 0 100 100 0 0
__
__
__
__
17.4 46 0 0 0 0 0
The desired target position is selected with the cursor.

58
__
__
The possible target positions depend on the current rigging status of the crane.
6.6.1 “Telescope position” menu
Overview of telescope position
Overview
301
%
No. m 1 2 3 4 5 6
7
1.50m
2
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
6 8 1 2 3
1 New target position menu button 5 Telescope position (graphical display) in-
dicator
2 Target position 0 % button 6 Lock indicator
186 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
3 Telescope fast approach button 7 Length of the boom telescoping cylinder in-
dicator
4 Telescope position indicator 8 Return to previous menu button
Buttons
"New target position menu” button
Press button = new target position, return to the "Telescoping" menu [} page 185].
"Target position 0 %” button

Press button = the target position is set to 0 %.
0%
"Telescope fast approach" button

Press button = fast approach for Extending/retracting boom is switched on or off.

Indicators
"Telescope position" indicator
%
No. m 1 2 3 4 5 6
The Telescope position indicator shows the individual telescope position in %.

The first line shows the target position, the second line the current position.
"Telescope position (graphical display)" indicator

The Telescope position (graphical display) indicator shows the telescope position graphic-
ally.
For further information, refer to Telescope position (graphical display) [} page 188].
"Lock" indicator
The Lock indicator shows the current lock positions of telescopic boom and telescoping
cylinder.
Green = locked.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Yellow = floating position.

White = unlocked.
Red = signal error. Pinning defective.
For further information, refer to Telescopic boom and telescoping cylinder lock [} page 189].
ATF 60G-3 187

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
“Length of the boom telescoping cylinder” indicator

1.50m The Length of the boom telescoping cylinder indicator shows the length of the telescoping
cylinder.
Telescope position (graphical display)
Overview
1 2 3
1 Telescopic boom lock status indicator 3 Telescope target position indicator

2 Current telescope position indicator 4 Boom telescoping cylinder lock status in-
dicator
Indicators
“Telescopic boom lock status” indicator
The Telescopic boom lock status indicator shows the current status of the lock of the telescopic
boom.
The representation and colour of the indicators have the following meaning:
Green = telescopic boom is locked.
Yellow = locking or unlocking the telescopic boom is being performed (floating position).
White = telescopic boom is unlocked.
“Current telescope position” indicator

The Current telescope position indicator shows the current position of the telescopes.
“Telescope target position” indicator

The Telescope target position indicator shows the target position for the telescopes.
“Boom telescoping cylinder lock status” indicator

The Boom telescoping cylinder lock status indicator shows the current status of the lock of the
boom telescoping cylinder.
Green = boom telescoping cylinder is locked.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Yellow = locking or unlocking the boom telescoping cylinder is being performed (floating posi-
tion).
White = boom telescoping cylinder is unlocked.
188 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
Telescopic boom and telescoping cylinder lock
Overview
1 1
1 Telescopic boom lock pin (B-pin) indicators 2 Boom telescoping cylinder lock pin (C-pin)
indicator
Indicators
"Telescopic boom lock pin" indicator
The Telescopic boom lock pin indicator shows the current status of the lock of the telescopic
boom.
Green = telescopic boom is locked.
Yellow = locking or unlocking the telescopic boom is being performed (floating position).
White = telescopic boom is unlocked.
"Boom telescoping cylinder lock pin" indicator

The Boom telescoping cylinder lock pin indicator shows the current status of the lock of the
boom telescoping cylinder.
Green = boom telescoping cylinder is locked.
Yellow = locking or unlocking the boom telescoping cylinder is being performed (floating posi-
tion).
White = boom telescoping cylinder is unlocked.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 189

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
Direct entry of telescoping status
Overview
302
%
No. 1
2
016
7 8 9
4 5 6
3
1 2 3
0
8 7 6 5 4
4
1 Target position indicator 5 Reset button

2 Telescoping status indicator 6 Minus (select next possible telescope
status) button
3 Input field buttons 7 Plus (select next possible telescope status)
button
4 Confirm button 8 Return to previous menu button
Buttons
"Input field" buttons
7 8 9 Press buttons = enter number of telescoping status.
4 5 6
1 2 3
0
"Confirm" button
Press button = confirm selection and go to Telescope position menu.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Refer to “Telescope position” menu [} page 186].
“Reset” button
Press button = delete value.
190 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Minus" button
Press button = go to the next possible telescope status.
"Plus" button
Press button = go to the next possible telescope status.

Indicators
"Target position" indicator
%
No.
The Target position indicator shows the selected target position.
"Telescoping status" indicator

016 The Telescoping status indicator shows the telescoping status entered in the input field.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 191

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.6.2 "Reset telescopes manually" menu
Overview
1 2 321
% 1 2 3 4 5 6
0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
46 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Tele RESET
11 5s
93 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
100 0.00 0.00 0.00 00.00 00.00 0.00
11
10 0.00m 4
1 2 B/C-Pin: 12
9
4 5
8 7 6 5
1 Possible lock positions indicator 7 Lock telescopic boom lock pin (B-pin) but-
ton
2 Reset button 8 Lock boom telescoping cylinder lock pin
(C-pin) button
3 Telescope positions (graphical display) in- 9 Unlock boom telescoping cylinder lock pin
dicator (C-pin) button
4 Length of the boom telescoping cylinder in- 10 Unlock telescopic boom lock pin (B-pin)
dicator button
5 Lock indicator 11 Detected telescope indicator
6 Detection of the telescope indicator 12 Pressure accumulator Boom telescoping
cylinder (B+ C-pin) indicator
Buttons
"Reset" button
Press button and hold for 5 seconds = the initial position is set to 0.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
NOTICE! Only press the Reset button when the telescopic boom is fully retracted.
Tele RESET
5s
All B-pins must be pinned. C-pin must be pinned in smallest telescope.
11
192 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Lock telescopic boom lock pin (B-pin)" button

Press button = telescopic boom lock pin (B-pin) locked.
"Lock boom telescoping cylinder lock pin (C-pin)" button

Press button = lock boom telescoping cylinder lock pin (C-pin).
"Unlock boom telescoping cylinder lock pin (C-pin)" button

Press button = unlock boom telescoping cylinder lock pin (C-pin).
"Unlock telescopic boom lock pin (B-pin)" button

Press button = unlock telescopic boom lock pin (B-pin).
Indicators
"Possible lock positions" indicator
% 1 2 3 4 5 6
0
46
93
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00 0.00
0.00 0.00
0.00 0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
The Possible lock positions indicator shows the possible lock positions.
100 0.00 0.00 0.00 00.00 00.00 0.00
"Telescope position (graphical display)" indicator

The Telescope position (graphical display) indicator shows the telescope position graphic-
ally.
For further information, refer to Telescope position (graphical display) [} page 188].
"Length of the boom telescoping cylinder" indicator
cylinder.
"Lock" indicator
cylinder.
Green = locked.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
White = unlocked.
For further information, refer to Telescopic boom and telescoping cylinder lock [} page 189].
"Telescope indicators" display

The Telescope indicators display shows the telescope indicators.
ATF 60G-3 193

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Pressure accumulator Boom telescoping cylinder (B+ C-pin)" indicator

B/C-Pin The Pressure accumulator Boom telescoping cylinder (B+ C-pin) indicator shows the pres-
sure in the pressure accumulator.
6.7 "Rigging status" menu
Overview
400
1
2
7 4
1 Selection of the outrigger system menu 5 Display of load rating charts menu button
button
2 Selection of the counterweight menu button 6 Return to previous menu button
3 Selection of the jib menu button 7 Selection of the rope falls menu button
4 Selection of the hoisting winches menu
button
Buttons
"Selection of the outrigger system menu" button
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Press button = go to the Selection of the outrigger system menu.

For further information, refer to "Selection of outriggers" menu [} page 196].
194 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Selection of the counterweight menu" button

Press button = go to the Selection of the counterweight menu.
Further information: "Selection of the counterweight" menu [} page 201].
"Selection of the jib menu" button

Press button = go to the Selection of the jib menu.
For further information, refer to “Selection of the jib” menu.
"Selection of the hoisting winches menu" button

Press button = go to the Selection of the hoisting winches menu.
For further information, refer to “Selection of the hoisting winches” menu [} page 209].
"Display of load rating charts menu" button

Press button = go to the Display of load rating charts menu.
For further information, refer to "Display of load rating charts" menu [} page 207].
"Selection of the rope falls menu" button

Press button = go to the Selection of the rope falls menu.
For further information, refer to “Selection of the rope falls” menu [} page 205].

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 195

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.7.1 "Selection of outriggers" menu
Introduction
In this menu, you select the rigging status of the mobile crane:
▪ Crane operation on outriggers.
▪ On-wheels crane operation.
You can toggle these two rigging statuses by pressing a button. In case of an error, the outrig-
ger base can be entered manually.
"Rigging status for crane operation on outriggers" view
Overview
401
m/2 m/2
m/2 m/2
5 4 3 2
1 Outrigger base indicator 4 On-wheels crane operation button

2 Accepting the rigging status button 5 Return to previous menu button
3 Crane operation on outriggers button
Buttons
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
"Crane operation on outriggers" button

Press button = go to Rigging status for crane operation on outriggers view.
196 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"On-wheels crane operation" button

Press button = go to Rigging status for on-wheels crane operation view.

"Accept the rigging status" button

Press button = accept and save selected rigging status.
CAUTION! When doing this, the load rating chart and, thus, the maximum per-
missible lifting capacity of the mobile crane might be changed.
Indicator
"Outrigger extension" indicator
The Outrigger extension indicator shows the current condition of the individual outrigger
extensions.
m/2 = value divided by 2.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 197

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Rigging status for on-wheels crane operation" view
Overview
401
5 4 3 2
2 Accepting the rigging status button 4 On-wheels crane operation button

3 Crane operation on outriggers button 5 Return to previous menu button
Buttons


WFN3RUWW2K2064139
198 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control

"Outriggers in case of error"
Introduction
If the automatic length detection of the outrigger system fails, the operating state of the outrig-
ger system cannot be determined nor displayed.
After pressing the Outriggers in case of error button, additional buttons and indicators appear,
with which the outrigger base can be entered manually.
Overview
401
9
8 10
m/2 m/2
m/2 m/2
7 11
5 4 3 2
1 Outrigger base indicator 7 Plus (increase value), left-hand rear outrig-

ger button
2 Accepting the rigging status button 8 Plus (increase value), left-hand front outrig-
ger button
3 Crane operation on outriggers button 9 Specified length is larger than measured
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
length indicator
4 On-wheels crane operation button 10 Plus (increase value), right-hand front out-
rigger button
5 Return to previous menu button 11 Plus (increase value), right-hand rear out-
rigger button
6 Outriggers in case of error button
ATF 60G-3 199

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
Buttons



"Selection of the outriggers in case of error" button

Press button = start of emergency mode.
The Plus (increase value) buttons appear, with which you can select the individual outrig-
ger bases.
"Plus" button
Indicators
"Outrigger extension" indicator
The Outrigger extension indicator shows the current condition of the individual outrigger
extensions.
m/2 = value divided by 2.
"Specified length is larger than measured length" indicator

The Specified length is larger than measured length indicator lights up when the specified
length is larger than the measured length.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
200 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.7.2 "Selection of the counterweight" menu
Overview
1 2 3 402
0.0 2.1 3.3 4.2 4

t t t t
7
5 5.0 5.1 7.2 8.0 8
t t t t
6
9.2 10.1 13.0
9 t
11
t t
10
32 36
1 0.0 t counterweight button 8 8.0 t counterweight button

5 5.0 t counterweight button 32 Return to previous menu button
6 5.1 t counterweight button 36 Accepting the rigging status button
7 7.2 t counterweight button
Buttons
"0.0 t counterweight" button
Press button = 0.0 t counterweight is selected; button obtains light-blue background.
0.0
t
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

2.1
t
ATF 60G-3 201

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control

3.3
t
4.2
t
5.0
t
5.1
t
7.2
t
8.0
t
9.2
t
10.1
t
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

13.0
t
202 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control


6.7.3 "Selection of the jib" menu
Overview
403
10
---.- t / -.- max t
3 FJ
9 8 7 6 5 4
1 Telescopic boom button 6 Return to previous menu button

2 Single top button 7 Selection of the lengths buttons
3 Jib FJ button 8 Work mode button
4 Accepting the rigging status button 9 Setup mode button
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
5 Selection of the angle buttons 10 Heavy-duty lift button
ATF 60G-3 203

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
Buttons
"Telescopic boom" button
Press button = select telescopic boom.
"Single top" button *)

Press button = select single top.
"Jib FJ" button *)

Press button = select rigid variable-angle jib FJ.
FJ
"Heavy-duty lift" *) button
Press button = select heavy-duty lift.
"Setup mode" button

Press button = select setup mode.
"Work mode" button

Press button = select work mode.
"Selection of the length" buttons

Press buttons = select the length of the telescopic boom.
"Selection of the angle" buttons

Press buttons = select the angle of the telescopic boom.

WFN3RUWW2K2064139

204 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.7.4 “Selection of the rope falls” menu
Overview
404
1
2 1 2
x0 x1 3
7 8 9
4 5 6 4
1 2 3
0
21 25
1 Wire rope of hoisting winch 2 button 4 Input field buttons

2 Wire rope of hoisting winch 1 button 21 Return to previous menu button
3 Rope falls indicators 25 Accepting the rigging status button
Buttons
"Wire rope of hoisting winch 1" button
Press button = select wire rope of hoisting winch 1.
1
"Wire rope of hoisting winch 2" button

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Press button = select wire rope of hoisting winch 2.

2
ATF 60G-3 205

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Input field" buttons

7 8 9 Press buttons = enter number of rope falls.
4 5 6
1 2 3
Warning; the number of rope reeves must be entered correctly.
0 If the number of rope falls is not entered correctly in the case of operation with jib, the jib
may move backwards erratically in the case of a steep position of the telescopic boom.


Indicators
"Rope falls" indicators
x0 x1 The Rope falls indicators show the selected rope falls of the wire rope of hoisting winch 2
and 1.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
206 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.7.5 "Display of load rating charts" menu
Changes in the items Jib indicator and selection field, Angle of the jib in-
dicator and selection field, Counterweight indicator and selection field, and
Outrigger base indicator and selection field, do have any influence in the
crane rigging status previously selected. With them, other load rating
charts can be displayed.
Overview
212
1 2 3 4 5 6
17.4m _ _ ._ _ _ _ ._ _ _ _ ._ _ 21.6m _ _ ._ _ 7
15 ID 2 _ _ _ _ ID 113 _ _ _ _ ID 88 _ _ _ _
_ ._ _
_ ._ _ 8
_ ._ _
8.0m 40.5 82.5 83.8 84.4 74.8 65.0 9
_ ._ _
_ ._ _
10
_ ._ _
_ ._ _
14.0m 30.1 43.2 44.3 44.9 45.3 45.8 11
_ ._ _
_ ._ _
_ ._ _
14 13 12
1 Jib indicator and selection field 9 Menu screen downwards button

2 Angle of the jib indicator and selection field 10 Confirm telescope status button
3 ID indicator 11 Info button
4 Counterweight indicator and selection field 12 Return to previous menu button
5 Boom length display 13 Load rating charts display
6 Outrigger base indicator and selection field 14 Boom radius indicator
7 Menu screen to the right button 15 Menu screen to the left button
8 Menu screen upwards button
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Buttons
"Menu screen to the right" button
Press button = menu screen shifts to the right.
ATF 60G-3 207

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Menu screen upwards" button

Press button = menu screen shifts upwards.
"Menu screen downwards" button

Press button = menu screen shifts downwards.
"Confirm telescope status" button

Press button = confirm telescope status, go to Overview of telescope position [} page 186]
menu.
A column must have been selected previously. The column has blue background.
"Info" button
Press button = select bottom end of Load rating charts display. The telescope sequence
appears.

"Menu screen to the left" button

Press button = menu screen shifts to the left.
Indicators
The "Jib" indicator and selection field
The Jib indicator and selection field show the jib and its angle.
The "Counterweight" indicator and selection field

The Counterweight indicator and selection field shows the counterweight.
The "Outrigger base" indicator and selection field

The Outrigger base indicator and selection field shows outrigger base.
"ID" indicator
ID 2 _ _ _ _ ID 113 _ _ _ _ ID 88 _ _ _ _
The ID indicator shows the individual ID.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
"Boom length" indicator

17.4m _ _ ._ _ _ _ ._ _ _ _ ._ _ 21.6m _ _ ._ _
The Boom length indicator shows the individual boom lengths.
"Load rating chart" indicator
40.5 82.5 83.8 84.4 74.8 65.0

In the Load rating chart display, the crane driver can select the maximum load rating as a
30.1 43.2 44.3 44.9 45.3 45.8
function of boom length, boom radius, outrigger base, and counterweight of the mobile
crane. The selection has blue background.
208 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Boom radius" indicator

The Boom radius indicator shows the individual boom radiuses.
_ ._ _
_ ._ _
_ ._ _
8.0m
_ ._ _
_ ._ _
_ ._ _
_ ._ _
14.0m
_ ._ _
_ ._ _
_ ._ _
6.7.6 “Selection of the hoisting winches” menu
Overview
405
1 2
1 6
2 7
3
4 9
16 18
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Deactivate hoisting winch 1 button 7 Wire rope 2 via telescopic boom button
2 Wire rope 1 via telescopic boom button 9 Wire rope 2 via jib button
3 Wire rope 1 via single top button 16 Return to previous menu button
4 Wire rope 1 via jib button 18 Accepting the rigging status button
6 Deactivate hoisting winch 2 button
ATF 60G-3 209

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
Buttons
"Deactivate hoisting winch" button
Press button = deactivate hoisting winch.
"Wire rope via telescopic boom" button

Press button = the selected wire rope runs via telescopic boom.
"Wire rope via single top" button

Press button = the selected wire rope runs via single top.
"Wire rope via jib" button

Press button = the selected wire rope runs via jib.


Indicators
"Hoisting winch 1" indicator
1 The Hoisting winch 1 indicator shows the selection of hoisting winch 1.
"Hoisting winch 2" indicator

The Hoisting winch 2 indicator shows the selection of hoisting winch 2.
2
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
210 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.8 “Working range limit” menu
Overview
500
1
1 2
2
3
5
6
20
1 Upper limit boom height button 5 Right-hand limit slewing angle button
2 Upper limit working radius button 6 Lower limit telescopic boom angle button
3 Upper limit telescopic boom angle button 8 Temporary deactivation of all working
range limits button
4 Left-hand limit slewing angle button 20 Return to previous menu button
Buttons
"Upper limit boom height" button
Press button = the working range limit of the boom height is stored; a limit mark shows the
stored state.
Press button again = the working range limit of the boom height is deleted; the limit mark
disappears.
"Upper limit working radius" button

Press button = the working range limit of the working radius is stored; a limit mark shows
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
the stored state.

Press button again = the working range limit of the working radius is deleted; the limit mark
disappears.
ATF 60G-3 211

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Upper limit telescopic boom angle" button

Press button = the upper limit of the telescopic boom angle is stored; a limit mark shows
the stored state.
Press button again = the upper limit of the telescopic boom angle is deleted; the limit mark
disappears.
"Left-hand limit slewing angle" button

Press button = the left-hand limit of the slewing angle is stored; a limit mark shows the set
state.
Press button again = the left-hand limit of the slewing angle is deleted; the limit mark dis-
appears.
"Right-hand limit slewing angle" button

Press button = the right-hand limit of the slewing angle is stored; a limit mark shows the
stored state.
Press button again = the right-hand limit of the slewing angle is deleted; the limit mark dis-
appears.
"Lower limit telescopic boom angle" button

Press button = the lower limit of the telescopic boom angle is stored; a limit mark shows
the stored state.
Press button again = the lower limit of the telescopic boom angle is deleted; the limit mark
disappears.
"Temporary deactivation of all working range limits" button

Press button = all working range limits are temporarily deactivated.
Press button again = all working range limits are active again.

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
212 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.9 “Camera view” menu
Introduction
Pressing the Camera view button changes the displays of the hoisting winch cameras *).
Overview
600
1 2
1 Camera view button 2 Camera image
Buttons
"Camera view" button
Press button = go to the camera view.
F
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 213

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.10 "Service" menu
Overview
800
2 3
Event
4
I/0 Logger
6
CAN
Status
SERVICE
ONLY 7
2 — 6 —
3 Engine fault button 7 —
4 Event logger button 8 Return to previous menu button
5 Response behaviour of the crane control
levers button
Buttons
"Engine fault" button
Press button = go to the Engine fault menu.
For further information, refer to "Engine fault" menu [} page 215].
"Event logger" button

Press button = go to the Event logger menu.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Event
For further information, refer to "Event logger" menu [} page 217].
Logger
214 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Response behaviour of the crane control levers" button

Press button = go to the Response behaviour of the crane control levers menu.
For further information, refer to "Response behaviour of the crane control levers" menu
[} page 218].

6.10.1 "Engine fault" menu
Overview
1
801
Eng. Errors CPC4: 10

SPN FMI OC
8
7
6
Engine /
System
5 4 3 2
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Active control unit indicator 5 Back button

2 Engine system status menu button 6 Error rate indicator
3 Change control unit button 7 Error type indicator
4 Change control unit button 8 Error category indicator
ATF 60G-3 215

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
Indicators
"Active control unit" indicator
Engine Er- The Active control unit indicator shows the selected control unit and the number of active
rors pending errors.
"Error rate" indicator

OC The Error rate indicator shows the frequency of the error since ignition.
"Error type" indicator

FMI The Error type indicator shows the error type.
"Error category" indicator

SPN The Error category indicator shows the error category.
Buttons
"Engine system status menu" buttons
Press buttons = go to the Engine system status menu.
Engine /
System For further information, refer to “Engine system status” menu [} page 177].
"Change control unit" buttons

Press buttons = the menu scrolls to the previous or the next control unit.

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
216 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.10.2 "Event logger" menu
Overview
802
1 2
Cran SN: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Save Log 3

to USB
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-_ _ _
- > _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _: 0
- > _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _: 1
->______!
1 Log file indicator 3 Log file button

2 Serial number indicator 4 Return to previous menu button
Buttons
"Log file" button
Press button = save log files on USB stick.
Save Log
to USB For further information, refer to Superstructure cab – operating elements on instrument
panel.

Indicators
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
"Log file" indicator

-> _ _ - The Log file indicator shows information on the log files.
"Serial number" indicator

Cran SN:_ The Serial number indicator shows the serial number of the mobile crane.
__
ATF 60G-3 217

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.10.3 "Response behaviour of the crane control levers" menu
Introduction
The response behaviour describes the behaviour of the crane movements when moving the
crane control levers.
In the Response behaviour of the crane control levers menu, you can set and save the re-
sponse behaviour individually for each crane control lever, for each function, and for each direc-
tion.
The following types of response behaviour are eligible:
▪ Linear.
▪ Exponential.
▪ Operator specific.
The last operator specific values saved for a crane movement remain permanently stored.
Overview – Page 1
804
6
1 S1 11
7
2 S2 12
8
3 13
9
4
14
5 10
15
20 19 18 17 16
1 Rotating superstructure to the left button 11 Save/load 1 button

2 Raising telescopic boom button 12 Save/load 2 button
3 Unwinding hoisting winch 1 button 13 Reset all response behaviours to "Linear"
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
button
4 Unwinding hoisting winch 2 button 14 Operator specific curve for the response
behaviour of the crane control levers menu
button
5 Raising jib button 15 Speed settings menu button
6 Rotating superstructure to the right button 16 Save changes button
7 Lowering telescopic boom button 17 Reset button
218 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
8 Winding hoisting winch 1 button 18 One page down button

9 Winding hoisting winch 2 button 19 One page up button
10 Lowering jib button 20 Return to previous menu button
Overview – Page 2
804
6
1 S1 11
7
2 S2 12
HTLJ
8
3 13
HTLJ
9
4
14
5 10
15
20 19 18 17 16
1 Unwinding hoisting winch 3 button 11 Save/load 1 button

2 Raising HTLJ button 12 Save/load 2 button
3 Retracting HTLJ button 13 Reset all response behaviours to "Linear"
button
4 Retracting telescopic boom button 14 Operator specific curve for the response
behaviour of the crane control levers menu
button
5 — 15 Speed settings menu button
6 Winding hoisting winch 3 button 16 Save changes button
7 Lowering HTLJ button 17 Reset button
8 Extending HTLJ button 18 One page down button
9 Extending telescopic boom button 19 One page up button
10 — 20 Return to previous menu button
Buttons
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Pressing buttons 1 to 10 the following functions are activated:

"Rotating the superstructure" button
Press button = change the response behaviour of the Rotating the superstructure to the
left/right crane control levers to "Linear", "Exponential", or "Operator specific".
Press and hold the button = go to the Operator specific curve for the response behaviour
of the crane control levers menu.
ATF 60G-3 219

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
For further information, refer to "Operator specific curve for the response behaviour of the crane
control levers" menu [} page 223].
"Raising/lowering telescopic boom" button
Press button = change the response behaviour of the Raising/lowering telescopic boom
crane control levers to "Linear", "Exponential", or "Operator specific".
Press button = change the response behaviour of the Winding/unwinding hoisting winch 1
"Raising/lowering jib" button
Press button = change the response behaviour of the Raising/lowering jib crane control
levers to "Linear", "Exponential", or "Operator specific".

"Raising/lowering HTLJ" button
Press button = change the response behaviour of the Raising/lowering HTLJ crane control
levers to "Linear", "Exponential", or "Operator specific".
HTLJ
"Extending/retracting HTLJ" button
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Press button = change the response behaviour of the Extending/retracting HTLJ crane
control levers to "Linear", "Exponential", or "Operator specific".
HTLJ
"Extending/retracting boom" button
Press button = change the response behaviour of the Extending/retracting boom crane
control levers to "Linear", "Exponential", or "Operator specific".
220 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
The other buttons have the following functions:

"Save/load 1" button
Press the button briefly = load the stored response behaviours.
S1 Press and hold the button = save the response behaviours.
"Save/load 2" button

Press the button briefly = load the stored response behaviours.
S2 Press and hold the button = save the response behaviours.
"Reset all response behaviours to Linear" button

Press button = reset all response behaviours to "Linear".
"Operator specific curve for the response behaviour of the crane control levers menu"
button
Press the button = go to the Operator specific curve for the response behaviour of the
crane control levers menu.
For further information, refer to “Speed settings” menu.

"Save changes" button
Press button = save and activate changes.
Note: Do not execute during crane movements.
"Reset" button
Press button = reset all settings to the status of the last saving.

WFN3RUWW2K2064139

ATF 60G-3 221

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
222 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.10.4 "Operator specific curve for the response behaviour of the crane control
levers" menu
Introduction
In the Operator specific curve for the response behaviour of the crane control levers menu, you
can set and save operator specific curves. The representation is a curve with curve points.
The individual curve points can be changed as follows, either by touching the display or via
Navigation control:
1. Select the curve point in the interactive X and Y values display.
2. Change the value.
Meaning of X and Y value:
▪ X value: movement (deflection) of the crane control lever. in ‰.
▪ Y value: resulting speed of the crane function in ‰.
Overview
805
1 2
P5 - X 4
_ + 5
6
x10 7
8
9
P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9
X 150 350 400 450 500 630 710 830 870 ‰
Y 40 100 150 200 250 350 450 580 750 ‰
13 12 11 10
1 Interactive Response behaviour of crane 8 Speed settings menu button

control levers display
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
2 Selected function indicator 9 Response behaviour of the crane control

levers menu button
3 Go to next function button 10 Save changes button
4 Selected curve point indicator 11 Reset button
5 Plus (increase value) button 12 Return to previous menu button
6 Minus (reduce value) button 13 Interactive X and Y values display
ATF 60G-3 223

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
7 Factor button
Buttons
"Go to next function" button
Press button = go to the next function.
Note: After the last function, the first is selected again.
"Plus" button
"Minus" button
Press button = reduce value.
"Factor" button
Press button = increase/reduce the curve point value in increments of 1, 10, 100, or 1000.
x10
For further information, refer to “Speed settings” menu.

"Response behaviour of the crane control levers menu" button
Press button = go to the Response behaviour of the crane control levers menu.
For further information, refer to "Response behaviour of the crane control levers" menu
[} page 218].
"Save changes" button
Press button = save and activate changes.
Note: Do not execute during crane movements.
"Reset" button
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Press button = reset the selected function to a default standard curve.

224 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
Indicators
Interactive "Response behaviour of crane control levers" display
The interactive Response behaviour of crane control levers display shows the operator
specific curve for the response behaviour of the crane control lever functions.
"Selected function" indicator

The Selected function indicator shows the crane control lever function that can be adjus-
ted.
"Selected curve point" indicator

P5 - X The Selected curve point indicator shows the selected curve point and, additionally,
whether its X or Y value can be adjusted.
Interactive "X and Y values" display

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9
X
Y
150
40
350
100
400
150
450
200
500
250
630
350
710
450
830
580
870 ‰
750 ‰ The X and Y values can be selected via Navigation control or via the display.
6.11 Messages, pilot and warning lamps
6.11.1 Indicator and warning lamps

"Minor engine fault" warning lamp
Is lit yellow = minor engine fault.
"Serious engine fault" warning lamp

Is lit red = serious engine fault.
"Error AdBlue® system" warning lamp

Is lit yellow= AdBlue® fill level is low, AdBlue® quality is bad, or electronic AdBlue® error
has occurred.
Flashes yellow = fault of the aftertreatment of exhaust gases, beginning of operating re-
striction.
"AdBlue® tank fill level" warning lamp

Is lit yellow = fill level of AdBlue® tank is too low. Low level threshold is reached.
Ad
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Blue Flashes yellow = AdBlue® tank empty.
"Operating restriction active" warning lamp

Is lit yellow = start of operating restriction.
LIM Flashes yellow = serious operating restriction.
ATF 60G-3 225

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"AdBlue® tank heating" *) pilot lamp

Is lit white = the heating of the AdBlue® tank is switched on.
"Engine oil level" warning lamp

Is lit yellow = engine oil level is low.
Flashes red = engine oil level is too low. Low level threshold is reached.
"Engine oil pressure" warning lamp

Is lit red = engine oil pressure is too low.
"Fuel tank fill level" warning lamp

Is lit yellow = fuel tank level is too low. Low level threshold is reached.
"Coolant level" warning lamp

Is lit red = coolant level is too low.
"Coolant temperature" warning lamp

Is lit yellow = coolant temperature is too high.
"Air cleaner" warning lamp

Is lit yellow = air cleaner is contaminated.
"Hydraulic oil level" warning lamp

Is lit red = hydraulic oil level is too low.
"Hydraulic oil temperature" warning lamp

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Is lit red = hydraulic oil temperature is too high.
226 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Hydraulic oil filter" warning lamp

Is lit red = hydraulic oil filter is contaminated.
"Anti-two-block device overridden" pilot lamp

Is lit yellow = anti-two-block device is overridden.
"Anti-two-block device switched off" warning lamp

Is lit red = anti-two-block device is deactivated.
"Armrest" pilot lamp

Is lit yellow = armrest is folded up.
"Set down telescopic boom" warning lamp

Is lit yellow = not possible to set down telescopic boom.
"Slow-stop function" warning lamp

Is lit yellow = slow stop function is aborted.
"Communication error" warning lamp

Is lit red = a general communication error (CAN-BUS) has occurred.
"Communication running" warning lamp

Is lit yellow = load rating is not available for preselected configuration.
Is lit red = communication error.
"Configuration" warning lamp

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Is lit yellow = configuration restriction.

Is lit red = configuration error.
ATF 60G-3 227

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Counterweight error" warning lamp

Is lit yellow = counterweight error.
"Electrical system error" warning lamp

Is lit red = cable broken, short circuit.
"HLJ parked position" *) pilot lamp

Is lit white = HLJ is in parked position.
"Superstructure lock" pilot and warning lamp

Is lit white = superstructure is locked.
Is lit yellow = warning, invalid slewing angle, not locked backwards, superstructure is not
unlocked.
Is lit red = sensor error. Superstructure locking cannot be carried out.
"360° interlock" pilot and warning lamp

Is lit yellow = warning, superstructure lock has not been carried out correctly.
Is lit red = superstructure lock error.
"Hoisting winch" warning lamp

Is lit red = stop due to end of wire rope.
"Working range limit max" warning lamp

Is lit red = stop due working range limit.
"Working range limit min" warning lamp

Is lit red = stop due working range limit.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
"Crane control lever" warning lamp

Is lit yellow = neutral position of crane control lever.
Is lit red = crane control lever error.
228 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Manual mode" pilot lamp

Is lit yellow = manual mode active.
"Counterweight" warning lamp

Is lit red = counterweight error.
"Telescope manual mode" pilot lamp

Is lit yellow = telescope control manual mode is active.
"Telescope control" warning lamp

Is lit yellow = minor fault of the telescope control.
Is lit red = major fault in the telescope control.
"Unexpected crane control lever movements" warning lamp

Is lit yellow = unexpected crane control lever movements have been detected.
Is lit red = unexpected crane control lever movements have been detected.
"Wind speed" warning lamp

Is lit yellow = wind speed warning.
"Virtual wall active" warning lamp

Is lit red = stop due to restriction.
"Battery voltage" warning lamp

Is lit yellow = battery voltage is too low.
Is lit red = the battery is defective.
"Centralized lubrication system" pilot lamp

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Is lit white = automatic lubricating process is active.
AUTO
ATF 60G-3 229

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.11.2 Messages
Errors of components
Desig- Component name Description, Function

nation
E0 0017 A825 Engine Malfunction
E0 0018 A825 Engine Engine oil pressure low
E0 0019 A825 Engine Coolant temperature high
E0 0020 S834 Engine Low coolant level
E0 0030 A825 Engine Engine oil empty
E0 0031 B823/3 Hydraulic system Low hydraulic oil level
E0 0057 A823 Jib length HTLJ length not plausible
E0 0120 A965 Slewing lock 360° Slewing gear interlock error
E0 0127 A965 Superstructure lock Sensor error
E0 0145 A992 Battery sensor Defective battery
E0 0146 A992 Battery sensor Battery charging current
E0 0147 A992 Battery sensor Sulphated battery
E0 0161 A965 Superstructure manoeuvrability Brake pressure is not sufficient
E0 1003 A020 Carrier CAN brown Communication error
E0 1004 A970 Emergency control unit Communication error
E0 1005 A971 Operating element Communication error
E0 1006 A825 Engine CAN green Communication error
E0 1017 S962 Boom anti-two-block device Communication error
E0 1018 S963 Anti-two-block device Communication error
E0 1023 A903 Telescopic boom length Communication error
E0 1025 B909 Anemometer Communication error
E0 1026 B923 Anemometer Communication error
E0 1033 A909 Telescoping cylinder length Communication error
E0 1035 A969 Module I/O Communication error
E0 1042 B911 Hoisting winch 1 rope length Communication error
E0 1050 A912 Radio remote control CAN Communication error
E0 1059 A903 Telescopic boom length Sensor error
E0 1062 A953 Luffing jib pressure sensor Sensor error
E0 1080 xxxx 0 Sensor error
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

230 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control

nation
E0 2204 A972 Pressure counterweight left Cable break
E0 2205 A974 Pressure counterweight right Cable break
E0 2206 B916 Length counterweight left Cable break
E0 2207 B917 Length counterweight right Cable break
E0 2208 A994 Control circuit pressure Cable break
E0 2209 A996 Working circuit pressure P1 Cable break
E0 2212 A998 Secondary circuit pressure P1 Cable break
E0 2213 A999 Secondary circuit pressure P2 Cable break
E0 2214 A995 Slewing gear pressure Cable break
E0 2215 A993 Slewing brake pressure Cable break
E0 2216 A955 Hoisting winch 1 pressure Cable break
E0 2219 B802 Fuel tank level Cable break
E0 2220 B823/4 Hydraulic oil temperature Cable break
E0 2221 M814 Main display position Cable break
E0 2222 M808 Working floodlight position Cable break
E0 2223 B823/3 Hydraulic oil level Cable break
E0 2224 A829 B/C-pins accumulator pressure Cable break
E0 2225 B940 Position T-Pin Tele 1 RR Cable break
E0 2226 B941 Position T-Pin Tele 1 RL Cable break
E0 2227 B942 Position T-Pin Tele 1 LR Cable break
E0 2228 B943 Position T-Pin Tele 1 LL Cable break
E0 2243 B703 Pressure sensor Brake circuit Cable break
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
E0 2244 xxxx 0 Cable break

ATF 60G-3 231

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control

nation
E0 2408 A994 Control circuit pressure Short-circuit
E0 2409 A996 Working circuit pressure P1 Short-circuit
E0 2412 A998 Secondary circuit pressure P1 Short-circuit
E0 2413 A999 Secondary circuit pressure P2 Short-circuit
E0 2414 A995 Slewing gear pressure Short-circuit
E0 2415 A993 Slewing brake pressure Short-circuit
E0 2416 A955 Hoisting winch 1 pressure Short-circuit
E0 2419 B802 Fuel tank level Short-circuit
E0 2420 B823/4 Hydraulic oil temperature Short-circuit
E0 2421 M814 Main display position Short-circuit
E0 2422 M808 Working floodlight position Short-circuit
E0 2423 B823/3 Hydraulic oil level Short-circuit
E0 2424 A829 B/C-pins accumulator pressure Short-circuit
E0 2425 B940 Position T-Pin Tele 1 RR Short-circuit
E0 2426 B941 Position T-Pin Tele 1 RL Short-circuit
E0 2427 B942 Position T-Pin Tele 1 LR Short-circuit
E0 2428 B943 Position T-Pin Tele 1 LL Short-circuit
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

E0 2443 B703 Pressure sensor Brake circuit Short-circuit
E0 2444 xxxx 0 Short-circuit
232 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control

nation
E0 2608 A994 Control circuit pressure Signal error
E0 2609 A996 Working circuit pressure P1 Signal error
E0 2612 A998 Secondary circuit pressure P1 Signal error
E0 2613 A999 Secondary circuit pressure P2 Signal error
E0 2614 A995 Slewing gear pressure Signal error
E0 2615 A993 Slewing brake pressure Signal error
E0 2616 A955 Hoisting winch 1 pressure Signal error
E0 2619 B802 Fuel tank level Signal error
E0 2620 B823/4 Hydraulic oil temperature Signal error
E0 2621 M814 Main display position Signal error
E0 2622 M808 Working floodlight position Signal error
E0 2623 B823/3 Hydraulic oil level Signal error
E0 2624 A829 B/C-pins accumulator pressure Signal error
E0 2632 xxxx 0 Signal error
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

E0 3009 xxxx 0 Read-back current error
E0 3274 K773 Raise working floodlight Cable break
E0 3275 K774 Lower working floodlight Cable break
E0 3276 M814 Display inclination up Cable break
ATF 60G-3 233

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control

nation
E0 3277 M815 Display inclination down Cable break
E0 3278 H810 Central warning lamp Cable break
E0 3279 K806 Battery main switch bypass Cable break
E0 3280 B902 Internal acoustic alarm Cable break
E0 3281 A930 Capacity indicator green Cable break
E0 3282 A930 Capacity indicator yellow Cable break
E0 3283 A930 Capacity indicator red Cable break
E0 3284 B913 Slewing gear acoustic alarm Cable break
E0 3285 P902 Hoisting winch 1 hour meter Cable break
E0 3286 P903 Hoisting winch 2 hour meter Cable break
E0 3287 P904 Hoisting winch 3 operating hours Cable break
E0 3288 M802 Oil cooler 1 Cable break
E0 3289 M809 Oil cooler 2 Cable break
E0 3290 B918 External acoustic alarm Cable break
E0 3291 X966 Counterweight recognition Cable break
E0 3292 Y806 AMOT control valve Cable break
E0 3293 0 Rigging winch UP Cable break
E0 3294 0 Rigging winch DOWN Cable break
E0 3295 Y1023 Brake valve Retract telescope Cable break
E0 3296 Y031 Fan Engine cooling Cable break
E0 3297 Y033 Fan Engine cooling Cable break
E0 3298 Y1022 Telescope Tank line Cable break
E0 3299 Y4036 Toggling Slewing system pump Cable break
E0 3300 Y4037 Deactivation Slewing system pump Cable break
E0 3301 Y1512 Telescope Locking Non-return valve Cable break
E0 3302 Y139 Manual mode Cable break
E0 3303 Y618 Toggling Hydraulic circuit Cable break
E0 3304 Y619 Toggling Hydraulic pressure Cable break
E0 3305 Y620 Toggling Hydraulic pressure Cable break
E0 3408 Y0002 Pump 1 Short-circuit
E0 3411 Y4010 Slewing gear to the left Short-circuit
E0 3412 Y4011 Slewing gear left outlet Short-circuit
E0 3413 Y4012 Slewing gear right Short-circuit
E0 3414 Y4013 Slewing gear right outlet Short-circuit
E0 3416 Y4020 Rigging counterweight Short-circuit
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
E0 3417 Y0402 Slewing brake Short-circuit

E0 3418 Y1550 Fast approach Retracting telescope Short-circuit
E0 3419 Y0102 Telescope control pressure Short-circuit
E0 3438 Y2101 Hoisting winch 1 fast approach Short-circuit
E0 3441 Y4029 Lock the counterweight Short-circuit
234 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control

nation
E0 3461 Y1001 Fast approach valve Short-circuit
E0 3480 M812 Centralized lubrication system Short-circuit
E0 3481 Y0006 Power shift Short-circuit
E0 3490 K773 Raise working floodlight Short-circuit
E0 3491 K774 Lower working floodlight Short-circuit
E0 3492 M814 Display inclination up Short-circuit
E0 3493 M815 Display inclination down Short-circuit
E0 3494 H810 Central warning lamp Short-circuit
E0 3495 K806 Battery main switch bypass Short-circuit
E0 3496 B902 Internal acoustic alarm Short-circuit
E0 3497 A930 Capacity indicator green Short-circuit
E0 3498 A930 Capacity indicator yellow Short-circuit
E0 3499 A930 Capacity indicator red Short-circuit
E0 3500 B913 Slewing gear acoustic alarm Short-circuit
E0 3501 P902 Hoisting winch 1 operating hours Short-circuit
E0 3502 P903 Hoisting winch 2 hour meter Short-circuit
E0 3503 P904 Hoisting winch 3 hour meter Short-circuit
E0 3504 M802 Oil cooler 1 Short-circuit
E0 3505 M809 Oil cooler 2 Short-circuit
E0 3506 B918 External acoustic alarm Short-circuit
E0 3507 X966 Counterweight recognition Short-circuit
E0 3508 Y806 AMOT control valve Short-circuit
E0 3509 0 Rigging winch UP Short-circuit
E0 3510 0 Rigging winch DOWN Short-circuit
E0 3511 Y1023 Brake valve Retract telescope Short-circuit
E0 3512 Y031 Fan Engine cooling Short-circuit
E0 3513 Y033 Fan Engine cooling Short-circuit
E0 3514 Y1022 Telescope Tank line Short-circuit
E0 3515 Y4036 Toggling Slewing system pump Short-circuit
E0 3516 Y4037 Deactivation Slewing system pump Short-circuit
E0 3517 Y1512 Telescope Locking Non-return valve Short-circuit
E0 3518 Y139 Manual mode Short-circuit
E0 3519 Y618 Toggling Hydraulic circuit Short-circuit
E0 3520 Y619 Toggling Hydraulic pressure Short-circuit
E0 3521 Y620 Toggling Hydraulic pressure Short-circuit
E1 0038 A965 AML-F central unit 3XL system error
E1 0039 A965 AML-F central unit EB07 data error
E1 0040 A965 AML-F central unit EEPROM read error
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
E1 0041 A965 AML-F central unit IO configuration error

E1 0081 A965 AML-F central unit Negative actual load has been calcu-
lated
E1 0082 A965 AML-F central unit Wrong calculation of load radius
E1 0083 A965 AML-F central unit Wrong calculation of actual load
E1 0090 B911 Hoisting winch 1 up Unexpected movement has been de-
tected
ATF 60G-3 235

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control

nation
E1 0091 B911 Hoisting winch 1 down Unexpected movement has been de-
tected
tected
tected
tected
tected
E1 0096 A902 Telescopic boom up Unexpected movement has been de-
tected
E1 0097 A902 Telescopic boom down Unexpected movement has been de-
tected
E1 0098 A908 Extending telescope Unexpected movement has been de-
tected
E1 0099 A908 Retracting telescope Unexpected movement has been de-
tected
E1 0100 A937 Raising the jib Unexpected movement has been de-
tected
E1 0101 A937 Lowering the jib Unexpected movement has been de-
tected
E1 0102 A823 Extending jib Unexpected movement has been de-
tected
E1 0103 A823 Retracting jib Unexpected movement has been de-
tected
E1 0105 A020 Front-right outrigger Measured value Outrigger base is in-
valid
E1 0106 A020 Rear-right outrigger Measured value Outrigger base in-
valid
E1 0107 A020 Rear-left outrigger Measured value Outrigger base is in-
valid
E1 0108 A020 Front-left outrigger Measured value Outrigger base is in-
valid
E1 1000 A965 CAN pink Communication error
E1 1001 A965 CAN red Communication error
E1 1002 A965 CAN blue Communication error
E1 1007 D903 Module I/O Communication error
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

E1 1016 A966 AML-F display device Communication error
E1 1019 A948 Angle boom Head section Communication error
E1 1020 A958 Angle Jib Head section Communication error
236 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control

nation
E1 1021 A937 Angle Jib Base section Communication error
E1 1031 A902 Angle boom Base section Communication error
E1 1032 A908 Boom telescoping cylinder length Communication error
E1 1036 A922 Slewing angle Communication error
E1 1037 A905 Pressure sensor on piston side Communication error
E1 1038 A906 Pressure sensor on ring side Communication error
E1 1039 A981 Pressure sensor 2 on piston side Communication error
E1 1040 A982 Pressure sensor 2 on ring side Communication error
E1 1041 A922 Slewing angle Communication error
E1 1046 A828 Angle Jib Head section Communication error
E1 1047 A823 Jib length Communication error
E1 1051 S962 Boom anti-two-block device Sensor error
E1 1052 S963 Anti-two-block device Sensor error
E1 1054 A948 Angle boom Head section Sensor error
E1 1055 A958 Angle Jib Head section Sensor error
E1 1056 A937 Angle Jib Base section Sensor error
E1 1057 A990 Angle bottom luffing mast Sensor error
E1 1058 A828 Angle Jib Head section Sensor error
E1 1060 A823 Jib length Sensor error
E1 1061 A952 Luffing jib load measuring plate Sensor error
E1 1063 A912 Radio remote control Sensor error
E1 1064 A902 Angle boom Base section Sensor error
E1 1065 A908 Boom telescoping cylinder length Sensor error
E1 1066 A922 Slewing angle Sensor error
E1 1067 A922 Slewing angle Sensor error
E1 1068 A981 Pressure sensor on piston side Sensor error
E1 1069 A982 Pressure sensor on ring side Sensor error
E1 1070 A905 Pressure sensor 2 on piston side Sensor error
E1 1071 A906 Pressure sensor 2 on ring side Sensor error
E1 2241 W1020 Jib length Cable break
E1 2242 A912 Radio remote control Cable break in safety signal
E1 2441 W1020 Jib length Short-circuit
E1 2442 A912 Radio remote control Short circuit in safety signal
E1 2602 R931/1 Slewing brake foot pedal Signal error
E1 2603 R931/2 Slewing brake foot pedal Signal error
E2 0081 A965 AML-F central unit Negative actual load has been calcu-
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
lated
E2 0082 A965 AML-F central unit Wrong calculation of load radius
E2 0083 A965 AML-F central unit Wrong calculation of actual load
E2 0084 A965 AML-F central unit Asymmetrical outrigger base data er-
ror
E2 0085 A965 AML-F central unit Actual load parameter data error
E2 0086 A965 AML-F central unit Load radius parameter data error
ATF 60G-3 237

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control

nation
E2 0087 A965 AML-F central unit Load rating chart data error
E2 1051 S962 Boom anti-two-block device Sensor error
E2 3008 Y0010 Automatic safe load indicator Read-back current error
E2 3260 Y0010 Automatic safe load indicator Cable break
E2 3476 Y0010 Automatic safe load indicator Short-circuit
E3 0001 A965 Telescope B-pins cannot be unlocked
E3 0002 A965 Telescope C-pins cannot be unlocked
E3 0003 A965 Telescope C-pins cannot be locked
E3 0004 A965 Telescope ID cannot be found
E3 0005 A965 Telescope C-pins cannot be locked
E3 0006 A965 Telescope C-pins simultaneously locked/un-
locked
E3 0007 A965 Telescope B-pins simultaneously locked and un-
locked
E3 0008 A965 Telescope C-pins not unlocked during empty run
E3 0009 A965 Telescope B-pins not locked during empty run
E3 0010 A965 Telescope T-pins cannot be locked
E3 0011 A965 Telescope T-pins Tele1 simultan. locked/un-
locked
E3 0012 A965 Telescope T-pins Tele2 simultaneously locked/
unlocked
E3 0013 A965 Telescope T-pins Tele3 simult. locked/unlocked
E3 0014 A965 Telescope T-pins Tele4 simultaneously locked/
unlocked
E3 0050 A917 Left crane control lever X Malfunction
E3 0051 A917 Left crane control lever Y Malfunction
E3 0052 A918 Right crane control lever X Malfunction
E3 0053 A918 Right crane control lever Y Malfunction
E3 0069 A965 AML-F central unit Press. diff. Right/left luffing cylinder
E3 0070 A917 Left crane control lever X Breach of neutral time
E3 0071 A917 Left crane control lever Y Breach of neutral time
E3 0072 A918 Right crane control lever X Breach of neutral time
E3 0073 A918 Right crane control lever Y Breach of neutral time
E3 0075 A965 Counterweight Simultaneously locked and unlocked
E3 0114 A965 Telescope Telescope length does not match ID
E3 0140 A965 AML-F central unit T-PINs cannot be unlocked
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
E3 1022 A990 Angle bottom luffing mast Communication error

E3 1027 A917 Left crane control lever Communication error Channel 1
E3 1028 A917 Left crane control lever Communication error Channel 2
E3 1029 A918 Right crane control lever Communication error Channel 1
E3 1030 A918 Right crane control lever Communication error Channel 2
238 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control

nation
E3 1048 A952 Luffing jib load measuring plate Communication error
E3 1049 A953 Luffing jib pressure sensor Communication error
E3 1072 A917 Left crane control lever Comparison error
E3 1073 A918 Right crane control lever Comparison error
E3 1076 B916 Counterweight Length on the left Communication error
E3 1077 B917 Counterweight Length on the right Communication error
E3 1078 B916 Counterweight Length on the left Sensor error
E3 1079 B917 Counterweight Length on the right Sensor error
E3 2001 R931 Slewing brake foot pedal Sensor error
E3 2002 R923 Foot pedal telescope Sensor error
E3 2200 R923/1 Foot pedal telescope Cable break
E3 2201 R923/2 Foot pedal telescope Cable break
E3 2202 R931/1 Slewing brake foot pedal Cable break
E3 2203 R931/2 Slewing brake foot pedal Cable break
E3 2400 R923/1 Foot pedal telescope Short-circuit
E3 2401 R923/2 Foot pedal telescope Short-circuit
E3 2402 R931/1 Slewing brake foot pedal Short-circuit
E3 2403 R931/2 Slewing brake foot pedal Short-circuit
E3 2404 A972 Pressure counterweight left Short-circuit
E3 2405 A974 Pressure counterweight right Short-circuit
E3 2406 B916 Length counterweight left Short-circuit
E3 2407 B917 Length counterweight right Short-circuit
E3 2600 R923/1 Foot pedal telescope Signal error
E3 2601 R923/2 Foot pedal telescope Signal error
E3 2604 A972 Pressure counterweight left Signal error
E3 2605 A974 Pressure counterweight right Signal error
E3 2606 B916 Length counterweight left Signal error
E3 2607 B917 Length counterweight right Signal error
E3 2625 A965 C-pin locking Comparison error
E3 2626 A965 C-pin unlocking Comparison error
E3 2627 A965 B-pin locking Comparison error
E3 2628 A965 B-pin unlocking Comparison error
E3 2629 A965 Telescope ID1 Comparison error
E3 3000 Y4010 Slewing gear left Read-back current error
E3 3001 Y4013 Slewing gear right outlet Read-back current error
E3 3002 Y4012 Slewing gear right Read-back current error
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
E3 3003 Y4011 Slewing gear left outlet Read-back current error

E3 3004 Y0002 Pump 1 Read-back current error
E3 3007 Y1011 Luffing down Read-back current error
E3 3200 Y0002 Pump 1 Cable break
ATF 60G-3 239

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control

nation
E3 3203 Y1011 Luffing down Cable break
E3 3204 Y4010 Slewing gear left Cable break
E3 3205 Y4011 Slewing gear left outlet Cable break
E3 3206 Y4012 Slewing right Cable break
E3 3207 Y4013 Slewing right outlet Cable break
E3 3208 Y4040 Secondary users Cable break
E3 3209 Y4020 Rigging counterweight Cable break
E3 3210 Y0402 Slewing brake Cable break
E3 3211 Y1550 Fast Retracting telescope Cable break
E3 3212 Y0102 Telescope control pressure Cable break
E3 3213 Y2010 Hoisting winch 1 up Cable break
E3 3214 Y2011 Hoisting winch 1 down Cable break
E3 3219 Y1021 Extend boom telescoping cylinder Cable break
E3 3220 Y1020 Retracting boom telescoping cylinder Cable break
E3 3221 Y1011 Luffing down Cable break
E3 3222 Y1010 Raising Cable break
E3 3223 Y2101 Hoisting winch 1 fast approach Cable break
E3 3226 Y4029 Lock the counterweight Cable break
E3 3227 Y4022 Raising counterweight Cable break
E3 3228 Y4021 Lowering counterweight Cable break
E3 3229 Y4023 Counterweight locking Cable break
E3 3230 Y4024 Counterweight unlocking Cable break
E3 3231 Y4043 Raising superstructure cab Cable break
E3 3232 Y4044 Lowering superstructure cab Cable break
E3 3233 Y4045 Turning cab to the right Cable break
E3 3234 Y4046 Turning cab to the left Cable break
E3 3235 Y1501 T-pin control pressure Cable break
E3 3236 Y0203 Hoisting winch 2 brake Cable break
E3 3239 Y0201 Hoisting winches control pressure Cable break
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
E3 3240 Y0101 Jib/telescope control pressure Cable break

E3 3241 Y0301 Winch 3/jib control pressure Cable break
E3 3242 Y2002 Pump circuit valve Cable break
E3 3246 Y1001 Fast approach valve Cable break
240 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control

nation
E3 3248 Y1502 T-pins supply Cable break
E3 3249 Y1030 Raising the jib Cable break
E3 3250 Y1520 Telescope 1 left-hand T-pin Cable break
E3 3251 Y1521 Telescope 1 right-hand T-pin Cable break
E3 3258 Y1510 B/C-pins non-return valve Cable break
E3 3259 Y1511 B/C-pins switch valve Cable break
E3 3261 Y2031 Extend boom telescoping cylinder 2 Cable break
E3 3262 Y2030 Retracting telescoping cylinder 2 Cable break
E3 3263 Y1031 Lowering the jib Cable break
E3 3264 M812 Centralized lubrication system Cable break
E3 3265 Y0006 Power shift Cable break
E3 3266 Y5013 Raising the jib Cable break
E3 3267 Y5012 Lowering the jib Cable break
E3 3268 Y5011 Extending jib Cable break
E3 3269 Y5010 Retracting jib Cable break
E3 3270 0 Extending rigging cylinder Cable break
E3 3271 0 Retracting rigging cylinder Cable break
E3 3272 0 Locking jib Cable break
E3 3273 0 Unlocking jib Cable break
E3 3403 Y1011 Luffing down Short-circuit
E3 3404 Y4010 Slewing left Short-circuit
E3 3405 Y4011 Slewing left outlet Short-circuit
E3 3406 Y4012 Slewing gear right Short-circuit
E3 3407 Y4013 Slewing right outlet Short-circuit
E3 3415 Y4040 Secondary users Short-circuit
E3 3420 Y2010 Hoisting winch 1 up Short-circuit
E3 3421 Y2011 Hoisting winch 1 down Short-circuit
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

ATF 60G-3 241

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control

nation
E3 3430 Y1021 Extend boom telescoping cylinder Short-circuit
E3 3431 Y1020 Retracting telescoping cylinder Short-circuit
E3 3433 Y1010 Raising Short-circuit
E3 3434 Y1021 Extend boom telescoping cylinder Short-circuit
E3 3435 Y1020 Retracting telescoping cylinder Short-circuit
E3 3437 Y1010 Raising Short-circuit
E3 3442 Y4022 Raising counterweight Short-circuit
E3 3443 Y4021 Lowering counterweight Short-circuit
E3 3444 Y4023 Counterweight locking Short-circuit
E3 3445 Y4024 Counterweight unlocking Short-circuit
E3 3446 Y4043 Raising superstructure cab Short-circuit
E3 3447 Y4044 Lowering superstructure cab Short-circuit
E3 3448 Y4045 Turning cab to the right Short-circuit
E3 3449 Y4046 Turning cab to the left Short-circuit
E3 3450 Y1501 T-pin control pressure Short-circuit
E3 3451 Y0203 Hoisting winch 2 brake Short-circuit
E3 3454 Y0201 Hoisting winches control pressure Short-circuit
E3 3455 Y0101 Jib/telescope control pressure Short-circuit
E3 3456 Y0301 Winch 3/jib control pressure Short-circuit
E3 3457 Y2002 Pump circuit valve Short-circuit
E3 3463 Y1502 T-pins supply Short-circuit
E3 3464 Y1030 Raising the jib Short-circuit
E3 3466 Y1520 Telescope 1 left-hand T-pin Short-circuit
E3 3467 Y1521 Telescope 1 right-hand T-pin Short-circuit
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

E3 3474 Y1510 B/C-pins holding valve Short-circuit
E3 3475 Y1511 B/C-pins switch valve Short-circuit
E3 3477 Y2031 Extend boom telescoping cylinder 2 Short-circuit
E3 3478 Y2030 Retracting boom telescoping cylinder Short-circuit
2
242 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control

nation
E3 3479 Y1031 Lowering the jib Short-circuit
E3 3483 Y5012 Lowering the jib Short-circuit
E3 3484 Y5011 Extending jib Short-circuit
E3 3485 Y5010 Retracting jib Short-circuit
E3 3486 0 Extending rigging cylinder Short-circuit
E3 3487 0 Retracting rigging cylinder Short-circuit
E3 3488 0 Locking jib Short-circuit
E3 3489 0 Unlocking jib Short-circuit
E3 3511 Y1023 Brake valve Retract telescope Short-circuit
E4 0033 B823/4 Hydraulic system High hydraulic oil temperature
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 243

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
Errors related to safety condition

nation
S2 0037 A965 AML-F central unit Stop via anti-two-block device
S2 0055 A965 AML-F central unit Stop due to overload
S3 0056 A965 AML-F central unit Stop due to backward stability
S3 0058 A965 AML-F central unit Stop due to working range limit
S3 0059 A965 AML-F central unit Stop due to virtual wall
S3 0060 B911 Hoisting winch 1 rope length Stop due to limit switch hoist. winch 1
S3 0063 A965 AML-F central unit Stop due to bottom end position of the
luffing cylinder
S3 0064 A965 AML-F central unit Stop due to top end position of the
luffing cylinder
S3 0124 A937 Angle Jib Base section Stop due to horizontal angle of jib
S3 0125 A965 AML-F central unit Stop due to luffing cylinder perform-
ance
S3 0126 A937 Angle of jib Risk of collision of crane equipment
S3 0129 A965 AML-F central unit Load too high to unlock B-pin
S3 0149 A937 Angle Jib Base section Stop due to minimum angle of jib
S3 0150 A937 Angle Jib Base section Stop due to maximum angle of jib
S3 0151 A990 Angle bottom luffing mast Stop due to minimum angle
S3 0152 A990 Angle bottom luffing mast Stop due to maximum angle
S3 0154 S842 Luffing pulley Stop due to end position
S3 0165 A937 Angle of jib Stop due to backward stability
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
244 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
Warnings

nation
W0 0000 A965 AML-F central unit Safety function override
W0 0015 A965 Telescope Main boom length not plausible
W0 0016 A825 Engine Check engine
W0 0021 S830 Engine Engine air cleaner malfunction
W0 0022 B802 Fuel tank level Low fuel level
W0 0023 A825 Engine DEF exhaust gas system
W0 0024 A825 Engine LIM torque limiter
W0 0025 A825 Engine DEF exhaust gas system
W0 0026 A825 Engine LIM torque limiter
W0 0027 A825 Engine Low AdBlue fill level
W0 0028 A825 Engine AdBlue empty
W0 0029 A825 Engine Engine oil level low
W0 0034 S861 Hydraulic system Oil filter of return filter is soiled
W0 0054 A965 Superstructure lock Invalid slewing angle for locking
W0 0067 B909 Anemometer High wind speed
W0 0068 A965 AML-F central unit Changing crane configuration not
possible
W0 0080 A965 AML-F central unit Slow stop function deactivated
W0 0088 A922 Slewing gear left Unexpected movement has been de-
tected
W0 0089 A922 Slewing gear right Unexpected movement has been de-
tected
W0 0104 S925 Telescope Soft manual mode active
W0 0109 S873 Jib HLJ not in parked position
W0 0110 A965 AML-F central unit Removal of boom not possible
W0 0116 S984 Superstructure lock Not unlocked
W0 0117 A965 Slewing lock 360° End position not detected
W0 0119 S983 Slewing lock 360° Not unlocked during turning move-
ment
W0 0123 S937 Hard manual mode active Hard manual mode active
W0 0128 S984 Superstructure lock Not unlocked
W0 0136 A825 Engine Particle filter
W0 0137 A825 Engine Particle filter
W0 0138 A825 Engine High exhaust temperature
W0 0141 S831 Hydraulic system Oil filter of return is soiled
W0 0144 A992 Battery sensor Flat battery
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
W0 0148 A965 AML-F central unit Jib up overload shutdown overridden

W0 0155 A953 Pressure fallback cylinder Low pressure
W0 0164 A965 AML-F central unit Risk of collision of crane equipment
W1 0032 A965 AML-F central unit Wrong counterweight detected
W1 0115 A965 Crane control lever Neutral position during system start
W1 0157 A912 Radio remote control Maximum boom length is exceeded
ATF 60G-3 245

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control

nation
W1 0159 A912 Radio remote control Radio remote control not operational
W1 0163 A912 Radio remote control Crane configuration is incorrect
W2 0065 A965 AML-F central unit Stop due to HTLJ not pinned
W2 0158 A912 Radio remote control Maximum boom length is reached
W3 0042 A917 Left crane control lever X Unwanted deflection detected
W3 0043 A917 Left crane control lever Y Unwanted deflection detected
W3 0044 A918 Right crane control lever X Unwanted deflection detected
W3 0045 A918 Right crane control lever Y Unwanted deflection detected
W3 0046 A917 Left crane control lever X Neutral position during system start
W3 0047 A917 Left crane control lever Y Neutral position during system start
W3 0048 A918 Right crane control lever X Neutral position during system start
W3 0049 A918 Right crane control lever Y Neutral position during system start
W3 0051 A917 Left crane control lever Y Malfunction
W3 0052 A918 Right crane control lever X Malfunction
W3 0074 A965 Superstructure lock No locked over rear
W3 0076 A965 Counterweight Cylinder not in lower position
W3 0077 A965 Counterweight Not in upper position
W3 0078 A965 Counterweight Cylinder not in upper position
W3 0079 A965 Counterweight Extending cylinder is blocked
W3 0112 A965 AML-F central unit Conditions for pump adjustment not
OK
W3 0130 A965 Counterweight Cylinder not in upper position
W3 0132 A965 AML-F central unit HTLJ interlock active
W3 0134 A965 AML-F central unit Jib transport support not operable
W3 0139 A965 AML-F central unit Stop due to protection of boom head
W3 0156 A965 Counterweight Cable not separated
W5 0036 A965 AML-F central unit Anti-two-block device overridden
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
246 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
Information

nation
I0 0111 A965 AML-F central unit Boom is dismounted
I0 0113 B930 Engine AdBlue heating active
I0 0118 S841 Slewing lock 360° Slewing gear locked
I0 0121 A965 AML-F central unit Dismounting of boom prepared
I0 0122 A965 AML-F central unit Telescoping in opposite direction fin-
ished
I0 0131 A965 AML-F central unit Unlocking B-pin not permitted
I0 0133 M812 Centralized lubrication system Automatic lubricating process active
I0 2000 A829 B/C-pins accumulator pressure Low pressure
I1 0035 S940 Armrest Armrest folded up
I1 0162 S013 Superstructure manoeuvrability Crane operation is not activated
I3 0160 A965 Superstructure manoeuvrability Driving mobile crane is approved
I4 0135 A965 AML-F central unit Cab crane control lever not active
I6 0066 A965 AML-F central unit Speed is reduced
I6 0153 S843 Luffing pulley Speed is reduced
6.12 Status displays

"Slewing brake" indicator
Is not lit = slewing brake closed (automatic mode).
Is lit red = slewing brake open.
Is flashing white/red = impermissible operation with open slewing brake. Automatic mode
is activated.
"Slow telescoping" indicator

Is lit = at least one speed setting has been reduced manually.
Refer to .
"Telescoping stop" indicator

Is lit = stopping the automatic telescope extending.
STOP
"Lift Adjuster" indicator

Is lit = Lift Adjuster is activated.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
"Virtual wall" indicator

Is lit = stored Virtual wall is selected.
ATF 60G-3 247

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Removing telescopic boom" indicator

Is lit white = removing telescopic boom is activated.
Is lit yellow = removing telescopic boom is activated. The electrical connection between
the telescopic boom and the superstructure has been disconnected.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
248 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.13 Layout of the small display
6.13.1 Viewing areas
Overview
1 Navigation area 2 Display area

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 249

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
Navigation area
Overview
1 2 3 4
MANUAL
F
1 Emergency control, manual telescoping 3 Camera menu button

menu button
2 Communication error menu button 4 Carrier engine functions, outrigger system
menu button
Buttons
"Emergency control, manual telescoping menu" button
Press button = go to the Emergency control, manual telescoping menu.
The button only appears in the emergency control mode.
MANUAL
For further information, refer to Emergency control, manual resetting.
"Communication error menu" button

Press button = go to the Communication error menu.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
The button only appears in case of an error.

For further information, refer to Communication error [} page 254].
250 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control

For further information, refer to Camera view [} page 256].
F
"Carrier engine functions, outrigger system menu" button

Press button = go to the Carrier engine functions, outrigger system menu.
For further information, refer to Carrier engine functions, outrigger system [} page 257].
Display area
Different indicators are shown in the display area depending on the menu.
6.13.2 Emergency control, manual resetting
Overview
1 2 3 4
MANUAL
F
% 1 2 3 4 5 6
0 00.00 00.20 __.__ 00.60 __.__ __.__
46
12 92
100
06.40 __.__ 06.90 __.__ __.__ __.__
ACT 00.00 __.__ 00.00 00.00 __.__ __.__
11 1.50m
10 = > 11.777 m
Tele ID
8 7 6 5
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Emergency control, manual telescoping 7 Lock telescopic boom and boom telescop-
menu button ing cylinder (B-pin and C-pin) button
2 Communication error menu button 8 Unlock boom telescoping cylinder (C-pin)
button
3 Camera menu button 9 Lock indicator
ATF 60G-3 251

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
4 Carrier engine functions and outrigger sys- 10 Next lock position indicator
tem menu button
5 Interlock override button 11 Length of the boom telescoping cylinder in-
dicator
6 Unlock telescopic boom (B-pin) button 12 Telescope position indicator
Buttons
MANUAL


F

"Unlock telescopic boom (B-pin)" button

Press button = telescopic boom (B-pin) is unlocked.
The function is only performed when a lock position is detected.
If it is ensured that a lock position is present, but it is not detected, the Unlock telescopic
boom (B-pin) button and the Interlock override button must be pressed simultaneously.
CAUTION! When a telescope is to be unlocked at a position where there is no
lock pin, the mechanism for unlocking the pins remains extended. Further telescop-
ing may cause damage to the telescopic boom.
"Interlock override" button

Press button = activate override of the interlock.
The function is only performed when no lock position is detected.
Tele ID Press Unlock telescopic boom (B-pin) button simultaneously.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
"Lock telescopic boom and boom telescoping cylinder (B-pin and C-pin)" button
Press button = telescopic boom and boom telescoping cylinder (B-pin and C-pin) are
locked.
252 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Unlock boom telescoping cylinder (C-pin)" button

Press button = boom telescoping cylinder (C-pin) is unlocked.
Indicators
"Lock" indicator
cylinder.
Green = locked.
White = unlocked.
"Next lock position" indicator
= > 11.777 m The indicator shows the next possible lock position.
“Length of the boom telescoping cylinder” indicator

cylinder.
"Telescope position" indicator

% 1 2 3 4 5 6
0
46
00.00 00.20 __.__ 00.60 __.__ __.__
The Telescope position indicator shows all telescope positions in metres.
92 06.40 __.__ 06.90 __.__ __.__ __.__
100
ACT 00.00 __.__ 00.00 00.00 __.__ __.__
When a valid lock position is detected, the column of the associated telescope is green.
The last line shows the next detected lock position.
Performing a reset
Introduction
The control shall be reset if the telescopic boom has been telescoped manually after a system
error.
Requirements
▪ B-pin and C-pin are pinned.
▪ The telescopic boom is fully retracted.
Procedure
1. In the main display, select the Telescoping menu; refer to "Telescoping" menu [} page 185].
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
2. Switch on Emergency operation switch.

ð The menu for manual resetting is shown in the display, refer to "Reset telescopes manu-
ally" menu [} page 192].
3. Press the Reset button and hold for 5 seconds.
ð The control is reset.
ATF 60G-3 253

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.13.3 Communication error
Overview
1 2 3 4
MANUAL
F
A_ _ _ ID_ _ error
9 A_ _ _ ID_ _ error
8 7 6 5
1 Emergency control, manual telescoping 6 —
menu button
2 Communication error menu button 7 —
3 Camera view menu button 8 —
4 Carrier engine functions, outrigger system 9 Error message indicator
menu button
5 —
Buttons
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

MANUAL
254 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control


F

Indicator
"Error message" error indicator
A_ _ID_ The Error message indicator shows the current error.
_error
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 255

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.13.4 Camera view
Overview
1 2 3 4
MANUAL
F
8 7 6 5
1 Emergency control, manual telescoping 6 —
menu button
2 Communication error menu button 7 —
3 Camera menu button 8 —
4 Carrier engine functions, outrigger system 9 Camera view indicator
menu button
5 —
Buttons
MANUAL
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

256 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control

F

Indicator
"Camera view" indicator
The Camera view indicator shows the camera view of the right-hand exterior of the crane.
6.13.5 Carrier engine functions, outrigger system
Overview – Outrigger floats
1 2 3 4
A
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
8 7 6 5
1 Preselect left-hand front outrigger button 6 Extend outrigger float button
2 Preselect left-hand rear outrigger button 7 Menu change button
3 Preselect right-hand rear outrigger button 8 Return to camera menu button
4 Preselect right-hand front outrigger button 9 Outrigger system information indicator
ATF 60G-3 257

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
5 Retracting outrigger float button
Overview – Outrigger beams
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
1 Preselect left-hand front outrigger button 6 Retracting outrigger beam button

2 Preselect left-hand rear outrigger button 7 Menu change button
3 Preselect right-hand rear outrigger button 8 Return to camera menu button
4 Preselect right-hand front outrigger button 9 Outrigger system information indicator
5 Extending outrigger beam button
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
258 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
Overview – Carrier engine functions
1 2 3 4
- +
8 7 6 5
1 Reduce engine speed button 6 —

2 Increase engine speed button 7 Menu change button
3 Switch off engine button 8 Return to camera menu button
4 Start engine button 9 Outrigger system information indicator
5 —
Buttons
"Preselect left-hand front outrigger" button
Press button = preselect left-hand front outrigger.
Press button again = deselect left-hand front outrigger.
"Preselect left-hand rear outrigger" button

Press button = preselect left-hand rear outrigger.
Press button again = deselect left-hand rear outrigger.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
"Preselect right-hand rear outrigger" button

Press button = preselect right-hand rear outrigger.
Press button again = deselect right-hand rear outrigger.
ATF 60G-3 259

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Preselect right-hand front outrigger" button

Press button = preselect right-hand front outrigger.
Press button again = deselect right-hand front outrigger.
"Retracting outrigger float" button

Press and hold button = retract preselected outrigger float.
"Extend outrigger float" button

Press and hold button = extend preselected outrigger float.
"Menu change" button

Press button = go to the next menu.
"Extend outrigger beam" button

Press and hold button = extend preselected outrigger beam.
"Retract outrigger beam" button

Press and hold button = retract preselected outrigger beam.

"Reduce engine speed" button

Press and hold button = reduce engine speed.
-
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
"Increase engine speed" button

Press and hold button = increase engine speed.
260 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Switch off engine" button

Press button = switch off engine.
"Start engine" button

Press button = start engine.

"Return to camera menu" button

Press button = change to the Camera menu.
Indicator
"Outrigger system information" indicator
The Outrigger system information indicator shows information on the selected outrigger
beams or outrigger floats.
Indicator is green = outrigger beam or outrigger float is preselected.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 261

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.14 Automatic safe load indicator
6.14.1 Description of function of the automatic safe load indicator

Basic functions of the automatic safe load indicator are:
▪ Calculating the load condition during crane operation.
▪ Displaying information for the crane operator.
▪ Stopping the crane movement as soon as an overload is detected.
Prior to starting crane operation, you must select the correct settings in the automatic safe load
indicator.
In the automatic safe load indicator, the crane operator must select the following specifications:
▪ Counterweight variant.
▪ Crane operation with telescopic boom or jib.
▪ Wire rope reeving.
The settings can only be selected when no load is suspended at the hook
block.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
262 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.14.2 Activating the setup mode of the crane control
Procedure
1. In the crane control, go to the Crane rigging status menu, refer to “Crane rigging status”
menu.
2. Go to the Selection of the jib menu, refer to “Selection of the jib” menu.
3. Select the rigging status of the mobile crane.
4. Select rigging status with the Setup mode button.
5. Confirm the rigging status with the Accepting the rigging status button.
ð Setup mode of the crane control is activated.
6.14.3 Activating the work mode of the crane control
Procedure
1. In the crane control, go to the Crane rigging status menu, refer to “Crane rigging status”
menu.
2. Go to the Selection of the jib menu, refer to “Selection of the jib” menu.
3. Select the rigging status of the mobile crane.
4. Select rigging status with the Work mode button.
5. Confirm the rigging status with the Accepting the rigging status button.
ð Work mode of the crane control is activated.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 263

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
6.15 "Driving from the superstructure" menu
Overview
010
1
2
19
18
3
17 4
16 5
15 6
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
1 Speedometer 11 Upshift lock pilot lamp

2 Driving speed warning lamp 12 Inter-wheel differential locks blocked pilot
lamp
3 Drive enable pilot lamp 13 Armrest switch warning lamp
4 Specification of the vehicle equipment 14 Parking brake warning lamp
warning lamp
5 Rated load warning lamp 15 Outrigger system in driving mode warning
lamp
6 360° superstructure lock warning lamp 16 Axle suspension locking indicator
7 Thermal overload of the clutch warning 17 PTO indicator
lamp
8 Rear steering pilot lamp 18 Superstructure air pressure gauge warning
lamp
9 Axle oscillation pilot lamp 19 Superstructure air pressure gauge
10 Carrier air pressure gauge warning lamp
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
264 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
Indicators
"Speedometer"
The Speedometer indicator shows the current speed.
"Driving speed" warning lamp

Is lit white = driving speed is 0 km/h.
Is lit green = driving speed is < 1.4 km/h.
"Driving speed" warning lamp

Is lit yellow = driving speed is > 1.4 km/h.
Is lit red = driving speed is > 2 km/h.
"Drive enable" pilot lamp

Is flashing orange = conditions for drive enable have not been met. No drive enable.
Is lit green = conditions for drive enable have been met. Drive enable.
"Specification of the vehicle equipment" warning lamp

Is flashing orange = specification of the vehicle equipment has not been met. Need for ac-
tion.
Is lit white = specification of the vehicle equipment has been met.
"Rated load" warning lamp

Is flashing orange = need for action for starting.
Is lit white = no need for action for starting.
"360° superstructure lock" warning lamp

Is flashing orange = superstructure is not locked.
"Thermal overload of the clutch" warning lamp

Is lit white = clutch is in the thermally safe range.
Is lit red = clutch is thermally overloaded.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
"Rear steering" pilot lamp

Is lit white = rear steering is locked.
Is lit yellow = rear steering is unlocked.
ATF 60G-3 265

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Axle oscillation" pilot lamp

Is lit white = axle oscillation is switched off.
Is lit yellow= axle oscillation is switched on.
"Carrier air pressure gauge" warning lamp

Is lit white = supply pressure of the compressed air system in the carrier is sufficient.
Is lit red = supply pressure of the compressed air system in the carrier is not sufficient.
"Upshift lock" pilot lamp

Is flashing orange = upshift lock is not activated. Need for action for starting.
Is lit yellow = upshift lock is activated.
"Inter-wheel differential locks blocked" pilot lamp

Is lit white = inter-wheel differential locks are not locked.
Is lit yellow = inter-wheel differential locks are locked.
"Armrest switch" warning lamp

Is flashing orange = armrest has not been folded down. Need for action for starting.
Is lit white = armrest has been folded down.
"Parking brake" warning lamp

Is flashing orange = parking brake is not engaged. Need for action for starting.
Is lit white = parking brake is not engaged.
Is lit red = parking brake is engaged.
"Outrigger system in driving mode" warning lamp

Is flashing orange = need for action via menu, refer to "Rigging status for on-wheels crane
operation" view [} page 198].
Is lit white = outrigger system is in driving mode.
"Axle suspension locking" indicator

Flashes orange = axle suspension is not locked. Need for action for starting.
Is lit yellow = axle suspension is locked.
"PTO" indicator
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Is flashing orange = PTO is not engaged.

Is lit yellow = PTO is engaged.
266 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
"Superstructure air pressure gauge" warning lamp

Is lit white = brake pressure is sufficient.
Is lit red = brake pressure is too low. Warning. Error.
"Superstructure air pressure gauge"

The Superstructure air pressure gauge indicator displays the supply pressure of the com-
pressed air tank for the superstructure.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 267

2019-03_EN
6 AML crane control
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
268 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
7 Putting into operation
7.1 Superstructure cab
7.1.1 Unlocking and locking door from interior/exterior
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to superstructure cab door that opens.
A superstructure cab door, which is not closed correctly, can open while
driving. Objects may fall out of the superstructure cab. This may cause ac-
cidents.
1. Close the door of the superstructure cab thoroughly.
CAUTION
Risk of injury when closing the superstructure cab door.
Fingers may get crushed when closing the door of the superstructure cab.
1. Hold the outer door handle while closing the door of the superstructure
cab.
2. With the second hand hold onto the grab handle on the superstructure
cab.
Unlocking and locking superstructure cab

Overview
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Door lock
ATF 60G-3 269

2019-03_EN
Procedure – Unlocking
1. Put the key in the door lock and turn it to the left (anti-clockwise).
ð The door is unlocked.
Procedure – Locking
1. Put the key in the door lock and turn it to the right (clockwise).
ð The door is locked.
Opening and closing from outside

Overview
1 Door handle
Procedure – Opening
1. Press the button and pull the door handle.
ð The door is open.
Procedure – Closing
1. Hold the door by the door handle and press it into the lock.
ð The door is closed.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
270 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Opening and closing from inside

Overview
2 Handle
Procedure – Opening/closing doors from inside

1. Move the handle in the sliding direction to open or close the cab door.
ð The door is opened or closed.
7.1.2 Adjusting the seat
Adjusting seat position
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to seat bracket not folded up.
Unintentional crane movements may be initiated if the left seat bracket is
not folded up when entering and exiting. This may result in accidents. This
may lead to personal injuries and material damage.
1. Fold up the left seat bracket when entering or exiting the superstruc-
ture cab.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 271

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Armrest height adjustment lock 7 Seat suspension crank

2 Actuator wheel for adjusting the armrest in- 8 Seat heater switch
clination
3 Longitudinal adjustment lever 9 Backrest lever
4 Lever for longitudinal adjustment of crane 10 Lumbar support setting wheel
control lever
5 Seat depth lever 11 Head rest
6 Inclination of seat surface lever 12 Seat bracket left
Procedure – Adjusting armrest height

1. Loosen the armrest height adjustment lock.
2. Set the armrest to the desired height.
3. Tighten the armrest height adjustment lock.
ð The arm rest height has been adjusted.
Procedure – Adjusting armrest inclination

1. Turn the actuator wheel for adjusting the armrest inclination.
ð The armrest inclination will be adjusted.
Procedure– Adjusting seat in longitudinal direction

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1. Pull the longitudinal adjustment lever up and hold it.

2. Put the seat in the desired position.
3. Release the longitudinal adjustment lever and lock the seat in place. The interlock shall en-
gage audibly.
ð The longitudinal adjustment is set.
272 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Procedure– Adjusting crane control levers in longitudinal direction

1. Pull the lever for longitudinal adjustment of crane control lever up and hold it.
2. Put the seat in the desired position.
3. Release the lever for longitudinal adjustment of crane control lever and lock the seat in
place. .
ð When the interlock engages audibly, the seat has been adjusted in longitudinal direction.
Procedure – Adjusting seat depth

1. Pull the seat depth lever up and hold it.
2. Put the seat area in the desired position.
3. Release the seat depth lever. The interlock shall engage audibly.
ð The seat depth is set.
Procedure– Adjusting the inclination of the seat area

1. Pull the Inclination of the seat area lever up and hold it.
2. Put the seat area in the desired position.
3. Release the Inclination of the seat area lever. The interlock shall engage audibly.
ð The seat area is set.
Procedure – Adjusting seat height

1. Pull seat forcefully upwards.
ð The seat engages in higher seat position.
2. Pull seat upwards exceeding the highest locking position.
ð The seat moves downwards and engages in the lowest seat position.
ð The seat height has been adjusted
Procedure– Switching seat heater on/off

1. Press the seat heater switch.
ð The seat heater is switched on/off.
Procedure – Adjusting backrest

1. Pull the Backrest lever up and hold it.
2. Move the backrest forwards or backwards.
3. Release the Backrest lever and lock the backrest in place. The interlock shall engage aud-
ibly.
ð The backrest has been adjusted.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Procedure – Adjusting lumbar support

1. Turn Lumbar support actuator wheel.
ð The lumbar support has been adjusted.
ATF 60G-3 273

2019-03_EN
Head rest
The head rest cannot be adjusted. The head rest can be pulled out upwards.
Adjusting seat suspension
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to seat bracket not folded up.
Unintentional crane movements may be initiated if the left seat bracket is
not folded up when entering and exiting. This may result in accidents. This
1. Fold up the left seat bracket when entering or exiting the superstruc-
ture cab.
Overview
1 Seat suspension crank 2 Indicator
Procedure
1. Fold out the Seat suspension crank.
2. Adjust the weight of the driver on the display by rotating the Seat suspension crank clock-
wise or anti-clockwise.
NOTICE! The weight to be set is displayed when the seat is not loaded.
3. Fold up the seat suspension crank.
ð The seat suspension has been adjusted.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
274 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
7.1.3 Adjusting the cockpit inclination
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accident in case of an inclined cockpit.
If the cockpit is inclined, the crane driver may loose the support and fall
from the superstructure cab. This may lead to personal injuries.
1. Always set the cockpit horizontally before leaving the superstructure
cab.
Do not keep any objects behind the seat. They may get damaged when re-
clining.
Introduction
To obtain an optimum view to the load, you can adjust the inclination of the cockpit.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 275

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Cockpit adjustment pushbutton
Procedure
1. Press the upper or lower part of the Cockpit adjustment pushbutton.
ð The angle of the seat, including the bracket, is adjusted.
7.1.4 Heater, ventilation, air conditioning system
Introduction
For information on operation, service and maintenance, see Superstructure cab [} page 703].
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
It is mandatory to observe the manufacturer’s instructions.
Run the air conditioning system for approx. 10 minutes each month during
cold and dry periods in winter and if it is not being used frequently.
The air conditioning system is not operational if the outside temperature is
particularly low.
276 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Blower rotary knob 3 Circulating air rotary knob

2 Temperature control rotary knob 4 Air conditioning system rotary knob
Switch positions of the rotary knobs
Blower
▪ Blower off (top).
▪ First stage: Low power.
▪ Second stage: Medium power.
▪ Third stage: High power (right).
Temperature control
▪ Left = Cold.
▪ Right = Warm.
Circulating air
The supply of outside air can be interrupted. The air circulates in the cab's closed circuit.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Positions of the Circulating air rotary knob:

▪ Left = circulating air operation, closed circuit.
▪ Right = supply of outside air.
Air conditioning system

▪ Left = off.
ATF 60G-3 277

2019-03_EN
▪ Right = on.
Operation – Blower
Procedure – Switching the blower on

1. Switch the blower on; to do this, turn Blower rotary knob to the right.
Control air flow as required.
ð The blower has been switched on.
Procedure – Switching the blower off

1. Switch the blower off; to do this, turn Blower rotary knob to the left.
ð The blower has been switched off.
Operation – Temperature control
Procedure – Setting temperature

1. Adjust temperature control as required.
ð The temperature has been set.
Operation – Circulating air
Switching circulating air operation on

1. Turn the Circulating air rotary knob to the left.
ð The circulating air operation has been switched on.
Switching circulating air operation off

1. Turn the Circulating air rotary knob as far as it will go to the right.
ð The circulating air operation has been switched off.
Operation – Air conditioning system
Requirements
▪ Superstructure cab is closed.
▪ Engine is running.
Procedure – Regulating temperature

1. Temperature by turning the Air conditioning system rotary knob to the right or the left.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
2. Set the blower as required with the Blower rotary knob.

ð The temperature has been set.
278 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Procedure – Switching the air conditioning system off

1. Turn the Air conditioning system rotary knob anti-clockwise as far as possible.
ð The air conditioning system has been switched off. The indicator goes out.
Procedure – Switching the air conditioning system Switch on

1. Set the Blower rotary knob to at least the first stage.
2. Turn the Air conditioning system rotary knob clockwise.
ð The air conditioning system has been switched on. Indicator lights up.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 279

2019-03_EN
7.1.5 Superstructure auxiliary heater
Safety instructions
DANGER
Risk of explosion when operating the auxiliary heater.
Operating the auxiliary heater is not permitted at the following locations:
- Petrol pumps and filling stations.
- Places where combustible gases or vapours may form or be present.
- Places where potentially explosive dust may form or be present.
1. Do not operate the auxiliary heater at these locations.
2. In case of doubt, consult the local safety officer.
DANGER
Danger of suffocation when operating the auxiliary heater.
When operating the auxiliary heater in enclosed spaces, there is a risk of
asphyxiation due to exhaust gases.
1. Only operate the auxiliary heater outside of enclosed spaces.
If the auxiliary heater is operated when the engine is not running, the bat-
teries of the mobile crane are discharged.
1. Charge the batteries at shorter intervals.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
280 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Auxiliary heater control unit 2 AdBlue® tank heating switch *)
Operating the functions is carried out via the Auxiliary heater control unit.
For exact specifications regarding the operation and maintenance of the heater, please refer to
the operating manual supplied by the heater manufacturer.
Preheating the engine
Requirements
▪ AdBlue® tank heating switch *) is switched off.
▪ The pilot lamp in the switch lights up.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Procedure
1. Set the power-on time of the auxiliary heater with the Auxiliary heater control unit.
NOTE The battery main switch needn't be switched on.
ð The engine is preheated.
ATF 60G-3 281

2019-03_EN
Preheating the engine and preheating the cab
Requirements
▪ AdBlue® tank heating switch *) is switched off.
▪ The pilot lamp in the switch lights up.
Procedure
1. Switch on Battery main switch switch.
2. Switch the blower to stage 1.
3. Set the Temperature control switch to warm.
ð The engine is preheated and the cab is preheated.
Heating the AdBlue tank *)
If outside temperatures below -11 °C are expected, the AdBlue® tank heat-
ing *) must be switched on.
1. Switch on AdBlue® tank heating switch *).

NOTE The thawing of the AdBlue® tank may take up to 60 minutes. When the AdBlue®
has thawed, cab and/or engine are preheated.
ð The AdBlue® tank is heated.
7.1.6 Opening/closing the superstructure cab window
Opening/closing the front windshield
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to wetness in the superstructure cab.
If wetness penetrates into the superstructure cab, components may be
damaged. The resulting failures may lead to accidents. This may lead to
personal injuries and material damage.
1. Close all windows and the superstructure cab door when leaving the
superstructure cab.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
282 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Lever 3 Ventilating position

2 Handle
Procedure – Opening windshield

2. Open the windshield with both handles.
ð The front windshield slews up to the end position.
Procedure – Closing windshield

1. Close the front windshield using the handles.
2. Lock both levers.
ð The windshield has been closed.
Procedure – Opening windshield to ventilating position

2. Open the windshield slightly using the handles.
3. Lock left lever in the holder Ventilating position.
ð The windshield has been opened to ventilating position.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 283

2019-03_EN
Opening/closing rear windshield
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to wetness in the superstructure cab.
If wetness penetrates into the superstructure cab, components may be
damaged. The resulting failures may lead to accidents. This may lead to
1. Close all windows and the superstructure cab door when leaving the
superstructure cab.
Overview
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
5 Lock
Procedure – Opening rear windshield

1. Unlock the rear windshield and open it.
ð The rear windshield is open.
284 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Procedure – Closing rear windshield

1. Close and lock the rear windshield.
ð The rear windshield has been closed.
7.1.7 Interior lighting
Overview
1 Interior lighting switch 3 Reading lamp switch

2 Interior lighting 4 Reading lamp
Explanation
Switch positions:
A = interior lighting off.
B = interior lighting when door is open.
C = interior lighting on.
7.1.8 Roller sun visor
Introduction
A roller sun visor is provided in the roof panel for protection against the sun.
The roller sun visor can be locked at several locking positions.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 285

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Roller sun visor
7.1.9 Sun visor
Introduction
A sun visor is provided on the windshield for protection against the sun.
Set the sun visor such that it is possible to work without any glare.
Overview
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
2 Sun visor
286 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
7.1.10 Plugboxes
Introduction
Two sockets for 12 V and 24 V DC are provided behind the seat.
External loads can be connected to the sockets (e.g. inspection lamp, etc.). Use an adapter if
necessary.
1 24 V socket 2 12 V socket
7.1.11 Radio
Introduction
The radio is installed in the bracket in the superstructure cab.
For further information, please refer to the enclosed operating manual of the radio manufac-
turer.
Overview
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 287

2019-03_EN
7.1.12 Step adjustment
1 Step adjustment pushbutton
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
288 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
1 Access plate
The step can be moved outwards to enable a comfortable exit from the superstructure cab.
1. Press the Step adjustment pushbutton up or down.
ð The step is extended or retracted.
7.2 Measures before commissioning
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accidents when parking brake is not engaged during crane
operation.
If the mobile crane's parking brake is not engaged during crane operation,
the mobile crane may roll away out of control when the outrigger floats are
retracted from the superstructure. This may result in an accident. This may
lead to personal injuries or material damage.
1. Engage the parking brake before starting crane operation.
WARNING
Risk of accidents when persons remain in carrier cab during crane
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
operation.
During crane operation, the load may fall on the carrier cab. This may lead
to personal injuries and material damage.
1. It is forbidden to remain in the carrier cab during crane operation.
ATF 60G-3 289

2019-03_EN
Introduction
Before commissioning the superstructure, carry out all essential checks described in the "Com-
missioning the carrier" chapter.
Measures in the carrier

1. Switch the Gear pre-selection switch into the N position.
2. Engage the parking brake.
3. Switch on Battery main switch switch.
4. Insert the ignition key into the ignition lock.
5. Activate the axle suspension locking.
6. Set the Carrier operation/superstructure operation key switch to position 2 (the connection
with the superstructure will be established).
ð The carrier has been prepared for crane operation.
Measures in the superstructure

1. Switch the Battery main switch switch on in the superstructure.
2. Insert the ignition key into the ignition starter switch.
ð The superstructure has been prepared for crane operation.
7.3 Checks before starting work
Checking the oil level of the superstructure engine

1. Check the oil level of the superstructure engine. Refill if necessary, see Checking the oil
level of the engine [} page 573].
Checking the oil level of the hydraulic oil tank

1. Check the oil level of the hydraulic oil tank. Refill if necessary, see Checking the hydraulic
oil level [} page 595].
Checking the coolant level

1. Check the coolant level of the superstructure engine. Refill if necessary, see Checking the
coolant level [} page 580].
Checking the fuel tank fill level

1. Check the fill level of the fuel tank. Refill if necessary, see Filling up fuel or AdBlue
[} page 563].
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
290 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Checking the fill level of the AdBlue tank
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to fault in the aftertreatment of exhaust gases.
If there is a fault in the aftertreatment of exhaust gases, operation will be
restricted after a certain time. This may result in accidents during driving
operation and crane operation.
1. Top up AdBlue® tank in time.
2. In case of freezing temperatures, switch on the heating *) of the Ad-
Blue® tank in time.
3. In the event of an aftertreatment of exhaust gases fault, switch off the
engine as soon as possible.
4. Make sure the engine is not restarted before the fault of the aftertreat-
ment of exhaust gases has been rectified.
1. In case of freezing temperatures, switch on the heating *) of the AdBlue® tank, refer to Su-
perstructure auxiliary heater [} page 280].
2. Check the fill level of the AdBlue® tank. Refill if necessary, see Filling up fuel or AdBlue
[} page 563].
Checking the working floodlights
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to poor visibility due to soiled or non-func-
tional working floodlights.
Due to soiled or non-functional working floodlights, the visibility conditions
on the construction site may be inadequate. This may result in accidents.
This may lead to personal injuries or material damage.
1. Clean dirty working floodlights before starting work.
2. Before starting work, have defective working floodlights repaired or ex-
changed by professionals.
1. Test the function of the working floodlights.
Checking the sheaves
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to worn sheaves.
The wire rope may break due to a worn sheave. The load can fall because
of this. This may lead to personal injuries or material damage.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1. Check sheaves regularly.

2. Have a specialist workshop replace worn sheaves.
ATF 60G-3 291

2019-03_EN
Checking the wire rope
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to due to defective wire rope.
A defective wire rope may break. The load may fall. This may lead to per-
1. Check the wire rope. Have a specialist workshop replace a defective wire rope.
Checking the hook block
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to defective hook block.
A faulty hook block can break. The load may fall. This may lead to per-
1. Have the hook block checked regularly by a specialist, see chapter Checking the bottom
block [} page 654].
2. Replace defective hook block.
Check the automatic safe load indicator

1. Check automatic safe load indicator for existing error messages.
The automatic safe load indicator performs system tests during starting and during opera-
tion.
If an error occurs during the system test, an error code is shown in the main display of the
crane control, refer to Status information [} page 149].
Checking the filling level of the windshield washer system

1. Check the filling level of the windshield washer system. Refill if necessary, see Filling the
windshield washer system [} page 642].
Checking the windshield wipers
WARNING
Faulty windshield wipers impair visibility.
Defective windshield wipers cannot adequately remove the wetness from
the windows. The visibility may be impaired. This may result in accidents.
This may lead to personal injuries and material damage.
1. Check windshield wipers before starting work.
2. Replace defective windshield wipers.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1. Check the condition of the windshield wipers. Replace if necessary, see Replace the wind-
shield wiper blades [} page 641].
292 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Cleaning windshields
WARNING
Impaired visibility due to soiled windows.
Soiled windows may impair visibility. This may result in accidents. This
1. Clean all windshields before starting work.
2. If necessary, clean the windows during period of use, too.
3. Check the fluid level in the windshield washer system's tank. If neces-
sary, refill the tank.
1. Check that the windshields are clean. Clean if necessary.

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 293

2019-03_EN
7.4 Starting/stopping engine
7.4.1 Starting the engine
Operating element Battery main switch
1 Battery main switch switch

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
294 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Operating element Ignition lock
1 Ignition lock
Requirements
▪ Battery main switch switch is switched on.
Switching on the ignition
Overview
0 Switching off the engine 2 Starting the engine

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Switching on the ignition
Switching on the ignition

1. Insert the ignition key into the ignition lock and turn it into position I.
ð The ignition is switched on
ATF 60G-3 295

2019-03_EN
Wait for at least 10 seconds between switching off the ignition and switch-
ing it back on! Non-compliance may result in problems in the vehicle elec-
tronics.
Starting the engine
Safety instructions
NOTICE
Damages if starter is actuated for too long.
The starter can be damaged if actuated for too long.
1. Do not actuate the starter for more than 20 seconds.
2. If the engine does not start, turn the starter switch back to the 0 posi-
tion. Wait for at least 60 seconds before re-attempting to start the en-
gine in order to protect the batteries.
Starting the engine

1. Turn the ignition key up to the stop into position II.
2. When engine is running, release the ignition key.
ð Engine is running.
7.4.2 Switching off the engine
Safety instructions
Do not switch off the engine while it is running at an increased speed.

Do not switch off the engine immediately after a heavy load, but instead let
it continue running at the idling speed for a few minutes to cool it down.
Procedure in case of work breaks

1. Press and hold Switching off the engine pushbutton.
ð The engine is switched off, the superstructure ignition is switched on.
Procedure in case of end of work

1. Turn ignition key to position 0.
2. Switch off Battery main switch switch.
ð Engine is switched off.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
NOTE The pilot lamp in the Battery main switch only goes out approx. 6 minutes after switching
off.
296 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
7.5 Turning on/off *) the remote control

Superstructure cab
1 Remote control switch *)

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 297

2019-03_EN
Remote control
1 2
1 Radio link pushbutton 2 Remote control key switch
Remote control functions

Remote control functions, see Remote control *) [} page 135].
Switch on on the remote control

1. Switch on the ignition of the superstructure.
2. Switch on the Remote control switch in the superstructure cab.
ð Rotary beacon on the superstructure lights up.
3. Fold down the arm rest in the superstructure cab.
4. Switch on the remote control with the Remote control key switch.
5. Make the radio link to the mobile crane by pressing the Radio link pushbutton.
ð Remote control connects to the mobile crane. The error message in the Remote control
display goes out.
ð The remote control is ready for operation, the crane control levers in the superstructure cab
are deactivated.
For further information, refer to Remote control [} page 714].
Switch off the remote control

1. Switch off the remote control with the Remote control key switch.
ð The remote control disconnects the radio link to the mobile crane.
2. Switch off the Remote control switch in the superstructure cab.
ð The rotary beacon on the superstructure goes out.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
3. Switch off the ignition of the superstructure.

ð Remote control is switched off, crane control levers in the superstructure cab are activated.
For further information, refer to Remote control [} page 714].
298 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
8 Supporting the mobile crane from the superstructure
8.1 Introduction
You can extended and retract the outrigger beams and the outrigger floats from the superstruc-
ture. When the outrigger system is operated from the superstructure, the automatic safe load in-
dicator will automatically select the load specifications from the smallest selectable load rating
chart. After the stabilization procedure, a load rating chart corresponding to the rigging status of
the mobile crane shall be selected.
8.2 Preparations in the carrier
Overview
4
1
1 Battery main switch switch 3 Axle suspension locking switch

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
2 Ignition lock 4 Carrier operation/superstructure operation

key switch
Requirements
▪ Parking brake is engaged.
▪ The ignition key is in the ignition lock.
ATF 60G-3 299

2019-03_EN

▪ Axle suspension locking switch is switched on.
Procedure
1. Switch Carrier operation/superstructure operation key switch into position 2.
ð The superstructure operation is activated.
8.3 Preparations in the superstructure
Overview
1 H
1 Carrier control switch 2 Small display
Requirements
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
▪ The parking brake in the carrier is not applied.

▪ The ignition key is in the ignition lock.
▪ The Battery main switch switch in the carrier is activated.
▪ The Axle suspension locking switch in the carrier is activated.
▪ The Carrier operation/superstructure operation key switch in the carrier is at position 2.
300 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Starting the engine

1. Press Carrier control switch.
2. Press and hold the Start engine button on the small display until the engine starts.
3. As soon as the engine is running, release Start engine button.
ð Engine is running.
8.4 Extending the outriggers of the carrier
8.4.1 Preparations
▪ Follow the instructions regarding the outrigging process given in chapter "Outrigging the mo-
bile crane".
▪ Change the outrigger plates and pin the extended and retracted outrigger beams in the car-
rier as described in chapter "Outrigging the mobile crane".
WARNING
Risk of accidents when extending the outriggers.
If the operator cannot see the outrigger area, people who are present in
this area may get injured.
1. Evacuate people from the outrigger area of outriggers.
2. Only extend and retract outriggers if the operator or another person
can see the outrigger area for the duration of the outrigger process.
8.4.2 Extending the outriggers
Introduction
Supporting the mobile crane from the superstructure is carried out with the small display of the
crane control. The buttons of the outrigger system are accessible from the Carrier engine func-
tions, outrigger system menu, see Carrier engine functions, outrigger system [} page 257].
Buttons of the outrigger system

"Preselect left-hand front outrigger" button
Press button = preselect left-hand front outrigger.
Press button again = deselect left-hand front outrigger.
"Preselect left-hand rear outrigger" button

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Press button = preselect left-hand rear outrigger.

Press button again = deselect left-hand rear outrigger.
ATF 60G-3 301

2019-03_EN
"Preselect right-hand front outrigger" button

Press button = preselect right-hand front outrigger.
Press button again = deselect right-hand front outrigger.
"Preselect right-hand rear outrigger" button

Press button = preselect right-hand rear outrigger.
Press button again = deselect right-hand rear outrigger.
"Extend outrigger beam" button

Press and hold button = extend preselected outrigger beam.
"Retract outrigger beam" button

Press and hold button = retract preselected outrigger beam.
"Extend outrigger float" button

Press and hold button = extend preselected outrigger float.
"Retracting outrigger float" button

Press and hold button = retract preselected outrigger float.
Procedure – Extending the outrigger beams

1. Change and pin the outrigger floats.
2. Provide standing areas for the outrigger floats with large and stable support underneath.
3. Remove the locking pins from the four outrigger beams, see the section "Support the mobile
crane" in the carrier operating manual.
4. Preselect the desired outrigger beam.
5. Extend the selected outrigger beams up to the required outrigger base and pin them.
6. Extend and pin all other outrigger beams.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Procedure – Extending the outrigger floats

1. Preselect the desired outrigger floats.
2. Extend the selected outrigger floats.
3. Raise the mobile crane until the wheels are no longer in contact with the ground.
Important: All wheels shall have a distance of at least 5 cm to the ground.
302 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
4. Level the mobile crane (observe the circular spirit level).

ð The marking must be at the centre of the crosshair.
5. Check if all wheels have a distance of at least 5 cm to the ground.
ð The mobile crane is supported by the outriggers and levelled.
8.4.3 Retracting the outriggers
Procedure – Retracting the outrigger floats

Follow the instructions in the carrier operating manual "Outrigging the mobile crane".
1. Select the desired outrigger floats.
2. Retract the selected outrigger floats.
ð The selected outrigger floats are retracted.
Procedure – Retracting the outrigger beams

1. Change and pin the outrigger floats.
2. Unlock all four outrigger beams, see the section "Support the mobile crane" in the carrier
operating manual.
3. Select the desired outrigger beams.
4. Retract and lock the selected outrigger beams.
ð Outrigger beams are retracted and locked.
5. Switch carrier ignition off.
ð Outriggers are retracted.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 303

2019-03_EN
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
304 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
9 Setup
9.1 Decoupling the hook block
Requirements
▪ The mobile crane is correctly supported by the outriggers.
Overview
1 Wire rope 3 Rope loop

2 Hook block 4 Sliding coupling
Requirements
▪ Rope fall mode of the automatic safe load indicator is activated, see Crane information
[} page 151].
Procedure
1. Raise the telescopic boom and at the same time unwind wire rope 1 until the hook of the
hook block can be unhooked from the rope loop.
2. Remove the rope loop from the sliding coupling and stow it in the tool box.
ð The hook block is detached.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 305

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
9.2 Taking the hook block out of the holder
9.2.1 Taking the hook block out of the hook block holder on the carrier
Introduction
A 6 t hook block can be set down in the hook block holder on the carrier.
Overview
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Holder 2 6 t hook block
306 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
Weight of the hook block

Weight of the 6 t hook block: approx. 175 kg.
Requirements
▪ Slings of a sufficient size are available.
Taking the hook block out of the hook block holder on the carrier
1. Attach the hook block to the mobile crane.
2. Take the hook block out of the hook block holder on the carrier.
ð The hook block has been taken out of the hook block holder on the carrier.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 307

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
9.3 Fitting hoisting winch 2 *) or balance weight
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of falling when working in high places.
When working in high places, you could fall if personal safety measures
are not taken. This could result in death or serious injury.
2. Attach fall protection to attachment points or lifting points.
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to swinging counterweights.
If counterweights are not guided by a guy rope when being set down and
lifted, they can swing in an uncontrolled manner. This could cause serious
or fatal injuries.
1. Move counterweights slowly and carefully when setting them down and
lifting them, and guide them with the guy rope.
▪ Before the counterweights are removed, the mobile crane must be supported as specified.
▪ Neither persons nor objects may be present in the slewing range.
▪ A warning signal must be given before attaching or setting down a counterweight, or before
slewing the superstructure.
▪ The counterweights required for the crane operation must be identical to the corresponding
load rating chart.
▪ Counterweights of other mobile cranes may not be used.
▪ It is not permitted to use damaged counterweights.
▪ Separately transported counterweights should be as close as possible to the supported car-
rier when attaching them to the crane. One more crane can also be used.
▪ Before attaching the entire counterweight, ensure that the individual counterweights are cor-
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
rectly stacked over each other.

▪ When they are set down, there must be no ropes, lumbers, etc. between the individual coun-
terweights. If these are present, safe storage of the counterweights cannot be guaranteed.
Counterweights may slip and fall off.
▪ Observe the legal regulations of the licensing country for "Ropes and hoisting equipment".
308 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
9.3.2 Attachment points, weights and dimensions of hoisting winch 2 *)

Attachment point: 4 ea.,
item 1
Weight: approx. 355 kg
Dimensions (l x w x h):
1.9 m x 0.9 m x 1.1 m
9.3.3 Attachment points, weights and dimensions of the counterweights
Counterweight 2.1 t
Attachment point: 2 ea.

Weight: approx. 2.1 t
2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.7 m
Counterweight 2.9 t

2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.3 m
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 309

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
Counterweight 1.2 t

2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.1 m
Counterweight 0.9 t

2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.1 m
Counterweight 1.2 t

2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.2 m
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
310 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
Balance weight

2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.1 m
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 311

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
9.3.4 Fitting hoisting winch 2*) to superstructure frame
Introduction
For crane operation, either hoisting winch 2 *) or 0.9 t balance weight shall be fitted to the su-
perstructure.
Requirements
▪ The mobile crane is secured against rolling away.
▪ The telescopic boom is set down in the rest.
▪ Slewing brake is closed (automatic mode).
▪ No counterweights are mounted.
Overview
1 Hoisting winch 2 4 Ladder

2 Attachment points 5 Top pin
3 Bottom pin
Procedure
1. Attach hoisting winch 2 *) at all attachment points using suitable slings.
2. Remove all spring clips and all pins.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
3. Lean on and hook the ladder in at one of the attachment points.

4. Climb the ladder.
5. Hook the safety harness of the personal protective equipment into one of the holes provided
for this purpose.
6. Using the auxiliary crane, lift hoisting winch 2 *) to the superstructure, insert both top pins,
and secure with spring clips.
312 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
7. Move hoisting winch 2 *) such that the bottom holes are lined up.
8. Insert both bottom pins and secure with all spring clips.
9. Remove slings.
ð Hoisting winch 2 *) is fitted.
Overview
1 Sealing cap 3 Centralized lubrication system line

2 Hydraulic connection 4 Electrical connection
Connecting the hoisting winch 2 *)

1. Hook ladder into ladder attachment point.
2. Climb up to hoisting winch 2.
3. Remove all caps from the connections of the hydraulic hoses.
4. Connect all hydraulic hoses.
5. Connect the centralized lubrication system line.
6. Connect the electrical line.
7. Step off the ladder.
8. Remove and stow the ladder.
9. Stow the personal safety equipment and slings.
ð Hoisting winch 2 has been connected.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 313

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
9.3.5 Fitting balance weight
Introduction
For crane operation, either hoisting winch 2 *) or balance weight shall be fitted to the super-
structure.
As a requirement, a counterweight stack must be built on the carrier, in which the balance
weight lies on the 2.9 t counterweight.
The counterweight stack used below is an example.
Overview of counterweight stack
1 Counterweight 2.1 t 3 Counterweight 0.9 t

2 Counterweight 2.9 t
Overview of balance weight
5 Counterweight 1.2 t 6 Balance weight

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
314 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
Overview
1 Holding clamp 3 Spring clip

2 Holding wedge
Requirements
▪ Hydraulic cylinders of the counterweight receiver are retracted.
Setting down counterweights in the counterweight storage compartment
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accidents from falling counterweights.
If the counterweights are placed on incorrectly, the entire counterweight
assembly can fall from the counterweight storage compartment. This could
1. The counterweight variant must be placed in the counterweight receiv-
ers.
2. No objects are allowed between the counterweight variant and the
counterweight receiver.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 315

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
Overview
1 Counterweights 3 Attachment point (2 ea.)

2 Counterweight receiver
➢ Counterweights or counterweight assemblies of the counterweight variant are ready for use
next to the mobile crane.
1. Attach the undermost counterweight or counterweight assembly and set it down on the
counterweight storage compartment such that it is fixed by the counterweight receivers. For
the attachment points, refer to Attachment points, weights and dimensions of the counter-
weights [} page 309].
2. Attach the remaining counterweights of the counterweight variant and set them down in the
correct order on the undermost counterweight or counterweight assembly.
NOTICE! For the order of the counterweights, refer to Attachment points, weights and
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
dimensions of the counterweights [} page 309].

3. Release the slings from the counterweight.
ð The counterweight variant is set down on the counterweight storage compartment.
Rotating the superstructure to the back and locking it

1. Raise the telescopic boom to approx. 30°.
316 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
2. Rotate the superstructure to the back and lock it into place.
Bringing the counterweight into the working position
Introduction
The crane control indicates three positions of the counterweight cylinders:
▪ Fully retracted.
▪ Counterweight in working position.
▪ Fully extended.
The working position has been reached when the uppermost plate of the counterweight variant
is in contact with the superstructure or the counterweight cylinders do not retract further.
When the counterweight variant has reached the working position, the Counterweight in working
position indicator appears on the main display, refer to "Counterweight rigging" menu
[} page 174]. Raising can be stopped.
The operator shall verify that the counterweight is in working position by a visual check.
If necessary, raising must be continued until the counterweight has reached the working posi-
tion.

1. In the crane control, go to the Operator specific settings menu, refer to "Operator specific
setting" menu [} page 167].
2. Go to the Counterweight rigging menu, refer to "Counterweight rigging" menu [} page 174].
als *) [} page 157].
4. Bring both counterweight cylinders into the Unlock counterweight position by pushing and
holding the left-hand crane control lever to the left until the Unlock counterweight position
has been reached.
ð The status of the counterweight cylinders is shown in the main display.
5. Extend both counterweight cylinders by pulling and holding the left-hand crane control lever
backwards until both counterweight cylinders are fully extended.
6. Lock the counterweight by pushing and holding the left-hand crane control lever to the right
until the Counterweight locked position has been reached.
ð The status of the locking is shown in the main display.
7. Raise the counterweight by pushing and holding the left-hand crane control lever forwards
until the counterweight has been fully moved into working position.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

8. Carry out visual inspection of the position of the counterweight:
The entire counterweight shall be in contact with the superstructure.
9. If necessary, raise the counterweight up to the working position.
ATF 60G-3 317

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
10.Press the Change crane control lever assignments button.

ð The assignment of the left-hand crane control lever is changed for crane operation. For
assignment of crane control levers refer to Crane control levers and foot pedals *)
[} page 157].
ð Counterweight variant is on the superstructure and locked.
Clamping balance weight to the superstructure
C Holding wedge 3 Counterweight on the superstructure frame

D Spring clip 5 Balance weight
E Retaining lug
F Retaining tab
H Holding clamp
1. Hook the holding clamp from below into the retaining tab on the balance weight. Lift the
holding clamp until the retaining bore and the retaining lug on the counterweight are aligned
and hold it there.
2. Insert the holding wedge through the retaining lugs on the counterweight and the holding
clamp.
WARNING! At least 20 mm of the holding wedges must rest on each side of the
counterweight.
3. Drive the holding wedge in until it is tightened.
4. Insert the spring clip of the holding wedge into the bore between holding clamp and retain-
ing lug that is closest to the retaining lug.
5. Attach the holding clamp and the holding wedge on the other side in the same way.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ð The balance weight has been clamped to the superstructure.
Setting down the counterweight in the counterweight storage compartment

318 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup

ð The assignment of the left-hand crane control lever is changed to unrigging the counter-
als *) [} page 157].
4. Lower the counterweight by pulling and holding the left-hand crane control lever backwards
until the counterweight cylinders are fully extended.
5. Unlock the counterweight by pushing and holding the left-hand crane control lever to the left
until the Counterweight unlocked position has been reached.
ð The status of the unlocking is shown in the main display.
6. Retract both counterweight cylinders by pushing and holding the left-hand crane control
lever forwards until both counterweight cylinders are fully retracted.
[} page 157].
using the pushbuttons on the instrument panel, refer to Resetting the telescopic boom in case of
Result
The counterweight is mounted on the superstructure frame.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 319

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
9.4 Counterweight assembly
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
or fatal injuries.
▪ Before the counterweights are removed, the mobile crane must be supported as specified.
▪ Neither persons nor objects may be present in the slewing range.
▪ A warning signal must be given before attaching or setting down a counterweight, or before
slewing the superstructure.
▪ The counterweights required for the crane operation must be identical to the corresponding
load rating chart.
▪ Counterweights of other mobile cranes may not be used.
▪ It is not permitted to use damaged counterweights.
▪ Separately transported counterweights should be as close as possible to the supported car-
rier when attaching them to the crane. One more crane can also be used.
▪ Before attaching the entire counterweight, ensure that the individual counterweights are cor-
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
rectly stacked over each other.

▪ When they are set down, there must be no ropes, lumbers, etc. between the individual coun-
terweights. If these are present, safe storage of the counterweights cannot be guaranteed.
Counterweights may slip and fall off.
▪ Observe the legal regulations of the licensing country for "Ropes and hoisting equipment".
320 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
Counterweight 2.1 t

2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.7 m
Counterweight 2.9 t

2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.3 m
Counterweight 1.2 t

2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.1 m
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 321

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
Counterweight 0.9 t

2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.1 m
Counterweight 1.2 t

2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.2 m
Balance weight

2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.1 m
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
322 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
9.4.3 Attachment points, weights and dimensions of the counterweight

assemblies
Counterweight assembly 5.9 t

Weight: approx. 5.9 t (2.1 t +
0.9 t + 2.9 t)
2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.7 m

1.2 t)
2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.3 m

0.9 t + 1.2 t)
2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.6 m
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 323

2019-03_EN
9 Setup

1.2 t + 0.9 t)
2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.6 m

0.9 t)
2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.4 m

0.9 t)
2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.7 m
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
324 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup

2x 0.9 t)
2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.7 m

Weight: approx. 5.8 t (2x
2.9 t)
2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.6 m
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 325

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
9.4.4 Fitting counterweight to the superstructure frame *)
This chapter may be skipped if the mobile crane is allowed to drive on

public roads with the uppermost counterweight attached to the superstruc-
ture.
In the case of the 0.0 t counterweight variant, all the counterweights, including those of the su-
perstructure frame, must be dismounted to drive on public roads.
As a requirement, a counterweight stack must be built on the carrier to fit or remove the topmost
counterweights on the superstructure frame.
Requirements
Overview of the counterweight stack

Safety instructions
WARNING
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

ers.
326 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
Overview

WFN3RUWW2K2064139

Rotating superstructure to the back and applying slewing brake

ATF 60G-3 327

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
2. Rotate superstructure to the back and apply slewing brake, refer to .
Introduction
▪ Fully extended.
tion.

als *) [} page 157].
has been reached.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

328 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup

[} page 157].
Mounting counterweight on the superstructure frame
1 Counterweight tab (4 ea.) 3 Spring clip (4 ea.)

2 Pin (4 ea.) 4 Handle
1. Insert the pins into the counterweight tabs.

2. Turn pin approx. 45° and secure with spring clip on the superstructure frame.
3. In the same way, insert the other pin into counterweight tabs and secure it.
ð The counterweight is secured on the superstructure frame.

WFN3RUWW2K2064139

als *) [} page 157].
ATF 60G-3 329

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
[} page 157].
Result
The counterweight is mounted on the superstructure frame.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
330 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
9.4.5 Overview of the counterweight variants
Introduction
The maximum variant is shown. Other counterweight variants are possible by leaving out spe-
cific counterweights.
Overview
10 t axle load
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Counterweight 2.1 t 4 Counterweight 0.9 t (2 x)

2 Counterweight 2.9 t (2 x) 5 Counterweight 1.2 t
3 Counterweight 1.2 t 6 Balance weight or hoisting winch 2 *)
Except for the counterweight variant 0.0 t, either the balance weight or, alternatively, the hoist-
ing winch 2 *) must have been fitted to the superstructure.
ATF 60G-3 331

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
10 t (22.046 lbs) axle load
1 Counterweight 2.1 t (4630 lbs) 4 Counterweight 0.9 t (1984 lbs) (2 x)

2 Counterweight 2.9 t (6393 lbs) (2 x) 5 Counterweight 1.2 t (2646 lbs)
3 Counterweight 1.2 t (2646 lbs) 6 Balance weight or hoisting winch 2 *)
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
332 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
12 t axle load without jib

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 333

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
12 t axle load with jib "Single folding jib"

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
334 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
13 t axle load

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 335

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
16.5 t axle load

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
336 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
Selecting counterweight variants
Introduction
Specific counterweights shall be stacked on top of each other for a counterweight variant.
The table shows the various counterweight variants.
1 = 2.1 t 2 = 2.9 t 3 = 1.2 t 4 = 0.9 t 5 = 1.2 t 6 = 0.9 t
0.0 t — — — — — —
2.1 t — — — — 1 1
3.3 t — — 1 — 1 1
4.2 t 1 — — — 1 1
5.0 t — 1 — 1 1 —
5.1 t 1 — — 1 1 1
7.2 t 1 — 1 2 1 1
8.0 t 1 1 — 1 1 1
9.2 t 1 1 1 1 1 1
10.1 t 1 1 1 2 1 1
13.0 t 1 2 1 2 1 1
Example
The following counterweight plates must be stacked on top of each other for the counterweight
variant 7.2 t:
Counterweight 1: 1x
Counterweight 3: 1x
Counterweight 4: 2x
Counterweight 5: 1x
Balance weight 6 or hoisting winch 2 *): 1x
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 337

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
9.4.6 Assembly of counterweight variant in assembly position
Requirements
▪ The mobile crane is correctly supported.
▪ The smallest selectable load rating chart of the automatic safe load indicator has been selec-
ted, refer to "Selection of the counterweight" menu [} page 201].
▪ The necessary counterweights of the counterweight variants have been selected. For the
counterweight variants, see Overview of the counterweight variants [} page 331].
Safety instructions
WARNING
ers.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
338 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
Overview


WFN3RUWW2K2064139

ATF 60G-3 339

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
9.4.7 Bringing the counterweight into the working position
Requirements
▪ Counterweight cylinders are retracted.
▪ The superstructure is rotated to the back and locked.
▪ The telescopic boom is raised to an angle of approx. 30°.
▪ The counterweight variant lies on the counterweight storage compartment.
Introduction
▪ Fully extended.
tion.

als *) [} page 157].
has been reached.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

340 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
[} page 157].
Result
The counterweight plate is in working position.
Configuring the counterweight

1. For entering the counterweight variant into the crane control, refer to "Selection of the coun-
terweight" menu [} page 201].
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 341

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
9.5 Mounting the hook block
9.5.1 Wire rope reeves
Introduction
Depending on the required lifting load, the required hook block and the required number of rope
falls must be determined in the load rating charts.
The following section lists examples for usual wire rope reeves depending on the number of re-
quired rope falls. The examples apply when using a TADANO hook block. Prior to the use of
any other wire rope reeves than those specified herein, consult with the TADANO After Sales
Service.
A Sheave, wire rope of hoisting winch 1
B Sheave, wire rope of hoisting winch 2
C Top block
D Hook block
E Wire rope anchorage
F *) Additional roller
G *) Single top
Wire rope reeves on the telescopic boom with 1 sheave in the boom head
Hook block
1-line reeved
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
342 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
Hook block, 1-sheave

2-line reeved
3-line reeved
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 343

2019-03_EN
9 Setup

3-line reeved
4-line reeved
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
344 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
5-line reeved
6-line reeved
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 345

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
7-line reeved

8-line reeved
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
346 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
Wire rope reeves on the telescopic boom with 2 sheaves in the boom head
Hook block
1-line reeved

2-line reeved
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 347

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
3-line reeved

3-line reeved
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
348 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
4-line reeved
5-line reeved
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 349

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
6-line reeved
7-line reeved
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
350 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup

8-line reeved
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 351

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
9.5.2 Reeving the hook block
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accidents when a load falls due to a damaged hook block.
If a load is attached to a damaged hook block, the hook block may break.
The load may fall. This may lead to personal injuries and material damage.
1. Use an undamaged hook block for crane operation.
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to an incorrectly reeved hook block.
If the wire rope is caught, or the pin not inserted and secured correctly, the
load may fall. This may lead to personal injuries or material damage.
1. Reeve the hook block correctly.
Reeving the hook block

The number of wire rope falls depends on the load to be lifted. The lifting/lowering speed of the
hook block decreases as the number of rope falls increases.
1 Hook block 3 Folding plug (2 ea.)

2 Rope termination (2 ea.) 4 Pin (2 ea.)
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1. Inspect the hook block for damage, replace it if necessary.

2. Remove both folding plugs and both pins.
3. Fold down both lateral rope guards.
4. Reeve the hook block.
5. Fold up both lateral rope guards.
352 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
6. Insert both pins and secure them with the folding plugs.
ð The wire rope is reeved through the hook block.
7. Re-insert all removed rope securing pins and secure them with spring clips.
ð Hook block is reeved.
9.5.3 Fixing the hoisting rope
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to breaking wire rope.
If the wire rope is reeved with too few rope falls, it may be overloaded. The
wire rope might break. The load may fall. This may lead to personal injur-
ies and material damage.
1. Select the number of rope falls such that the permissible load for the
wire rope is not exceeded.
Reeving wire rope

1. Support the mobile crane.
2. Slew the telescopic boom or the jib such that the crane can be operated easily.
3. Lower the telescopic boom or the jib as far as possible.
4. Place the hook block on the ground.
5. Remove anti-two-block device weight from the wire rope.
6. Remove the rope securing pin either from the head of the telescopic boom or from the head
of the jib.
7. Remove the linch pins. Fold down the covers of the hook block.
8. For reeving the wire rope, refer to Wire rope reeves [} page 342].
If the hoisting rope needs to be unwound, it should be pulled manually and

the hoisting winch must be actuated simultaneously.
Fixing the wire rope
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to loosened pin.
If the pin is mounted incorrectly, the folding plug may loosen. The pin may
loosen. The hoisting rope may loosen. The load may fall. This may lead to
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1. Insert the pin in the direction of the arrow and secure it with the folding
plug.
ATF 60G-3 353

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
1 Rope end connection 3 Pin

2 Rope socket 4 Folding plug
1. Hook the rope end connection of the wire rope into the rope socket.
2. Insert the pin through the rope socket in the direction of the arrow and secure it with the
folding plug.
ð The wire rope is pinned to the boom head or the hook block.
When installing a new rope socket or a wire rope, use only original TADANO spare parts (see
the specifications embossed on the rope socket).
Mounting the rope socket
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to incorrectly mounted rope socket.
If the rope socket is mounted incorrectly, the wire rope may be overloaded.
The wire rope may break. The load may fall. This may lead to personal in-
juries and material damage.
1. Mount the rope socket as described below.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
354 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
Even number of ropes
1 Boom head 2 Rope socket
1. In case of an even number of ropes, fix the rope socket on the boom head.
ð The rope socket has been mounted.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 355

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
Uneven number of ropes
1 Hook block 2 Rope socket
1. In case of an uneven number of ropes, fix the rope socket on the hook block.
ð The rope socket has been mounted.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
356 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
9.5.4 Mounting the anti-two-block device weight
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to incorrectly mounted anti-two-block device
weight.
If the anti-two-block device weight is not mounted correctly, there will not
be a deactivation of the hook block. The hook block may collide with the
boom head. The hoisting rope may break. The load may fall. This may
lead to personal injuries and material damage.
1. Mount the anti-two-block device weight as described below.
Position of the anti-two-block device weight

Uneven number of ropes
1
2
1 Anti-two-block device weight 2 Wire rope anchorage
1. In case of an uneven number of ropes, install anti-two-block device weight on the last rope.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 357

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
Even number of ropes
1 Anti-two-block device weight 2 Wire rope anchorage
1. In case of an even number of ropes, install anti-two-block device weight on the last rope.
Mounting the anti-two-block device weight
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Anti-two-block device weight 3 Shackle
358 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
1a Anti-two-block device weight 4 Retaining thimble

2 Holding device 5 Snap hook
1. Fix the shackle of the chain to the retaining thimble of the anti-two-block device.
2. Place both sections of the anti-two-block device weight around the wire rope and fix them
such that pins of one weight half can be inserted into the holes of the second weight half.
3. Press the weights together and move the retaining device over the anti-two-block device
weight.
4. Attach a snap hook in the first chain link over the retaining device.
ð The anti-two-block device weight has been mounted.
9.6 Selecting the rigging status
Checking outrigger base

1. Check outrigger base in the crane control, refer to Crane information [} page 151]. If neces-
sary, enter again or change, refer to "Selection of outriggers" menu [} page 196].
Checking the selection of the counterweight

1. Check counterweight variant in the crane control, refer to Crane information [} page 151]. If
necessary, enter again or change, refer to "Selection of the counterweight" menu
[} page 201].
Checking the selection of the jib

1. Check jib in the crane control, refer to Crane information [} page 151]. If necessary, enter
again or change, refer to "Selection of the jib" menu [} page 203].
Checking the selection of the wire rope reeving

1. Check wire rope reeving in the crane control, refer to Crane information [} page 151]. If ne-
cessary, enter again or change, refer to “Selection of the rope falls” menu [} page 205].
Checking the assignment of the hoisting winches

1. Check assignment of the hoisting winches in the crane control, refer to Crane information
[} page 151]. If necessary, enter again or change, refer to “Selection of the hoisting
winches” menu [} page 209].
9.7 Driving on public roads with fitted uppermost counterweight
Introduction
When driving on public roads with fitted uppermost counterweight for longer periods of time, the
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
uppermost counterweight must additionally be screwed to the superstructure frame.
ATF 60G-3 359

2019-03_EN
9 Setup
Overview
1 Position of screw connection 3 Washer (8 ea.)

2 Nut (4 ea.) 4 Screw (4 each)
Requirements
▪ To be able to insert and tighten the screws with washers, all counterweights fixed with
clamps to the uppermost counterweight must be removed, refer to Dismounting counter-
weight from the superstructure frame *) [} page 450]. To do so, a counterweight stack must
be built up on the counterweight storage compartment of the carrier, refer to Fitting counter-
weight to the superstructure frame *) [} page 327].
Procedure
1. Fix the uppermost counterweight at the shown positions for screw connection with the
screws, washers and nuts applying a torque of 1931 ±102 Nm.
ð The uppermost counterweight has been fixed with screws for driving on public roads.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
360 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
10 Driving the mobile crane from the superstructure
10.1 Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to limited visual field.
When the mobile crane is driven from the superstructure, the visual field is
strongly limited on the right side. This could result in death or injury.
1. Drive mobile crane from the superstructure only with the help of a sig-
naller.
WARNING
Danger due to mobile crane rolling away.
The mobile crane may roll away despite an engaged gear.
2. The mobile crane must be parked in the neutral position of the gear-
box.
3. Secure the mobile crane against rolling away when parking especially
on upward or downward gradients. If necessary, secure with wheel
chocks.
10.2 Preparations in the carrier
Overview
3
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
4
6 5
1 Carrier operation/superstructure operation 4 Gear pre-selection switch

key switch
ATF 60G-3 361

2019-03_EN
2 Axle suspension locking switch 5 Parking brake

3 Ignition lock 6 Battery main switch switch
Requirements
▪ Gear pre-selection switch is adjusted in N position.
▪ The ignition key is firmly inserted into the ignition lock.
▪ Axle suspension locking switch is switched on.
Procedure
1. Switch Carrier operation/superstructure operation key switch into position 2.
ð The superstructure operation is activated.
10.3 Overview of the operating elements
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 H
8 9
10 11
12
13
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Main display 8 Accelerator pedal

2 Carrier control switch 9 Rear axle steering control lever
3 Carrier lighting switch 10 Carrier brake brake pedal
4 Axle oscillation pushbutton 11 Unlock rear axle switch
5 Inter-wheel differential locks pushbutton 12 Front axles steering control lever
6 Parking brake switch 13 Carrier direction indicator switch
7 Direction of travel switch
362 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
10.4 Starting the engine

Start engine, refer to Starting the engine [} page 294].
10.5 Activating carrier operation

1. Press lower part of Carrier control switch.
2. In the Operator-specific settings menu, actuate the Moving from the superstructure menu
button.
ð The Moving from the superstructure menu appears in the main display.
ð Carrier operation has been activated.
10.6 Driving the mobile crane
10.6.1 Selecting direction of travel
Driving mobile crane forwards

1. Turn Direction of travel switch from the centre position to the left.
ð Forward movement of the mobile crane is selected.
Driving mobile crane backwards

1. Turn Direction of travel switch from the centre position to the right.
ð Backward movement of the mobile crane is selected.
Switching off driving mobile crane from superstructure

1. Turn Direction of travel switch to centre position.
ð Gearbox is in neutral position.
ð Driving mobile crane from superstructure is switched off.
10.6.2 Driving and steering
Requirements
▪ The superstructure has been locked to the front or back.
▪ Sufficient brake pressure is present in the carrier. Observe the indicator in the main display.
▪ The Axle suspension locking indicator in the main display is lit yellow.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Starting
1. Press down brake pedal Carrier brake.
2. Select direction of travel of carrier.
3. Release parking brake. To do this, press the upper part of Parking brake switch.
ð Parking brake indicator in the main display changes from red to white.
ATF 60G-3 363

2019-03_EN
4. Release brake pedal Carrier brake.

Slowly actuate accelerator pedal.
ð The mobile crane is set in motion.
Carry out a test braking after starting on a dry, non-skidding road.
Driving
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to too high speeds while moving.
If the mobile crane is moved at a too high speed, it may become unstable
and tip over. This may lead to personal injuries and material damage.
1. Observe the indicator in the main display.
Speed indicators in the main display:

Speed indicator green: driving speed is in order.
Speed indicator yellow: driving speed is in the critical range.
Speed indicator red: driving speed is in the dangerous range.
Stopping
1. Release the accelerator pedal.
2. Stop the mobile crane to standstill with the brake pedal Carrier brake.
3. Engage parking brake pressing the lower part of the Parking brake switch.
ð Parking brake indicator in the main display changes from white to red.
4. Turn Direction of travel switch to centre position.
5. Release brake pedal Carrier brake.
ð The mobile crane is standing still.
Steering
For more information, refer to operating manual for carrier, chapter Activating rear steering.
Steering the carrier from the superstructure is possible in two variants:
▪ Steering front axles.
▪ Steering front axles and rear axle.
Steering front axles

1. Push Front axles steering control lever to the right or to the left.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ð The front wheels are steered to the right or to the left.
Steering front axles and rear axle

Unlocking rear axle
364 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
1. Press Unlock rear axle switch.

ð Rear axle has been unlocked.
ð Rear steering indicator in the main display changes from white to yellow.
Steering
1. Push Front axles steering control lever to the left or to the right.
ð The front wheels are steered to the left or to the right.
2. Push Rear axle steering control lever to the left or to the right.
ð The rear wheels are steered to the left or to the right.
ð The mobile crane is driven with all-wheel steering.
Locking rear axle

1. Steer rear axle to centre position.
ð The Rear axle can be locked indicator appears in the main display.
2. Press Unlock rear steering switch.
ð Rear axle has been locked.
ð Rear steering indicator in the main display changes from yellow to white.
10.6.3 Switching inter-wheel differential locks on/off
Safety instructions
NOTICE
Damages on axles due to improper operation of differential locks.
Axle drives and gear wheels may be damaged. The mobile crane may be-
come undriveable.
1. Apply differential locks only briefly and in difficult terrain.
2. Do not steer when inter-wheel differential locks are switched on.
Switching on the inter-wheel differential locks

1. Press and hold Inter-wheel differential locks pushbutton.
ð Inter-wheel differential locks indicator in the main display changes from white to yellow.
ð The inter-wheel differential locks have been switched on.
Switching off the inter-wheel differential locks

1. Release Inter-wheel differential locks pushbutton.
ð Inter-wheel differential locks indicator in the main display changes from yellow to white.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ð The inter-wheel differential locks have been switched off.
ATF 60G-3 365

2019-03_EN
10.6.4 Switching axle oscillation on/off
If the mobile crane is moved on uneven terrain with locked axles, it

may tip over.
If the mobile crane is moved on uneven terrain with locked axles, the
wheels may loose contact to the ground. The mobile crane may become
unstable and overturn.
1. Switch axle oscillation on.
Procedure
1. Press and hold Axle oscillation pushbutton.
ð Axle suspension locking indicator in the main display changes from yellow to orange.
ð Axle oscillation indicator is displayed yellow in the main display.
ð Locking of the front axle has been cancelled.
1. As soon as all wheels are in contact with the ground, release Axle oscillation pushbutton.
ð Axle oscillation indicator in the main display appears white.
ð Axle suspension locking indicator in the main display changes from orange to yellow.
ð Front axle has been locked.
10.6.5 Switching direction indicators on/off
Switching on direction indicators in the carrier

1. Press Carrier direction indicators switch on the right or left.
ð The Carrier direction indicator to the right or to the left in the main display is lit.
ð The Carrier direction indicator to the right or left has been switched on.
Switch direction indicators off in the carrier.

1. Press Carrier direction indicators switch in centre position.
ð The Carrier direction indicator to the right or to the left in the main display goes out.
ð The Carrier direction indicator to the right or left has been switched off.
10.6.6 Switching lighting on/off
Procedure
Switch on lighting (driving light) in the carrier.

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1. Press Carrier lighting switch.

ð The Carrier lighting indicator in the main display is lit.
ð Lighting (driving light) in the carrier has been switched on.
366 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Switch off lighting (driving light) in the carrier.

1. Press Carrier lighting switch.
ð The Carrier lighting switched on indicator in the main display goes out.
ð Lighting (driving light) in the carrier has been switched off.
10.6.7 Deactivating carrier operation

1. Press upper part of Carrier control switch.
ð The Drive enable indicator in the main display goes out.
ð Carrier operation has been deactivated.
10.7 Moving the fully rigged mobile crane on the construction site
WARNING
Danger of tipping of the mobile crane due to driving on the construc-
tion site.
If the specified rigging status has not been complied with, the mobile crane
may become unstable and tip.
1. Comply with the rigging status as in the chart.
2. Comply with the specified requirements.
WARNING
Danger of tipping of mobile crane while moving.
If the mobile crane is not levelled or the axle suspension is not locked, the
mobile crane may become unstable and tip.
1. Level the mobile crane.
2. Activate the axle suspension locking.
WARNING
Danger of tipping of the mobile crane in case of uneven ground.
If the ground is too uneven for levelling or moving, the mobile crane may
become unstable and tip.
1. Check the location and level the ground if necessary before levelling
the mobile crane.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
2. Check the route over the whole width (vehicle width + outriggers on
both sides) and level the ground if necessary before driving.
ATF 60G-3 367

2019-03_EN
CAUTION
Danger of crushing when lowering the wheels.
When switching off the axle suspension locking, the wheels will descend to
the ground. This may lead to injuries.
1. Keep away from wheels.
NOTICE
Damage on the suspension cylinders in case of fully lowered mobile
crane.
If the suspension cylinders are mechanically standing on the block, they
may be damaged and the axle oscillation does not function.
1. Do not drive with a fully lowered mobile crane.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
368 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
10.7.2 Conditions for moving the fully rigged mobile crane

Driving the fully rigged mobile crane on the construction site is only allowed under the following
conditions:
▪ The road is firm, level, and horizontal with a total inclination of 3°.
▪ Superstructure is locked.
▪ Slewing brake has been engaged.
▪ Mobile crane is levelled to driving level.
▪ The axle suspension is locked.
▪ The outrigger floats are in working position.
▪ All the outrigger beams are completely extended and locked.
▪ The specified tyre pressure is complied with.
▪ The storage box *) has been fitted.
▪ The telescopic boom is slewed over the rear of the mobile crane or the carrier cab.
▪ Observe the notes in the load rating charts.
▪ Observe overview with position of the counterweight.
▪ All outrigger cylinders are extended such that the bearing surfaces of the outrigger floats are
at a maximum distance of 10 cm from the ground.
▪ Maximum driving speed is 1.4 km/h.
▪ Engage lowest gear.
▪ Engine speed < 1000 rpm.
▪ Up to 200 kg payload are possible.
▪ No load is attached to the hook block.
▪ Slings have been removed.
▪ The hook block has been raised to the head of the jib or to the boom head.
▪ The rigging status is complied with, for rigging status refer to Axle loads for driving fully
rigged mobile crane on constructions sites [} page 371].
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 369

2019-03_EN
10.7.3 Overview
2 3 4
7 6 5
1 Axle suspension locking pilot lamp 5 Rear right-hand suspension cylinder push-
button
2 Driving level pushbutton 6 Rear left-hand suspension cylinder push-
button
3 Front left-hand suspension cylinder push- 7 Axle suspension locking switch
button
4 Front right-hand suspension cylinder push-
button
10.7.4 Moving the mobile crane
Bringing mobile crane into driving level

1. Start the engine.
2. Switch axle suspension locking off.
3. Bring mobile crane into driving level.
ð Mobile crane is in driving level.
Locking axle suspension

1. Unlock the Axle suspension locking switch by pressing the locking handle downwards and
press the switch downwards.
ð The axle suspension locking has been switched on. The Axle suspension locking pilot lamp
is lit.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Driving the mobile crane

1. Drive the mobile crane on the construction site. For further information, refer to .
NOTICE! If a wheel looses contact to the ground on uneven terrain with locked suspen-
sion, the mobile crane must be stopped, and the axle oscillation must be used.
Activating axle oscillation
1. Stop the mobile crane.
370 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
2. Press and hold Axle oscillation pushbutton until all the wheels have contact to the ground.
3. Release Axle oscillation pushbutton.
ð Axles are locked.
4. Continue driving mobile crane.
5. Repeat the axle oscillation procedure with the next lifting wheel.
10.7.5 Axle loads for driving fully rigged mobile crane on constructions sites
Introduction
The axle loads assigned to the individual rigging statuses can be determined with the following
charts.
Key factors for the axle loads

▪ Position of the superstructure in relation to the carrier.
▪ Mounted jibs.
▪ Boom angle.
For each rigging status, there is a minimum and a maximum boom angle specified, respectively.
When adjusting the optimum boom angle for a rigging status, the axle loads are the same on all
axles.
The values on boom angle are angle ranges. The specified axle loads apply to the range
between the specified and the next higher boom angle.
Without jib
Overview of superstructure rotated to the front

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 371

2019-03_EN
2 Angle of telescopic boom
Overview of superstructure rotated to the rear

Without jib
Counter- Super- Angle of Axle Axle load, Axle load,
weight [t] structure telescopic load, Axle 2 [t] Axle 3 [t]
boom [°] Axle 1 [t]
0.0 rotated to the 0 11 10 10
front 15 10 10 10
49 6 12 12
rotated to the 49 6 12 12
rear 68 10 10 10
82.7 14 9 9
rear 52 22 11 11
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
372 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
With jib "Single folding jib" in transport position


WFN3RUWW2K2064139

ATF 60G-3 373

2019-03_EN
Jib "Single folding jib" in transport position

front 24 10 10 10
51 6 13 13
rear 69 10 10 10
82.7 14 9 9
rear 55 22 11 11
With jib "Single folding jib" in working position

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
374 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN

Jib "Single folding jib" in working position

front 35 10 10 10
56 6 12 12
rear 72 10 10 10
82.7 13 9 9
rear 8 15 15 15
59 22 11 11
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 375

2019-03_EN
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
376 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
11 Short tip jib *)
11 Short tip jib *)
11.1 Introduction
11.1.1 Overview
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 377

2019-03_EN
11 Short tip jib *)
11.1.2 Attachment points, weights and dimensions

Short tip
Attachment point: 2 ea., see
figure
Dimensions (l x w x h): 2.1 x
0.8 x 1.1 m
WARNING
Risk of accidents if the jib is incorrectly mounted.
If the jib is mounted incorrectly, it may come off and fall to the ground. This
1. Ensure that all pins are in the prescribed positions.
2. Ensure that no persons remain under the jib or the slewing range of
the jib when rigging work is being carried out.
WARNING
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
378 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
11 Short tip jib *)
WARNING
11.3 Requirements
11.3.1 Requirements for mounting

▪ The counterweight required for the job has been assembled.
▪ Telescopic boom is set horizontally (± 1°).
▪ Engine and ignition are switched off.
▪ The telescopic boom is slewed to the back or side.
▪ The single top is in the transport position.
11.3.2 Tools and aids
Required tools and aids

▪ Stepladder.
▪ Personal Protective Equipment:
▪ Fall protection.
▪ Gloves, helmet, safety footwear.
▪ Tools:
▪ Slings.
▪ Crank handle.
▪ Hammer.
▪ Guiding rope.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 379

2019-03_EN
11 Short tip jib *)
11.4 Slewing short tip into the working position
11.4.1 Depositing the hoisting rope on the telescopic boom
Overview
1 Wire rope 3 Rope securing pin on the boom head

(2 ea)
2 Telescopic boom
Depositing the wire rope on the telescopic boom

1. Start the superstructure engine.
2. For activating the setup mode of the crane control, refer to Activating the setup mode of the
crane control [} page 263].
3. Remove the anti-two-block device.
4. Remove the hook block.
5. Remove all the rope securing pins on the boom head.
6. Wind the wire rope until the end of the wire rope is lying on the telescopic boom, as shown.
7. Mount all the rope securing pins on the boom head.
8. For activating the work mode of the crane control, refer to Activating the work mode of the
ð The wire rope is laid on the telescopic boom.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
380 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
11 Short tip jib *)
11.4.2 Removing the transport pin
Overview
1 Short tip 3 Webbing

2 Transport pin 4 Crank handle
Removing the transport pin

1. Fasten webbing on the head end of the short tip and secure it against slipping.
2. Release the transport pin with the crank handle.
ð The transport pin of the short tip has been removed.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 381

2019-03_EN
11 Short tip jib *)
11.4.3 Slewing the short tip onto the boom head
Overview
1 Short tip 4 Crank handle

2 Webbing 5 Lock
3 Stud bolt
Slewing the short tip onto the boom head

1. Using the webbing, slew the short tip as far as it will go.
ð The mounting holes of the short tip are aligned with the mounting holes on the boom
head.
2. Insert the crank handle into the stud bolt and turn clockwise until the red marking is visible.
ð The left side of the short tip is connected to the boom head.
3. Remove the crank handle.
4. Insert crank handle into the lock and turn clockwise as far as it goes.
ð The short tip is pinned onto the boom head on one side.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
382 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
11 Short tip jib *)
11.4.4 Slewing round the short tip on the boom head
Overview

2 Stud bolt
Slewing round the short tip on the boom head

ð The mounting holes of the short tip are aligned with the mounting holes on the boom
head.
3. Remove crank handle and webbing.
ð The short tip has been slewed round onto the boom head and secured.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 383

2019-03_EN
11 Short tip jib *)
11.5 Angling down short tip, with rope winch *)
If the short tip is operated with a 20° angle, this item may be skipped.
Requirements
▪ The short tip is mounted onto the boom head.
▪ Hook block is unreeved.
Overview
A Hole 20° angle 1 Rope winch

B Hole 40° angle 2 Crank handle
C Hole 60° angle 3 Guide rope
4 Pin (2 ea.)
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Angling short tip down

1. Put the crank handle onto the square of the rope winch.
2. Wind guide rope until both pins are relieved from the load.
3. Remove the two pins.
4. Insert right pin into the 40° angle hole or the 60° angle hole and secure it.
384 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
11 Short tip jib *)
5. Unwind guide rope until the short tip has reached the desired angle position.
6. Insert left pin into the 40° angle hole or the 60° angle hole and secure it.
7. Unwind guide rope until both pins are under load.
ð The short tip is angled down.
11.6 Angling down short tip, with wire rope of the hoisting winch
Requirements
▪ Setup mode of the automatic safe load indicator is activated.
Overview
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Rope securing pin 3 Sheave

2 Wire rope 4 Fixing point
Fastening wire rope on foot end of short tip

1. Remove the rope securing pins of the sheaves on the short tip.
2. Install the wire rope.
ATF 60G-3 385

2019-03_EN
11 Short tip jib *)
3. Fasten the wire rope on the fixing point with the rope socket.
ð The wire rope is secured on the foot end of the short tip.
Overview
A Hole 20° angle 12 Rope securing pins

B Hole 40° angle 13 Fixing point
C Hole 60° angle 14a Right pin
14b Left pin
Angling short tip down

1. Remove the rope securing pins.
2. Fasten wire rope on the fixing point of the short tip.
3. Slowly wind wire rope until both pins are relieved from the load.
6. Unwind wire rope until the short tip has reached the desired angle position.
8. Loosen the wire rope from the fixing point.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ð The short tip is angled down.
386 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
11 Short tip jib *)
Requirements
▪ The short tip is angled down into the working position.
1 Socket 4 Wire rope

2 Connector 5 Rope securing pin (4 ea.)
Mounting the hook block

1. Release spring clip and remove rope securing pins.
2. Install wire rope on the sheaves.
3. Insert all rope securing pins and secure them with all spring clips.
4. Make the electrical connection by unplugging the plug and inserting it into the socket.

1. Place the hook block ready in front of the jib end.
2. For reeving the hook block, see Mounting the hook block [} page 342].
3. Mount the anti-two-block device, see Mounting the anti-two-block device weight
[} page 357].
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
11.8 Function check

After installing the short tip, perform a function test.
Check anti-two-block device

1. Wind hoisting winch until the hook block lifts the anti-two-block device weight.
ð Winding of the hoisting winch is stopped.
ATF 60G-3 387

2019-03_EN
11 Short tip jib *)
11.9 Operating the short tip
Requirements
▪ The short tip is mounted.


[} page 201].



Permissible angles of short tip and telescopic boom

The short tip may only be operated at certain angles of the telescopic boom. The angle of the
telescopic boom is shown in the automatic safe load indicator.
Angles of the short tip Maximum permissible angle of the tele-
scopic boom
20° 50°
40° 65°
60° 83°
Activating the work mode of the crane control

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Result
The mobile crane is ready for operation to lift loads.
388 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
11 Short tip jib *)
11.10 Operating the short tip with a lifting hook
Using the lifting hook

Use the lifting hook only to attach and lift loads. Observe the permissible load capacity of the lift-
ing hook.
Note
The short tip may be operated both with lifting hook and with sheave support. The sheave sup-
port must be removed before using the lifting hook.
Requirements
▪ The short tip is angled down to 60°.
▪ Anti-two-block device is removed and stored.
▪ The single-sheave boom top of the short tip is just above the ground.
Overview
11 Retaining point
Securing the wire rope on the telescopic boom

1. Secure the wire rope with the rope socket at the retaining point.
2. Tighten the wire rope slightly.
3. Switch off the hoisting winch by pressing down the Switch off hoisting winch switch.
ð The wire rope is secured on the telescopic boom.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 389

2019-03_EN
11 Short tip jib *)
Overview
2 Cover plate 5 Screws

3 Anti-turn device (2 ea.) 6 Lifting hook (60 kg)
4 Spring clip (4 ea.) 7 Handle
Installing the lifting hook

1. Loosen the screws and remove the cover plate.
2. Remove the spring clips and pins.
DANGER! Secure the sheave support to prevent it falling.
3. Using the handle, pull the axle in the direction of the arrow until the sheave support can be
dismounted.
4. Replace the sheave support with the lifting hook.
5. Insert the axle as far as it will go.
6. Mount the cover plate and the screws.
7. Insert both anti-turn devices and secure each one with two spring clips.
8. Activate the work mode of the automatic safe load indicator.
ð Lifting hook is mounted.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Overview
The lifting hook must be secured before the short tip with the mounted lifting hook is swung into
the transport position.
390 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
11 Short tip jib *)
1 Lifting hook 3 Eye

2 Tightening strap
Securing lifting hook in transport position

1. Fasten the lifting hook with a tightening strap on the eye.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 391

2019-03_EN
11 Short tip jib *)
11.11 Removing the hook block
Requirements
▪ The hook block has been placed on the ground.
Overview
1 Rope securing pin (3 ea.) 2 Spring clip (3 ea.)
Removing the rope securing pins

1. Loosen all spring clips and remove all rope securing pins.
ð All rope securing pins have been removed.
Unreeving the hook block

1. Unreeve the hook block, see Decoupling the hook block [} page 305].
Final activities
2. Wind up the wire rope as far as the boom head.
3. Insert and secure all the rope securing pins of the jib.
▪ Insert all rope securing pins of the short tip and secure with all the spring clips.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
392 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
11 Short tip jib *)
11.12 Angling back short tip, with rope winch *)
Overview
A Hole 20° angle 1 Rope winch

B Hole 40° angle 2 Crank handle
C Hole 60° angle 3 Guide rope
4 Pin (2 ea.)
Angling short tip back

1. Put the crank handle onto the square of the rope winch.
2. Wind guide rope until both pins are relieved from the load.
4. Wind guide rope until the shift gate is completely closed.
6. Unwind guide rope until the short tip has reached the desired angle position.
8. Unwind guide rope until both pins are under load.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

ð The short tip is angled back.
ATF 60G-3 393

2019-03_EN
11 Short tip jib *)
11.13 Angling back short tip, with wire rope of the hoisting winch
Requirements
Overview
1 Rope securing pin 3 Sheave

Fastening wire rope on foot end of short tip

1. Remove the rope securing pins of the sheaves on the short tip.
2. Install the wire rope.
3. Fasten the wire rope on the fixing point with the rope socket.
ð The wire rope is secured on the foot end of the short tip.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
394 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
11 Short tip jib *)
Overview
A Hole 20° angle 12 Rope securing pins

B Hole 40° angle 13 Fixing point
C Hole 60° angle 14a Right pin
14b Left pin
Angling short tip back

1. Remove the rope securing pins.
2. Fasten wire rope on the fixing point of the short tip.
3. Wind wire rope until both pins are relieved from the load.
5. Wind wire rope until the shift gate is completely closed.
7. Unwind wire rope until the short tip has reached the desired angle position.
9. Relieve the wire rope of the load.
10.Remove wire rope from the fixing point of the short tip.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ð The short tip is angled back.
11.14 Slewing the short tip into transport position
11.14.1 Requirements
▪ The angle of the short tip is 20°.
ATF 60G-3 395

2019-03_EN
11 Short tip jib *)
11.14.2 Releasing the short tip from the boom head
Overview

2 Stud bolt
Releasing the short tip from the boom head

1. Fasten webbing on the head end of the short tip and secure it against slipping.
2. Insert the crank handle into the right threaded bolt and turn counterclockwise until the
threaded bolt is fully retracted.
ð The red marking on the threaded bolt disappears.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
396 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
11 Short tip jib *)
11.14.3 Slewing the short tip into transport position
Overview

2 Webbing 5 Lock
3 Stud bolt
Slewing the short tip into transport position

1. Insert crank handle into the lock and turn counterclockwise until both arrowheads are con-
gruent.
2. Insert the crank handle into the threaded bolt and turn counterclockwise until the threaded
bolt is fully retracted.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 397

2019-03_EN
11 Short tip jib *)
11.14.4 Securing the short tip in the transport position
Overview
1 Short tip 3 Webbing

2 Transport pin 4 Crank handle
Securing the short tip in the transport position

1. Slew the short tip as far as it will go.
2. Secure transport pin with the crank handle.
3. Remove the webbing.
ð The short tip has been slewed into transport position and secured.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
398 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
12 Jib Mechanically adjustable single folding jib *)
12.1 Introduction
12.1.1 Overview
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 399

2019-03_EN
12.1.2 Attachment points, weight, dimensions

Single folding jib, mechanically adjustable
item 1
Dimensions (l x w x h): 7.8 x
0.6 x 1.4 m
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

400 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
12.3 Requirements
12.3.1 Requirements for mounting

▪ The single top is in the transport position.
12.3.2 Tools and aids
Required tools and aids

▪ Stepladder.
▪ Personal Protective Equipment:
▪ Fall protection.
▪ Gloves, helmet, safety footwear.
▪ Tools:
▪ Slings.
▪ Crank handle.
▪ Hammer.
▪ Guiding rope.
12.4 Mounting single folding jib on the telescopic boom
12.4.1 Requirements for the auxiliary crane

▪ Sufficient load capacity of the ground on which the auxiliary crane is set up.
▪ The auxiliary crane is sufficiently dimensioned.
▪ The auxiliary crane is correctly supported.
▪ The required settings shall be taken from the auxiliary crane’s operating manual and entered
into the crane control of the auxiliary crane.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 401

2019-03_EN
12.4.2 Mounting single folding jib in transport position on the telescopic boom
Overview
1 Single folding jib 5 Lock

2 Attachment points 6 Ramp
3 Stud bolt 7 Locking pin
4 Crank handle
Requirements
▪ The locking pin of the telescopic boom has been removed.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
402 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Attachment point (4 ea.)
Attaching the single folding jib

1. Attach the auxiliary crane to the attachment points of the single folding jib using suitable
slings.
Fitting single folding jib in transport position
Safety instructions
WARNING
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 403

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Single folding jib 4 Crank handle

2 Telescopic boom 5 Locking pin (1 ea.)
3 Stud bolt 6 Spring clip (1 ea.)
Fitting the single folding jib

1. Using the auxiliary crane, lift the single folding jib to the telescopic boom such that the holes
of the single folding jib are aligned with the threaded bolts.
4. Slew the single folding jib to the telescopic boom and secure it with all the locking pins.
5. Secure all locking pins using a spring clip.
ð The single folding jib has been mounted in transport position on the telescopic boom.
Final activities
1. Remove the slings of the auxiliary crane from the single folding jib.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
404 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
12.5 Slewing single folding jib into working position
12.5.1 Depositing the hoisting rope on the telescopic boom
Overview
1 Wire rope 3 Rope securing pin on the boom head

(2 ea)
2 Telescopic boom
Depositing the wire rope on the telescopic boom

1. Start the superstructure engine.
2. For activating the setup mode of the crane control, refer to Activating the setup mode of the
3. Remove the anti-two-block device.
5. Remove all the rope securing pins on the boom head.
6. Wind the wire rope until the end of the wire rope is lying on the telescopic boom, as shown.
7. Mount all the rope securing pins on the boom head.
ð The wire rope is laid on the telescopic boom.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 405

2019-03_EN
12.5.2 Slewing ramp into working position
Overview
A Transport position 1 Spring clip

B Working position 2 Locking pin
3 Ramp — moving part
4 Ramp — rigid part
5 Hole
Slewing ramp into working position

1. Remove the spring clip and locking pin.
2. Slew the movable part of the ramp onto the rigid part of the ramp.
3. Insert the locking pin into the hole from below and secure it with the spring clip.
ð The ramp has been slewed into working position.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
406 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
12.5.3 Pulling in guide rope of hand winch
Overview
1 Fixing point 4 Deflection sheave A

2 Crank handle 5 Deflection sheave B
3 Rope winch 6 Single folding jib
Pulling in guide rope of hand winch

1. Put crank handle on the square of the rope winch and unwind the guide rope.
2. Place guide rope around deflection sheave B and fasten it at the fixing point of the single
folding jib.
ð The guide rope of the hand winch has been pulled in.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 407

2019-03_EN
12.5.4 Slewing single folding jib to boom head
Overview
1 Webbing 3 Locking pin

2 Single folding jib 4 End stop
Slewing single folding jib to boom head

1. Fasten webbing on the head end of the single folding jib and secure it against slipping.
2. Loosen the spring clips and remove all locking pins.
3. Put crank handle on the square of the rope winch and wind the guide rope until the single
folding jib strikes the end stop.
ð The single folding jib has been slewed to the boom head.
12.5.5 Pinning single folding jib on right side of boom head
Safety instructions
WARNING
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

408 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Webbing 6 End stop

3 Threaded bolt, left 8 Lock
4 Threaded bolt, right 9 Guide rope
5 Threaded bolt for transport pin
Pinning single folding jib on right side of boom head

1. Insert the crank handle into the left threaded bolt and turn it clockwise until the red marking
is visible.
ð The left side of the single folding jib is connected to the boom head.
3. Insert the crank handle into the threaded bolt for the transport pin and turn it anticlockwise
until the threaded bolt for the transport pin is fully retracted.
ð The transport pin has been released.
4. Loosen guide rope from the single folding jib and deposit at the ramp.
5. Close the lock attaching the crank handle at the lock and turning the lock until the lock is
closed.
6. Remove the crank handle from the lock.
ð The single folding jib has been pinned on one side of the boom head.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 409

2019-03_EN
12.5.6 Slewing and pinning single folding jib in working position
Safety instructions
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of accidents when slewing the jib.
When the jib is slewed, it can hit people or objects inside the slewing
range. This may lead to personal injuries or material damage.
1. There must be no people or objects in the jib's slewing range.
2. Select a suitable location for setting up and dismantling the jib on the
mobile crane.
3. Ensure that the telescopic boom is adjusted in horizontal position
(±1°).
Overview
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Stud bolt
Slewing and pinning single folding jib in working position

1. Using the webbing, slew the single folding jib forwards until the single folding jib locks into
the lock.
410 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
2. Insert the crank handle into the threaded bolt and turn clockwise until the threaded bolt is
fully extended.
Measures in the event of a stuck left-hand threaded bolt, refer to Measures

in the event of a stuck left-hand threaded bolt [} page 413].

ð The single folding jib has been slewed into working position and secured.
12.5.7 Erecting the sheave
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of crush injury when joining the connecting links.
Fingers and hands can be crushed when joining and aligning parts that are
to be pinned.
3. Do not reach into the gap between connecting links.
4. Do not reach into the holes into which pins are to be inserted.
Overview
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
A Transport position 1 Sheave

B Working position 2 Lever
3 Crank handle
4 Crank of the sheave
ATF 60G-3 411

2019-03_EN
Erecting the sheave

1. Attach crank handle to the lever. Pull the lever downwards with the crank handle.
2. Plug crank handle onto crank of the sheave.
3. Wind up the sheave to the end stop using the crank handle.
4. Push lever upwards with the crank handle.
ð Sheave is in working position.
12.5.8 Installing the hoisting rope
Safety instructions
WARNING
Overview
1 Sheave 2 Wire rope
Installing the wire rope

1. Remove all rope securing pins from all sheaves.
2. Unwind the wire rope to the head of the single folding jib.
NOTICE! Do not drag the wire rope on the ground, avoid slack rope.
3. Insert and secure all rope securing pins.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ð The wire rope is mounted.
12.5.9 Final activities

1. Select jib in the crane control, refer to "Selection of the jib" menu [} page 203].
412 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
12.5.10 Measures in the event of a stuck left-hand threaded bolt
Introduction
Due to the single folding jib's own weight, it is possible that the top left-hand threaded bolt can-
not be screwed in through the top left-hand link on the boom head. This chapter describes how
to relieve the load on the top left-hand threaded bold in this case.
Bringing sheave into working position
Safety instructions
WARNING
to be pinned.
Overview
A Transport position 1 Sheave

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
B Working position 2 Lever

3 Crank handle
4 Crank of the sheave
Procedure
1. Attach crank handle to the lever. Pull the lever downwards with the crank handle.
ATF 60G-3 413

2019-03_EN
2. Plug crank handle onto crank of the sheave.

3. Wind up the sheave to the end stop using the crank handle.
4. Push lever upwards with the crank handle.
ð Sheave is in working position.
Installing the wire rope
Overview
1 Sheave 2 Wire rope
Procedure
2. Unwind wire rope up to the single-sheave boom top of the extension piece. Do not drag the
wire rope on the ground, avoid slack rope.
ð The wire rope is mounted.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
414 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Attaching wire rope to the fixing point with the rope socket
Overview
1 Fixing point 3 Wire rope

2 Rope socket 4 Pin
Requirements
▪ The anti-two-block device has been removed.
▪ The hook block has been removed.
Procedure
2. Attach and secure rope socket with pins to the fixing point.
ð The wire rope has been attached.
Aligning threaded bolt with top part of the link on the boom head
Procedure
1. Wind wire rope carefully until the load on the jib is relieved, and the top left-hand threaded
bolt is aligned with the top left-hand link.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
2. Plug crank handle into the left-hand threaded bolt and turn until the red marking is visible.
3. Unwind wire rope until the rope socket can be removed from the fixing point.
4. Remove rope socket from the fixing point.
ð The jib has been slewed into working position and pinned. The remaining mounting steps
can be carried out.
ATF 60G-3 415

2019-03_EN
12.6 Angling down the single folding jib
Requirements
▪ Setup mode of the crane control is activated, refer to Activating the setup mode of the crane
control [} page 263].
Overview

19 Rope socket
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
416 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview
A Hole 0° angle 42 Pin

B Hole 20° angle
C Hole 40° angle
Angling down the single folding jib

1. Wind wire rope until the pin is relieved from the load.
2. Remove the spring clip and pin.
3. Insert the pin into the 20° angle hole or the 40° angle hole and secure with a spring clip.
4. Unwind wire rope until the single folding jib has reached the desired angle position.
ð The single folding jib has been angled down.
Final activities
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1. Remove the rope socket from the fixing point.

ATF 60G-3 417

2019-03_EN
Requirements
Overview
1 Rope securing pin 3 Anti-two-block device weight

2 Fixing point 4 Sheave
Installing and securing wire rope

1. Place wire rope over all the sheaves.
2. Insert all rope securing pins and secure with spring clips.
ð Wire rope is mounted and secured.

1. Place the hook block ready in front of the jib end.
2. For reeving the hook block, see Mounting the hook block [} page 342].
3. Mount the anti-two-block device, see Mounting the anti-two-block device weight
[} page 357].
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
418 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Operating restriction in case of operation with jib
Overview
A Small telescopic boom angle, jib not 1 Angle of jib to ground

angled down
B Large telescopic boom angle, jib angled
down
Explanation
When a jib is installed, the telescopic boom can be raised up to a point where the jib has
reached a certain angle to the ground. Crane control impedes any further raising after reaching
this switch-off angle.
The angle of the jib to the ground results form the telescopic boom angle and the angle of the
jib.
When approaching the switch-off angle, the raising of the telescopic boom is decelerated.
In the case of a jib, a larger telescopic boom angle can be adjusted if the jib is lowered.
The switch-off angle depends on the following factors:
▪ Number of rope reeves.
▪ Length of the jib.
▪ Angle of the jib.
▪ Angle of the telescopic boom.
12.8 Function check

After installing the jib, perform a function test.
The following functions and components must be checked:
▪ Anti-two-block device.
▪ Anemometer.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
▪ Aircraft warning lamp *).
Check anti-two-block device

1. Wind hoisting winch until the hook block lifts the anti-two-block device weight.
ð Winding of the hoisting winch is stopped.
ATF 60G-3 419

2019-03_EN
Checking the anemometer

1. Check anemometer. To do this, have a second person rotate the anemometer.
ð The wind speed is shown in the main display of the crane control.
Checking the aircraft warning lamp *)

1. Press the Aircraft warning lamp switch *) on the instrument panel 1 in the superstructure
cab.
ð The aircraft warning lamp must be lit.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
420 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
12.9 Operating the single folding jib
12.9.1 Preparing mobile crane for operation
Requirements
▪ The single folding jib has been mounted.


[} page 201].



Activating the work mode of the crane control

Result
The mobile crane is ready for operation to lift loads.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 421

2019-03_EN
12.9.2 Superstructure cab – operator station
Overview
1 Right-hand crane control lever 4 Slewing brake foot pedal

2 Navigation control 5 Emergency control control unit
3 Accelerator pedal 6 Left-hand crane control lever
Right-hand crane control lever

▪ Raise and lower telescopic boom.
▪ Signal horn.
▪ Fast-approach.
▪ Toggle the left-hand crane control lever.
Left-hand crane control lever

WFN3RUWW2K2064139

▪ Extend and retract the telescopic boom.
▪ Raise and lower counterweight.
▪ Lock and unlock counterweight.
▪ Rotate the superstructure.
422 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
▪ Signal horn.
▪ Stop extending telescopic boom.
▪ Switch the automatic slewing brake on and off.
▪ Adjust working floodlights on telescopic boom.
Navigation control
Control of the main screen.
Accelerator pedal
Operating element for changing the engine speed.
For further information, refer to Accelerator pedal [} page 109].
Slewing brake foot pedal

Operating element for manually braking the slewing movement of the superstructure.
For further information, refer to Function of slewing brake pedal [} page 109].
Emergency control control unit

Control unit for controlling the telescoping speed when unrigging in the emergency control
mode.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 423

2019-03_EN
12.10 Removing the hook block
Requirements
Overview
1 Rope securing pin 2 Spring clip

1. Loosen all spring clips and remove all rope securing pins.
ð Rope securing pins have been removed.
Unreeving the hook block

1. Unreeve the hook block, see Decoupling the hook block [} page 305].
Final activities
2. Wind up the wire rope as far as the boom head.
3. Insert and secure all the rope securing pins of the jib.
▪ Insert and secure all the rope securing pins of the single folding jib.
12.11 Angling single folding jib back

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Requirements
424 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview

19 Rope socket
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 425

2019-03_EN
Overview
A Hole 0° angle 42 Pin

B Hole 20° angle
C Hole 40° angle
Procedure
Final activities
1. Remove the rope socket from the fixing point.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
426 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
12.12 Rewinding the hoisting rope to the telescopic boom
Safety instructions
WARNING
Rewinding the wire rope to the telescopic boom
Overview
1 Rope securing pin 2 Spring clip
Procedure
2. Wind the wire rope to the head of the telescopic boom.
NOTICE! Do not drag the wire rope on the ground, avoid slack rope.
ð Wire rope is wound on.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 427

2019-03_EN
12.13 Lowering the sheave
Safety instructions
WARNING
to be pinned.
Overview
A Working position 1 Sheave

B Transport position 2 Pin
3 Crank handle
Lowering the sheave

2. Wind down the sheave to the end stop using the crank handle.
3. Insert locking pins into the sheave and secure with all spring clips.
ð The sheave has been set down.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
12.14 Slewing single folding jib into transport position
▪ The angle between the jib and the telescopic boom is 0°.
428 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
▪ The hook block has been removed.
12.14.2 Preparing single folding jib for slewing
Safety instructions
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of accidents when slewing the jib.
When the jib is slewed, it can hit people or objects inside the slewing
range. This may lead to personal injuries or material damage.
1. There must be no people or objects in the jib's slewing range.
2. Select a suitable location for setting up and dismantling the jib on the
mobile crane.
3. Ensure that the telescopic boom is adjusted in horizontal position
(±1°).
Overview
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Stud bolt
1. Fix guiding rope to the head section of the single folding jib and secure it against slipping.
ATF 60G-3 429

2019-03_EN
2. Insert the crank handle into the threaded bolt and turn counterclockwise until the red mark-
ing is visible.
ð The single folding jib has been prepared for slewing.
12.14.3 Pinning single folding jib on right side of telescopic boom
Safety instructions
WARNING
Overview
1 Webbing 6 End stop

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
3 Threaded bolt, left 8 Lock

4 Threaded bolt, right 9 Guide rope
5 Threaded bolt for transport pin
Pinning single folding jib on right side of telescopic boom

1. Using the guiding rope, slew the single folding jib backwards.
430 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
2. Insert the crank handle into the threaded bolt for the transport pin and turn it clockwise until
the red marking is visible.
ð The right side of the single folding jib is connected to the boom head.
bolt is fully retracted.
ð The single folding jib has been pinned on the right side of the telescopic boom.
12.14.4 Slewing single folding jib into transport position
Overview
1 Webbing 3 Locking pin

2 Single folding jib 4 End stop
Slewing single folding jib into transport position

1. Attach the guide rope on the attachment point of the single folding jib.
2. Put crank handle on the square of the rope winch and wind the guide rope until the single
folding jib strikes the end stop.
4. Insert the locking pins and spring clips.
5. Relieve tension of guide rope.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

ð The single folding jib has been slewed into transport position and secured.
ATF 60G-3 431

2019-03_EN
12.14.5 Slewing ramp into transport position
Overview
A Transport position 1 Spring clip

B Working position 2 Locking pin
3 Ramp — moving part
4 Ramp — rigid part
5 Hole
Slewing ramp into transport position

2. Slew the movable part of the ramp onto the rigid part of the ramp.
3. Insert the locking pin into the hole from below and secure it with the spring clip.
ð The ramp has been slewed into transport position.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
432 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
12.14.6 Removing the single folding jib from transport position on the telescopic
boom
Introduction
The single folding jib shall be removed depending on the axle loads.
For the axle loads, refer to Setting down counterweights in the transport position [} page 465].
Requirements
Overview
1 Attachment point (4 ea.)
Attaching the single folding jib

1. Attach the auxiliary crane to the attachment points of the single folding jib using suitable
slings.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 433

2019-03_EN
Removing single folding jib from transport position
Safety instructions
WARNING
Overview
1 Single folding jib 5 Lock

2 Attachment points 6 Ramp
3 Stud bolt 7 Locking pin
4 Crank handle
Removing the single folding jib

bolt is fully unlocked.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
3. Using the auxiliary crane, lift the single folding jib away from the telescopic boom.
ð The single folding jib is removed from the telescopic boom.
Final activities
1. Remove the slings of the auxiliary crane from the single folding jib.
434 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
13 Crane operation
13 Crane operation
13.1 General safety instructions
WARNING
Operating the crane without familiarizing adequately with mobile
crane!
Incorrect operations may cause accidents that may lead to material dam-
age and/or personal injuries.
1. The crane operator may work on the superstructure only after reading
the previous chapters and after familiarizing himself/herself with the
operating elements, safety instructions and warning devices.
2. The operator must especially observe all the following notes regarding
different operating states and the "Notes regarding load rating charts".
3. The mobile crane must be checked for its operational safety before
every crane operation.
4. Observe the safety instructions.
13.2 Slinging/lifting the load
WARNING
Risk of accidents when incorrectly slung loads fall to the ground.
If the load is not slung correctly, it may come off and fall to the ground.
When lifting multiple loads simultaneously, their equilibrium may be af-
fected and they may fall to the ground. This may lead to personal injuries
and material damage.
1. Sling as described in the operating manual.
2. Always sling only one load.
3. Use suitable and sufficiently dimensioned slings.
4. Follow the following points.
▪ Ropes must not be loaded beyond their maximum permissible load.

▪ When slinging the ropes, an opening angle of 120° may not be exceeded (the opening angle
is the angle between the ropes). The inclination angle is 60° in this case.
▪ At an inclination angle of 60°, the traction force in slinging ropes doubles. In such a case, the
ropes must be dimensioned for the double load.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 435

2019-03_EN
13 Crane operation
▪ Check the ropes for wear, breakages and strand breakage. Check the rope lock fastener.
▪ Do not use old or shortened load ropes as slinging ropes.
▪ For sharp-edged loads, attach suitable pads such as wood to prevent the slinging ropes and
the load from being damaged.
▪ End joints of ropes must comply with the intended use.
▪ Wire ropes may not be knotted.
▪ The legal regulations for the area of use must be adhered to.
13.3 Crane operation on outriggers
WARNING
Check the ground conditions.

Lock the suspension and support the mobile crane as specified so that it is in the horizontal po-
sition (pay attention to the circular spirit levels). All outrigger floats must hold. All wheels shall
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
have a distance of at least 5 cm to the ground.

When extending the outrigger beams to half the outrigger base, the applicable load rating chart
must be used and the correct values must be entered in the automatic safe load indicator.
The weight of the load to be lifted must be determined.
The hook block and rope falls must be dimensioned adequately.
The permissible values given in the load rating chart must be adhered to.
436 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
13 Crane operation
The weights of the hook block, slinging ropes, cross beams, etc. must be deducted from the lift-
ing capacity.
The selected load rating chart must be exactly identical to the desired working state.
The wind speed may not overshoot the values specified in the notes regarding the load rating
chart.
The wind contact surface may not overshoot the values specified in the notes regarding the load
rating chart.
The maximum permissible load may not be exceeded.
The crane movements (speeds) must be selected so that jerk-free working is possible.
Dragging is not allowed.
The load may be lifted and derricked only in the range of permissible values specified in load
rating charts.
The instruments, warning, indicator and pilot lamps as well as the control panel of the automatic
safe load indicator must be monitored when operating the crane.
The crane must always be operated with the minimum possible working radius.
Check whether the jib has been mounted correctly and the program of the automatic safe load
indicator is set to the required setup condition.
13.4 Crane operations on wheels
Requirements
▪ The ground is level, horizontal, and has sufficient load-bearing capacity.
▪ Axles are locked.
▪ An adequate program of the automatic safe load indicator has been selected.
Crane operations on wheels

For the principles refer to Crane operation on outriggers [} page 436].
Observe the notes regarding the load rating charts.
13.5 Operation with two hook blocks

The following specifications are applicable for operating with the hoisting
winch over the boom head and the auxiliary winch over a jib.
If two hoisting winches are available, the use of jib and single top socket
provides the option of placing the correspondingly positioned loads accur-
ately or using loads.
Requirement:
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
The jib or the single top has been mounted on the telescopic boom head as prescribed. The
mobile crane is supported as prescribed.
ATF 60G-3 437

2019-03_EN
13 Crane operation
WARNING
Lifting or releasing with the incorrect hoisting winch!
Components may be overloaded and may break. The load may fall. Risk
of accident.
1. A load must always be lifted or released with the component having
the least loading capacity.
2. The load must always be lifted or released completely.
WARNING
Incorrect entry in the automatic safe load indicator!
Components may be overloaded. The mobile crane may be overloaded
and may overturn. Risk of accident.
1. The values to be entered in the automatic safe load indicator must
match the configuration of the jib as well as the counterweight and the
outrigger base. Always enter the actual number of ropes available on
the jib.
The load ratings of the jib permissible for this case correspond to the maximum load ratings
specified in the respective load rating charts for the jib. The total load including the hook block
and all slings may not exceed the specified load ratings for the setup condition of the mobile
crane.
WARNING
Incorrect rope fall!
Incorrect rope fall may lead to the failure of the hoisting winch or the wire
rope on the telescopic boom head.
1. The reeving on the telescope boom head should never be less than
the reeving of the jib. It must always be either equal to or greater than
the reeving on the jib.
WARNING
Crossing and scuffing of wire ropes!
Wire ropes may break. The load may fall. Risk of accident.
1. When working with two wire ropes, guide the wire rope over the
sheaves such that crossing and scuffing are not possible.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
438 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
13 Crane operation
WARNING
Incorrect operation in the 2-hook mode!
Components may be overloaded. The mobile crane could turn over. Risk
of accident.
1. As a rule, every load must be lifted freely from the ground using the
hook block having the largest horizontal distance from the rotation
centre.
2. If the hook block on the telescope boom head is loaded in case of a lif-
ted load, the load display of the automatic safe load indicator displays
an incorrect value.
3. The telescopic boom should never be lowered when load is attached
to both of the hook blocks.
1. Freely lift the load using the auxiliary 1. Release the load using the auxiliary
winch. winch.
2. Lift the load using the main winch. 2. Set down the load using the main winch.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 439

2019-03_EN
13 Crane operation
13.6 Crane operation with remote control *)
Safety instructions
WARNING
NOTICE
Risk of accidents due to ignoring the indicators.
The indicators on the remote control are connected to the corresponding
indicators in the superstructure cab. Ignoring the indicators can cause ac-
cidents. This may lead to personal injuries and material damage.
1. Observe the indicators and take the necessary measures.
Due to the lack of an indicator on the remote control, the status of the tele-
scopes, of the tele-cylinder or its interlocks during telescoping cannot be
monitored in radio remote control operation. Display only in the control
panel of the automatic safe load indicator in the crane cab.
If a malfunction occurs in the telescope controller during telescoping, the
telescope can no longer be moved with radio remote control.
Troubleshooting is only possible in the crane cab, refer to Resetting tele-
scope manually.
When the remote control is active, the assignment of the crane control
levers and foot pedals *) indicator in the "Overview of crane information"
menus is hidden, refer to Overview of crane information.
Requirements
▪ The mobile crane is supported, refer to the operating manual for the carrier, chapter Outrig-
ging.
▪ Work mode of the automatic safe load indicator is activated.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Restrictions when operating the crane with remote control

Clear reduction in the speeds of the superstructure.
Activating crane operation with remote control

1. Connecting the remote control to the mobile crane, refer to Turning on/off *) the remote con-
trol [} page 297].
440 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
13 Crane operation
2. Operating the mobile crane with the remote control, functions of the remote control, refer to
Remote control *) [} page 135].
Deactivating crane operation with remote control

1. Switching off the remote control, refer to Turning on/off *) the remote control [} page 297].
13.7 One-sided heating of the boom due to solar radiation
WARNING
Boom overloaded!
The mobile crane may become unstable and overturn.
1. If the maximum angular load on the long telescopic boom or the jib is
to be utilized completely, the lateral deformation of the boom must be
checked visually before lifting the load.
In case of long-term solar radiation acting on one side of the telescopic boom, there is a temper-
ature difference between the sun-side and the shadow-side of the boom. This temperature dif-
ference between the two sides of the boom leads to bending or lateral deformation of the boom
owing to different thermal expansions.
A lateral deformation, if any, caused due to solar radiation may lead to the failure of the boom
owing to the developed stresses.
Before lifting the load, the mobile crane must therefore be rotated towards the sun such that
both sides of the boom have approximately the same temperature to ensure that there is no lat-
eral deformation owing to a temperature difference.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 441

2019-03_EN
13 Crane operation
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
442 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
14 Crane operation in winter
WARNING
Risk of accident due to snow and ice.
Roof loads such as snow and ice can endanger the operator as well as
other persons.
Layers of snow and ice form a dangerous covering on roof surfaces, plat-
forms and ladders of the mobile crane.
1. Remove unsafe roof loads such as snow and loose chunks of ice be-
fore starting work.
2. Remove snow and ice from windshields and mirrors before starting
work.
3. Remove snow and ice from the ladders and platforms before climbing
up.
4. Remove snow and ice from telescopic boom and jibs.
CAUTION
Freezing of uncovered skin.
In case of severe frost, uncovered skin can freeze onto bare metal sur-
faces.
1. Do not touch metal surfaces with uncovered skin.
2. Wear gloves to protect hands.
14.2 Engine
14.2.1 Fuel
NOTICE
Malfunctions due to incorrect fuel.
At low ambient temperatures, the fluidity of the diesel fuel is reduced. This
may lead to malfunctions.
1. Use the corresponding cold-resistant diesel fuels at low ambient tem-
peratures.
2. Follow the enclosed operating manual of the engine manufacturer.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 443

2019-03_EN
14.2.2 Engine oil
NOTICE
Damage to the engine due to incorrect engine oil.
Engine oil with incorrect viscosity can damage the engine.
1. Choose the SAE class corresponding to the expected ambient temper-
ature during the utilization period. For approved engine oils, please
refer to the fuel specifications of the engine manufacturer.
14.2.3 Coolant and anti-freeze
NOTICE
Damage to the engine due to missing antifreezing agent.
The coolant can freeze and damage the engine.
1. Check the antifreeze property of the coolant in time and increase the
percentage of antifreezing agents if required.
14.2.4 AdBlue in winter operation
Switching on the heating of the AdBlue tank

1. For switching on the heating of the AdBlue tank, refer to Superstructure auxiliary heater
[} page 280].
14.3 Hydraulic system
NOTICE
Damage to the hydraulic pump due to high speed at very low oil tem-
peratures.
Higher engine speeds and cold hydraulic oils can damage the hydraulic
pumps.
There is the risk of failure of hydraulic pumps.
1. Ensure that engine speeds are not high when cold hydraulic oils are
used.
2. Preheat the oil according to heating instructions.
3. Use hydraulic oil which is suitable for lower temperatures.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
At low ambient temperatures and with cold hydraulic oil, the Hydraulic oil filter warning lamp
may light up. The Hydraulic oil filter warning lamp goes out when the hydraulic oil has reached
the operating temperature.
If the Hydraulic oil filter warning lamp continues to glow when the hydraulic oil is warm, the hy-
draulic oil filters shall be changed.
444 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Pay attention to the minimum temperature limit of the oil.

The hydraulic oil used may still be used up to 10 °C below its minimum temperature limit.
If the ambient temperature is below this limit, use a suitable oil. Keep the recommended oils in
mind.
14.3.1 Heating instructions for hydraulic oils

The hydraulic oil will soon be brought closer to the operating temperature by lowering (moving
on the block) or by extending or retracting several times.
The maximum permissible operating temperature is approximately 70-80 °C.
14.3.2 Switching to another oil
NOTICE
Hydraulic pump damage due to choosing the wrong oil.
When the hydraulic system is operated with hydraulic oil such as Renolin
Xtreme Temp 46+, damage to the hydraulic pumps can occur at low tem-
peratures.
There is the risk of failure of hydraulic pumps.
1. Change oils and use the hydraulic oils specified for the ambient tem-
peratures.
The oil may only be changed at a specialist workshop.
14.4 Windshield washing system
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to freezing of wiper nozzles or too little glass
cleaning agent.
If the wiper nozzles freeze up, the windshields can no longer be cleaned
using the windshield washer system. The visibility may be limited. This
may lead to accidents. This could cause serious or fatal injuries.
1. Add sufficient anti-freeze.
2. Increase the percentage of the antifreezing agent corresponding to the
ambient temperature.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 445

2019-03_EN
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
446 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
15 Resetting
15.1 Removing the counterweight
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
or fatal injuries.
WARNING
Danger of accidents due to incorrect operation.
Errors when mounting/removing the counterweights may cause accidents.
1. Observe all following instructions.
Before the counterweights are set down, the mobile crane must be supported as specified.
Neither persons nor objects may be present in the slewing range.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Trigger a warning signal before attaching, removing or slewing.

Observe the legal regulations of the licensing country for "Ropes and hoisting equipment".
When counterweights are set down onto the counterweight resting surface of the carrier, the su-
perstructure and carrier must be locked together.
After completing the crane operation, the counterweights must be removed and transported
separately for the on-road travel by taking into account the legally permitted axle loads.
ATF 60G-3 447

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
Counterweight 2.1 t

2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.7 m
Counterweight 2.9 t

2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.3 m
Counterweight 1.2 t

2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.1 m
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
448 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
Counterweight 0.9 t

2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.1 m
Counterweight 1.2 t

2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.2 m
Balance weight

2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.1 m
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 449

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
15.1.3 Dismounting counterweight from the superstructure frame *)

ture.
Requirements

Safety instructions
WARNING
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

ers.
450 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
Overview


1. Attach the undermost 2.1 t counterweight and place it on the counterweight storage com-
partment such that it is held by the counterweight receiver. For the attachment points, refer
to Attachment points, weights and dimensions of the counterweights [} page 448].
2. Set the remaining counterweights of the counterweight variant down on the 2.1 t counter-
weight. For the attachment points, refer to Attachment points, weights and dimensions of
the counterweights [} page 448].
ð The counterweight variant has been set up in assembly position.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

ATF 60G-3 451

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
Introduction
▪ Fully extended.
tion.

als *) [} page 157].
has been reached.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

[} page 157].
452 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
Dismounting counterweight from the superstructure frame
1 Counterweight tab (4 ea.) 3 Spring clip (4 ea.)

2 Pin (4 ea.) 4 Handle
1. Loosen the spring clip and turn pin approx. 45°.

2. Pull the pin out of the counterweight tabs.
3. Remove the other pin from the counterweight tabs in the same way.
ð The pins of the counterweight have been removed from the superstructure.
4. Press and hold lower part of the Raise/lower counterweight pushbutton until the counter-
weight has been set down on the counterweight storage compartment.
ð Counterweight has been removed from the superstructure frame.

WFN3RUWW2K2064139

als *) [} page 157].
ATF 60G-3 453

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
[} page 157].
Result
The counterweight has been removed from the superstructure frame.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
454 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
15.1.4 Removing hoisting winch 2 *) or balance weight
Safety instructions
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to escaping consumables.
Grease or hydraulic oil can escape when the connections are attached or
released. Persons can slip. This may lead to personal injuries and material
damage.
1. Remove leaked hydraulic oil or lubricating grease immediately.
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to insufficient counterweight mass.
If neither the second hoisting winch nor the balancing counterweight is fit-
ted, the counterweight mass is not sufficient for crane operation. The mo-
bile crane could turn over.
This may lead to personal injuries or material damage.
1. Crane operation only with fitted second hoisting winch or fitted balan-
cing counterweight.
Attachment points, weights and dimensions of hoisting winch 2 *)

item 1
1.9 m x 0.9 m x 1.1 m
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 455

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
Attachment points, weights and dimensions of the counterweights
Counterweight 2.1 t

2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.7 m
Counterweight 2.9 t

2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.3 m
Counterweight 1.2 t

2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.1 m
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
456 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
Counterweight 0.9 t

2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.1 m
Counterweight 1.2 t

2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.2 m
Balance weight

2.5 m x 0.9 m x 0.1 m
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 457

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
Removing the hoisting winch 2 *)
Introduction
For crane operation, either hoisting winch 2 *) or 0.9 t balance weight shall be fitted to the su-
perstructure.
Requirement
▪ No counterweights are mounted.
Overview
1 Sealing cap 3 Centralized lubrication system line

2 Hydraulic connection 4 Electrical connection
Disconnecting hoisting winch 2 *)

1. Lean on and hook the ladder in at one of the attachment points.
2. Climb the ladder.
3. Hook the safety harness of the personal protective equipment into one of the holes provided
for this purpose.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
4. Disconnect the electrical line.

5. Disconnect the centralized lubrication system line.
6. Disconnect all hydraulic connections.
7. Place all caps on the connections of the hydraulic hoses.
ð Hoisting winch 2 *) is disconnected.
458 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
Overview
1 Hoisting winch 2 4 Ladder

2 Attachment points 5 Top pin
3 Bottom pin
Removing the hoisting winch 2 *)

1. Attach hoisting winch 2 at the four the attachment points using suitable slings.
2. Move hoisting winch 2 such that the bottom holes are free.
3. Remove the spring clips and remove both bottom pins.
4. Using the auxiliary crane, lift the hoisting winch 2 from the superstructure.
5. Insert both bottom pins into the superstructure frame and secure with spring clips.
6. Release the safety belt from the personal protective equipment.
7. Step off the ladder.
8. Remove and stow the ladder.
9. Remove and stow the slings.
10.Store the personal protective gear.
ð Hoisting winch 2 *) has been removed.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 459

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
Removing balance weight

ture.
Requirements

Safety instructions
WARNING
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

ers.
460 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
Overview


Introduction
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
▪ Fully extended.
ATF 60G-3 461

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
tion.

als *) [} page 157].
has been reached.
[} page 157].
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
462 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
Removing clamps of the balance weight
C Holding wedge 3 Counterweight on the superstructure frame

D Spring clip 5 Balance weight
E Retaining lug
F Retaining tab
H Holding clamp
1. Remove the spring clip and the holding wedge.

2. Remove the holding clamp.
3. Remove the holding clamp and the holding wedge on the other side in the same way.
ð Clamps of the balance weight have been removed.

als *) [} page 157].
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

ATF 60G-3 463

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting

[} page 157].
Result
The balance weight has been removed from the superstructure frame.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
464 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
15.1.5 Setting down counterweights in the transport position
Introduction
For transport of the mobile crane in public road traffic, the counterweights must be placed in the
different storage compartments in accordance with the permissible axle load.
Storage locations of the counterweights
10 t (22.046 lbs) axle load

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Counterweight 2.1 t (4630 lbs) 4 Counterweight 0.9 t (1984 lbs) (2 x)

2 Counterweight 2.9 t (6393 lbs) (2 x) 5 Counterweight 1.2 t (2646 lbs)
3 Counterweight 1.2 t (2646 lbs) 6 Balance weight or hoisting winch 2 *)
ATF 60G-3 465

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
Overview
A Carrier C Transport vehicle

B Superstructure
Vehicle equipment for 10 t axle load without jib

▪ 6x6 drive.
▪ Driver.
▪ Tyres 385/95 R25.
▪ 20 t hook block has hooked in for road travel.
Storage places
Counterweight variant A B C
0.0 t — — 1, 2 (2 x), 3, 4
(2x), 5, 6
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
466 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
Overview

B Superstructure
Vehicle equipment for 12 t axle load without jib

▪ 6x6 drive.
▪ Driver.
▪ Tyres 445/95 R25.
▪ The 6 t hook block is in the holder.
Storage places
5.1 t 1, 4 5, 6 2 (2 x), 3, 4
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 467

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
Overview

B Superstructure
Vehicle equipment for 12 t axle load with jib

▪ 6x6 drive.
▪ Driver.
▪ Tyres 445/95 R25.
Storage places
4.2 t 1 5, 6 2 (2 x), 3, 4 (2x)
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
468 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
Overview

B Superstructure

▪ 6x6 drive.
▪ Driver.
▪ Tyres 445/95 R25.
Storage places
7.2 t 1, 4 (2 x) 3, 6, 5 2 (2 x)
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 469

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
16.5 t axle load

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
470 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
Overview

B Superstructure

▪ 6x6 drive.
▪ Driver.
▪ Tyres 445/95 R25.
Storage places
13 t 1, 4 (2 x), 2, 3 2, 6, 5 —
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 471

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
15.2 Set down the hook block in the holder
15.2.1 Set down the hook block in the hook block holder on the carrier
Introduction
A 6 t hook block can be set down in the hook block holder on the carrier.
Overview
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Holder 2 6 t hook block
472 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
Weight of the hook block

Weight of the 6 t hook block: approx. 175 kg.
Requirements
▪ Slings of a sufficient size are available.
Setting down the hook block

1. Attach the hook block to the mobile crane.
2. Set down the hook block in the hook block holder on the carrier.
ð The hook block has been set down in the hook block holder on the carrier.
15.3 Attaching the hook block for road travel
Requirements
▪ The superstructure is slewed to the front.
▪ Slewing brake is engaged.
▪ The telescopic boom is retracted.
Hanging the hook block in the sliding coupling
1 Wire rope 3 Rope loop

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
2 Hook block 4 Sliding coupling
1. Position the hook block at the level of the carrier cab by either raising or lowering the tele-
scopic boom.
2. Mount the rope loop in the sliding coupling.
ATF 60G-3 473

2019-03_EN
15 Resetting
3. Slowly lower the hook block until the hook of the hook block can be attached to the rope
loop.
4. Attach the hook of the hook block into the rope loop.
5. Set down the telescopic boom in the boom rest and at the same time wind in the wire rope
slowly until the slinging rope and the wire rope no longer sag.
ð The hook block has been hung in the sliding coupling.
Final activities
2. Retract the carrier outrigger and change the outrigger floats to the driving position.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
474 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
16 Special equipment
16.1 "Hoisting winch 1" hour meter *)
Introduction
The hour meter counts the operating hours of the hoisting winch.
1 Hoisting winch 1 hour meter *)
16.2 "Hoisting winch 2" hour meter *)
Introduction
The hour meter counts the operating hours of the hoisting winch.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 475

2019-03_EN
1 Hoisting winch 2 hour meter *)
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
476 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
16.3 Hoisting winch camera
16.3.1 Camera for monitoring hoisting winch 1
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 477

2019-03_EN
Overview
1
1 Hoisting winch camera button
Activating and deactivating hoisting winch camera

Activating hoisting winch camera indicator
1. Press the Hoisting winch camera button.
ð The display shows the image of the hoisting winch camera.
Deactivating hoisting winch camera indicator
1. Press the Hoisting winch camera button again.
ð The image in the display disappears.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
478 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
16.3.2 Camera for monitoring hoisting winch 2 *)
Overview
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1
1 Hoisting winch camera button
ATF 60G-3 479

2019-03_EN
Activating and deactivating hoisting winch camera

Activating hoisting winch camera indicator
1. Press the Hoisting winch camera button.
ð The display shows the image of the hoisting winch camera.
Deactivating hoisting winch camera indicator
1. Press the Hoisting winch camera button again.
ð The image in the display disappears.
16.4 Single top
Safety instructions
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of accidents from crossing and scuffing the wire ropes.
If the wire ropes are reeved incorrectly during crane operation with two
hoisting winches, they can scuff and rip. The load may fall. This may lead
1. Reeve both wire ropes such that they do not touch each other.
NOTICE
Damage on the working floodlight in connection with a single top.
If the working floodlight is fitted together with a single top, the working
floodlight may be damaged.
1. Prior to driving mode with fitted single top, the working floodlight must
be removed so that the single top can be swivelled into transport posi-
tion.
2. Prior to crane operation, the single top must be swivelled into working
position to fit the working floodlight.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Requirements
▪ Slewing brake is engaged.
▪ The jib *) is in transport position.
480 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Slewing single top into working position
Overview
1 Single top 3 Spring clip

2 Pin
Slewing the single top onto the boom head

1. Remove spring clip and transport pin.
2. Slew the single top as far as it will go.
3. Insert transport pin an secure with spring clip.
ð The single top has been slewed into working position.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 481

2019-03_EN
Overview

2 Pin
Pinning the single top on the boom head

1. Remove spring clip, take pin out of the transport bracket.
2. Insert the pin and secure it with the spring clip.
ð The single top has been pinned and secured in working position.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
482 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Rope reeves of the wire ropes
Overview
1 Wire rope of hoisting winch 1 4 Anti-two-block device

2 Rope securing pin (3 ea.) 5 Blind socket
3 Anti-two-block device weight 6 Socket
1-fall reeving of rope when operating with hoisting winch 1

1. Remove all rope securing pins.
2. Place the wire rope over the sheave of the boom head and single top.
3. Fit all rope securing pins and secure them with all spring clips.
4. Mount the anti-two-block device weight.
5. Remove the dummy plug.
6. Unplug the plug connector from the blind socket and insert it into the socket.
7. Insert the dummy plug into the blind socket.
ð The wire rope for operation with hoisting winch 1 is reeved.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 483

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Socket 6 Anti-two-block device weight, hoisting

winch 2 *)
2 Anti-two-block device, hoisting winch 1 7 Rope securing pin (4 ea.)
3 Blind socket 8 Wire rope of hoisting winch 1
4 Anti-two-block device, hoisting winch 2 *) 9 Wire rope of hoisting winch 2 *)
5 Anti-two-block device weight, hoisting
winch 1
1-fall reeving of rope when operating with hoisting winch 1 and hoisting winch 2
1. Remove all rope securing pins.
2. Place the wire rope of hoisting winch 1 over the boom head.
3. Fit anti-two-block device weight to wire rope of hoisting winch 1.
4. Place wire rope of hoisting winch 2 over the sheave of the boom head and single top.
5. Fit all rope securing pins and secure with spring clips.
6. Fit anti-two-block device weight to wire rope of hoisting winch 2.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
7. Remove the dummy plug.

8. Unplug the plug connector from the blind socket and insert it into the socket.
9. Insert the dummy plug into the blind socket.
ð Wire ropes for operation with hoisting winch 1 and hoisting winch 2 are reeved.
484 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Fixing point 3 Wire rope

2 Hook block 4 Single top
2-fall reeving of rope when operating with hoisting winch 1

1. Guide wire rope over the single top as shown, reeve it into hook block and fix it at the fixing
point.
ð The hook block has been reeved with 2 falls at the single top.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 485

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Fixing point 4 Wire rope of hoisting winch 1 *)

2 Wire rope of hoisting winch 1 5 Single top
3 Hook block
1-fall reeving of wire rope 2 and multiple-fall reeving of wire rope 1
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to incorrect reeving of wire ropes.
If, in the case of crane operation with two wire ropes, the hook block at the
single top is reeved with 2 falls, and the hook block at the boom head is
reeved with multiple falls, the wire ropes may scuff. The wire ropes may
break, the load may fall. This may lead to personal injuries and material
damage.
1. For crane operation with two wire ropes, the hook block at the single
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
top may only be reeved with 1 fall.
1. Guide the wire ropes as shown over single top and boom head.
2. Reeve the hook block at the single top with 1 fall, the hook block at the boom head with
multiple falls (2-fall reeving is depicted).
ð The hook block at the single top has been reeved with 1 fall, the hook block at the boom
head has been reeved with multiple falls.
486 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Slewing single top into transport position
Requirement
▪ The wire rope of hoisting winch 1 and hoisting winch 2 *) has been unreeved, wound and
fixed to the hoisting winch frame.
Overview

2 Pin
Releasing single top

1. Remove spring clips and pins.
2. Insert pin into the hole of the transport bracket and secure with spring clip.
ð Single top has been released.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 487

2019-03_EN
Overview

2 Spring clip 5 Pin
3 Transport pin
Slewing single top into transport position

1. Remove spring clip and transport pin.
2. Slew the single top as far as it will go.
3. Insert transport pin an secure with spring clip.
ð Single top has been slewed into transport position and secured.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
488 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
16.5 Heavy-duty lift 60 t lifting load
16.5.1 Introduction
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to incorrect work during heavy-duty lift.
When working incorrectly during heavy-duty lift, the load may fall, the wire
rope may scuff and break, or the mobile crane may tip. This could cause
serious or fatal injuries.
1. Observe the maximum permissible lifting load, refer to the load rating
charts.
2. Maximum counterweight variant has been mounted on the superstruc-
ture.
3. Make sure the wire rope can move freely.
4. Only reeve the wire rope as shown.
Definition
For the heavy-duty lift the short tip is required.
Requirements
▪ The mobile crane is supported as prescribed.
▪ The anti-two-block device is removed.
▪ 5-sheave hook block with suitable lifting capacity for the job is provided.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 489

2019-03_EN
16.5.2 Preparing short tip for heavy-duty lift

1. Slew short tip into working position, refer to Slewing short tip into the working position
[} page 380].
2. Angle short tip down to 40º, refer to Angling down short tip, with rope winch *) [} page 384]
or Angling down short tip, with wire rope of the hoisting winch [} page 385].
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ð The short tip his working position for the heavy-duty lift.
490 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
16.5.3 Reeving wire rope
Overview
1 Spring clip 2 Rope securing pin

1. Remove the top block rope securing pin.
2. Remove the short tip rope securing pin.
3. Remove the hook block rope securing pin.
Overview
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Hook block 4 Anti-two-block device

2 Short tip 5 Anti-two-block device weight
3 Top block
ATF 60G-3 491

2019-03_EN
Reeving wire rope
Overview
A Sheave, wire rope of hoisting winch 1

B Sheave, wire rope of hoisting winch 2
C Top block
D Hook block
E Wire rope anchorage
F Short tip
Reeving wire rope

1. Unwind sufficient wire rope.
2. Reeve wire rope between top block, short tip, and hook block.
3. Install anti-two-block device weight and connect to anti-two-block device.
ð The wire rope is reeved.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
492 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview
Installing rope securing pins

1. Insert the top block rope securing pin.
2. Insert the short tip rope securing pin.
3. Insert the hook block rope securing pin.
ð The rope securing pins have been inserted.
16.5.4 Operation
▪ The mobile crane is supported as prescribed.
▪ The telescopes are fully retracted.
▪ The superstructure is slewed to the back.
▪ Superstructure is locked.
▪ The work mode of the automatic safe load indicator is selected.
16.5.5 Unreeving the wire rope
Overview
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 493

2019-03_EN

1. Remove the top block rope securing pin.
2. Remove the short tip rope securing pin.
3. Remove the hook block rope securing pin.
Overview
1 Hook block 4 Anti-two-block device

2 Short tip 5 Anti-two-block device weight
3 Top block
Unreeving the wire rope

1. Disconnect anti-two-block device weight from anti-two-block device and remove anti-two-
block device weight.
2. Unreeve and wind wire rope .
ð The wire rope is unreeved. WFN3RUWW2K2064139
494 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview
Installing rope securing pins

1. Insert the top block rope securing pin.
2. Insert the short tip rope securing pin.
3. Insert the hook block rope securing pin.
ð The rope securing pins have been inserted.
16.5.6 Slewing the short tip into transport position

1. Slewing the short tip into transport position, refer to Slewing the short tip into transport posi-
tion [} page 395].
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 495

2019-03_EN
16.6 Load view camera *)
Introduction
For more information, refer also to the description of the Load view camera [} page 000] in the
annex.
Fitting and removing load view camera *)
Safety instructions
WARNING
NOTICE
Damage on the load view camera in driving mode, during rigging or
unrigging.
If the load view camera is mounted in driving mode, during rigging or un-
rigging, it can get damaged.
1. Fit load view camera only for the duration of crane operation.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
496 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
A Telescopic boom B Single folding jib
Overview
1 Holder 3 Spring clip

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
2 Load view camera 4 Load view camera socket
Procedure – Fitting load view camera*)

1. Plug load view camera onto the holder and secure with a spring clip.
2. Plug cable of the load view camera into the Load view camera socket.
ð Load view camera is ready for use.
ATF 60G-3 497

2019-03_EN
Procedure – Removing load view camera*)

1. Pull cable of the load view camera out of the Load view camera socket.
2. Pull spring clip out of holder.
3. Take load view camera off of holder and stow it.
ð Load view camera has been removed.
Adjusting the receiver
Introduction
The camera image is transmitted from the load view camera to the receiver via a radio link. The
receiver of the load view camera has been adjusted in the factory for the various possible in-
stallation locations of the load view camera on the telescopic boom or on the jib. If necessary,
the receiver can be adjusted retroactively.
If the receiver exceeds the maximum vehicle height in driving mode, it must be folded down
prior to changing to driving mode.
Overview
1 Load view camera *) with transmitter 3 Wing bolt

2 Receiver 4 Maximum vehicle height in driving mode
Explanation
Both, the transmitter and receiver, are equipped with a ball joint. Before adjusting, the wing bolt
must be loosened.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Requirements
▪ A second person is ready to assist.
▪ Communication with the second person is ensured, e.g. via radio.
▪ A fall protection is provided. While staying on the superstructure, the second person must be
secured with the fall protection.
498 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Procedure
1. Adjust the transmitter in horizontal position on the load view camera.
2. Fit load view camera.
3. Fully raise the telescopic boom.
4. Instruct the second person to climb to the receiver on the superstructure.
5. If no camera image is displayed, instruct the second person to adjust the receiver. Watch
the Load view camera monitor while doing so.
6. Lowering telescopic boom until the load view camera is suspended just above the super-
structure cab.
7. If no camera image is displayed, instruct the second person to adjust the receiver. Watch
the Load view camera monitor while doing so.
ð The receiver has been adjusted.
Switching the load view camera *) on and off
Overview
1 Load view camera monitor 2 Load view camera switch
Procedure – Switching on load view camera *)

1. Press lower part of Load view camera switch.
ð The load view camera has been switched on. The lamp on the Load view camera switch is
lit.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Procedure – Switching off load view camera *)

1. Press upper part of Load view camera switch.
ð The load view camera has been switched off. The lamp in the Load view camera switch
goes out.
ATF 60G-3 499

2019-03_EN
16.7 Fitting and removing swinging working floodlight
Safety instructions
WARNING
NOTICE
Damage on the working floodlight in connection with a single top.
If the working floodlight is fitted together with a single top, the working
floodlight may be damaged.
1. Prior to driving mode with fitted single top, the working floodlight must
be removed so that the single top can be swivelled into transport posi-
tion.
2. Prior to crane operation, the single top must be swivelled into working
position to fit the working floodlight.
Overview
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Working floodlight socket 3 Working floodlight

2 Spring clip
Fitting swinging working floodlight

1. Plug working floodlight onto the holder and secure with spring clip.
500 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
2. Connect cable of the working floodlight at the Working floodlight socket.

ð The working floodlight is ready for use.
Removing swinging working floodlight

1. Disconnect cable of the working floodlight at the Working floodlight socket.
2. Pull spring clip out of holder.
3. Take working floodlight off of holder and stow it.
ð The working floodlight has been removed.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 501

2019-03_EN
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
502 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
17 Troubleshooting
17 Troubleshooting
17.1 General hints

The following table will help you in quickly finding the cause in case of a failure of or a fault in a
specific function of the device and also in rectifying the same.
A troubleshooting table does not replace an expert. If the cause of a fault cannot be identified or
rectified using the table, please contact our TADANO After-sales Service.
17.2 Engine
Introduction
Engine-specific faults and their remedy are given in the operating manual of the engine manu-
facturer.
Possible causes and rectification
Fault Possible cause Rectification

The superstructure cannot be Air in the fuel system. Bleed the fuel system.
started. No electrical connection between The battery main switch is not
(For other possible causes, see the battery and the consumer. switched on. Press the switch in
Electrical system [} page 507].) the superstructure instrument
panel.
The switch in the superstructure Toggle the switch.
(OW) is at an incorrect switch
position.
The ignition starter switch is de- Replace the switch.
fective or the electrical plug con- Check the plug connections.
nection is loose.
Unlock Emergency stop switch.
The engine is running irregularly The air cleaner is contaminated. Change the filter inserts, clean
or the power is too less. the filter head. (follow the main-
tenance indicator)
Air-inlet pipes are leaky. Check the inlet system for leak
tightness. Tighten the hose
clamps.
The function of the injection sys- Get it checked in a specialist
tem is defective. workshop.
Excessive coolant temperature Cooler fins are contaminated or Clean the fins or blow out using
even while the engine is not the V-belts of the fan are ripped. compressed air; replace V-belts
loaded (indicator on the on-board if required.
computer display is lit). Cooling system is leaky. Check the system for leak tight-
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ness.
Cooling water level is too low (in- Cooling water hose connections Tighten the hose clamps.
dicator on the on-board com- are leaky.
puter display is lit). The pressure relief valve of the Check the functioning of the
expansion tank is defective. pressure relief valve and replace
it if required.
Porous cooling water hoses. Replace all hoses.
ATF 60G-3 503

2019-03_EN
17 Troubleshooting

Drain plug loosened or leaky. Tighten the drain plug and re-
place the sealing tape if required.
Fill the remaining volume of cool-
ing water.
The engine cannot be switched Electrical connections are loose Insert the cable lugs or replace
off. or the switch is defective. the switch.
AdBlue fill level monitoring® Low AdBlue® fill level. Fill up AdBlue®.
warning lamp is lit.
17.3 Superstructure hydraulic system - general

Hydraulic oil filter contamination Filter cartridges are contamin- Change the filter cartridges.
indicator lights up at operating ated.
temperature.
The hydraulic system does not Air in the system. Bleed the hydraulic system.
deliver the complete output. Pilot pressure is too low (control Pressure limiting valve: Check
oil supply). the pressure setting and reset it
if required. Check the pressure
at the measuring connection.
The pump control signal is not Measure the current of the pump
available or is only partially avail- controller.
able.
The pressure limiting setting is Check the pressure and reset it if
not correct. required.
The replenishing valve is con- Clean the valve.
taminated.
The pump controller or hydraulic Check the pumps and the con-
pumps are defective. troller setting and repair them if
required.
The oil viscosity is incorrect. Fill in the prescribed oil depend-
ing on the ambient temperature.
Excessive noises of hydraulic Hydraulic pumps are sucking air. Stop the hydraulic pumps imme-
pumps. diately. Check the leak tightness
and the oil level of the hydraulic
system and top up oil if required.
Hydraulic pumps are defective. Repair or replace the hydraulic
pumps.
The stopcock is closed. Open the stopcock.
The superstructure hydraulic The left seat bracket is not folded Fold-down the armrest to release
system is not functioning. down completely. the switch functions.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
The switch is defective. Replace the switch.

Hydraulic pumps are defective. Repair or replace the hydraulic
pumps.
The mechanical connection with Check the screw joints.
the pumps has loosened.
AML switch off. Select the correct AML program.
The pilot signal is missing. Check the control unit.
504 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
17 Troubleshooting

Hydraulic oil temperature is too The oil cooler is contaminated. Clean the oil cooler.
high. (For other possible causes, see
the Electrical system section.)
17.4 Swing mechanism

The slewing gear moves very Control oil pressure is too low. Check the pressure at the test
slowly. connection.
The crane control lever is defect- Replace the crane control lever.
ive.
Axial piston motor defective. Repair or replace it.
The slewing gear pump is defect- Repair or replace it.
ive.
The pump control valve is defect- Replace the valve.
ive.
The slewing gear slews only in The crane control lever is defect- Replace the crane control lever.
one direction. ive.
The non-return valve in the 3- Replace the valve.
stage control block is defective.
The slewing gear cannot be Discs are worn out. Replace the complete disc set.
braked. The solenoid valve is defective. Replace the solenoid valve.
The slewing gear does not func- The brake does not open. Check the hydraulic pressure.
tion even after actuating the The crane control lever is defect- Replace the crane control lever.
crane control lever. ive.
The Slewing gear locked pilot Proximity switch in the carrier is Replace the proximity switch.
lamp does not light up even if the defective.
superstructure lock is actuated.
The slewing brake cannot be re- Hydraulic pressure is too low. Check the pressure at the test
leased. connection.
17.5 Telescoping system

The boom extends and retracts No lubrication of the boom slid- Lubricate as per the greasing
in a jerky motion. ing surfaces and wear plates. chart, reset the wear plates or re-
place them if required.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Air in the cylinder. Bleed the cylinder.

The telescope section does not Fuses of the tele-control are de- Replace the fuses.
extend or retract any longer. fective.
The relay of the tele-control is Replace the relay
defective.
The solenoid valve is defective. Replace the solenoid valve (see
electric circuit diagrams).
ATF 60G-3 505

2019-03_EN
17 Troubleshooting

No fast-approach while extend- The fast run valve in the valve Replace the valve.
ing. block is defective.
The pushbutton in the crane con- Replace the pushbutton.
trol lever is defective.
17.6 Derrick

The luffing cylinder sinks. Air in the cylinder. Bleed the cylinder.
The brake valve is defective. Replace the valve.
The upward and downward der- Control pressure is too low. Reset the control pressure.
rick movements are very slow. The control piston in the 2-stage Replace the valve.
control block is defective.
The brake valve is defective. Replace the brake valve.
The sintered filter in the brake Replace the filter.
valve is clogged.
The derrick cannot be lowered. The brake valve is defective. Replace the valve.
The pressure limiting valve is de- Replace the valve.
fective.
The sintered filter is clogged. Replace the filter.
No fast-approach while raising. The fast run valve in the valve Replace the valve.
block is defective.
The pushbutton in the crane con- Replace the pushbutton.
17.7 Hoisting winch

The load is lowered slowly or in a The hydro-multi-disc brake is Replace the complete disc set.
jerky motion when the hand con- worn out.
trol lever is set to the middle pos- The freewheeling is defective. Replace the freewheeling.
ition.
The hoisting winch turns too Control oil pressure is too low. Check the pressure at the test
slowly. connection.
The sintered filter is contamin- Replace the filter.
ated.
The hoisting winch is too slow The replenishing valve is leaky. Replace the valve.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
while lowering.
Hoisting winch without function. AML has switched off. Re-actuate the AML.
The anti-two-block device is Lower load or replace the anti-
switched off or is defective. two-block device.
The crane control lever is defect- Replace the crane control lever.
ive.
The valve in the 1-stage control Replace the valve.
block is defective.
506 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
17 Troubleshooting

The hoisting winch motor is de- Replace hoisting winch motor.
fective.
No fast-approach. The fast run valve in the valve Replace the valve.
block is defective.
The pushbutton in the crane con- Replace the crane control lever.
17.8 Counterweight

Weights automatically lower The counterweight cylinder is Replace the cylinder seals and
slowly. leaky. replace the cylinder if required.
Air in the cylinder. Bleed the cylinder.
The load retaining valve is de- Replace the valve.
fective.
Weights cannot be locked or un- The valve in the 3-stage control Replace the valve.
locked. block is defective.
The slew motor of the cylinder is Replace the slew motor.
defective.
Counterweight cylinders are not Extend the cylinders completely;
extended completely. the pilot lamp must remain lit up.
Counterweight cylinders lower The nozzle in the flow divider is Clean the nozzle.
unevenly. clogged.
Weights cannot be lowered or lif- The valve in the 3-stage control Replace the valve.
ted. block is defective.
Counterweight cylinders are re- Hydraulic pressure is too low. Check the pressure at the meas-
tracted or extended very slowly. uring connection.
Pilot pressure is too low. Check the pressure at the meas-
uring connection.
17.9 Electrical system

No current when the ignition is No connection between the earth Switch on the battery main
switched on. and the battery. switch.
The battery relay is defective or Replace the battery relay and/or
the cables are loose. fix the cables.
The ground strap is loose. Tighten the strap.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
The superstructure engine can- The fuse is defective. Replace the fuse.
not be started. The starter is defective. Repair or replace the starter.
Ignition starter switch defective. Replace the switch.
Hydraulic oil temperature is too The temperature switch of the Replace the switch.
high (the symbol on the CGC cooler motor is defective.
display lights up).
ATF 60G-3 507

2019-03_EN
17 Troubleshooting

The cooler controller relay is de- Replace the relay (also see the
fective. Relay chart, chapter C Mainten-
ance and repair of superstruc-
ture).
The cooler motor or the fuse is Replace the motor or the fuse
defective. (also see Fuses, chapter C Ser-
vice and maintenance of super-
structure).
17.10 Auxiliary heater

Auxiliary heater switches off. Overheating (fault code F10). ▪ Let the heater cool down.
▪ Check the coolant level on
the expansion tank and top
up if necessary.
▪ Press the temperature lim-
iter button on the heater.
▪ Bleed the heater.
▪ Restart the heater.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
508 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
18 Self-help
18 Self-help
18.1 Bleeding the fuel system
Introduction
The following measures must be taken if dirt or air has got into the fuel system:
▪ Replace the filter element.
▪ Clean the fuel system.
▪ Bleed the fuel system.
The fuel system must be bled with the hand pump after the following events:
▪ The fuel tank was entirely emptied.
▪ The fuel filter has been replaced.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 509

2019-03_EN
18 Self-help
Overview
1 Bleed screw 2 Pump plunger
Requirements
▪ The fuel is topped up.
▪ The fuel filter has been replaced if necessary.
▪ A suitable container has been placed under the water separator.
Bleeding the fuel system and delivering fuel

1. Open the bleeder screw.
2. Operate the pump plunger until fuel flows out without any bubbles.
3. Catch overflowing fuel in a suitable container and pour back into the fuel tank.
4. Tighten the bleeder screw.
5. Start the engine. In case of starting problems, ask an assistant to actuate the pump plunger
until the engine runs smoothly.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
510 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
18 Self-help
18.2 Measures in case of an overheated engine
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of injury!
The cooling system is under excess pressure. Hot coolant may spray out
when the system is opened, causing burns to the skin or eyes.
➢ The coolant tank may be opened only when the coolant temperature
drops below 90 °C.
1. Loosen the cap slowly using safety gloves or a cloth and release the
excess pressure completely before opening.
NOTICE
Cold shock due to excessively cold coolant!
If excessively cold water is filled in the overheated engine too quickly, the
engine may get damaged. Always fill the coolant gradually.
If the coolant is not available, tap water can also be used temporarily. The
tap water must be replaced with a regular coolant and, if required, the
cooling system must be cleaned in the nearest workshop.
Overview
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Coolant tank
Procedure – Topping up coolant

1. Remove the cap of the coolant tank. If the coolant level is too low, fill coolant tank approx-
imately up to half with coolant.
ATF 60G-3 511

2019-03_EN
18 Self-help
2. Check engine for coolant leaks.

3. Place and close sealing cap of the coolant tank.
18.3 Starting/stopping the engine with the start/stop pushbutton
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of injury due to rotating parts.
Body parts may be severed by rotating parts. This could cause serious or
fatal injuries.
1. Carry out maintenance work only when the engine is switched off.
2. Only remove engine cover for maintenance work or in case of emer-
gency.
3. When working in the immediate proximity of the engine, make sure
that you do not touch or get too close to rotating parts.
4. Wear close-fitting clothes, tie up long hair and protect it with a hair net.
WARNING
Risk of burns on hot engine parts.
The engine and pipes will be hot while the engine is running, as well as
some time after switching off the engine. Contact may lead to severe
burns.
1. Do not touch hot parts when operating the emergency start/stop func-
tion of the engine.
WARNING
Risk of accidents when using the emergency start/stop function.
When starting the engine with the emergency start function and driving the
mobile crane in case of a fault, it is possible that the engine cannot be
switched off in time. This may result in an accident.
1. The emergency start/stop function may only be used to drive the mo-
bile crane out of a danger zone.
Open the engine cover to gain access and be able to press the emergency
operations.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Requirements
▪ Gear pre-selection switch is set in N position.
▪ The ignition in the carrier has been switched on.
512 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
18 Self-help
▪ Engine is switched off.
1 Engine start/engine stop pushbutton
Procedure – Starting engine

1. Press Engine start/engine stop pushbutton.
ð Engine starts and runs in idle.
2. Release Engine start/engine stop pushbutton.
3. Close maintenance hatch / panelling.
ð The engine has been started.
Procedure – Switching off engine

➢ Engine is running.
1. Press and release Engine start / engine stop pushbutton.
ð Engine is switched off.
Procedure – Starting the engine and increasing the engine speed

1. Press and hold Engine start/engine stop pushbutton.
ð Engine starts and runs in idle. 3 seconds after engine start, the engine speed reaches
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
the maximum.
ð The engine will continue to run at the current engine speed.
ATF 60G-3 513

2019-03_EN
18 Self-help
Procedure – Turning engine

➢ Ignition is switched on and the engine is not running.
1. Switch off triggering of the injection pump unit with STAR DIAGNOSIS (Daimler AG dia-
gnostic device).
2. Press Engine start/engine stop pushbutton.
ð The engine turns without starting.
ð The engine stops.
4. Switch on triggering of the injection pump unit with STAR DIAGNOSIS (Daimler AG dia-
gnostic device).
ð Engine has been turned.
18.4 Starting the engine with help from external current
18.4.1 Starting the engine with help from jump leads
Connecting the jump leads
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of explosion from oxyhydrogen gas.
Risk of injury from escaping acid gases.
1. Wear safety goggles and acid-proof safety gloves.
2. Donor batteries and mobile crane batteries must have the same
voltage (24 V).
3. Avoid a short circuit using reverse polarity (positive to positive, negat-
ive to negative).
4. Comply with the order sequence for connecting the jump leads.
5. Make sure the jump lead's pole terminals are seated firmly.
NOTICE
Failure of vehicle electronics caused by errors when jump starting.
Errors when jump starting can cause the vehicle electronics to fail.
1. Donor batteries and mobile crane batteries must have the same
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
voltage (24 V).

2. Avoid a short circuit using reverse polarity (positive to positive, negat-
ive to negative).
3. Comply with the order sequence for connecting the jump leads.
4. Make sure the jump lead's pole clamps are seated firmly.
514 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
18 Self-help
Overview
1 Battery (2 ea.)
Requirements
▪ The mobile crane's engine, ignition and battery main switch are switched off.
▪ The engine, ignition and battery main switch are switched off on the vehicle containing the
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
donor battery.
▪ The batteries are connected to the vehicles' system as specified.
▪ The jump leads have a diameter of at least 16 mm².
▪ Maintenance hatch on the superstructure is open.
ATF 60G-3 515

2019-03_EN
18 Self-help
Overview
1 Positive pole of the recipient battery 4 Negative pole of the recipient battery
2 Positive pole of the donor battery 5 Donor battery
3 Negative pole of the donor battery 6 Recipient battery
Note the order sequence for connecting the jump leads.

1. Connect the first red pole terminal of the jump lead to the positive pole of the recipient bat-
tery.
2. Connect the second red pole terminal to the positive pole of the donor battery.
3. Connect the black pole terminal of the jump lead to the negative pole of the donor battery.
4. Connect the second black pole terminal of the jump lead to the negative pole of the recipi-
ent battery.
Starting the engine

1. Start the engine of the donor vehicle and let run in idle.
2. Start attempt in the recipient vehicle: Switch on the battery main switch, switch on the igni-
tion, start the engine.
3. After starting the engine of the recipient vehicle, let it run for a few minutes.
Disconnecting the jump leads
CAUTION
Risk of burns on hot shunt cable.
The terminals and cables of the jump leads may have become hot during
the starting sequence. This may result in burns to the hands.
1. Wear work gloves.
2. Hold the jump leads using the handles.
3. Do not touch the bare parts of the cable terminals without gloves.
Note the order sequence for releasing the jump leads.

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1. Disconnect the first black pole terminal of the jump lead from the negative pole of the recipi-
ent battery.
2. Disconnect the second black pole terminal of the jump lead from the negative pole of the
donor battery.
3. Disconnect the first red pole terminal of the jump lead from the positive pole of the recipient
battery.
516 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
18 Self-help
4. Disconnect the second red pole terminal of the jump lead from the positive pole of the donor
battery.
5. Attach the battery compartment cover.
18.4.2 Starting the engine with help from jump start socket *)
Overview
1 Charging socket 2 Jump start socket
Requirements
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

▪ The engine, ignition and battery main switch are switched off on the vehicle containing the
donor battery.
▪ All batteries are connected to the vehicles' system as specified.
▪ Both vehicles are equipped with 24 V systems.
ATF 60G-3 517

2019-03_EN
18 Self-help
▪ Suitable connecting cable with a cross section of at least 16 mm², and appropriate connect-
ors are provided.
Inserting connecting cable between the jump start sockets

1. Open the cover of the jump start socket of the vehicle receiving the power supply.
2. Open the cover of the jump start socket of the vehicle containing the donor battery.
3. Connect both jump start sockets using the jump leads.
Starting the engine

1. Start the engine of the donor vehicle and let run in idle.
2. Start attempt in the recipient vehicle: Switch on the battery main switch, switch on the igni-
tion, start the engine.
3. After starting the engine of the recipient vehicle, let it run for a few minutes.
Removing connecting cable between the jump start sockets

1. Remove connecting cable from both jump start sockets.
2. Close jump start socket cap on both vehicles.
3. Stow away the jump leads.
18.5 Charging batteries
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to short-circuited battery.
A short-circuited battery may generate very high amperages. This may
cause electric shocks and fires. This may lead to accidents involving per-
sonal injuries or material damage.
1. Avoid metallic contact between the battery's positive pole and the mo-
bile crane.
2. Do not bridge the battery's poles.
3. Do not touch a short-circuited battery and leave the mobile crane.
4. If necessary, call for the fire brigade.
WARNING
Risk of chemical burns due to escaping battery acid.
Batteries contain gases and liquids which can cause significant bodily
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
harm when coming into contact with skin, eyes, and mucous membranes.
2. In case of contact with eyes or skin, immediately rinse thoroughly with
clear water.
3. After rinsing, seek medical attention.
518 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
18 Self-help
18.5.2 Charging batteries with charger
Overview
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Battery (2 ea.) 3 Negative pole

2 Positive pole
ATF 60G-3 519

2019-03_EN
18 Self-help
Requirements
▪ The mobile crane is parked horizontally on level ground.
▪ Battery main switch switch is switched off.
▪ Operating voltage of the battery charger: 24 V direct current.
Charging battery
1. Open the maintenance hatch.
2. Disconnect the battery's negative pole.
3. Disconnect the battery's positive pole.
4. Connect both battery charger cables to the battery.
5. Connect battery charger to the mains supply.
6. Switch the battery charger on.
Observe the instructions in the battery charger manufacturer's operating manual.
ð The battery is charged.
Charging process finished

1. Switch battery charger off when the charging process has finished.
2. Disconnect battery charger from the mains supply.
3. Disconnect both battery charger cables from the battery.
4. Connect the battery's positive pole.
5. Connect the battery's negative pole.
6. Close the maintenance hatch.
18.5.3 Charging batteries through the charging socket *)
Safety instructions
CAUTION
Risk of accidents when using charging socket for jump starting.
When using the charging socket for jump-starting, it may lead to short cir-
cuits due to high amperages. This may lead to accidents involving per-
1. Only use the charging socket to charge the batteries.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
520 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
18 Self-help
Overview
1 Charging socket 2 Jump start socket
The charging socket is located close to the battery.
Requirements
▪ Battery main switch switch is switched off.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
▪ Operating voltage of the battery charger: 24 V direct current.
Charging batteries
1. Open the charging socket cover.
2. Connect the battery charger cable to the charging socket.
ATF 60G-3 521

2019-03_EN
18 Self-help
3. Switch the battery charger on.

Observe the instructions in the battery charger manufacturer's operating manual.
ð The battery is charged.
Charging process finished

1. Switch battery charger off when the charging process has finished.
2. Disconnect the battery charger cable from the charging socket.
3. Close the charging socket cover.
18.6 Override length sensor of the outrigger system

When one or more length sensors fail, you can help yourself briefly as follows:
1. Override the length sensors of the outrigger system.
2. Enter the measured or a smaller outrigger extension manually into the crane control.
After completing the crane operation, have the outrigger length sensors re-
paired by the nearest TADANO specialist workshop or the nearest
TADANO dealer.
For switching on / switching off the length sensor override, refer to description "Selection of out-
riggers" menu [} page 196].
As long as the fault is not remedied, the mobile crane is not ready for oper-
ation.
18.7 Overriding anti-two-block device
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accidents when the anti-two-block device is overridden.
When the anti-two-block device has been overridden, the hook block can
come into contact with the boom head or the jib. The wire rope may break
and the load may fall. This could cause serious or fatal injuries.
1. Only use the override of the anti-two-block device when rigging or in
case of a fault in the crane control.
2. In the event of an override of the anti-two-block device, only work with
a banksman, extreme caution, and at minimum speed.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
522 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
18 Self-help
Overview
1 Anti-two-block device override key pushbutton
Requirements
▪ The anti-two-block device has stopped crane movement.
Procedure
1. Turn Anti-two-block device override key pushbutton to the right and hold it there.
ð The anti-two-block device is overridden.
ð The speed of all crane movements is reduced.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 523

2019-03_EN
18 Self-help
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
524 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
19 Emergency operation / faults during crane operation
DANGER
ator.
19.2 Faults of the mobile crane and possible solutions
Introduction
In the event that important components or parts of the electronic control of the mobile crane
should fail, the mobile crane can be reset under certain circumstances. To do this, several
safety devices can be overridden temporarily.
It is mandatory to observe the following items:
▪ There is a risk of accidents.
▪ Personal injuries and material damages are possible.
▪ The crane operator must be aware of the fact that the safety devices are not operative due to
override.
▪ Only rotate the superstructure with lifted load with utmost care.
Fault Possible cause Possible solution Reference
Working range is Working range limit is Switch off the working Refer to Safety
limited, the control switched on or counter- range limit or lift the working range
blocks movements weights are not in posi- counterweights into [} page 83].
although capacity tion. working position.
crane capacity is be-
low 100 %.
Control is not re- System error. Restart of the system. Refer to Attempting
sponding as usual. repair with a restart
[} page 529].
Individual functions The fuse is defective. Check and replace Refer to Fuse as-
have failed. fuses. signment
[} page 602].
The locks in the tele- The lock pins are stuck Resetting the tele- Refer to Resetting
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
scopic boom (B-pin or remain in floating po- scopes manually (Soft the telescopic boom
and C-pin) cannot sition. manual mode). manually
be moved. [} page 530].
The automatic safe The automatic safe load Increasing the auto- Refer to Extending
load indicator does indicator has switched matic safe load indicator the automatic safe
not allow a required off. briefly. load indicator in
work step.
ATF 60G-3 525

2019-03_EN
Fault Possible cause Possible solution Reference

case of automatic
deactivation
[} page 533].
The automatic safe Failure of electronic Override the automatic Refer to Overriding
load indicator does components. safe load indicator. automatic safe load
not allow a required indicator in the event
work step. of failure of elec-
tronic components
[} page 537].
The telescopic boom Total failure of the con- Resetting in an emer- Refer to Resetting
crane cannot be trol. gency (Hard manual the telescopic boom
controlled. mode). in case of failure of
the control
[} page 539].
The counterweight Total failure of the con- Resetting in an emer- Refer to Resetting
cannot be reset. trol. gency. the counterweight in
case of failure of the
Both displays and Total failure of the elec- Resetting superstruc- Refer to Resetting
pilot lamps remain tric system. ture in case of failure of superstructure in
dark. electronic system. case of failure of
electronic system
[} page 545].
Engine overheated. Control of cooling sys- Switch cooling system Refer to Switching
tem fan defective. fan on manually. on cooling system
ventilator manually
[} page 548].
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
526 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
19.3 Behaviour of the mobile crane when reaching the maximum

permitted capacity utilisation
Introduction
For some activities described in this chapter the automatic safe load indicator has to be overrid-
den. Depending on the status of the automatic safe load indicator, the working speeds of the
mobile crane may be reduced when reaching the maximum permitted capacity utilisation.
Possible statuses of the automatic safe load indicator
Automatic safe load indicator is working without restriction

▪ The automatic safe load indicator is active.
▪ When the capacity utilisation of the mobile crane reaches 100%, all crane movements that
increase the torque are stopped.
▪ The working speed is not limited.
Automatic safe load indicator is extended

▪ Crane movements that increase the torque are still possible.
▪ The working speed is substantially reduced.
Automatic safe load indicator is not active or is defective

▪ When reaching the capacity utilisation limit, crane movements that increase the load torque
are not stopped.

are not stopped.
19.3.1 Audible and visual warning
Audible warning (horn)

▪ Interval tone: Sounds as long as the mobile crane is in the overload range.
▪ Continuous tone: Sounds as long as the automatic safe load indicator is overridden.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 527

2019-03_EN
Visual warning
Overview
1 Crane capacity warning lamp
Visual warning
Crane capacity warning lamp lights up green Mobile crane capacity utilisation < 90 %
Crane capacity warning lamp lights up yellow Mobile crane capacity utilisation ≥ 90 % to ≤ 100 %
Crane capacity warning lamp lights up yellow inter- Override the automatic safe load indicator in the
mittently event of self-blocking and mobile crane capacity
utilisation ≥ 100 % to ≤ 110 %
or
Setup program is active
Crane capacity warning lamp lights up red Mobile crane capacity utilisation > 100 %
or
Override the automatic safe load indicator in the
event of self-blocking and mobile crane capacity
utilisation > 110 %
or
Automatic safe load indicator overridden when the
controller fails
Crane capacity warning lamp lights up red intermit- Automatic safe load indicator overridden when the
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
tently sensors fail
528 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
19.4 Attempting repair with a restart

Some faults can be remedied by restarting the system.
Follow the following procedure:
1. Stop engine, switch off Battery main switch switch.
2. Wait at least 7 minutes.
3. Switch on the battery main switch.
4. Switch on Battery main switch switch, start engine.
5. Enter the data in the automatic safe load indicator.
6. Move the left crane control lever back.
ð If the telescopes retract, the fault has been remedied.
Crane operation can be continued.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 529

2019-03_EN
19.5 Resetting the telescopic boom manually
Introduction
If the automatic resetting of the telescopic boom is not possible, the telescopic boom can be re-
set manually (Soft manual mode). The telescopes are reset from the outside to the inside.
Possible reasons for resetting the telescopes manually

Telescopes must be reset manually in the following cases:
▪ Failure of the automatic unit when unlocking the boom telescoping cylinder.
▪ Failure of the automatic unit when unlocking one telescope.
Requirement
Status of the automatic safe load indicator
Automatic safe load indicator is working without restriction

▪ The automatic safe load indicator is active.
▪ The working speed is not limited.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
530 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview
321
% 1 2 3 4 5 6
0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
46 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Tele RESET
11 5s
93 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
100 0.00 0.00 0.00 00.00 00.00 0.00
5 6
0.00m
2 3
1 2 B/C-Pin:
1 4
4 5
1 Unlock boom telescoping cylinder lock pin 4 Lock boom telescoping cylinder lock pin
(C-pin) button (C-pin) button
2 Unlock telescopic boom lock pin (B-pin) 5 Telescopic boom lock status indicator
button
3 Lock telescopic boom lock pin (B-pin) but- 6 Boom telescoping cylinder lock status in-
ton dicator
"Emergency operation" switch

Press upper part = switch off emergency operation.
Press lower part = switch on emergency operation.

Resetting the telescopic boom manually

1. In the main display of the crane control, select the Telescoping menu.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

ð In the main display of the crane control, the Reset telescopes manually menu is shown.
3. Press the Unlock boom telescoping cylinder lock pin (C-pin) button.
ATF 60G-3 531

2019-03_EN
4. If the Boom telescoping cylinder lock status indicator remains yellow, gently move the left-
hand crane control lever forwards or backwards until the Boom telescoping cylinder lock
status indicator turns black.
ð When the Boom telescoping cylinder lock status indicator is black, the boom telescoping
cylinder lock pin (C-pin) is unlocked.
5. Move the boom telescoping cylinder to the first telescope that is to be retracted.
6. Press the Lock boom telescoping cylinder lock pin (C-pin) button.
7. If the Boom telescoping cylinder lock status indicator remains yellow, gently move the left-
hand crane control lever forwards or backwards until the Boom telescoping cylinder lock
status indicator turns black.
8. Press the Lock boom telescoping cylinder lock pin (C-pin) button.
ð When the Boom telescoping cylinder lock status indicator is green, the boom telescoping
cylinder lock pin (C-pin) is locked.
9. Press the Unlock telescopic boom lock pin (B-pin) button.
10.If the Telescopic boom lock status indicator remains yellow, gently move the left-hand crane
control lever forwards or backwards until the Telescopic boom lock status indicator turns
black.
ð When the Telescopic boom lock status indicator is black, the telescope (B-pin) is un-
locked.
11.Retract the telescope.
12.Press the Unlock telescopic boom lock pin (B-pin) button.
ð When the Telescopic boom lock status indicator is green, the telescope (B-pin) is locked.
ð One telescope has been retracted.
13.Repeat the procedure for the remaining telescopes.
ð The telescopic boom is reset.
Final activities
1. Switch off Emergency operation switch.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
532 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
19.6 Extending the automatic safe load indicator in case of

automatic deactivation
Automatic safe load indicator is extended

▪ Crane movements that increase the torque are still possible.
Overview
1 Automatic safe load indicator key pushbutton
Requirement
▪ Crane capacity indicator is in the red zone.
▪ Central warning warning buzzer sounds.
▪ Error message S20055 appears in the main display.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Extending the automatic safe load indicator

1. Turn the Automatic safe load indicator key pushbutton clockwise as far as possible and
then release it.
ð Cut-off limit of the automatic safe load indicator is increased by 10%.
ð The speeds of all crane movements are reduced.
ATF 60G-3 533

2019-03_EN
2. The following crane movements are possible:

- Raise and lower telescopic boom.
- Rotate superstructure.
- Wind and unwind hoisting winch.
- Extend and retract telescopic boom.
NOTICE! If you do not perform any crane movement for more than 10 seconds or switch
off the engine, the extension is cancelled.
Final activities
1. Wait 10 seconds for the extension to be cancelled.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
534 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
19.7 Overriding automatic safe load indicator in case of automatic

deactivation
Introduction
If the mobile crane has been deactivated automatically due to overload, the telescopic boom
can e.g. be raised to reduce the load moment. After an effected override, further crane move-
ments are also possible, such as luffing down the telescopic boom, extending the telescopic
boom, winding the hoisting winch, rotating the superstructure.

are not stopped.
Overview
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Automatic safe load indicator override 2 Housing

toggle pushbutton
ATF 60G-3 535

2019-03_EN
Requirement
▪ Crane capacity indicator is in the red zone.
▪ Central warning warning buzzer sounds.
▪ Error message S20055 appears in the main display.
Overriding the automatic safe load indicator

1. Open the maintenance hatches.
2. Open the housing of the override pushbutton.
3. Push Automatic safe load indicator override toggle pushbutton downwards and release
again.
ð Override applies for 30 minutes or until switching off the engine.
ð Visual and audible warning is activated, see Audible and visual warning [} page 527].
4. The following crane movements are possible:
Final activities
again.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
536 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
19.8 Overriding automatic safe load indicator in the event of failure

of electronic components
Introduction
In the event that crane movements are stopped due to failure of electronic components, the
load can be set down by overriding the automatic safe load indicator.

are not stopped.
Overview
1 Automatic safe load indicator override 3 Emergency operation switch

toggle pushbutton
2 Housing at the rear of the superstructure 4 Speed controller Emergency operation
Performing crane movement during override

again.
ð Override applies for 30 minutes or until switching off the engine.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

5. The following crane movements are possible; in this situation, control the speed with the
Emergency operation speed controller:
ATF 60G-3 537

2019-03_EN
Final activities
Note: If the telescopic boom cannot be retracted or extended, another method has to be chosen
for unrigging. Refer to Resetting the telescopic boom in case of failure of the control
[} page 539].
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
538 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
19.9 Resetting the telescopic boom in case of failure of the control
Introduction
If resetting the telescopic boom is not possible and the control has failed, you can perform the
manual resetting in an emergency (Hard manual mode).
Possible reasons for resetting manually in an emergency

▪ Failure of the crane control.
▪ Lock pins (B-pin, C-pin) are displayed in red.
Requirement

are not stopped.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 539

2019-03_EN
Small display overview
1 2 3 4
MANUAL
F
% 1 2 3 4 5
0 00.00 00.30 __.__ 00.90 __.__
12 46
92 08.70 __.__ 09.30 __.__ 09.90
100
ACT 00.00 __.__ 00.00 00.00 00.00
11 1.50m
10 = > 11.777 m
Tele ID
8 7 6 5
1 Emergency control, manual telescoping 7 Lock telescopic boom and boom telescop-
menu button ing cylinder (B-pin and C-pin) button
2 — 8 Unlock boom telescoping cylinder (C-pin)
button
3 — 9 Lock indicator
4 — 10 Next expected lock position indicator
5 Interlock override button 11 Length of the boom telescoping cylinder in-
dicator
6 Unlock telescopic boom (B-pin) button 12 Telescope position indicator
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
540 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Automatic safe load indicator override 3 Emergency operation switch

toggle pushbutton
2 Housing at the rear of the superstructure 4 Speed controller Emergency operation

again.
ð The automatic safe load indicator will not be operative for 30 minutes.
5. Press the Emergency control menu, manual telescoping button on the small display.
6. Press the Unlock boom telescoping cylinder (C-pin) button.
7. Move the boom telescoping cylinder to the first telescope that is to be telescoped. To do
this, specify the direction with the crane control lever and control the speed with the Emer-
gency operation speed controller.
8. Press the Lock telescopic boom and boom telescoping cylinder (B-pin and C-pin) button.
9. Press the Unlock telescopic boom (B-pin) button.
10.Telescope the telescope to the required position.
11.Press the Lock telescopic boom and boom telescoping cylinder (B-pin and C-pin) button.
ð The first telescope has been retracted.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
12.Press the Unlock boom telescoping cylinder (C-pin) button.

13.Extend the boom telescoping cylinder to the next telescope.
14.Press the Lock telescopic boom and boom telescoping cylinder (B-pin and C-pin) button.
15.Repeat the procedure for other telescopes.
ð The telescopic boom is reset.
ATF 60G-3 541

2019-03_EN
Performing a reset
Introduction
The control shall be reset if the telescopic boom has been telescoped manually after a system
error.
Requirements
▪ B-pin and C-pin are pinned.
Procedure
1. In the main display, select the Telescoping menu; refer to "Telescoping" menu [} page 185].
ð The menu for manual resetting is shown in the display, refer to "Reset telescopes manu-
ally" menu [} page 192].
3. Press the Reset button and hold for 5 seconds.
ð The control is reset.
Final activities
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
542 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
19.10 Resetting the counterweight in case of failure of the control
Introduction
If resetting the counterweight is not possible and the control has failed, you can perform the
manual resetting in an emergency.
Possible reasons for resetting manually in an emergency

▪ Failure of the crane control.

are not stopped.
Resetting counterweights manually
Requirements
▪ Counterweight cylinders are retracted.
▪ The superstructure is rotated to the back and locked.
▪ The telescopic boom is raised to an angle of approx. 30°.
Overview
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Emergency operation switch 4 Counterweight/counterweight cylinder

status indicator
2 Raise/lower counterweight pushbutton 5 Automatic safe load indicator override
pushbutton
3 Lock/unlock counterweight pushbutton
ATF 60G-3 543

2019-03_EN

➢ The counterweight variant is located on the superstructure.
2. Press the Automatic safe load indicator override pushbutton.
3. Press and hold lower part of Raise/lower counterweight pushbutton until the counterweight
cylinders are fully extended.
ð The counterweight cylinder status is shown in the main display.
ð Counterweights have been set down on the counterweight storage compartment.
4. Press and hold lower part of Lock/unlock counterweight pushbutton until the counterweights
are unlocked.
ð The counterweight status is shown in the main display.
ð The counterweights are unlocked.
5. Press and hold upper part of Raise/lower counterweight pushbutton until the counterweight
cylinders are fully retracted.
ð The counterweight cylinder status is shown in the main display.
ð Counterweight cylinders are retracted.
ð Counterweight has been set down on the counterweight storage compartment.
Final activities
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
544 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
19.11 Resetting superstructure in case of failure of electronic system
19.11.1 Introduction
When the electric system has failed, the mobile crane can be reset into a safe condition with the
aid of solenoid valves. The mobile crane may only be put into operation again after the electrical
system of the mobile crane has been repaired.
19.11.2 Status of the automatic safe load indicator

are not stopped.
DANGER
ator.
WARNING
Risk of accident.
You are only allowed to perform the following work steps in direct coopera-
tion with an authorised and professionally skilled service technician.
1. Only perform unrigging work with the professional support of a service
technician.
2. In case of doubt, do not hesitate to contact the After Sales Service.
WARNING
Risk of accident while resetting.
The lack of circumspection when resetting may lead to accidents.
1. The operator must be able to see the movement range. If this is not
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
the case, the operator must work with another person, i.e. a marshaler.
ATF 60G-3 545

2019-03_EN
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to failure of the electronics.
In the event of failure of the electronics, the functions of the automatic safe
load indicator may not be operative. The mobile crane may become un-
stable and overturn. This could cause serious or fatal injuries.
1. Avoid load moment increasing crane movements.
2. Carry out crane movements slowly and with utmost care.
NOTICE
Valve failure due to damages on the rubber caps.
Damage to the rubber caps of emergency controls may lead to the valve
failure.
1. Do not operate emergency controls having rubber caps using sharp-
edged or pointed objects.
2. Replace the damaged rubber caps immediately.
In case of a failure or malfunctions in different control or actuating ele-

ments or faults in the electric system, failed functions can sometimes be
executed using emergency controls. However, these emergency opera-
tions may only be employed to reset the mobile crane. The cause of the
damage must then be determined immediately and rectified. See the fol-
lowing graphics for the position of solenoid valves.
▪ The engine is running in the idling mode.
▪ Several helpers are available.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
546 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
19.11.5 Solenoid valve installation locations
1 Slewing gear/Counterweight solenoid valve 2 Lock/unlock superstructure solenoid valve
19.11.6 Telescoping
Contact the TADANO After Sales Service.
19.11.7 Luffing
19.11.8 Winding/unwinding wire rope

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 547

2019-03_EN
19.12 Switching on cooling system ventilator manually
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of injury due to rotating parts.
Body parts may be severed by rotating parts. This could cause serious or
fatal injuries.
1. Carry out maintenance work only when the engine is switched off.
2. Only remove engine cover for maintenance work or in case of emer-
gency.
3. When working in the immediate proximity of the engine, make sure
that you do not touch or get too close to rotating parts.
4. Wear close-fitting clothes, tie up long hair and protect it with a hair net.
WARNING
The engine and pipes will be hot while the engine is running, as well as
some time after switching off the engine. Contact may lead to severe
burns.
1. Do not touch any hot parts when pulling out the plug of the solenoid
valve.
Description
The fan speed for cooling the engine coolant is regulated independently of the engine speed
through a thermo valve.
In case of fault, the fan may run at reduced speed. This means the engine will not be cooled.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
548 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Opening cooling system sheeting
1 Panelling 2 Support
1. Open the cooling system panelling and secure with a support.
Unplug the plug of the "fan drive" solenoid valve
1 Solenoid valve 2 Connector

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1. Unlock the plug and pull it off the Fan drive solenoid valve.
2. Close and lock cooling system panelling.
Result
Cooling system emergency operation is activated.
ATF 60G-3 549

2019-03_EN
Resetting to normal operation

1. Open the cooling system panelling and secure with a support.
2. Insert the plug onto the Fan drive solenoid valve and lock it.
3. Close and lock cooling system panelling.
Result
Cooling system emergency operation is deactivated.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
550 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
20 Service and maintenance
20.1 Description of maintenance chart

The interval plan lists all care and maintenance activities that must be carried out for maximum
service life. The due dates of the intervals are differentiated according to the following criteria:
▪ Operating hours [oh].
▪ Time [daily, weekly, monthly, annually etc.].
▪ Indicator.
NOTICE! Maintenance must be carried out at whichever of these is reached first.
Operating hours can be read on the Superstructure engine operating hours indicator in the
AML crane control, refer to “Engine system status” menu [} page 177].
Some vehicle components require a First Maintenance which differs from the regular intervals.
This First Maintenance is listed separately on the interval plan.
The intervals which must be spaced regularly are listed underneath the Operating hours field.
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to mobile crane rolling away out of control.
If the mobile crane is not secured sufficiently against rolling away, it may
start moving on its own. This may lead to serious injuries and material
damages.
1. Park the mobile crane horizontally on level ground.
3. Switch the Gear pre-selection switch into the N position.
4. Switch off the engine and the ignition.
5. Place wheel chocks under the wheels.
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to inadequate maintenance activities.
Maintenance activities require vehicle-specific knowledge and, in case of
working incorrectly, may lead to serious injuries and material damages.
1. Only allow specially trained expert personnel to carry out maintenance
activities.
2. Only carry out maintenance activities at an appropriate place such as
an authorized specialist workshop.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 551

2019-03_EN
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to impermissible commissioning.
If the mobile crane is put into operation during maintenance and inspection
activities, there is the risk of accidents and material damages.
1. Secure the danger zone and keep unauthorized persons away.
2. Mark the maintenance activities clearly using suitable warning signs.
3. Do not commission the mobile crane during maintenance and inspec-
tion activities.
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to lowering of mobile crane.
When the mobile crane is lowered, persons may get crushed underneath
the mobile crane. This could result in death or serious injury.
1. Secure the danger zone.
2. When lowering or raising, do not stay underneath the mobile crane.
WARNING
2. Attach the guy rope from the personal protective equipment onto at-
tachment points or lifting points.
3. Use the access steps and ladders installed on the vehicle.
4. Use working platform or handrails.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
552 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
20.3 Daily maintenance tasks
Daily
Remark
Checking folding plugs and spring page 568 X
clips
Checking engine for leaks page 571 X With every oil level check and with every
oil change
Checking hydraulic system for leaks page 572 X
Checking the oil level of the engine page 573 X
Checking the coolant level page 580 X
Visual inspection of all hydraulic ele- page 594 X Before starting work
ments for leaks
Checking the hydraulic oil level page 595 X
Check the lamps page 600 X
Bulbs and lamps page 609 X
Checking the oil level of the slewing page 617 X When gears are not in use
gear
Hydraulic superstructure interlock page 619 X
Check the functioning of superstruc- page 620 X

ture lock and proximity switch
Checking the tightness of the hoist- page 623 X Before starting work
ing winch
Check anti-two-block device page 625 X During operation
Checking fill level of reservoir page 647 X Refill when necessary

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 553

2019-03_EN
554

20.4 Recurring maintenance tasks
Personnel
Minimum
mainten-
interval
Initial
ance
1200
2400
100
300
600
Remark
Engine and assemblies
Changing engine oil and replacing page 574 X b Every 2 years, Applies only to oil specification 228.5/51.
the oil filter cartridge every 40,000 Contact the manufacturer if different specific-
km ations are required
Checking hoses and hose clamps page 578 X b
Checking V-ribbed belt for wear and page 578 X c
damage
Checking valve clearance page 579 900 [op. hrs.] X c Adjust if necessary
Replacing the AdBlue filter cartridge page 579 X c
Checking the cooling system and page 579 b Annually
heating system
Changing coolant page 581 b Every 3 years
Cleaning the radiator/coolers page 583 b As required
Replacing the air cleaner element page 585 X b Every 2 years
Checking the air cleaner system page 586 X b Annually
Replacing the fuel filter cartridge page 587 X b Every 2 years
Draining water from fuel system page 588 X b Annually Condensate must not reach the bottom edge
of the filter element
Replacing filter element of water sep- page 589 X b Annually If necessary more often, depending on the
arator fuel quality
Bleeding the fuel system page 591 X b Annually
2019-03_EN
ATF 60G-3
Cleaning exhaust pipe page 593 X c Annually

Hydraulic system
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
2019-03_EN WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3
Personnel
Minimum
mainten-
interval
Initial
ance
1200
2400
100
300
600
Remark
Replacing filter cartridges page 598 100 [op. hrs.] X c Annually With every hydraulic oil change
Changing hydraulic oil page 598 X c Every 2 years Carry out regular oil samplings
Replacing the ventilation filter page 598 X b More often if necessary
Cleaning the filling sieve page 598 a As required
Replacing filter element of the pres- page 599 X c Annually With every hydraulic oil change
sure filter
Checking hydraulic hoses page 599 b Annually
Replacing hydraulic hoses page 600 c Every 6 years For the first change: 6 years after manufac-
ture (year of manufacture).
Electrical system
Checking the battery page 600 X b Every 6
months
Greasing the battery terminals page 601 X b
Checking the battery fluid level page 601 X b Every 6
months
Inspection of automatic safe load in- page 610 c Annually Part of the accident prevention regulations

dicator
Pneumatic system
Testing function of air dryer page 610 X b
Cleaning drain valves page 611 X b Annually
Test the pressure regulator page 613 X b Check in accordance with the legal require-
ments of the country in which the vehicle is
registered
Replacing air dryer cartridge page 613 b Every 2 years Earlier if necessary
Slewing gear
555
556

Personnel
Minimum
mainten-
interval
Initial
ance
1200
2400
100
300
600
Remark
Lubricating gear ring and pinion of page 618 X b Depending on frequency of slewing
slewing gear
Checking the gear ring screw con- page 620 125 [op. hrs.] c Annually Pay attention to the tightening torque
nections
Changing gear oil of slewing gear page 621 200 [op. hrs.] X c Annually
Checking the backlash of the slewing page 621 c Annually
gear
Check tilting clearance and slewing page 621 c As required
ring
Visual inspection of the slewing gear page 621 c Every 3 years Inside and outside
transmission
Hoisting winches
Checking the hoisting winch gearbox page 623 a Every 3
oil level months
Checking the backlash of the hoisting page 625 X c Annually
winch
Checking the discs and the free- page 625 X c Annually
wheeling of the hoisting winch brake
Changing gear oil of hoisting winch page 625 200 [op. hrs.] X c Annually
Visual inspection of the hoisting page 625 c Every 3 years Inside and outside
winch transmission
Testing the function of the rope limit page 625 c Annually With every rope change
switch
Jib *)
2019-03_EN
ATF 60G-3
Lubricating the jib page 626 b Monthly Earlier if necessary, and after every clean
Lubricating the telescopic boom
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
2019-03_EN WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3
Personnel
Minimum
mainten-
interval
Initial
ance
1200
2400
100
300
600
Remark
Lubricating the sliding surfaces page 626 X b
Lubricating the lock pin page 633 X b
Superstructure cab
Door maintenance page 637 X b
Maintaining maintenance hatch page 639 X b
Maintaining retaining mechanism of page 640 X b
the windshield
Cleaning the windshield wiper blades page 641 a As required
Replace the windshield wiper blades page 641 b As required
Filling the windshield washer system page 642 a As required
Air conditioning system - winter oper- page 643 a Monthly Allow to run for 10 minutes
ation
Air conditioning system inspection page 643 X c Annually
Hot-water heating system page 644 c Annually More often if necessary
Auxiliary heating *) page 644 c Annually More often if necessary

Heater page 644 c Annually More often if necessary
Oiling and lubricating
Lubricating joints, pins, hinges and all page 644 X a Every 2 weeks After every wash with the high-pressure
moving parts steam cleaner
Lubricating the hook block page 645 a Monthly
Centralized lubrication system
Inspect the lines and screw couplings page 647 X b
for leaks and damage
Amot Control (engine stop) *)
557
558

Personnel
Minimum
mainten-
interval
Initial
ance
1200
2400
100
300
600
Remark
Valve function check page 647 b Annually
Wire ropes
Caring for the hoisting winch page 648 b Monthly Earlier if necessary, and after every clean
a - Operating personnel, b - Maintenance personnel, c - Service personnel

2019-03_EN
ATF 60G-3
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
20.5 Preparing mobile crane for maintenance tasks
20.5.1 Opening and closing the maintenance hatches
Safety notice
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to open maintenance hatches.
If the maintenance hatches are not closed or are not properly closed, they
can open while the mobile crane is moving and collide with objects. This
may result in accidents. This could cause serious or fatal injuries.
1. Close and lock the maintenance hatches.
Left-hand maintenance hatches
Installation site and overview
1 2 3
1 Maintenance hatch Fuel tank, AdBlue tank 3 Maintenance hatch Hydraulic oil tank
2 Maintenance hatch Oil filter
Opening the maintenance hatches

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Lock 3 Pivot lever
ATF 60G-3 559

2019-03_EN
2 Release button 4 Maintenance hatch Fuel tank, AdBlue tank
1. Open the lock by pressing and folding out the pivot lever.
2. Rotate the pivot lever to the right.
ð Maintenance hatch is unlocked.
3. Open side maintenance hatch approx. 20°.
4. Return pivot lever into original position and lock.
5. Open the side maintenance hatch completely.
ð The side maintenance hatch is open.
Closing side maintenance hatch on the side

1. Release the locking device, fold out the interlock lever.
ð Clamp of the side maintenance hatch has been removed.
2. Close the side maintenance hatch to approx. 20°.
3. Open the lock by pressing and folding out the lever.
4. Close the side maintenance hatch completely.
5. Return lever into original position and lock.
ð The maintenance hatch on the side has been closed.
1 Release area 3 Maintenance hatch Oil filter

2 Pivot or snap lever
1. Open the lock by pressing and folding out the pivot lever.
2. Rotate the pivot lever to the right.
4. Return pivot lever into original position and lock.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Closing side maintenance hatch on the side

1. Release the locking device, fold out the interlock lever.
ð Clamp of the side maintenance hatch has been removed.
2. Close the side maintenance hatch to approx. 20°.
3. Open the lock by pressing and folding out the lever.
4. Close the side maintenance hatch completely.
560 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN

ð The maintenance hatch on the side has been closed.
Opening the right-hand maintenance hatches
5 6
4 Maintenance hatch Air cleaner connection 6 Maintenance hatch Battery and slewing
gear
5 Maintenance hatch Drive unit
1 Release area 2 Pivot lever
1. Open lock pushing the button and folding out the lever.
2. Rotate the lever to the right.
Closing the right-hand maintenance hatches

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Introduction
Some maintenance hatches of the mobile crane swing upwards when they are opened. If you
have problems reaching a maintenance hatch to close it, you can use the included crank handle
as an aid to close the hatch.
The crank handle is fastened in the corresponding transport position, refer to Crank handle in
the operating manual of the carrier, chapter Components and operating elements.
ATF 60G-3 561

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Maintenance hatch 2 Hook of the crank handle
Closing maintenance hatch with crank handle

1. Take the crank handle from the bottom plate underneath the carrier cab.
2. Hook the hook of the crank handle into the frame of the maintenance hatch.
3. Pull maintenance hatch down with the crank handle until you are able to grab it with your
hand.
4. Release the crank handle from the maintenance hatch; to do this, hold the maintenance
hatch.
5. Press down the maintenance hatch until it engages. Lock lockable maintenance hatch.
6. If necessary, close other maintenance hatches.
7. Fast the crank handle in the corresponding transport position.
ð The maintenance hatches are closed.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
562 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Cooling system: Grate
1 Cooling system: Grate 2 Fixing screw (4 ea.)
20.6 Filling up fuel or AdBlue
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of fire due to highly flammable fuel.
Fires may lead to serious injuries and material damages.
1. Omit fire, naked light and sparks when handling fuels.
CAUTION
Health hazard due to fuel and AdBlue.
Fuel and AdBlue irritate eyes, mucous membranes and skin.
1. After contact with the eyes, immediately rinse eyes thoroughly with
clear water and consult a physician.
2. After swallowing, immediately rinse mouth thoroughly with clear water
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
and consult a physician.

3. Do not inhale the fumes.
4. In case of allergic reactions, immediately consult a physician.
5. For further safety instructions, refer to the engine manufacturer's oper-
ating manual.
ATF 60G-3 563

2019-03_EN
Damage to the engine due to incorrect fuel.

Only use the fuel that is permitted by the engine manufacturer.
Destruction of after treatment of exhaust gases.

AdBlue is required for the after treatment of exhaust gases of the engine.
The following requirements must be adhered to:
1. Do not fill up the AdBlue tank with cleaning agent or any other operat-
ing fluid or fuel.
2. Do not add any additives.
3. Do not dilute AdBlue.
4. For further safety instructions, refer to the engine manufacturer's oper-
ating manual.
Contaminated AdBlue.
Faults in the SCR system (aftertreatment of exhaust gases) due to con-
taminated AdBlue.
1. Only fill up pure AdBlue from clean containers.
2. Remove any contamination from the AdBlue tank.
3. Clean filler neck of the AdBlue tank before filling up.
Overview
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Side maintenance hatch 4 Top maintenance hatch

2 Fuel tank 5 Holder for pump nozzle
3 AdBlue tank
564 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Lock 4 Side maintenance hatch

2 Button 5 Top maintenance hatch
3 Lever
Opening side maintenance hatch

1. Open lock pushing the button and folding out the lever.
2. Rotate the lever to the right.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 565

2019-03_EN
Securing side maintenance hatch
Overview
1 Locking device
Securing side maintenance hatch

1. Fold the locking device to the front.
Requirements
When filling up with fuel or AdBlue, the following requirements must be met:
▪ Engine is switched off.
▪ The superstructure is rotated to the front.
▪ The side maintenance hatch is open and secured with the locking device.
▪ Fuel pump nozzle is hooked in at the pump nozzle holder.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
566 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Accessing the carrier
Overview
1 Ladder 3 Grab handle in the superstructure

2 Grab handles on the carrier
Accessing the carrier

1. Hold on to the carrier with both hands at the grab handles.
2. Access the carrier via the ladder.
Filling up
Safety instructions
Wipe up fuel spillages. Wash off any AdBlue spillages with water immedi-
ately – risk of corrosion.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Procedure
1. Go to the fuel nozzle.
2. Open the upper maintenance hatch.
3. Open the tank cap on the fuel tank or AdBlue tank.
4. Take the pump nozzle off the holder. Fill up the fuel tank or the AdBlue tank.
Hold on to grab handle in the superstructure while filling up.
ATF 60G-3 567

2019-03_EN
Finishing fuelling
1. Hang the pump nozzle on the holder.
2. Close the tank cap of the fuel tank or AdBlue tank.
3. Close top maintenance hatch.
Leave the superstructure
Safety instructions
DANGER
Risk of falling due to narrow space available.
1. Hold onto the grab handle on the superstructure cab.
Leave the superstructure

1. Go to the ladder.
2. Leave the carrier, using the ladder.
Final activities
1. Remove the pump nozzle from the holder.
2. Fold locking device to the rear, close maintenance hatch on the side.
20.7 Checking the fasteners
20.7.1 Checking folding plugs and spring clips

Folding plugs and spring clips are reusable securing elements which must be checked at regu-
lar intervals.
DANGER
Danger of accidents due to defective securing elements.
Components may break loose from the mobile crane due to defective se-
curing elements. This may lead to personal injuries and material damage.
1. Use all the securing elements.
2. Check all the securing elements for damage.
3. Check the functioning of all the securing elements.
4. Replace defective securing elements.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
The securing elements must always perform their function.

The crane operator is autonomously responsible for checking all the securing elements. Before
and after operating the mobile crane it must be checked for damage of the securing elements.
Damaged or worn securing elements must be replaced.
NOTICE! The following description shows the inspection of an individual securing ele-
ment. All reusable securing elements must be checked.
568 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Types of securing elements

The following reusable securing elements are used depending on the application:
▪ Folding plugs.
▪ Spring clips.
Checking the securing elements for damage

The inspection of the securing elements includes the visual check for the following types of
damage:
▪ Deformation.
▪ Rupture.
▪ Attrition.
In case one of these types of damage is true, the securing element must be replaced.
Checking folding plugs
1 Shank 3 Safety notch

2 Spring clamp
1. Pull out the folding plug.

2. Check the safety notch for damage.
Replace any folding plug with a damaged safety notch.
3. Insert the shank into the hole of the component to be fastened.
4. Check whether the shank can be easily inserted.
5. Press the spring clamp into the safety notch.
6. Check the clamping force of the spring clamp.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
The spring clamp must not move out off the safety notch by itself.
Replace any folding plug with a spring clamp without clamping force.
ð The folding plug has been checked.
ATF 60G-3 569

2019-03_EN
Checking spring clips
A B
A Spring clip (plug type) 1 Shank

B Spring clip (clamp type) 2 Spring clamp
1. Pull out the spring clip.

2. Insert the shank into the hole of the component to be fastened.
3. Check whether the shank can be easily inserted.
4. Check the clamping force of the spring clip.
The spring clip must not move by itself out off the hole of the component to be fastened.
Replace any spring clip without clamping force.
ð The spring clip has been checked.
20.8 Checking superstructure for leaks
20.8.1 Introduction
The mobile crane must be checked for leaks before putting it into operation every day. Due to
the high number of different components, the leakage tests must be carried out in different
places. The following components must be checked for leaks.
▪ Superstructure engine
▪ Cooling system
▪ Hydraulic system
▪ Slewing gear
▪ Hoisting winches
▪ Fuel system
Definition of "leak free"

A system is considered leak free if no significant fluid losses are detected. Even if seals are only
exuding or humid, this may be an indication of leakage.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
570 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview of components
1 Slewing gear 4 Hoisting winches

2 Superstructure engine 5 Fuel system
3 Cooling system 6 Hydraulic system
20.8.2 Checking engine for leaks

This is a daily inspection regarding fluid losses. It must be checked whether the engine is loos-
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ing resources such as coolant or engine oil.

According to the engine manufacturer, lightly exuding seals are considered harmless.
Droplet formation or fluid accumulations underneath the vehicle are to be classified as leaks,
and their cause must be determined and eliminated before starting any operation.
Since this is a daily activity, a rough visual inspection will be sufficient.
It is also possible to detect losses checking the filling levels of the resources (e.g. falling coolant
level or oil level).
ATF 60G-3 571

2019-03_EN
The way of checking the filling levels is described in the respective chapters.
20.8.3 Checking hydraulic system for leaks
Requirements
Checking hydraulic system for leaks and condition

Leaks and damages on the hydraulic system must be eliminated without delay in a specialist
workshop.
The hydraulic system consists of various subassemblies:
▪ Slewing gear
▪ Hoisting winch 1 and hoisting winch 2 *)
▪ Telescopic boom
▪ Counterweight
▪ Luffing cylinder
▪ Hydraulic oil tank
▪ Hydraulic pumps
1. Check valves, sleeves and connections for leaks.

2. Check threaded connections for leaks.
3. Check fixing of pipes.
4. Check pipes for damage.
5. Check hydraulic hoses for leaks, cracks and damage.
ð Hydraulic system has been checked for leaks and condition.
If a screw-in connection leaks:
1. Loosen union nut on pipe or hose.
2. Tighten threaded connection.
3. Tighten union nut.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
572 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
20.9 Engine and assemblies
20.9.1 Engine
Safety instructions
WARNING
Touching hot engine parts may lead to serious burns.
1. Do not touch hot objects.
2. Wear protective gloves.
Pollution due to escaping resources.

Leaking seals may lead to unforeseeable escaping of resources.
1. Replace leaking seals.
2. Eliminate spilled resources immediately in an environmentally friendly
manner.
Pollution due to used oil and oil filters.

Used oil and oil filters are harmful to the environment.
1. Collect used oil suitable containers.
2. Dispose of used oil and oil filters in an environmentally friendly man-
ner.
Checking the oil level of the engine
Safety instructions
NOTICE
Engine and catalytic converter damage due to incorrect oil level.
If the oil level is outside of the permitted limits, the engine and the catalytic
converter may be damaged.
1. If the oil level is too high, suck or drain oil.
2. If the oil level is too low, refill oil.
Requirements
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

1. Wait approx. 5 to 10 minutes if the engine was running previously.
ATF 60G-3 573

2019-03_EN
2. Switch on the ignition. When doing this, observe the Engine oil level warning lamp, refer to
Messages, pilot and warning lamps [} page 225].
ð If the Engine oil level warning lamp is not lit, the engine oil level is correct.
ð Refill quantity when Engine oil level warning lamp is lit: 7 l.
ð Refill quantity when Engine oil level warning lamp is flashing: 14 l.
ð Also refer to “Engine system status” menu [} page 177].
Changing engine oil and replacing the oil filter cartridge
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of scalding due to splashing hot engine oil.
Splashing hot engine oil may scald skin and eyes.
1. Wear safety goggles.
2. Wear protective gloves and protective clothing.
NOTICE
Engine damage due to old or incorrect engine oil.
Old or incorrect engine oil may lead to engine damage.
1. Change the engine oil and replace the filter cartridge regularly as per
the manufacturer's instructions.
2. Only use new oil specified for the engine.
3. Select oil according to the temperature conditions (refer to Technical
data [} page 671]).
Requirements
▪ The mobile crane is supported by the outriggers.
▪ Superstructure has been rotated 90°.
▪ The superstructure is mechanically locked. Slewing brake has been engaged.
▪ Engine oil is at its operating temperature.
▪ Suitable collecting container is provided.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
574 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Draining engine oil
1 Oil drain valve 3 Oil drain hose

2 Sealing cap
Depending on the model, the drain valve present must be replaced

with the drain valve included in the scope of delivery.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Procedure
1. Clean the surroundings of the oil drain valve.
2. Place provided collecting container underneath the oil drain valve.
3. Unscrew sealing cap of the oil drain valve.
ATF 60G-3 575

2019-03_EN
4. Screw oil drain hose onto the oil drain valve.

5. Evacuate draining oil into the collecting container.
6. When the oil has drained completely, unscrew the oil drain hose and screw the sealing cap
onto the oil drain valve.
ð Engine oil has been drained.
Replacing the oil filter cartridge
Safety notice
NOTICE
Engine damage due to foreign objects in the oil circuit.
Foreign objects in the oil circuit may lead to damage of the engine com-
ponents.
1. Do not wipe out filter housing.

▪ The oil filter is located behind the maintenance hatch on the side of the engine.
1 Oil filter
NOTICE! Use the respective chapter of the engine manufacturer's operating manual.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Procedure
1. Clean the surroundings of the oil filter housing.
2. Replace the oil filter cartridge.
ð Oil filter cartridge has been replaced.
576 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Filling in engine oil

▪ The oil filler neck is located behind the maintenance hatch on the side of the engine.
▪ To fill in oil, open the maintenance hatch on the side of the engine.
1 Oil filler neck
Filling in engine oil

2. Clean the surroundings of the oil filler neck.
3. Unscrew cap of oil filler neck.
4. Fill engine oil into the oil filler neck.
Quantity including oil filter: 25,5 l.
5. Screw cap of oil filler neck on.
6. Start the engine without pressing the accelerator pedal, and maintain idling speed.
7. Observe the warning lamps. Then Engine oil pressure and Minor engine fault warning
lamps must go out.
8. Switch off engine.
9. Check screw cap of oil filter and drain screw for leaks.
10.Check oil level after approx. 5 minutes, see Checking the oil level of the engine
[} page 573].
11.If necessary, refill engine oil.
12.Close the maintenance hatch.
ð Engine oil has been changed and checked.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 577

2019-03_EN
Checking hoses and hose clamps
Safety instructions
NOTICE
Damage of charge air hoses due to exceeded tightening torques on
hose clamps.
When exceeding the maximum permitted tightening torque, the hose
clamp no longer has any spring elasticity. The charge air hose may be
damaged.
1. Do not exceed the maximum permitted tightening torque. (Tightening
torque: 10.2 Nm.)
Requirements
1 Air hoses 3 Coolant hoses

2 Charge air hoses
Checking hoses and hose clamps

1. Inspect the following hoses for damage and to make sure they are secure:
∙ Charge air hoses.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
∙ Coolant hoses.
∙ Air hoses.
2. Replace damaged hoses, tighten loose hose clamps.
Checking V-ribbed belt for wear and damage

Have this work done at an authorized specialist workshop.
578 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Checking valve clearance

Replacing the AdBlue filter cartridge

Checking the cooling system and heating system

Have these checked regularly at a specialist workshop.
20.9.2 Engine cooling system
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of injury due to hot coolant.
Hot coolant under pressure may gush out when opening the cooling sys-
tem and scald skin or eyes.
1. Use protective gloves.
2. Only open the cooling system at coolant temperatures below 50 °C.
WARNING
Risk of injury due to toxic coolant.
Toxic glicol in the coolant may cause injuries of skin and eyes.
1. Do not bring coolant into contact with skin, eyes or clothing.
2. In the event of eye contact, immediately rinse eyes thoroughly with
clear water.
3. In the event of swallowing coolant, immediately consult a physician.
NOTICE
Engine damage due to mixing different coolants.
Mixing different coolants may lead to flocculation and, thus, cause engine
damage.
1. Only use coolant in accordance with Mercedes Benz specification
325.5 (Glysantin G40).
2. Do not mix coolant in accordance with Mercedes Benz specification
325.5 with any other coolants.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
3. In the event that the cooling system still contains a coolant that is not
in accordance with Mercedes Benz specification 325.5 (Glysantin
G40), the cooling system shall be flushed with prior to filling in the new
coolant.
ATF 60G-3 579

2019-03_EN
Pollution due to coolant.

Coolant is harmful to the environment.
1. Collect coolant in a suitable container.
2. Dispose of coolant in an environmentally friendly manner.
Checking the coolant level
Safety instructions
NOTICE
Engine damage due to lack of or insufficient anti-freeze or corrosion
protection.
In case of lack of or insufficient anti-freeze protection the coolant may
freeze. This may cause engine damages.
1. Before frost season begins, check coolant for sufficient anti-freeze or
corrosion protection. If necessary, refill anti-freeze and anti-corrosive.
2. Follow the operating manual of the engine manufacturer.
Requirements
▪ The coolant temperature is under 50 °C.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
580 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Checking coolant level and coolant
Overview
1 Sealing cap - filler neck 3 Expansion tank

2 Pressure valve 4 Cooling system
Checking coolant level and coolant

1. Clean sealing cap and surroundings of the sealing cap.
2. Open sealing cap slowly and release excess pressure. When release pressure has been re-
leased, open sealing cap and lay it aside.
3. Check coolant level:
Coolant must reach lower edge of filler neck.
4. If necessary, refill coolant in the correct mixing ratios. For the coolant specification and the
mixing ratio refer to the engine manufacturer's operating manual.
5. Before frost season begins, check coolant for sufficient anti-freeze protection.
6. Place the sealing cap onto the filler neck and close.
ð Coolant level and coolant have been checked.
NOTICE! In the case of repeated lack of coolant, contact a specialist workshop.
Changing coolant
Requirements
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

▪ Coolant is lukewarm.
▪ Heating is adjusted at maximum heating power.
▪ Coolant preheating *) is switched off.
▪ Auxiliary heater is switched off.
▪ The air conditioning system is turned off.
ATF 60G-3 581

2019-03_EN
The cooling system must be flushed under the following circumstances:

▪ If heavily soiled.
▪ In case of incompatibility of old anti-freeze agent with the new antifreeze agent. For further
information refer to engine manufacturer's operating manual.
▪ In case of uncertainty regarding the old anti-freeze agent's specification.
NOTICE! Before the coolant change, the vehicle hot-water heating system must have
been opened.
1 Drain hose (2 ea.) 2 Hose clamp (2 ea.)
Draining coolant
1. Clean sealing cap and surroundings of the sealing cap.
2. Open sealing cap slowly and release excess pressure. When release pressure has been re-
leased, open sealing cap and lay it aside.
3. Place suitable collecting container underneath.
4. Release two hose clamps.
5. Pull drain hoses off.
6. Drain coolant into the collecting container.
7. Allow the coolant to drain completely.
8. Plug drain hoses on.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
9. Tighten two hose clamps.

ð Coolant has been drained.
582 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Flushing cooling system
Requirement
▪ Coolant has been drained.
▪ The cooling system has been closed.
Procedure
Fill cooling system with fresh water.
1. Start engine and allow to run approx. 5 minutes.
3. Drain water completely.
4. Repeat flushing process twice.
5. Close cooling system.
ð Cooling system has been flushed.
1. Fill coolant with the correct mixing ratio into filler neck of expansion tank, up to the bottom
edge of the filler neck. For the coolant specification refer to Technical data [} page 671].
2. Start the engine.
3. Have the engine run at idle speed until the engine has reached operating temperature.
Watch the coolant level and, if necessary, refill coolant up to the bottom edge of the filler
neck.
4. Screw sealing cap onto coolant tank again.
6. Check coolant level.
CAUTION! The cooling system is pressurised. CAUTION! Do not open the cool-
ing system before the coolant temperature has fallen below 50°C.
ð The cooling system has been bled.
ð Coolant has been changed.
Cleaning the radiator/coolers
Requirements
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 583

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Fixing screw (4 ea.) 3 Maintenance hatch

2 Grate
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Procedure
1. Release all screws, remove grate.
3. Blow the cooler out with compressed air, or clean with a brush.
584 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
5. Attach grate.
ð The coolers/radiators have been cleaned.
20.9.3 Air cleaner
Replacing the air cleaner element
Safety instructions
NOTICE
Engine damage due to unfiltered intake air.
Unfiltered intake air may cause damages on the engine.
1. Only perform air cleaner maintenance when engine is switched off.
2. Do not start the engine if the air cleaner element has been removed.
3. No dirt must get into the air intake system while working.
Requirements
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 585

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Clamp clip 4 Air cleaner housing

2 Air cleaner element 5 Filter cover
3 Rain cap
1. Open all the clamp clips.

2. Remove the sealing cap from the air cleaner housing.
3. Pull the air cleaner element fully out of the air cleaner housing by turning it slightly.
4. Check the air cleaner housing for damage and cracks.
5. Clean the internal surface and the sealing surfaces of the air cleaner housing with a lint-free
damp cloth.
6. Introduce the new air cleaner element into the casing with the open side going in first.
7. Place the sealing cap on the air cleaner housing.
8. Close all the clamp clips.
ð The air cleaner element has been replaced.
Checking the air cleaner system
Safety instructions
NOTICE
Engine damage due to unfiltered intake air.
Unfiltered intake air may cause damages on the engine.
1. Only perform air cleaner maintenance when engine is switched off.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
2. Do not start the engine if the air cleaner element has been removed.
3. No dirt must get into the air intake system while working.
586 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Checking the air cleaner system

1. Check the air intake hoses for damage and to make sure that they are secure.
2. Check that the hose clamps are secure.
3. Check the air cleaner housing for damage and cleanliness.
20.9.4 Fuel system
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of fire due to highly flammable fuel.
Fires may lead to serious injuries and material damages.
1. Omit fire, naked light and sparks when handling fuels.
Pollution due to used filter elements, seals and fuel residues.

When disposed of incorrectly, the used components of the fuel system will
pollute the environment.
1. Dispose of filters and seals in an environmentally friendly manner.
2. Collect fuel residues in suitable containers.
Replacing the fuel filter cartridge

Refer to the engine manufacturer's operating manual for instructions.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 587

2019-03_EN
Water separator
Draining water from fuel system
Safety instructions
Pollution due to used filter elements, seals and fuel residues.

When disposed of incorrectly, the used components of the fuel system will
pollute the environment.
1. Dispose of filters and seals in an environmentally friendly manner.
2. Collect fuel residues in suitable containers.
NOTICE
Frost damages on fuel filter due to freezing of condensate.
If there is water in the filter bowl, it may freeze at low temperatures. The fil-
ter bowl may burst. Fuel may enter the environment. The engine may fail.
1. Before and during the frost season drain condensate and repeat as of-
ten as necessary.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Requirements
588 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Drain valve 5 Filter head

2 Filter bowl 6 Bleed screw
3 Sealing ring (2 pcs.) 7 Fuel hand pump
4 Filter cartridge
Draining water from fuel system

1. Open the maintenance hatch, if necessary.
2. Clean water separator.
3. Place collecting container underneath drain valve.
4. Open the drain valve.
5. Maintain drain valve open until pure fuel escapes.
6. Close the drain valve.
7. Remove the collecting container.
8. Close the maintenance hatch, if necessary.
ð The water separator is drained of water.
Replacing filter element of water separator
Safety instructions
NOTICE
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Engine faults due to dirty filter element.

A dirty filter element can interfere with the engine's fuel supply. This may
result in engine faults or engine failure.
1. Replace the filter element in good time.
ATF 60G-3 589

2019-03_EN
Requirements
Overview

4 Filter cartridge
Replacing filter cartridge

2. Clean water separator.
4. Unscrew filter element from filter head.
5. Unscrew filter bowl from filter element and clean it.
6. Apply a little fuel onto both sealing rings.
7. Screw filter bowl with new sealing ring onto the filter element and tighten by hand.
8. Screw filter element with new sealing ring onto the filter head and tighten by hand.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
10.Close the maintenance hatch, if necessary.

ð Filter cartridge has been replaced.
Final activities
1. Perform function check: Start the engine.
2. In case engine does not start, bleed fuel system.
590 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Bleeding the fuel system
Safety instructions
NOTICE
Engine faults due to air in the fuel system.
If there is air in the fuel system, this can interfere with the engine's fuel
supply. This may result in engine faults or engine failure.
1. Bleed the fuel system.
Requirements
Overview

4 Filter cartridge
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Bleeding the fuel system

3. Open the bleeder screw.
4. Press the fuel hand pump until fuel comes out of the bleed screw without bubbles.
5. Close the bleeder screw.
ATF 60G-3 591

2019-03_EN
6. Wipe spilled fuel away from water separator with a clean lint-free cloth.
8. Close the maintenance hatch, if necessary.
ð Water separator of the fuel system has been bled.
Fuel tank
1 Maintenance hatch on the side 4 Screw plug

2 Fuel tank bleeding 5 Top maintenance hatch
3 Fuel tank
Requirement
Checking the ventilation filter

1. Clean connecting piece of the ventilation filter and check for free throughput.
ð Ventilation filter has been checked.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Replacing the ventilation filter

Draining condensate
1. Empty the tank down to the reserve.
2. Unscrew the drain plug.
592 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
3. Allow the condensate to drain into a suitable container.

4. Clean the sealing surfaces.
5. Check seal, clean and replace if necessary.
6. Screw in and tighten the drain plug with seal.
ð Condensate has been drained.
20.9.5 Exhaust system
Cleaning exhaust pipe

20.10 Hydraulic system
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to high oil pressures in the hydraulic system.
When the engine is running, the hydraulic system is subjected to high
pressures which may lead to serious accidents during maintenance activit-
ies.
1. Only work on the hydraulic system when the engine is switched off.
2. Depressurise the hydraulic system.
WARNING
Risk of accidents and damages on the hydraulic system due to con-
taminated filter elements.
Dirt in the hydraulic system and the filter elements may lead to malfunc-
tions and damages of the hydraulic system. This may lead to accidents in-
volving personal injuries and material damage.
1. Only fill in new hydraulic oil from a clean container.
2. Have the filter elements replaced only in a specialist workshop.
3. Change the filter elements, do not clean them.
4. Change the filter elements with every hydraulic oil change.
5. Change the filter elements when the Hydraulic oil filter contamination
indicator lights up.
6. Change the filter elements according to the maintenance plan.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 593

2019-03_EN
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to air in the hydraulic system.
If the hydraulic system contains any air, this may lead to malfunctions.
This may lead to accidents involving personal injuries and material dam-
age.
1. Have a specialist workshop bleed the hydraulic system.
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to incorrect work on hydraulic accumulators.
The hydraulic accumulators are pressurized and may lead to injuries when
handled incorrectly.
1. Have all the activities on the hydraulic accumulators only performed by
the TADANO FAUN Customer Service.
It is recommended to have an analysis performed by the supplier before a

planned hydraulic oil change or at regulars intervals whether a hydraulic oil
change is necessary. The mobile cranes are delivered with hydraulic oils
with a minimum purity according to ISO 4406 class 18/16/13. The opera-
tion of the hydraulic components is guaranteed up to a purity of 20/18/15.
Depending on the contamination degree and the thermal load of the hy-
draulic oil, possibly shorter intervals as those mentioned in the mainten-
ance plan may be required.
Pollution due to used oil and oil filters.

Used oil and oil filters are harmful to the environment.
1. Collect used oil suitable containers.
2. Dispose of used oil and oil filters in an environmentally friendly man-
ner.
20.10.2 Visual inspection of all hydraulic elements for leaks

Check daily before starting work. WFN3RUWW2K2064139
594 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
20.10.3 Hydraulic oil tank
Checking the hydraulic oil level
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to too low hydraulic oil level.
A too low hydraulic oil level may cause damages on the hydraulic system.
The hydraulic system may fail. This may lead to accidents involving per-
1. Check the hydraulic oil level and refill hydraulic oil if required.
Requirements
▪ When starting the test, the hydraulic oil temperature should range between 15 °C and 25 °C.
▪ The telescopic boom is retracted completely.
▪ The telescopic boom is laying in the boom rest.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 595

2019-03_EN
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
596 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Inspection glass 3 Hydraulic oil level setpoint value arrow

2 Filter cover
Checking the hydraulic oil level

1. Read off hydraulic oil level on inspection glass.
Correct oil level: within a range of 10 mm above or below the Hydraulic oil level setpoint
value arrow.
Note: For every 10 °C temperature difference, the oil level changes by approx. 7 mm.
2. If necessary, refill hydraulic oil until the correct oil level is reached.
ð Hydraulic oil level has been checked.
Refilling hydraulic oil
The fluid is topped up via the opening in the filter cover.
1. Clean the surroundings of the filter cover.
2. Unscrew filter cover and refill hydraulic oil through the hole until the correct oil level is
reached.
3. Clean the sealing surfaces.
4. Check cover seal, clean and replace if necessary.
5. Screw the filter cover, including the seal, back onto the hydraulic oil tank.
ð Hydraulic oil has been refilled.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 597

2019-03_EN
Mixing, changing hydraulic oils
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to malfunctions of hydraulic system when mix-
ing hydraulic oils.
When mixing hydraulic oils of different qualities, flocculations or clumpings
may occur in the hydraulic oil. Malfunctions of the hydraulic system may
be the consequence. This may lead to accidents involving injuries and ma-
terial damages.
1. Do not mix hydraulic oils of different qualities or manufacturing types.
2. Before changing the hydraulic oil, contact the TADANO Customer Ser-
vice.
It is possible, to convert the hydraulic system to biodegradable hydraulic oils according to

VDMA 24568.
Replacing filter cartridges

Changing hydraulic oil

Replacing the ventilation filter

Cleaning the filling sieve

Inspect the filling sieve before topping up the hydraulic oil and clean it if necessary.
20.10.4 Checking and cleaning the oil cooler
Requirements
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
598 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Oil cooler
1. Check the oil cooler for dirt.

If the oil cooler is soiled, clean the cooling fins with compressed air.
Have the function of the fan and the thermo valve checked in a specialist workshop.
20.10.5 Replacing filter element of the pressure filter

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
20.10.6 Hydraulic hoses
Checking hydraulic hoses

Check hydraulic hoses / hoses for damage.
ATF 60G-3 599

2019-03_EN
Replacing hydraulic hoses

20.11.1 Check the lamps

Check that all lamps are working and clean before starting work.
20.11.2 Checking the battery
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to short-circuited battery.
A short-circuited battery may generate very high amperages. This may
cause electric shocks and fires. This may lead to accidents involving per-
sonal injuries or material damage.
1. Avoid metallic contact between the battery's positive pole and the mo-
bile crane.
2. Do not bridge the battery's poles.
3. Do not touch a short-circuited battery and leave the mobile crane.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
600 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Batteries
Checking the battery

The following battery points must be checked regularly:
▪ Tightness of the pole terminals.
▪ Battery fluid level, see Checking the battery fluid level [} page 601].
▪ Damage to the battery.
▪ Aeration and ventilation of the battery.
20.11.3 Greasing the battery terminals

Grease the battery terminals as per the maintenance plan.
20.11.4 Checking the battery fluid level
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of chemical burns due to escaping battery acid.
Batteries contain gases and liquids which can cause significant bodily
harm when coming into contact with skin, eyes, and mucous membranes.
clear water.
3. After rinsing, seek medical attention.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 601

2019-03_EN
Overview
1
1 Sealing plugs (12 ea.)
Checking the battery fluid level

1. Unscrew all sealing plugs.
2. Check the battery fluid level.
The battery fluid level must be approx. 10 - 15 mm above the plates.
If necessary, top up with distilled or demineralised water.
3. Screw in all sealing plugs.
ð Battery fluid level has been checked.
20.11.5 Fuses
Fuse assignment
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
602 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Fuse assignment
1 Fuses
Clamp Ampere Function

F801 10 A Windshield wiper,
windshield washer system
F802 10 A Seat adjustment,
access step adjustment
F803 10 A Mirror heater, *)
centralized lubrication system
F804 10 A Engine warning buzzer,
hydraulic system temperature sensor,
fuel sensor
F805 10 A Engine control (MCM)
F806 5A Engine Stop AMOT Control
Deactivation of crane control system -25 °C outside temperature
F807 5A Engine diagnostics
F808 10 A Engine control (ACM)
F809 5A Engine control (CPC)
F810 7.5 A Signal horn
F811 3A Rotary sensors on hoisting winches
F812 3A Telescope control emergency operation *)
F813 3A Pressure sensor hydraulic system
F814 — —
F815 3A Automatic safe load indicator/anti-two-block device override key
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
switch
F816 5A Signal light,
automatic safe load indicator solenoid valve
F817 7.5 A Telescopic boom
F818 5A Superstructure lock 360°
F819 — —
F820 7.5 A Counterweight
ATF 60G-3 603

2019-03_EN

F821 3A Displacement motor, display
F822 15 A Heater blower,
heating timer
F823 5A Armrest,
control pressure solenoid valve
F824 5A Boom telescoping cylinder
F825 5A Boom telescoping cylinder
F826 10 A EN 13000
F827 — —
F828 3A Jib *)
F829 5A Emergency control sensor
F830 5A Crane control
F831 5A Radio remote control *)
F832 5A Gearbox
F833 15 A Crane control
F838 5A Main display,
small display
F839 5A HELLO-NET
F840 15 A Crane control emergency operation
F841 20 A Hydraulic oil cooler
F842 20 A Additional hydraulic oil cooler *)
F843 20 A Instrument illumination,
working floodlight on the superstructure cab,
interior illumination,
ventilator
F844 15 A Working floodlights telescopic boom
F845 7.5 A Rotary beacons
F846 7.5 A Gearbox
F847 10 A Slewing brake,
crane control emergency operation
F848 3A Superstructure ignition
F849 40 A Engine control (ACM)
F850 10 A Engine control (CPC)
F851 10 A Engine diagnostics
F852 7.5 A Alternator
F853 10 A 24 V socket
F854 20 A Air conditioning system
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
F855 10 A Crane control of the carrier *)

F856 3A Carrier ignition
F860 7.5 A Programming socket
604 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN

F861 20 A Heater
F862 5A Heater
F863 5A Battery main switch
F864 15 A Radio 12 V,
12 V socket
ACM = control unit for aftertreatment of exhaust gases

CPC = control unit for drive control
MCM = control unit for motor management
20.11.6 Relay assignment
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to incorrect changing of relays.
Incorrect changing of relays may trigger electric shocks and fires. This
may lead to accidents involving personal injuries or material damage.
1. Switch off the battery main switch and the ignition.
2. Eliminate the cause of the damage before replacing a blown relay.
1 Relays plate 1 2 Relays plate 2

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 605

2019-03_EN
Relays plate 1
1 Installation location A 3 Installation location C

2 Installation location B 4 Installation location D
Installation location A
Function Relay (K)/diode (V)
Deactivation crane control -25 °C outside temperat- K827
ure *)
Engine Stop AMOT Control *) K860
Counterweight V925
Secondary users K736
Accelerator pedal K738
Secondary users K737
Counterweight V920
Counterweight V921
Counterweight V922
Counterweight V923
Supply Control systems K812
Supply Control systems V803
Supply Control systems K862
Earthing point testing purposes GND
Installation location B
Function Relay (K)/diode (V)/relay (A)
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Hydraulic oil cooler K801

Additional hydraulic oil cooler *) K863
Seat adjustment K790
Seat adjustment K791
Step adjustment K792
Step adjustment K793
606 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Function Relay (K)/diode (V)/relay (A)

Crane control emergency operation ON K941
Crane control emergency operation ON K940
AdBlue tank heater *) K795
Door contact switch K723
Superstructure ignition K706
Crane control emergency operation V937
Working floodlights on the telescopic boom K808
Battery main switch K806
Installation location C
Crane control emergency operation K920
Installation location D
Telescope control emergency operation K970
Counterweight V924
Telescope control, emergency operation V915
Telescope control, emergency operation V916
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

Superstructure ignition V815
ATF 60G-3 607

2019-03_EN
Relays plate 2

Rotary beacon K804
Engine electronics (CPC) V956
Engine electronics (MCM) K770
Engine electronics (CPC) K771
Windshield wiper K788
Wiper roof window K789
Alternator D+ K809
Signal horn K814
Engine emergency stop K819
Radio superstructure K833
Heating / blower K811
Air conditioning system K816
Air conditioning system K817
Working floodlight adjustment K773
Working floodlight adjustment K774
Slewing brake K828
Slewing brake K861
Working floodlight on the superstructure cab K824
Armrest K934
Automatic safe load indicator signal light K997
Automatic safe load indicator signal light K998
Carrier torque reduction override K739
Accelerator pedal transmitter V820
PTO activation V821
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
CPC = control unit for drive control

MCM = control unit for motor management
Changing relay
1. Switch off ignition and Battery main switch switch.
2. Eliminate the cause of the damage.
608 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
3. Remove blown relay and replace with relay which has same connected load.
4. Switch on Battery main switch switch and ignition.
5. Test function of affected consumer.
20.11.7 Bulbs and lamps
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to defective lamps.
Defective may lead to impaired vision. This may lead to accidents in-
volving injuries and material damages.
1. Check lighting equipment periodically.
2. Replace defective lamps without delay.
Description
The following must be observed for trouble-free operation of the mobile crane:
▪ Keep all the display devices, headlights and lamps clean.
▪ When changing lamps, comply with design, operating voltage and power.
Overview of the lamps

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 609

2019-03_EN
Lamps list
Position Function Type Power
1 Working floodlights (superstructure cab, telescopic YC 70 W
boom)
2 Working floodlight (telescopic boom *)) G6.35 250 W
3 Interior lamp of superstructure cab K 10 W
(in acc. with DIN 72601)
20.11.8 Inspection of automatic safe load indicator

20.12 Pneumatic system
20.12.1 Testing function of air dryer
Requirements
▪ Compressed air system is filled up to cut-out pressure.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Compressed air tank (2 ea.)
610 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Draining condensate
1 Actuator pin of drain valve
NOTICE! If condensate escapes, the air dryer is defective. Have the air dryer repaired in a
specialist workshop without delay.
1. Take the provided collecting container.
2. Tilt actuator pin by pressing from the side.
3. If condensate comes out, tilt the actuator pin until no more condensate comes out.
ð Condensate has been drained.
20.12.2 Cleaning drain valves
Requirements
▪ Compressed air system is filled up to cut-out pressure.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 611

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Air tank 2 Drain valve
Procedure
NOTICE! If condensate escapes, the air dryer is defective. Have the air dryer repaired in a
specialist workshop without delay.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1. Wipe exterior of drain valve with a moist cloth.

2. Take the provided collecting container.
3. Tilt the actuator pin of the drain valve to all four directions by pressing from the side.
4. If condensate comes out, collect it in the collecting container and tilt the actuator pin until no
more condensate comes out.
ð Drain valve has been cleaned.
612 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
20.12.3 Test the pressure regulator

20.12.4 Replacing air dryer cartridge

20.13 Bleeder valves
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to defective breather.
Defective breathers can cause components to fail or malfunction. This may
result in accidents. This could cause serious or fatal injuries.
1. Check breathers periodically.
2. Replace defective breathers.
NOTICE
Damages due to painted-over breather.
A painted-over breather might not work. The component with the breather
function may be damaged.
1. Before carrying out painting work, make sure that breathers are well
covered.
2. Remove the cover once work is complete.
3. Check functionality of the breathers; replace if necessary.
Have the breathers cleaned by a specialist workshop in accordance with

the maintenance plan.
Have the breathers replaced only by specialist workshop.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 613

2019-03_EN
20.13.2 Installation location of breather
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
614 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 2 3
1 Fill level sensor / breather 3 Oil filler neck

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
2 Hydraulic oil tank
ATF 60G-3 615

2019-03_EN
20.13.3 Checking hydraulic oil tank breather
Checking breather
1. Remove external dirt from dirty breathers.
NOTICE! Do not use high-pressure cleaners.
2. Check that the breather is securely in place. Tighten if necessary.
3. Check the breather for damage.
4. Replace a damaged or very dirty breather.
ð Breather has been checked.
20.14 Slewing gear
DANGER
Risk of accidents due to unintended operation.
People can be injured or killed if the mobile crane is accidentally put into
operation.
1. Only perform work on the system when it is stationary and not under
load.
2. Before starting the work, take protective measures against an uninten-
ded operation.
3. Before putting into operation, after maintenance or repair, ensure that
no persons remain in the danger zone.
WARNING
WARNING
Risk of burns due to hot oil in the slewing gear.
The oil at operating temperature in the slewing gear may lead to serious
burns.
1. Use safety goggles.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
2. Use gloves.
3. Let the oil cool down before carrying out any maintenance activities.
616 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
CAUTION
Risk of accidents due to loosened screws.
During long time continuous operation, as well as frequent maximum load,
screws on the slewing gear may loosen and lead to accidents.
1. Check all the screws in the load flow for tightness.
NOTICE
Malfunctions due to mixing of oils.
The mixing of different oil types may lead to malfunctions in the hydraulic
system.
1. Do not mix oils from different manufacturers or types.
20.14.2 Slewing gear drive
Checking the oil level of the slewing gear

Defective seals can reduce the service life of the slewing gear.
Oil leaks or a too low oil level in the gearbox may lead to damages.
The oil level must be checked regularly.
Requirements
▪ The oil of the slewing gear is at operating temperature.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 617

2019-03_EN
Checking the oil level of the slewing gear
1
2
3
1 Oil dipstick 3 Lower marking

2 Upper marking
1. Clean the surroundings of the oil dipstick.

2. Unscrew and pull out the oil dipstick.
3. Wipe oil dipstick with a clean, lint-free cloth.
4. Screw oil dipstick fully in and unscrew it again.
5. Read oil level on the oil dipstick.
ð The oil level shall be located between the two markings on the oil dipstick.
7. Screw in and tighten oil dipstick by hand.
ð The oil level of the slewing gear has been checked.
Refilling slewing gear oil

1. Clean the surroundings of the oil dipstick.
2. Unscrew and pull out the oil dipstick.
3. Insert funnel into the orifice of the oil dipstick.
4. Fill oil in through the orifice for the oil dipstick with the aid of a funnel.
5. Wipe oil dipstick with a lint-free cloth. Check oil level with the oil dipstick. If necessary, fill in
additional oil.
6. Screw in and tighten oil dipstick by hand.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ð The oil of the slewing gear has been refilled.
Lubricating gear ring and pinion of slewing gear
Requirements
618 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN

Lubricating the slewing gear gear ring and pinion

The special lubricant is applied using a brush or a spray can. Make sure that the tooth flanks do
not show any bare spots.
1. Lubricate the gear ring with a brush or spray can.
2. Lubricate the pinion with a brush or spray can.
ð The slewing gear gear ring and pinion have been lubricated.
1 Gear ring of slewing gear 2 Drive pinion of slewing gear
Hydraulic superstructure interlock
Requirements
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 619

2019-03_EN
1 Hydraulic interlock 2 Locking element
Description
The superstructure is locked hydraulically. There are two proximity switches installed in the su-
perstructure for control purposes.
The functions of the lock and the proximity switch should be checked before every crane opera-
tion.
Note: If, after activating the superstructure lock, the Slewing gear locked indicator in the main
display of the crane control does not light up, a specialist workshop must be contacted.
"Superstructure lock" pushbutton
Press upper part = unlock superstructure.
Press lower part = lock superstructure.
Check the functioning of superstructure lock and proximity switch

The superstructure is locked hydraulically.
The function of the interlock is indicated by means of pilot lamps.
Note: If, after locking the superstructure, the Slewing gear locked indicator does not light up, a
specialist workshop must be contacted.
Lubricating slewing ring

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
The bearing positions are supplied by the centralized lubrication system.
Checking the gear ring screw connections

620 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Changing gear oil of slewing gear

Checking the backlash of the slewing gear

Check tilting clearance and slewing ring

Visual inspection of the slewing gear transmission

20.14.3 Slewing brake
Checking the braking system of the slewing gear
Requirements
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Checking the hydraulic oil level of the braking system

1. Check the hydraulic oil level of the braking system at the reservoir.
The hydraulic oil level must be visible at the measurement mark of the reservoir.
ATF 60G-3 621

2019-03_EN
2. If there is a lack of hydraulic oil, contact a specialist workshop.

ð The hydraulic oil level of the braking system has been checked.
Checking the brake pedal of the slewing gear

1. Step brake pedal down completely.
The brake pedal must not present any impermissible empty run, or be stepped down in a
spring-loaded way or too far.
2. If the brake pedal reacts as described above, contact a specialist workshop.
ð The brake pedal of the slewing gear has been checked.
Checking the slewing brake

NOTICE! This activity must only be carried out if the aforementioned tests did not show
any malfunctions.
Requirements
▪ The mobile crane is secured against tipping over, refer to carrier operating manual, chapter
Outrigging.
▪ The telescopic boom is raised, Luffing the telescopic boom [} page 118].
Checking the slewing brake
1. Start the superstructure engine and increase speed.
2. Step on the brake pedal and move the left-hand crane control lever to the left or to the right.
ð The superstructure shall nor turn.
3. Release the left crane control lever.
4. Release the brake pedal.
5. Move the left-hand crane control lever to the left or to the right.
ð The superstructure shall turn.
ð The slewing brake has been checked.
20.15 Hoisting winches
DANGER
Risk of accidents due to unintended operation.
People can be injured or killed if the mobile crane is accidentally put into
operation.
1. Only perform work on the system when it is stationary and not under
load.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
2. Before starting the work, take protective measures against an uninten-

ded operation.
3. Before putting into operation, after maintenance or repair, ensure that
no persons remain in the danger zone.
622 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
WARNING
NOTICE
Malfunctions due to mixing of oils.
The mixing of different oil types may lead to malfunctions in the hydraulic
system.
1. Do not mix oils from different manufacturers or types.
20.15.2 Checking the tightness of the hoisting winch

Check tightness of all hoisting winches daily before starting work.
20.15.3 Checking the hoisting winch gearbox oil level
Requirements
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 623

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Filling in oil and bleeding gearbox 4 Leakage line 1

2 Oil drain plug 5 Leakage line 2
3 Oil level plug
Outrigging.
Checking oil level of hoisting winch gearbox oil

1. Unscrew oil level plug.
2. Check the oil level.
The oil level must reach the lower edge of the oil level orifice.
4. Clean sealing surfaces with a lint-free cloth.
5. Screw oil level plug in.
ð The oil level of the hoisting winch gearbox has been checked.
Topping up hoisting winch gearbox oil

1. Screw oil filler plug out.
2. Unscrew oil level plug.
3. Using a funnel, fill oil into the oil filler opening until the oil level is visible at the oil level open-
ing.
4. Clean sealing surfaces of the oil filler opening and the oil level opening with a lint-free cloth.
5. Screw in and tighten oil level plug.
6. Screw in and tighten oil filler plug.
ð The oil of the hoisting winch gearbox has been refilled.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
624 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
20.15.4 Check anti-two-block device
1 Anti-two-block device
Requirements
Outrigging.
▪ The telescopic boom is raised, Luffing the telescopic boom [} page 118].
20.15.5 Checking the backlash of the hoisting winch

20.15.6 Checking the discs and the freewheeling of the hoisting winch brake
20.15.7 Changing gear oil of hoisting winch

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
20.15.8 Visual inspection of the hoisting winch transmission

20.15.9 Testing the function of the rope limit switch

ATF 60G-3 625

2019-03_EN
20.16 Jib *)
20.16.1 Lubricating the jib
WARNING
1. Grease and lubricate all bearings, all pins and all moving parts.
20.17 Lubricating the telescopic boom
WARNING
20.17.2 Lubricating the sliding surfaces
Requirements
▪ The superstructure is preferably rotated to the rear.
▪ Maintenance mode of the automatic safe load indicator is selected.
▪ Either:
0.0 t counterweight variant is fitted to the superstructure, mobile crane is supported on 6.4 m
outrigger base.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Or:
outrigger base.
626 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Lubricating the Telescope 1 sliding surfaces
Overview
1 Bottom sliding surface 2 Inner sliding surface lubrication point
Procedure
1. Raise the telescopic boom to ≥ 70°.
2. Extend Telescope 1 by entering number 82 of the telescoping status in the automatic safe
load indicator, refer to Direct entry of telescoping status [} page 190].
3. Lower the telescopic boom to 0°.
4. Use a suitable tool such as a spatula to remove the old grease.
5. Lubricate bottom sliding surface.
6. With a grease extension tube, lubricate inner sliding surface through the Inner sliding sur-
face lubrication point,
ð Telescope 1 has been lubricated.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 627

2019-03_EN
Overview
Procedure
2. Extend Telescopes 1 and 2 by entering number 77 of the telescoping status in the auto-
matic safe load indicator, refer to Direct entry of telescoping status [} page 190].
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
628 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview
Procedure
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 629

2019-03_EN
Overview
Procedure
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
630 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview
Procedure
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 631

2019-03_EN
Overview
Procedure
2. Extend Telescopes 5 and 6 by entering number 3 of the telescoping status in the automatic
safe load indicator, refer to Direct entry of telescoping status [} page 190].
Final activities
2. Fully retract all the telescopes.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

4. Remove excessive grease from collar.
5. Set down the telescopic boom in the boom rest.
ð The lubrication work has been completed.
ð All wear plates have been lubricated.
632 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
20.17.3 Lubricating the lock pin
Preparations for the lubrication process

▪ Either:
outrigger base.
Or:
outrigger base.
▪ The superstructure is preferably rotated to the rear.
▪ Maintenance mode of the automatic safe load indicator is selected.
Lubricating the Telescope 1 lock pins
Overview
1 Bottom sliding surface 2 Upper sliding surface lubrication point
Procedure
4. Remove all covers of the lubrication points.
5. Lubricate all lock pins.
6. Install all covers.
ð Lock pins of Telescopic boom 1 have been lubricated.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 633

2019-03_EN
Overview
Procedure
Overview
Procedure
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

634 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Overview
Procedure
Overview
Procedure
WFN3RUWW2K2064139

ATF 60G-3 635

2019-03_EN
Overview
Procedure
Final activities
2. Fully retract all the telescopes.
3. Set down the telescopic boom in the boom rest.
ð All lock pins have been lubricated.
20.17.4 Lubricating foot bolts of the telescopic boom
The bearing positions are supplied by the centralized lubrication system. WFN3RUWW2K2064139
636 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
20.18.1 General information
Requirements
The following chapter lists working instructions for care and maintenance of important assem-
blies. These must be carried out in accordance with the time intervals in the maintenance
schedule.
This applies for the following assemblies:
▪ Doors, hatches and windshield of superstructure cab [} page 637].
▪ Windshield wiper blades [} page 641].
▪ Air conditioning system [} page 643].
20.18.2 Doors, hatches and windshield of superstructure cab
Door maintenance
Maintaining door lock

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 637

2019-03_EN
1. Open the door of the superstructure cab.

2. Apply a product containing graphite on the door lock before frost season begins.
3. Check door for good movability.
Treating door seals
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1. Treat door seals and rubber parts with acid-free grease or talcum before frost season be-
gins.
638 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Maintaining maintenance hatch
Maintaining lock of maintenance hatch

2. Apply a product containing graphite on the lock of the maintenance hatch before frost sea-
son begins.
3. Check lock of maintenance hatch for locking function.
Maintaining hinges of maintenance hatch

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1. Apply a product containing graphite on the hinges of the maintenance hatch before frost
season begins.
2. Check maintenance hatch for good movability.
ATF 60G-3 639

2019-03_EN
Maintaining retaining mechanism of the windshield
Maintaining lock of the windshield
1. Open the front windshield.

2. Apply a product containing graphite on the lock of the front windshield before frost season
begins.
3. Check lock of front windshield for locking function.
Maintaining hinges of front cover
1. Apply a product containing graphite on the hinges of the front windshield before frost sea-
son begins.
2. Check windshield for good movability.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
3. Close the windshield.
640 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
20.18.3 Windshield wiper blades
Cleaning the windshield wiper blades
WARNING
Risk of accidents from dirty windshield wiper blades.
If the windshield wiper blades are dirty, you can no longer clean the win-
dows properly. Dirty windows increase the risk of accidents. This may lead
1. Clean the windshield wiper blades.
Clean the windshield wiper blades of the windshield and roof window regularly.
Replace the windshield wiper blades
Two windshield wiper blades are located on the superstructure cab's windows.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 641

2019-03_EN
Overview
1 Wiper arm 3 Windshield wiper blade

2 Plastic adapter

1. Lift the wiper arm off the pane.
2. Press the plastic adapters together and pull out of the guide.
NOTICE! Pay attention to the installation direction for re-installation!
3. Pull windshield wiper blade out off the guide.
4. Introduce new windshield wiper blade into the guide led by the plastic adapter. The plastic
adapter must engage audibly.
5. If necessary, replace further windshield wiper blades.
ð The windshield wiper blade has been replaced.
20.18.4 Filling the windshield washer system
Safety instructions
CAUTION
Risk of injury due to windscreen washer concentrate.
Windscreen washer concentrate is highly flammable and corrosive. This
may lead to accidents involving personal injuries or material damage.
1. No open flame, no naked light, no smoking when handling windscreen
washer concentrate.
clear water. If necessary, seek medical attention.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Requirements
▪ Windshield is open and secured.
642 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Filling the windshield washer system
1 Washing water tank
20.18.5 Air conditioning system
Safety instructions
WARNING
Risk of injury due to coolant.
Coolant is toxic. This may lead to accidents involving personal injuries.
clear water. If necessary, seek medical attention.
2. Filling and repair activities on air conditioning systems may only be
carried out by an authorized specialist workshop.
Air conditioning system - winter operation
Even during the winter months, the air conditioning system must run
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
approximately 10 minutes at least once a month. This prevents seals

and bearings from drying out.
Air conditioning system inspection

Have a regular inspection carried out at a specialist workshop.
ATF 60G-3 643

2019-03_EN
20.18.6 Hot-water heating system

For information about the care and maintenance, refer to the manufacturer's documentation.
20.18.7 Auxiliary heating *)

20.18.8 Heater
20.19 Oiling and lubricating
20.19.1 Lubricating joints, pins, hinges and all moving parts

Lubricate joints, pins, hinges and all moving parts.
20.19.2 Maintaining luffing cylinder
Requirements
▪ Telescopic boom is set down in the boom rest.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
644 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Lubricating the luffing cylinder
The bearing positions are supplied by the centralized lubrication system.
Renewing the corrosion protection of the luffing cylinder

1. Clean the visible section of the piston rod.
2. Spray the visible section of the piston rod with "Lube Protection Spray".
ð The corrosion protection has been renewed.
20.19.3 Lubricating the hook block
Overview
1 Lubricating nipple
NOTICE! The drawing is an example.The installation location of the lubricating nipples may differ
from the graphic representation.
Lubricating the hook block

1. Lubricate the lubricating nipples of the hook block.
ð The hook block has been lubricated.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 645

2019-03_EN
20.20 Centralized lubrication system
20.20.1 Installation location of centralized lubrication system
20.20.2 Overview of lubrication points
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
1 Telescopic boom 5 Lubricating point, hoisting winch 2 *)

2 Lubricating point, slewing ring 6 Superstructure cab
3 Centralized lubrication system 7 Lubricating point, luffing cylinder
4 Lubricating point, hoisting winch 1
646 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
20.20.3 Checking fill level of reservoir

1. Checking the fill level of the reservoir
For refilling the reservoir, see Centralized lubrication system [} page 677].
ð Fill level has been checked.
20.20.4 Inspect the lines and screw couplings for leaks and damage
1. Inspect the lines and screw couplings for leaks and damage.
20.21 Amot Control (engine stop) *)
20.21.1 Valve function check
1 Reset lever, open position 2 Reset lever, closed position
Valve function check

1. Close and open the valve again by hand using the reset lever.
The reset lever must move easily.
ð The function of the valve has been checked.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 647

2019-03_EN
20.22 Wire ropes
WARNING
20.22.2 Caring for the hoisting winch

For an uninterrupted and sustained use of the wire rope, the following care instructions must be
observed:
▪ Carrying out care activities regularly ensures that safe crane operation is maintained and
that the service life of the wire rope is increased significantly.
▪ Wire ropes must be relubricated at regular intervals – particularly in the section of the bend-
ing zones.
▪ Lubricants must be compatible with the original lubrication.
▪ Well lubricated ropes show four times the bending cycles compared to non-lubricated ropes
under the same test conditions.
▪ Heavily soiled wire ropes must be cleaned, best performed using brushes or washing with
clear water.
▪ If the lower rope layers on the drum are seldom or never used, they must be unwound from
time to time and placed again with pretension.
▪ The wire rope works most efficiently when its whole length is used.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
648 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
21 Crane testing instructions
21.1 Periodic tests of cranes

Every TADANO crane is checked before the delivery in accordance with the DIN standards and
DGUV 52 compliant accident prevention regulations prevailing in the Federal Republic of Ger-
many.
Accident prevention regulations applicable in the Federal Republic prescribe periodic annual
tests, whereas the corresponding national regulations are applicable in other countries.
If national regulations do not exist in a particular country, we recommend conducting these peri-
odic tests in accordance with the DGUV 52 accident prevention regulations applicable in Ger-
many.
Periodic annual tests for cranes can be conducted by crane experts and/or specialists. This test
is primarily a visual inspection for assessing the condition of the entire crane and its compon-
ents.
In addition, according to DGUV 52 accident prevention regulations (§ 26), a test must be con-
ducted by an expert every 4 years. After the 13th year of operation, an annual test needs to be
conducted by an expert.
The defects identified must be documented in the crane inspection log; the operating company
is under obligation to rectify these defects. A subsequent test may be required.
The VBG 9a accident prevention regulations and/or BGR 500 Chapter 2.8 and/or the corres-
ponding national regulations are applicable for the load handling equipment.
During the periodic tests, the automatic safe load indicator as well as the entire hydraulic and
electrical control and safety devices must be checked.
During the periodic tests, the entire hydraulic and electrical control and safety devices must be
checked as well.
The expert or the specialist is solely responsible for determining the complete scope of periodic
tests.
A few important points to be considered during periodic tests are listed below.
However, we would like to emphasize that not all points in the scope of test are represented
here.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 649

2019-03_EN
21.2 Checking the load-bearing steel structures
WARNING
Risk of accidents due to damage on the load-bearing parts of the mo-
bile crane.
Damaged parts may fail under load. It may result in an accident involving
personal injuries or even death.
1. Check the parts subjected to loads regularly. Ask a specialist company
to repair the damaged parts immediately.
All load-bearing steel structures, such as carrier frame, outrigger casings and outrigger beams,
telescopic boom, superstructure frame, shall be checked periodically depending on the operat-
ing conditions, but at least once a year. Likewise, welding seams must be checked thoroughly
even if they are subjected to lower loads.
If the crane is subjected to an impermissible load when operating (e.g. a high impact load due to
a load falling on the rope or similar), the load-bearing parts of the mobile crane must be
checked.
According to DIN 15018 T3, different stress tolerance coefficients are determined for different
high-strength fine-grain construction steels. The mobile cranes from TADANO have been de-
signed as per this standard for the load spectrum "S1 light" as well as a stress tolerance coeffi-
cient of 25,000 load cycles. A suitable service life of a mobile crane is determined based on this
and the operating conditions. The service life does not depend solely on the specified stress tol-
erance coefficient, but depends on the loads exerted on the mobile crane during the operation
period.
The following drawing shows the load-bearing steel structure and given the tester a few indica-
tions regarding the points to be checked. Points marked with arrows are highly stressed zones
and must be checked when testing and depending on the operating conditions.
We would however like to explicitly emphasize that the drawing does not claim to be complete.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
650 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Superstructure frame
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 651

2019-03_EN
Telescopic boom
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
652 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Jib *)
If damage (e.g. cracks, deformations) is detected during these tests, please contact an expert.
Consult TADANO after investigating the fault.
The repair method should then be decided on in consultation between TADANO and the expert.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 653

2019-03_EN
21.3 Checking the bottom block
WARNING
Crane operation with a defective bottom block
If worn out or defective bottom blocks are used, the load may fall. This
may result in accidents involving material damage or personal injuries.
1. Operating the crane with worn-out or defective bottom blocks is prohib-
ited.
Check the bottom blocks regularly for their functionality and condition.
These checks must be conducted by experts/specialists. Prevailing national regulations and
guidelines must be observed.
Please contact your TADANO After-sales Service in case of queries or problems.
It will gladly carry out all the servicing, maintenance and repair work that crops up.
An expert must check the bottom blocks and lifting hooks regularly and depending on the oper-
ating conditions of the crane. However, these checks must be conducted at least once a year.
These regular checks are intended to avoid accidents due to defects.
The defects identified during the test must be documented and rectified. The rectification of de-
fects can be confirmed through a subsequent test.
Instructions for the proper execution of the tests and the evaluation of the defects identified are
given in DIN 15405 T1.
Checking for the expansion of the hook mouth
X = marking
Measuring section "y" or "y1" and "y2"
The check for the deformation of the hook mouth must be conducted regularly depending on the
operating conditions of the crane. However, it must be conducted at least once a year.
The expansion of the hook mouth should not be more than 10% (in accordance with DIN 15405
T1) with respect to the original dimension "y" or "y1" and "y2". Original dimensions are specified
on the lifting hooks as well as in the crane inspection log. The dimensions "y" or "y1" and "y2" are
always measured between the staking punch marks.
WARNING
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Crane operation with expanded lifting hooks

If expanded lifting hooks are used, they may break and the load may fall.
This may result in accidents involving material damage or personal injur-
ies.
1. Operating the crane with an expanded hook mouth is prohibited.
654 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
If a deformation is detected (even less than 10%), the lifting hook

must be checked for surface cracks using suitable aids.
Checking for the wear

In case of single and double hooks, the wear should not be greater than 5% of the height h2 as
per DIN 15401 T1 and/or DIN 15402 T1.
If the wear of the lifting hook is greater, it should no longer be used.
WARNING
Crane operation with a worn-out bottom block
Using the worn-out bottom blocks may lead to accidents involving material
damage and/or personal injuries.
1. Operating the crane with the worn-out bottom block is prohibited.
Checking for corrosion

Especially the threads of the lifting hook must be checked for corrosion. Remove the lifting hook
nut from the hook shaft to ensure that the threads of the lifting hook shaft are accessible for in-
spection.
If the lifting hook is worn out or corroded, it may not be used any longer.
WARNING
Crane operation with worn-out or corroded threads of the bottom
block
Using the bottom blocks with worn-out or corroded threads may lead to ac-
cidents involving material damage and/or personal injuries.
1. Operating the crane operation with worn-out or corroded threads of the
bottom block is prohibited.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 655

2019-03_EN
21.4 Checking the hoisting ropes
WARNING
Crane operation with defective hoisting ropes
Worn-out or defective hoisting ropes may rip or break. The load may fall.
ies.
1. Operating the crane with worn-out or defective hoisting ropes is prohib-
ited.
WARNING
Maintenance work without adequate safety precautions!
There is an increased risk of falling when carrying out maintenance work
from an elevated place without adequate safety precautions. This may
cause injuries, which could even be lethal sometimes.
1. The personnel must be protected with suitable aids (e.g. platform, rail-
ing) when carrying out maintenance work on the mobile crane. Use the
existing access steps and ladders.
Check the condition of hoisting ropes regularly.

These checks must be conducted by experts. Prevailing national regulations and guidelines
must be observed.
Please contact your TADANO After-sales Service in case of queries or problems. It will gladly
carry out all the servicing, maintenance and repair work that crops up.
Rope drives of mobile cranes are not designed as high fatigue-resistant. Therefore, ropes may
break during operation. Principles for monitoring the rope drives during operation are specified
in DIN 15020 T2 and ISO 4309.
Check the hoisting ropes regularly by taking into account the existing operating conditions of the
mobile crane. The hoisting rope must be checked thoroughly at short intervals especially during
the initial period after fixing it, after replacing it as well as in case of exceptional loads or pos-
sible damage that cannot be detected from outside.
The operational safety of the hoisting ropes being used can be evaluated as per the following
criteria:
▪ Type and number of wire breaks
▪ Position and chronological order of wire breaks
▪ Change in the rope diameter during the operation period
▪ Corrosion
▪ Wear
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
▪ Rope deformations
▪ Heat effects and
▪ Service life.
Rope fasteners and rope attachments must be checked for the safe condition. We would like to
especially specify that the wire breaks at such points are often difficult to identify. Other com-
ponents of the rope drive such as rope drum or rollers must move freely in the bearings and free
from defects.
656 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
21.4.1 Replacement state of hoisting ropes

Hoisting ropes must be replaced immediately if one of the following defects exists in the hoisting
rope.
Even if there is any doubt regarding the further usability of hoisting ropes, it should always be
replaced. If required, an expert of the rope manufacturer can be consulted for inspecting the
hoisting rope.
If any particular defects are detected in the hoisting rope, their cause
must be found and the defects must be rectified. Only then a new
hoisting rope should be mounted.
Wire breaks
WARNING
The hoisting rope was not checked properly after the occurrence of
initial wire breaks.
The number of wire breaks may increase rapidly. The hoisting rope may
rip or break. The load may fall. This may result in accidents involving ma-
terial damage or personal injuries.
1. After the occurrence of initial wire breaks, the inspection intervals must
be shortened so that the replacement condition can be identified on
time.
WARNING
Permissible number of wire breaks in the hoisting rope exceeded
The hoisting rope may rip or break. The load may fall. This may result in
accidents involving material damage or personal injuries.
1. If the permissible number of wire breaks is reached, the hoisting rope
must be replaced.
A hoisting rope must be replaced at the latest when a number of visible wire breaks mentioned
in the following tables is detected at any point on the hoisting rope (extract from DIN 15020
Bl.2).
Number of load-bearing wires in Number of visible wire breaks for the replacement state at a length
outer strands of
6xd 30 x d
76 – 100 4 8
101 – 120 5 10
121 – 140 6 11
d – nominal diameter of the hoisting rope
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
National regulations which differ from the above regulations should be observed.
Determining the occurrence of wire breaks depending on the time is often recommended. The
probable replacement time can then be derived from the chronological increase in wire breaks.
ATF 60G-3 657

2019-03_EN
Tangles of broken wires

The hoisting rope must be replaced in case of tangles of broken wires. The hoisting rope must
be replaced immediately if a strand breaks.
Reduction in diameter
The hoisting rope must be replaced when the diameter is reduced by 15% or more over a
longer stretch with respect to the nominal diameter owing to structural changes.
Corrosion
Even if wire breaks are not detected, the hoisting rope must be replaced of the rope diameter is
reduced by 10% or more with respect to the nominal diameter owing to corrosion damage. Cor-
rosion in wires that are not visible from the outside is difficult to identify.
Wear
Even if wire breaks are not detected, the hoisting rope must be replaced of the rope diameter is
reduced by 10% or more with respect to the nominal diameter owing to wear. Under the effect
of wear, the static breaking strength of the hoisting rope may be reduced owing to the reduction
in the metallic rope cross-section and its operational strength may also be reduced owing to
wear notches.
Rope deformations
Rope deformations are visible changes in the rope bundle of the hoisting rope. The following
deformations are differentiated between depending on the appearance:
▪ Corkscrew-shaped deformations The hoisting rope must be replaced
when a wave height of 1/3 of the rope diameter or more is available.
▪ Baskets (also called bird-caging) occur when the outer layer of wires is
slackened or the outer strands are longer than the inner ones. Owing to
movement of outer wire or strand layers with respect to the inner layers,
the surplus length component is displaced to a point. The hoisting rope
must be replaced in case of basket formation.
▪ Loop formation. Individual wires or wire groups come out from the rope
bundle in the shape of a hairpin on the side opposite to the sheave. The
hoisting rope must be replaced in case of considerable change in the
rope bundle.
▪ Slackening of individual wires or strands. In this case, outer wires of

the loaded wire rope or individual strands may be displaced. These
strands then do not absorb the component of traction force for which
they are designed. The remaining wires or strands are then overloaded.
The hoisting rope must be replaced if the slackening is caused due to
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
corrosion or wear. In case of other reasons, the resulting wire breaks are
decisive for the replacement state.
▪ Knots. These are repeatedly observed bulges in the wire ripe over
longer rope sections. The hoisting rope is moved additionally due to
knots. Hoisting ropes having severe knot formation must be replaced.
658 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
▪ Contractions. These are reductions in the diameter of the hoisting rope

over short rope sections. Hoisting ropes with severe contractions must
be replaced.
▪ Flattenings. These are permanent deformations in the hoisting rope

that are caused due to pinching. Flattening leads to more wire breaks.
Hoisting ropes with flattening must be replaced.
▪ Buckles. These deformation caused when an eye-shaped grommet is

pulled straight and when the hoisting rope cannot compensate the res-
ulting deformation due to a rotary movement around its axis. Hoisting
ropes with one or more buckles must be replaced.
▪ Kinks. These deformations cause due to several external effects on the

wire rope. Hoisting ropes having kinks must be replaced.
▪ Curl-shaped deformations are caused when the loaded hoisting rope is pulled over an
edge. Hoisting ropes damaged in this manner must be replaced.
Heat effect
Hoisting ropes exposed to an extremely high heat effect can be detected through faded colors
of outer wires. Such hoisting ropes must be replaced.
Service life
If adequate knowledge and operational experience are available for a rope drive, the time for re-
placing a hoisting rope can be determined for a mobile crane within the scope of a preventive
maintenance provided the operating conditions and the hoisting rope remain the same.
The hoisting rope must be checked regularly.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 659

2019-03_EN
21.5 Service life of the hoisting winch
WARNING
Crane operation with a defective hoisting winch!
If the crane is operated with a defective hoisting winch, the load may fall.
ies.
1. Operating the crane with a defective hoisting winch is prohibited.
Check the hoisting winches regularly for their functionality and condition.
These checks must be conducted by experts or specialists. Prevailing national regulations and
guidelines must be observed.
Please contact your TADANO After-sales Service in case of queries or problems. It will gladly
carry out all the servicing, maintenance and repair work that crops up.
21.5.1 Theoretical service life of the hoisting winch

When designing and dimensioning the hoisting winch, specific operating conditions and a calcu-
lated total operation time were assumed and a theoretical service life of the hoisting winch is
calculated from these.
The hoisting winch of the mobile crane has been classified in accordance with ISO 4301/1, FEM
1.001 as follows:
Engine group M3
Load spectrum L1
Factor of the load spectrum Km = 0.125
Theoretical service life D = 3200 h
The theoretical service life should not be confused with the actual (real)
service life of the hoisting winch.
The possible service life is also affected by a number of external factors such as:
1. Overload due to improper use of the mobile crane.
2. Inadequate maintenance, e.g. oil changed too late.
3. Incorrect operations, e.g. extreme delays or load falling on the rope.
4. Maintenance errors, e.g. incorrect oil types or filling volume, contamination when changing
the oil.
5. Mounting errors during maintenance and repair.
6. Non-rectified leakages.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
7. Incorrectly set safety devices, e.g. pressure limiting valves.

8. Undisclosed damage due to accidents.
9. Extreme ambient conditions such as dust and dirt, corrosive atmosphere, high or low tem-
peratures.
660 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
21.5.2 Elapsed component of the theoretical service life

According to the BGV D8 / BGV D6 accident prevention regulation and ISO 9927-1, the crane
operating company is under obligation to inspect the mobile crane at least once a year or ap-
point an agency to do so.
The elapsed component of the theoretical service life must be determined while doing so. If the
crane operating company cannot do so independently, it must appoint an expert for this pur-
pose. In Germany, this can be done by a crane expert in accordance with § 23 BGV D8. In
other countries, this can be done by an "expert engineer" in accordance with ISO 9927-1. Na-
tional regulations which may differ from the above regulations should be observed.
When determining the elapsed component of the theoretical service life, the actual operating
conditions (load spectrum) and the operating hours of the hoisting winch per inspection interval
must be determined. The operating company is responsible for the proper documentation of this
data in the crane inspection log.
Determining the operating conditions

One of the load spectrums listed below must be selected from the data of actual operating con-
ditions and entered for the corresponding inspection interval in the crane inspection log.
The load spectrum of the hoisting winch is classified into the following groups (also see FEM
1.001 and ISO 4301/1):
Load spec- Definitions Runtime compon- Factor of Graphical representation
trum ents the load
Class spectrum
Light Engines or its parts that 10% of the runtime Km =

Q1 are exposed to high with the highest 0.125
stresses only under ex- load
L1 ceptional cases, but are (Dead load + 1/1
normally exposed only to loading capacity)
extremely low stresses
40% of the runtime
with dead load +
1/3 loading capa-
city
50% of the runtime
only with dead load
Medium Engines or its parts that 1/6 of the runtime Km = 0.25
Q2 are often exposed to high with the highest
stresses, but are normally load
L2 exposed to low stresses (Dead load + 1/1
loading capacity)
1/6 of the runtime
with dead load +
2/3 loading capa-
city
1/6 of the runtime
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
with dead load +

1/3 loading capa-
city
50% of the runtime
only with dead load
ATF 60G-3 661

2019-03_EN
Heavy Engines or its parts that 50% of the runtime Km =0.5

Q3 are frequently exposed to with the highest
high stresses, but are nor- load
L3 mally exposed to medium (Dead load + 1/1
stresses loading capacity)
50% of the runtime
only with dead load
Very Engines or its parts that 90% of the runtime Km =1
Heavy are regularly exposed to with the highest
the highest stress and to load
Q4 high stresses (Dead load + 1/1
L4 loading capacity)
10% of the runtime
only with dead load
For mobile cranes in the mounting mode, the load spectrum L 1 with the load spectrum factor of
Km = 0.125 must normally be used for the hoisting winch.
Determining the effective operating hours Ti

The determined operating hours must be entered for the corresponding inspection interval for all
hoisting winches in the crane inspection log.
One of the following options is used for determining the effective operating hours depending on
the model of the mobile crane.
The following percentage standard values specified for determining

the operating hours of hoisting winches are normally applicable only
for the first hoisting winch. For the second hoisting winch *), the
components of operating hours may vary and must therefore by es-
timated by the operating company depending on the existing operat-
ing conditions.
1. Determining the operating hours using the hourmeter for every hoisting winch
If the mobile crane is equipped with a hourmeter for every hoisting winch, the actual operating
hours Ti for the corresponding inspection interval can be read directly.
2. Determining the operating hours using the hourmeter for the superstructure operation
If hourmeter is provided for the entire superstructure operation, the operating company must es-
timate the actual component of operating hours of the hoisting winch for the entire superstruc-
ture operating hours.
In the case of mobile cranes operated in the mounting mode, a hoisting winch operating hours
component of 20% with respect to the total superstructure operating hours can normally be as-
sumed.
3. Determining the operating hours without using a hourmeter

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
In this case, the operating company must estimate the actual operating hours of the hoisting
winch depending on operating conditions and document the same.
662 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
21.5.3 Determining the elapsed component of the theoretical service life
WARNING
The hoisting winch was not overhauled on time.
If the hoisting winch is not overhauled on time, it may fail when operating
the crane. The load may fall. This may result in accidents involving mater-
ial damage or personal injuries.
1. A general overhaul must be done at the latest after the expiry of the
theoretical service life of the hoisting winch, however at least after 10
years. Deviating from the aforementioned, further operation is allowed
if an expert certifies that problems will not occur in during further oper-
ation and after determining the conditions for further operation and
documenting them in the inspection log. The company must ensure
that the conditions determined for further operation are adhered to
(§35a BGVD8).
2. The next general overhaul must be done at the latest after reaching
the theoretical service life of the winch or after 10 years.
For an inspection interval "i" (a maximum of 1 year as per BGV D6, BGV D8 or ISO 9927-1), the
elapsed component "Si" of the theoretical service life "D" is determined as per the following for-
mula:
Si = ( Kmi: Km ) x Ti
Km = load spectrum factor that was used when designing the hoisting winch.
Kmi = load spectrum factor in the inspection interval "i".
Ti = effective operating hours of the winch in the inspection interval "i".
After every inspection interval, this elapsed component "Si" of the theoretical service life is de-
ducted from the remaining theoretical service life "Di" (see the example).
If the remaining theoretical service life is no longer adequate for the next inspection interval, the
operating company must initiate a general overhaul of the hoisting winch.
If the theoretical service life "D" is reached, the hoisting winch must be operated further only
after a general overhaul. Deviating from the aforementioned, further operation is allowed if an
expert certifies that problems will not occur in during further operation and after determining the
conditions for further operation and documenting them in the inspection log. The company must
ensure that the conditions determined for further operation are adhered to (§35a BGVD8).
The general overhaul must be initiated by the crane operating company and carried out by the
hoisting winch manufacturer or the persons authorized by the hoisting winch manufacturer. It
must be documented properly in the inspection log.
After completing the general overhaul, the manufacturer or the persons authorized by the hoist-
ing winch manufacturer must specify a new theoretical service life "D". This new theoretical ser-
vice life "D" must be documented in the inspection log.
If the theoretical service life is not completed after 10 years, the hoisting winch can be operated
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
without a general overhaul as long as a crane expert certifies the correctness and the useful-
ness of the elapsed component of the service life during every expert test by signing in the
crane inspection log.
In this case, the hoisting winch must be thoroughly examined by the crane expert:
1. External visual inspection (deformations, damage, leakages, etc.)
2. Checking the oil especially for metallic residues
ATF 60G-3 663

2019-03_EN
3. Load test at the maximum possible speed with the maximum and minimum rope traction. At
least one layer must be wound. Pay attention to unusual noises during this load test.
The crane expert must certify this test in the crane inspection log and take a decision regarding
the further operation of the hoisting winches.
The next test is conducted before the completion of the 12th year of operation; all other tests
are conducted every year.
Example for determining the elapsed component of the theoretical service life for the
model having a hourmeter for the superstructure
In accordance with the manufacturer's information, the hoisting winch is classified as follows:
Engine group M3
Load spectrum L1
Factor of the load spectrum Km = 0.125
Theoretical service life D = 3200 h
The mobile crane can be equipped with different hourmeters.

The operating hours component of the hoisting winch can be calculated according to the follow-
ing table:
Hourmeter Operating hours of hoisting winch
On the hoisting winch 100 %
On the superstructure 20 %
On the carrier 12 %
The elapsed component "Si" of the theoretical service life of the hoisting winch can be calcu-
lated for the individual inspection intervals (once a year).
For the example below, the following applies: A separate hourmeter is provided in the super-
structure.
1st inspection (after the 1st year of operation)
The mobile crane was exclusively used for mounting work in the last 12 months. The load spec-
trum is:
L 1, i.e.: Km1 = 0.125.
The reading on the superstructure hourmeter shows 800 h, out of which 20% are set as the op-
erating hour component of the hoisting winch.
T1 = 160 h.
The elapsed component S1 of the theoretical service life is:

1st inspection: S1 = ( Km1 : Km ) x T1 = ( 0.125 : 0.125 ) x 160
S1 = 160 h
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
The remaining theoretical service life is:

D1 = D - S1 = 3200 h - 160 h
D1 = 3040 h
The values must be documented in the crane inspection log (see the table).
2nd inspection (after the 2nd year of operation)
664 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
The mobile crane was primarily used for unloading work in the port in the last 12 months. The
load spectrum is:
L 3, i.e.: Km2 = 0.5.
The reading on the superstructure hourmeter shows 2000 h, i.e. during the 2nd year of opera-
tion, the mobile crane was used for 2000 h - 800 h = 1200 h (preceding 800 h already elapsed
in the 1st year).
40% of the vehicle operating hours are set as the operating hour component of the hoisting
winch.
T2 = 480 h

2nd inspection: S2 = ( Km2 : Km) x T2 = ( 0.5 : 0.125 ) x 480
S2 = 1920 h

D2 = D1 - S2 = 3040 h - 1920 h
D2 = 1120 h
3rd inspection (after the 3rd year of operation)
The mobile crane was primarily used for mounting work during this year and occasionally for un-
loading in the port. The load spectrum is:
L 2, i.e.: Km3 = 0.25.
The reading on the superstructure hourmeter shows 3000 h, i.e. during the 3rd year of opera-
tion, the mobile crane was used for 3000 h - 2000 h = 1000 h (2000 h already elapsed in the 1st
and 2nd years).
30% of the vehicle operating hours are set as the operating hour component of the hoisting
winch.
T3 = 300 h

3rd inspection: S3 = ( Km3 : Km ) x T3 = ( 0.25 : 0.125) x 300
S3 = 600 h

D3 = D2 - S3 = 1120 h - 600 h
D3 = 520 h
Use in the subsequent 4th year of operation
If the mobile crane is to be used in this year for operations similar to the ones in the 3rd year of
operation (primarily mounting work and occasionally for unloading in the port, load spectrum L 2
and probably for the similar number of operating hours), it must be estimated that the hoisting
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
winch of this mobile crane needs to be subjected to a general overhaul at the end of the 4th
year of operation since the theoretical service life is reached or already exceeded under some
conditions.
Entries in the table of the crane inspection log

Table for determining the remaining theoretical service life of the hoisting winch
Cat.:
ATF 60G-3 665

2019-03_EN
Type:
Serial No. as per the identification plate:
Last general overhaul carried out on:...........
Engine group: M 3
Load spectrum : L 1
Factor of the load spectrum : Km = 0.125
Theoretical service life : 3200 h
In- Date of first com- Operat- Factor Operat- Operat- Operat- Com- Operat- Elapsed Re- Name Signa- Remark
spec- missioning/inspec- ing condi- of the ing ing ing ponent ing com- maining of the ture
tion tion tions load hours of hours of hours of of the hours of ponent theoret- tester
since the spec- the en- the su- the su- hoisting the of the ical ser-
No.
last in- trum tire mo- per- per- winch in hoisting theoret- vice life
spection bile struc- struc- the su- winch ical ser-
(load crane ture ture per- since vice life
spec- since struc- the last D
trum) the last ture op- inspec-
inspec- erating tion
tion hours
Km (h) (h) (h) (%) (h) (h) (h)

0 15.5.2010 - - - - - 0 320
0
1 05.5.2011 L1 0.1 - 800 800 20 160 160 304 XY
25 0 Z
2 20.5.2012 L3 0.5 - 200 120 40 480 192 112 XX
0 0 0 0 Z
3 01.6.2013 L2 0.2 - 300 100 30 300 600 520 YX
5 0 0 X
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
666 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
21.6 Monitoring the slewing ring
21.6.1 Inspection of the fixing screws of the slewing ring

The fixing screws of the slewing ring may need to be tightened again owing to settling phenom-
ena.
The first inspection of the fixing screws shall be performed after approx. 100 operating hours.
The fixing screws shall be checked at regular intervals depending on the actual conditions of
use of the mobile crane, but at least every 500 operating hours.
If the mobile crane has been exposed to an impermissible load during operation (e.g. a high im-
pact load due to a load falling on the wire rope or similar), the fixing screws and other load-bear-
ing parts of the mobile crane shall be subject to an additional inspection.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 667

2019-03_EN
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
668 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
22 Removal from operation
22.1 Maintenance activities in the event of temporarily

decommissioned mobile crane
Damage due to long standstill periods
The mobile crane should only be temporarily decommissioned in excep-
tional cases. Long standstill periods promote corrosion of sensitive com-
ponents, ageing and contamination of operating materials.
If the mobile crane is decommissioned for a period up to three months, the following measures
are required to prevent any problems when recommissioning it.
A cool, dry, and dust-free place is recommended for the duration of the decommissioning.
To prevent the fuel from silting up, we recommend to empty the fuel tank and fill it up with diesel
fuel without biodiesel proportion, and to allow the engine to run for at least 30 minutes to flush
all fuel-carrying parts.
22.1.1 Preparing mobile crane for temporary decommissioning

1. Fill fuel tank up, refer to Filling up fuel or AdBlue [} page 563].
In case of cold weather, fill up winter diesel.
2. Empty half of the AdBlue® tank.
3. Support the mobile crane.
4. Drain water from fuel system, refer to Draining water from fuel system [} page 588].
5. Check the oil level of the engine, refer to Checking the oil level of the engine [} page 573].
6. Check coolant level, refer to Checking the coolant level [} page 580].
7. Fully charge the batteries, refer to Charging batteries with charger [} page 519].
8. Disconnect batteries.
ð The mobile crane has been prepared for temporary decommissioning.
22.1.2 Monthly maintenance activities on temporarily decommissioned mobile

crane
1. Connect batteries.
3. Switch air conditioning system on, refer to Heater, ventilation, air conditioning system
[} page 279].
4. Switch heating on, refer to Heater, ventilation, air conditioning system [} page 276].
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
5. Switch auxiliary heater on, refer to Superstructure auxiliary heater [} page 280].
6. Allow engine to run at 900 rpm max. for 10 minutes and, while doing so, watch oil pressure,
oil and coolant temperatures.
7. Switch off air conditioning system, heating, and auxiliary heater.
8. Stop engine, switch off Battery main switch switch.
ATF 60G-3 669

2019-03_EN
9. Disconnect batteries.
ð Maintenance has been performed on mobile crane.
22.1.3 Putting mobile crane into operation after temporary decommissioning

1. Connect batteries.
2. Check the air pressure in the tyres.
3. Fill AdBlue® tank up.
5. Switch air conditioning system on, refer to Heater, ventilation, air conditioning system
[} page 279].
6. Switch heating on, refer to Heater, ventilation, air conditioning system [} page 276].
7. Switch auxiliary heater on, refer to Superstructure auxiliary heater [} page 280].
8. Allow engine to run at 900 rpm max. for 10 minutes and, while doing so, watch oil pressure,
oil and coolant temperatures.
9. Switch off air conditioning system, heating, and auxiliary heater.
10.Retract all outriggers.
11.Check service brake repeatedly on empty level road.
12.Stop engine, switch off Battery main switch switch.
ð Mobile crane is ready for operation.
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
670 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
23 Technical data
23 Technical data
23.1 Filling levels

Engine
Quantity 25,5 l
Oil specification See the engine manufacturer's operating manual
First filling SAE 10W-40
Gearbox
Quantity The oil quantity is noted on the model plate.
Oil specification Refer to ZF List of lubricants TE-ML 02 or the gearbox manu-
facturer's operating manual in the Annex
First filling ECOFLUID M75W-80
Angular gear (top)

Filling quantity 7.2 l
Oil specification MIL-L-2105 B
First filling SAE 90-GL5 HYP
Angular gear (bottom)

Filling quantity 3.8 l
Oil specification MIL-L-2105 B
Transfer case
Quantity 11 l
Quantity with supply lines and oil cool- —
ers
Oil specification MIL-L- 2105 B, API-GL 5
Cooling system
Quantity 43 l
Coolant/antifreezing agent Refer to Mercedes-Benz fuel specifications at http://bevo.mer-
cedes-benz.com, specification 325.5, or operating manual of
the engine manufacturer.
First filling Glysantin G40
Fuel tank
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Quantity 300 l
Fuel type Diesel in accordance with EN 590 (10 ppm sulphur) or
ASTM D975 (15 ppm sulphur)
AdBlue tank
Quantity 40 l
ATF 60G-3 671

2019-03_EN
23 Technical data
AdBlue tank
Specification AdBlue in accordance with ISO 22241 or DIN 70070
Windshield washer water tank

Quantity 2l

Refrigerant oil filling level 0,085 l
Refrigerant oil specification ND-Oil 8
Coolant filling level 1,55 kg
Coolant specification R134a
Hydraulic oil tank

Quantity 430 l
Oil specification Mineral oil HVLP: DIN 51524-2
Mineral oil HV: ISO 6743-4
Biodegradable oils On request
First filling Fuchs Renolin XtremeTemp 46+
Key ring colour Hydraulic oil type at first filling

Black Standard oil
Green Bio-oil
Blue Low temperature oil
Oil recommenda- Temperature Designation

tion for hydraulic range
oil tank
Oil recommendation -25 °C to 25 °C Fuchs Renolin XtremTemp 32+
at ambient temper- -15 °C to 40 °C Fuchs Renolin XtremTemp 46+
ature
-40 °C to 25 °C Shell Tellus S4 VX 32
Slewing gear transmission

Filling quantity 8,0 l
Oil type Hypoid transmission oil
Oil specification SAE 90-GL5, viscosity class in accordance with ISO-VG 220
DIN 51517
First filling Shell Spirax S2 A 80W-90
Slewing brake
Filling quantity 0,75 l
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
Oil specification Mineral oil HVLP: DIN 51524-2

Mineral oil HV: ISO 6743-4
First filling Fuchs Renolin XtremeTemp 32+
Hoisting winch transmission

Quantity 2,7 l
Oil type Hypoid transmission oil
672 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
23 Technical data
Hoisting winch transmission

Oil specification SAE 90-GL5, viscosity class in accordance with ISO-VG 220
DIN 51519
First filling Aral Degol BG 220
Engine flange of hoisting winch

transmission
Quantity —
Oil specification ATF II D
23.2 Engine
Engine
Manufacturer Daimler AG / MTU GmbH
Engine type OM936LA / 6R 1000
Number of cylinders 6
Displacement 7.700 cm³
Power / Nominal rotation speed 260 kW (354 PS) / 2200 min-1
Measurement standard for engine ECE R 120
power
Torque / Nominal rotation speed 1400 Nm / 1200–1600 min-1
After treatment of exhaust gases SCR system
Certification EUROMOT 4
23.3 Telescopic boom

Telescopic boom
Telescopic boom Seven-piece
Total length retracted 9.5 m
Total length extended 48.0 m
Max. pulley height Approx. 51.5 m
Telescoping time Approx. 550 s
Telescoping time with fast approach Approx. 480 s
23.4 Luffing cylinder

Luffing cylinder
Description Differential cylinder with attached lowering brake
valve
Adjusting angle -5° to 82.7°
Adjusting time with fast approach when raising 30 s
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
23.5 Hoisting winches

Hoisting winch 1
Drum diameter, bottom of groove 432 mm
Rope diameter 18 mm
ATF 60G-3 673

2019-03_EN
23 Technical data
Hoisting winch 1
Rope length Approx. 230 m
Max. rope tension 57 kN
Max. rope speed Approx. 115 m/min
Hoisting winch 2 *)
Drum diameter, bottom of groove 432 mm
Rope diameter 18 mm
Rope length Approx. 230 m
Max. rope tension 57 kN
Max. rope speed Approx. 115 m/min
23.6 Slewing gear

Slewing gear
Drive Axial piston constant motor
Slewing speed Infinitely variable from 0 – 2 rpm
Superstructure hydraulically lockable 360° slewing lock
23.7 Counterweight
Counterweight mass Slewing radius Counterweight width
Up to 13 t 3.7 m 2.5 m

Electrical system
Batteries 2 x 12 V, 110 Ah
Alternator Three-phase alternator, 100 A
On-board voltage Direct current 24 V
23.9 Lubricants
Maintenance point Temperature Lubricant
range
Grease reservoir of the central -20 °C to +120 °C Lithium soap lubricating grease, in accord-
lubrication system ance with DIN 51825-KP2K-20
Locking the slewing gear
Hook blocks
Slewing gear interlocking parts — Lubricants and preservatives, Specification
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
BB (DIN 51513)
Gear ring bitumen spray
Wire rope -20 °C to +120 °C Anti-rust oil or corrosion protection, grease
lubrication or adhesive lubricant, gear wheel
spray
Consistency Class 2, DIN 51818
Drop point over 200 °C, DIN 51801
674 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
23 Technical data
Maintenance point Temperature Lubricant

range
Sliding surfaces of the telescope -30 °C to 120 °C FAUNLUB 9749, DIN 51502-KP2K-30
-40 °C to 125 °C NLGI No. 1
Penetration 310–340
Drop point over 180 °C
-30 °C to 150 °C NLGI No. 2
Penetration 265-295
Lock pin in the telescopic boom — Lithium soap lubricating grease
Penetration 2, DIN 51804, ASTM-D 217
-20 °C to 140 °C DIN 51825-KPL2N-20
-40 °C to 120 °C DIN 51825-KTPL2M-40
Batteries — Battery grease
Door locks — Graphite powder
Exposed piston rods — Lube Protection Spray
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 675

2019-03_EN
23 Technical data
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
676 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
24 Annex
24 Annex
24.1 Centralized lubrication system

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 677

2019-03_EN
Electric pump EP-1
The BEKA-MAX central lubrication pump model EP-1 is Electric pump with 1.9 kg reservoir:
electrically actuated and has up to a maximum of 3
independently operating lubricant outlets. A separate pump
element is required for each outlet. Three pump elements
with different flow rates are available, as well as a flow-
adjustable pump element (see page 7). This enables the
grease quantity to be adapted to the requirement of the
individual progressive distributor circuits.
These pumps enable the delivery of commercial lubricants
up to NLGI-class 2 at a working pressure of maximum 280
bar (adjusting of pressure relief valve).
The EP-1 series pumps differ in reservoir size and control

type. EP-1 can be controlled externally e. g. via PLC or an
additional control unit S-EP 6. The pump can also be
delivered with a number of different integrated controllers.
Integrated controllers:
- S-EP 8
- EP-tronic Electric pump EP-1 with 4 kg reservoir and integrated
- EP-tronic T1 electronic controller:
- BEKA-troniX1
Technical data:
Motor:
Operating voltage: 12 V DC / 24 V DC
Revolutions: 15 rpm
Current consumption:
Idling at + 20°C: 0.8 A / 0.4 A
Full load at + 20°C: 2.2 A / 1.1 A
Fuse: 5A/ 3A
Pump:
Max. operating pressure: 280 bar
(Adjusting of pressure relief valve)
Permissible operating temperature: -35°C to +80°C
Reservoir size:
Transparent reservoir: 1.9 kg, 2.5 kg, 4 kg or 8 kg
FU2152010509GB Subject to alterations!
Steel reservoir: 2 kg or 4 kg
Stirrer direction: counterclockwise
Mounting position: Reservoir in vertical position
Delivery rates: depending on pump element (see page 7)
Protection type: IP5K9K as per DIN 40050
Lubricant: Greases up to NLGI-cl. 2 Integrated controller

(excluding solid lubricants)
Mineral oils from 40 mm2/s (cSt) 1
Electric pump EP-1
Operation
A DC motor (10) continually operates the eccentric cam (5) container (1) through a screen (4), which reduces any air
and pressure ring (6). This eccentricity effects the suction bubbles, to the suction area in the pump housing (3). A
and pressure strokes of the delivery piston (7), whereby the scraper on the stirrer (2) enables a visual check of the
integrated non-return valve (8) prevents the delivery media lubricant volume still present in the transparent supply
from being sucked back out of the main line. container (1).
The stirrer (2) pushes the lubricant out of the supply The pressure relief valve (9) is pre-set to 280 bar.
8
5
9
10
Pump element is drawing in: Pump element is delivering:

Subject to alterations!
2
Electric pump EP-1
Connecting cable and terminal plan
In standard configuration, the electric pump EP-1 is View from below with the cable directly connected:
supplied directly connected via a 10 m cable.
Terminal diagram:
brown
Ground, terminal 31
blue Ignition, terminal 15
Optional equipment, lower shell with bayonet connector: View from below with bayonet connector:
At request, the electric pump EP-1 can also be delivered

with bayonet connector with 10 m cable connected to the
lower motor half-shell.
This facilitates the replacement of the connection cable, e.
g. after a cable break.
The special design with bayonet connector must be
specified in the order (see order key on page 13).
Terminal diagram:
2-wire connecting cable, length 10 m, with bayonet

connector:
brown
Ground, terminal 31
blue Ignition, terminal15
Order-no: FAZ02499-22
3
Electric pump EP-1
Installation dimensions
Option
Reservoir models and installation dimensions:
with screw-on lid
Model with
The electric pump EP-1 is available with 5 transparent Ø180
8 kg reservoir
reservoir sizes and with 2 steel reservoir sizes.
2 parts
Transparent reservoir models:
Option
with screw-on lid
Option
Model with
with screw-on lid
4 kg reservoir
Ø151 Model with
448
2.5 kg reservoir
Model with
1.9 kg reservoir
256
245
207
175
Ø9.3 Pipe con- Ø9.3 Pipe con-

128.5
128.5
nection nection
dia. 6 dia. 6
239 Connecting cable,

Connecting cable, 239
length 10 m
length 10 m
152
152 130
130 M8 / 8 deep in case of
8 kg reservoirs
106
106
182.5
197
172.5 137.5
172 137.5
321
321
4
Electric pump EP-1
Transparent reservoir: “X”

Model with
8 kg reservoir, 1 part
Ø225 View “Y”
212
304
297
“Y” “Z”
Ø9.3 Pipe connection

128.5
dia. 6
7.5
239 Connecting cable,
length 10 m
View “X”
View “Z” 9
113.5
106
Ø9.5
49
(112.5)
130
152
137.5
149
5
Electric pump EP-1
Steel reservoir models: “X”
Ø150 Model with

4 kg reservoir
View “X”
152
Model with
130
2 kg reservoir
304
107
184
185
172 137.5
Ø9.3 Pipe con-
321
137
nection
dia. 6
Connecting cable,
239
length 10 m
View from below with bayonet connector:

133
239
172 140
322
6
Electric pump EP-1
Pump elements
Pump elements PE-60, PE-120 and PE-170: Pump element PE-120:

Technical data: Pressure relief valve
Delivery rate Order-no Order-no set at 280 bar
(cm3 / stroke or revolution) (with pressure relief valve) Pressure relief valve permanently
PE-60 0.06 2152 99067 0000
PE-120 0.12 2152 99061 0000 2152 0062
PE-170 0.17 2152 99069 0000
Pump element PE-120 V:

Delivery rate:
M 20 x 1.5
- All pump element are set to full stroke by the SW 24
manufacturer Pipe dia. 6
- max. delivery rate 0.12 cm3 at full stroke 66
- Reduction 0.013 cm3 per notch = 1/2 revolution
Pump element PE-120 V:

Adjusting the delivery rate:
Pressure relief valve
- Remove plug screw (2) with Allen key (SW 5).
set at 280 bar
- Turn adjusting screw (3) with a screwdriver.
permanently
M 20 x 1.5
- Turn clockwise to reduce delivery rate.

SW 24
- Turn counterclockwise to increase delivery rate. 2
- Maximum stroke of adjusting screw is 2.4 mm = 6
notches.
- 1 turn of adjusting screw is 0.8 mm = 2 notches.
- Tighten plug screw (2) incl. sealing ring.
Techical data: Delivery rate (cm³)

3
0.12
3
Delivery rate: 0.04 to 0.12 cm / stroke 0.11
0.10
Regulation of delivery rate: 0.09
0.08 32
6 detents each 1/2 revolution 0.07
0.06
Reduction: 0.013 cm3 per notch 0.05 Pipe dia. 6
0.04
Delivery media: Greases from NLGI-Cl. 00/000 0.03
0.02
to NLGI-Cl. 2 0.01
0
Piston return: forced 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Notches
3.0 Revolutions
Order-no (with pressure relief valve): 2152 99063 0000 0 0.5 1 1.5 2.0 2.5
Order-no for pressure relief valve of PE-120 V: 2152 0063

Installation instructions:
Installation of pump elements in electric pump EP-1:

Diagram A:
- Only install / remove when pump is off
- Install pump unit with piston partially extended (4) 4
insert at angle in top of housing bore (see diagram A).
- When the piston head rests on pressure ring - move
pump element into vertical position (see diagram B).
- Piston head must run in guide ring groove.
- Tighten pump element.
Diagram B:
- For removal, reserve above sequence.
- When removing the pump element, ensure that the
piston (4) is not left behind in the pump housing.
7
Electric pump EP-1
Special accessories malfunction indicator on pressure relief valve
The pump elements for the electric pump EP-1 can be Pump element with visual malfunction indicator:
equipped with a visual malfunction indicator. If a
0.1 m Polyamide tube
malfunction occurs in the central lubrication system and
Order no:
operating pressure rises to 280 bar, the red control pin
100120068
becomes visible. The grease escaping through the
and
pressure relief valve is returned to the reservoir. Once the
Double end connector
malfunction is rectified, the red control pin must be pushed
Order no:
back in.
04060759
For ordering, the malfunction indicator must be selected by
means of a special variant number (see order key on page
13). Subsequent installation is not possible.
In case of damage, the parts of the malfunction indicator
can also be ordered as parts or spare parts. A straight
connector (see on right side) is used to connect a torn
return hose.
to reservoir to reservoir
red control pin
Malfunction indicator
on pressure relief valve
Order no:
2152990610030
all OK Malfunction consisting of:
Control pin and
Control pin mounting device
8
Electric pump EP-1
Special accessories pressure relief valve with microswitch
The microswitch located on the pressure relief valve is used Pump element with microswitch:
to the monitor the maximum operating pressure in the
central lubrication system.
If a malfunction occurs in the system, the microswitch is
triggered.
The microswitch signal can be processed by any signal
encoder already present, e. g. an on-board processor, or by
an external or integrated controller.
Technical data:
Operating voltage: 10 to 60 V DC
Maximum current load: I = 1.7 A
Contact type: 1 changeover switch
Temperature range: -25°C to +85°C
Protection type: IP 67
Connection: Cable, length 0.5 m, heat-sealed Microswitch
Order-no:
1000 91 103
Pressure relief valve with microswitch for PE-120: Pressure relief valve with microswitch for PE-120 V:
Order no: 2152 99100 Order no: 2152 99 101
approx. 99,8
approx. 99,8
M14x1,5
approx. 34,7
G1/4”
Terminal diagram to connecting the microswitch to a

external control unit:
Apparent ohmic
black
resistance
NO (normally open contact) blue
NC (normally closed contact) brown
9
Electric pump EP-1
Special accessories grease level controller
The electric pump EP-1 can be equipped with an electronic

grease level controller to control the minimum grease level.
A capacitive proximity switch is built into the pump reservoir for 2.5 kg
for this purpose. This emits a signal as long as there is reservoirs
sufficient grease in the reservoir (standard). If the grease
level sinks below a certain level, the proximity switch
switches off the signal.
The proximity switch can be evaluated by an external min. grease level Capacitive
control unit or PLC or an integrated control unit. proximity switch
When connecting the grease level control to an intelligent
controller (e. g. on-board computer, PLC), it must be taken
into account that the grease level signal is only evaluated
after a delay of 10 sec., meaning that only if the signal of the for 4 kg
capacity proximity switch is missing permanently for over reservoirs
10 sec., that lubricant reservoir is empty and the pump
should be switched off (NO contact - black wire connected).
If the white wire is connected (NC contact), the pump may
only be switched OFF once the proximity switch issues a Capacitive
min. grease level
permanent signal for more than 10 sec. proximity switch
To ensure wire break monitoring, the NO contact should be
used preferentially!
Technical data:
Connecting method: PNP-turnkey
Maximum current load: 250 mA
for 8 kg
Protection type: Switch: IP 67
reservoirs
Ambient temperature range: -25°C to +70°C
2 parts
Connection: 4-pole M12x1, plugable
Connection diagram:
brown + Ub
white NC
(normally closed contact)
Capacitive
blue Ground min. grease level
proximity switch
black NO
(normally open contact)
If the black connection wire is connected to +Ub, a signal is

received as long as there is sufficient grease in the supply
reservoir. for 8 kg
If the white connection wire is connected to +Ub, a signal is reservoir
received when the grease level sinks below a minimum in 1 part
the supply reservoir.
Capacitive
min. grease level
proximity switch
10
Electric pump EP-1
Cable for connection of the grease level control
The connection cable for the grease level control must be

ordered separately.
Two different cable types are available:
To connect the grease level control, connection cables no.

1 with straight socket M12x1 with cable lengths of 2 m, 5 m
and 10 m can be used:
Socket M12x1 for connection to the grease level control
Cable length Order-no.

2m 1000 91 2458
5m 1000 91 1237
10 m 1000 91 2457
Similarly, the connection cable no. 3 with right-angle socket

M12x1 and a cable length of 5 m can be used:
Socket M12x1, angular, to connect

the grease level control
Order-no.: 1000 912997

11
Electric pump EP-1
Filling the pump
a) Standard filling via lubrication nipple with manual or

pneumatic grease gun:
Filling lubrication nipple
b) Filling via filling socket:

Remove lubrication nipple
replace with filling socket
for grease
Order-no: 2159 0061 012
Filling socket
for grease
Coupling box
Order no:
Order no: 2159 0062 011
2159 0061 011
c) Filling via filling press:
Filling press
Order no: 2081 030 26
Filling joining, straight

Order no: 2152 0150
12
Electric pump EP-1
Order key
Construction type 2152 . XX . XX . XX . 000

Motor voltage
without plug with bayonet connector
Voltage 12 V 24 V 12 V 24 V
Code 01 02 03 04
Outlet No
Pump elements
1 2 3
without 0 0 0
PE-60 1 1 1
PE-120 2 2 2
PE-120 V 3 3 3
PE-170 4 4 4
Fig. Code Fig. Code Fig. Code Fig. Code Fig. Code
000 00 100 F0 200 01 300 41 400 V0 Ordering example pump elements:
001 A1 101 F1 201 K1 301 Q1 401 V1
002 A3 102 F2 202 K2 302 Q2 402 V2
003 A4 103 F3 203 K3 303 Q3 403 V3
004 A5 104 F4 204 K4 304 Q4 404 V4
010 B0 110 N0 210 L0 310 R0 410 W0 3
011 B1 111 G1 211 L1 311 R1 411 W1 1
012 B2 112 G2 212 L2 312 R2 412 W2
013 B3 113 G3 213 L3 313 R3 413 W3 2
014 B4 114 G4 214 L4 314 R4 414 W4
1 PE-120 installed in outlet position 1:
020 C0 120 H0 220 02 320 S0 420 X0
Fig. = 200 -> Code = 01
021 C1 121 H1 221 M1 321 S1 421 X1
022 C2 122 H2 222 03 322 S2 422 X2
023 C3 123 H3 223 M3 323 S3 423 X3
024 C4 124 H4 224 M4 324 S4 424 X4
Special variants = 99
030 D0 130 H5 230 52 330 42 430 Y0
031 D1 131 H6 231 N1 331 T1 431 Y1
032 D2 132 H7 232 N2 332 T2 432 Y2
033 D3 133 H8 233 53 333 43 433 Y3
034 D4 134 H9 234 N4 334 T4 434 Y4
040 E0 140 J0 240 P0 340 U0 440 Z0
041 E1 141 J1 241 P1 341 U1 441 Z1
042 E2 142 J2 242 P2 342 U2 442 Z2
043 E3 143 J3 243 P3 343 U3 443 Z3
044 E4 144 J4 244 P4 344 U4 444 Z4
2 parts
1 part
Reservoir size (kg)

1.9 2.5 4 8 8
Transparent reservoir
Code 27 25 30 28 35
Reservoir size (kg)
2 4
Steel reservoir
Code 31 26
Special variants 000
Special variants: 227 = Grease level control at drawing no FAZ02205-10
(not for 1,9 kg reservoir)
028 = Pump elements with microswitch
13
257 = Pump elements with malfunction indicator
and grease repatriation
Integrated electronic controller
Type BEKA-troniX1
Contents: Page Electronic pump EP-1 with integrated controller BEKA-troniX1:

General information:
1. Functional features and installation dimensions 1
2. Function sequence 2
3. Method of operation 3
4. Adjusting the parameters 4
Supplementary functions: 5
5. Excess pressure valve with micro switch 6
6. Grease level controller 7
Summaries:
7. Signal indicators 8
8. Terminal diagram 9
9. Ordering key for pump 10
10. Retrofitting 11
11. Ordering key for integrated controller 12
1. General information:
The BEKA-troniX1 controller generation is a new design of

units in an integrated mould for the EP family of pumps.
The controlling device is fitted with a database, that saves Installation dimensions:
the following values:
The electrical pump EP-1 with integrated controller BEKA-
– Controlling type troniX1 can be equipped with various reservoir versions.
– Controller version For the installation dimensions of the reservoir versions,
– Serial Number see the description EP-1.
– Manufacturing date
– Method of operation (controlling according to
time or revolutions)
– Set values (adjusting ranges)
The following modes can be selected for the controller by

© BEKA 2012 All rights reserved!
means of the diagnostic software BEKA-DiSys:

176
A) Time controlling
B) Revolution controlling
172 140
239
322
MU2175001112EN
1
BEKA-troniX1
2. Function sequence
Whatever program is being used, once the ignition has BEKA-troniX1 integrated electronic controller:
been switched on the green and the red LED or the green
and the red signal lamp (optional) lights up on the control
panel for 1.5 sec. and shows that the controller is
operational (activation control).
Every time the controller is activated for the first time, a

lubrication process begins. The green LED in the control
half shell is lit during the entire lubrication procedure.
The BEKA-troniX1 integrated electronic controlling device

has memory at its disposal. This also serves to keep a Button for
record of time elapsed. Should the ignition be switched off activating
during lubrication or operational pauses occur, then the interim
time is stopped and recorded. Once the ignition is switched lubrication
on again the remaining lubrication or pause time is read
from the memory and the sequence will be resumed where
it was interrupted.
Red LED showing faults
At any time when the ignition is on, an interim lubrication Green LED showing function
occurs when the button on the side of the pump motor
housing or the illuminated button on the control panel is Technical data for the controller:
activated, this serves as a check of functionality. The pump Operating voltage: 10 to 60 V DC
then immediately starts its lubrication cycle, the lubrication Maximum current load: I = 6,0 A
or cycle duration recorded up to that point is reset and starts Fuse (not included in device): F 6,3 A (5x20) medium
from the beginning. slow-blow fuse
Signal lamp outlet: I = 0,4 A
An interim lubrication can also be triggered via an external Temperature range: -35°C to +75°C
button, and the indication of the red and green LEDs can Degree of protection: IP 65
also be displayed by a red and green signal lamp in the
driver´s cab. Before the electrical connection:
Observe the voltage of the pump motor.
An error can be reset by pressing the interim lubrication
button and the pump starts the lubrication process anew.
The lamp on the illuminated button (green) shows the

functionality of the controller and the current lubrication
sequence.
2
BEKA-troniX1
3. Method of operation
A) Time controller:
When the central lubrication processor is time controlled, Diagram of cycle sequence:
the cycle duration and the lubrication time can be adjusted.
Cycle duration means the period from the beginning of one
lubrication process to the beginning of another lubrication
Lubrication time
process.
Cycle duration
B) Revolution controller:
In the case of revolution fluctuations at lower temperatures If no signal is received from the pump motor for longer than
or high torque, the lubrication duration for the BEKA- the adjustable monitoring time (standard 30 sec.) after the
troniX1 integrated electronic controller is determined by the lubricating process has begun, the controller will indicate a
number of pump motor revolutions. fault.
The pump motor is connected to the controller via sliding The red LED in the pump´s lower motor casing or an
contacts. With every engine revolution a signal is sent to the externally attached signal lamp (optional) start to flash.
controller, which counts the incoming signals.
3
BEKA-troniX1
4. Adjusting the parameters
The cycle time or lubrication time and the number of BEKA-troniX1 integrated electronic controller:
revolutions can be adjusted by means of rotary code
switches in the controller´s sight glass.
To adjust the time setting, remove the red frame on the

pump´s motor housing using a flat screwdriver, loosen the
four Phillips screws and remove the transparent protective
cover.
The cycle duration or lubrication time can be adjusted by
using a flat screwdriver.
System analysis
If the cover plate is not replaced properly, water may enter
port
the controller and damage it. In this case, the guarantee is
no longer valid.
The modes and the adjusting ranges can be changed over

by means of the diagnostic software BEKA-DiSys, even on
site if the controller has already been operated before.
Rotary code switch for setting the cycle duration

All adjusting ranges for the lubrication period and all cycle Rotary code switch for setting the lubricating duration
time ranges can be combined at random.
Adjusting the parameters:
Lubrication times: Cycle duration:

1 to 16 min. (16 notches every 1 min.) 0.5 to 8 h (16 notches every 0.5 h)
2 to 32 min. (16 notches every 2 min.) 2 to 32 min. (16 notches every 2 min.)
2 to 32 sec. (16 notches every 2 sec.) 2 to 32 h (16 notches every 2 h)
Revolutions of pump:
1 to 16 revolutions (16 notches every 1 revolution)
10 to 160 revolutions (16 notches every 10 revolutions)
170 to 320 revolutions (16 notches every 10 revolutions)
When changing the activation modes and the adjusting

ranges, the label in the controller window must be
replaced.
To this effect, a label kit consisting of 18 different label

version is available; these can also be ordered individually
afterwards.
Ref.-no. for label kit: 0490000342 German
Ref.-no. for label kit: 0490030343 English
4
BEKA-troniX1
Additional equipment
The integrated electronic controller BEKA-troniX1 can be Excess pressure valve with micro switch on the pump
supplied with two additional functions: element and grease level controller, built into electronic
pump EP-1:
- System excess pressure monitoring
- Grease level monitoring
The additional equipment can be attached to the BEKA-

troniX1 controller with any selected program.
In case of a version with additional functions, besides the

bayonet connector, two additional four-pole plug-and-
socket connectors are located in the lower part of the motor
casing.
These additional functions cannot be enabled

subsequently in case controllers have been supplied
without the as the plug-and-socket connectors at the lower
part of the motor casing are missing.
The additional plug-and-socket connectors and the cables

of the corresponding switches are marked by colors. Plug-and-socket
The plug-and-socket connector with the green ring serves connectors for
to connect the system pressure monitoring system. The additional functions
plug-and-socket connector with the red ring serves to
connect the grease level monitoring system. View of the integrated electronic controller BEKA-troniX1
Plug-and-socket connectors which are not connected must from below:
be closed using a cover.
The additional functions to the controller can be specified in

the order.
Cover to close an unused plug-and-socket connector for green

the supplementary functions of the integrated electronic marking ring
controller BEKA-troniX1:
Order-no.: 1000913004 red marking ring

5
BEKA-troniX1
5. System excess pressure monitoring
With the BEKA-troniX1 integrated electronic controller, the Excess pressure valve with micro switch on the pump
maximum operating pressure of progressive lubrication element, built into electronic pump EP-1:
system can be monitored.
Micro switch
For this puropose a micro switch has been attached to the
excess pressure valve of pump element.
Should a fault occur in the system, e.g. a blockage at the
point of lubrication, a pressure of more than 250 bar builds
up. A micro switch in the excess pressure valve is activated
and sends a signal to the controller. This switches the pump
off and the fault is indicated by the flashing red LED and
permanent illumination of the green LED or the externally
attached signal lamps.
Technical data for the micro switch:
Maximum current load: I = 1,7A
Contact type: 1 changer Connection to the controller:
Temperature range: -25°C to +85°C
Degree of protection: IP 67
Connection: Cable, length 0.5 m, heat-sealed
with 4-pole right-angle plug
Specify in the order whether the micro-switch is to be

delivered connected to the controller.
If the micro-switch is to be connected to another control
unit, e. g. PLC, an additional cable can be ordered in differnt
lengths (see description EP-1). It can be connected to the
cable heat-sealed to the micro-switch.
The pressure monitoring system can be attached to the green
BEKA-troniX1 controller with any selected program. marking
Pressure relief valves with micro switches can be retrofitted ring
and connected to the controller if it has been ordered with
additional features. Connection to the controller is effected via the four-pole

plug-and-socket connector marked with a green ring, to the
Excess pressure valves with micro-switches required for pump motor´s lower casing; to this effect, the contact plug
replacement can be ordered individually: cover must be removed.
Pressure relief valve with microswitch for PE-120: Pressure relief valve with microswitch for PE-120 V:
Order no: 2152 99115 Order no: 2152 99116:
approx. 99,8
approx. 99,8
M14x1,5
approx. 34,7
G1/4”
BEKA-troniX1
6. Grease level controller
The integrated electronic controller BEKA-troniX1 Grease level controller built in to the 2,5 kg reservoir of an
facilitates monitoring of the grease level in the storage tank. EP-1 central greasing pump:
For purpose a capacitive proximity switch has been built in
to the pump´s reservoir.
As long as there is enough grease available in the reservoir,
the proximity switch sends a signal to the controller. If the
grease level sinks below minimum the proximity switch
turns the signal off.
If the signal remain off for more than 10 sec. then the
controller switches the pump off, so that no air is pumped
into the system.
The red LED on the controller display, situated on the
pump´s motor housing or a built-in red signal lamp, if
available, starts to illuminate.
Once the grease has been refilled, the controller restarts
itself.
The grease level controller can be ordered connected to the

controller; in this case, a connecting cable, length 0,6 mm,
with a right-angle plug M12x1 for connection to the plug- Connection to the controller:
and-socket connector and a right-angle plug M12x1 for
Connection cable
connection to the controller is included in the scope of
length 0.6 m
supplies. The grease level monitoring system is activated.
EDP no.:
1000912998
If the grease level control is to be connected to an external
control unit, e. g. PLC, a cable with a socket M12x1 for
connection to the contact plug of the grease level controller
must be ordered separately (see description EP-1).
The grease level monitoring system can be retrofitted. It

can be connected to the control unit if the pump has been
ordered with additional functions. red
The grease level controller can also be retrofitted. In this marking
case, the function must be activated by means of the ring
software BEKA-DiSys. The function must not be activated if
no grease level controller in connected, as this would

produce a permanent error. The grease level controller can be attached to the BEKA-
The cable must also be ordered separately if the grease troniX1 controller with any selected program.
level controller is to be retrofitted (see drawing on the right).
Connection to the controller is effected via the four-pole Technical data for the capacitive proximity switch:
plug-and-socket connector marked with a red ring, to the Operating voltage: 10 to 60 V DC
pump motor´s lower casing; to this effect, the contact plug Switching type: PNP-turnkey
cover must be removed. Maximal current load: 250 mA
Degree of protection: IP 67
Ambient temperature range: -25°C to +70°C
Connection: 4-pole, M12x1 pluggable
7
BEKA-troniX1
7. Summary of Signal Indicators
The pump´s functions are indicated via two control LEDs BEKA-troniX1 integrated electronic controller:
(green/red) in the display on the pump´s motor casing,
where the red LED always indicates an error in the program
sequence.
These control LED functions may be indicated in the

driver´s cap of the vehicle via built-in signal lamps. These
must be ordered additionally. Red LED error indicator
Green LED function indicator
Standby indicator:
Standby: 1.5 sec.
ON
LED red
OFF
a) Standby ON
LED green
OFF
Lubrication sequence:
ON
LED red
OFF
During whole lubrication
b) Lubrication activated
ON
LED green
OFF
Grease level too low:

Until reservoir is filled
ON
LED red
c) Grease level error OFF
ON
LED green
OFF
Excess pressure in main system:

1 sec.
ON
LED red
OFF
d) Excess pressure error 1 sec.
ON
LED green
OFF
Revolution error in pump engine:

1 sec.
ON
LED red
OFF
e) Revolution and engine driver error ON 1 sec.
LED green
OFF
Memory error:
0.5 sec.
ON
LED red
OFF
f) Memory error 0,5 sec.
ON
LED green
OFF
e) Test lubrication (constant lubrication) Test lubrication:
ON
LED red
In order to adjust the time controlling to continual lubrication OFF
1 sec.
for servicing purposes, the lubrication time must be set to a
higher value than the cycle duration. ON
LED green
OFF 1 sec.
8
Subject to alterations! © BEKA 2012 All rights reserved!
Micro switch for

excess pressure controller
Fill level switch for

grease level controller
BEKA-troniX1
8. Terminal diagram of all connections
green (no. 1)
Signal lamp green
red (no. 2)
grün
Signal lamp red
External signal lamps
orange (no. 4)
Push button for
intermediate lubrication
black (no. 3) rot

Ignition, terminal 15
Ground, terminal 31
brown (ye/gr)
(no. ...) = Cable-no. at unicolored cables
9
BEKA-troniX1
9. Ordering key for EP-1 with integrated controller
Construction type 2175 . 3 . 1 .E . 0 . 1 . 2 . 1 . 000

Motor voltage
with bayonet connector
12V 24V
3 4
Outlet Pump element without PE-60 PE-120 PE-120 V PE-170

Pos. 1 without micro switch 0 7 1 2 G
with micro switch 0 A D N H
Pos. 2 without micro switch 0 8 3 4 J
with micro switch 0 B E P K
Pos. 3 without micro switch 0 9 5 6 L
with micro switch 0 C F A M
Special variants ZZZ
Only one micro switch can be connected to the BEKA-troniX1 controller!
Transparent reservoirs Steel reservoirs
Size of reservoir (kg) 1,9 4 2,5 8 16 2 4 8
without grease level monitoring 1 2 4 8 9 6 7 5
with LM min. plug connection M12x1 in reservoir cover B A C
Additional equipment
without connectors for additional equipment 0
Grease level monitoring 1
System excess pressure monitoring 2
Grease level controller and
system excess pressure monitoring 3
without connection to the controller

4
(only connectors, not connected, not activated)
Parameter Cycle duration

Lubrication time 0.5 to 8 h 2 to 32 min. 2 to 32 h
I 1 to 16 min. 1 A J
II 2 to 32 min. 2 B K
III 2 to 32 sec. 3 C L
Pump revolutions
I 1 to 16 7 G O
II 10 to 160 8 H Q
III 170 to 320 9 I R
Special models 000

The operating modes and setting ranges, respectively, can Additional functions can be activated or deactivated at any time
be subsequently set in the PC by means of the diagnostic if the controller was ordered with additional functions, i.e. if the
software BEKA-DiSys. additional plugs are available on the bottom motor housing!
Positions of outlets:
3
1
10
2
BEKA-troniX1
10. Retrofitting
The integrated controller BEKA-troniX1 can be retrofitted to Connection cable, 5 wires, with bayonet connector:
the electric pump EP-1, i. e. to pumps which have been
delivered without controller and to replace existing
controllers.
However, retrofitting to pumps without controller is only
possible after the year of construction 2004.
Controllers delivered for retrofitting or replacement are not

provided with connection cable, as this is normally
available. If the controller is to be installed in a pump which
has not been equipped with a controller so far, or to be Order-no.: FAZ02499-19
replaced by a controller with another connector, the
connecting cable must be ordered separately.
The connecting cables for any supplementary features

available must also be ordered separately.
To connect the micro-switch for pressure monitoring, see
the description EP-1.
To connect the grease level controller, see description EP-
1.
Plug-and-socket connectors which are not used must be

closed by using a cover.
Cover to close an unused plug-and-socket connector for
the supplementary functions of the integrated electronic
controller BEKA-troniX1:
Order-no.: 1000913004
11
BEKA-troniX1
11. Ordering key for integrated controller BEKA-tronix 1
Construction type 2175 . 90 . 10 . 0 . A . 000
Connector version
with bayonet connector 10
additional equipment
without connectors for additional equipment 0
with grease level monitoring 1
with system excess pressure monitoring 2
with grease level monitoring and
3
system excess pressure monitoring
with contact plugs (not activated) 4
Parameter Cycle duration

Lubrication time 0.5 to 8 h 2 to 32 min. 2 to 32 h
I 1 to 16 min. 1 A J
II 2 to 32 min. 2 B K
III 2 to 32 sec. 3 C L
Pump revolutions
I 1 to 16 7 G P
II 10 to 160 8 H Q
III 170 to 320 9 I R
Special models 000
The operating modes and setting ranges, respectively, can be subsequently set in the PC by means of the
diagnostic software BEKA-DiSys!
Additional functions can be activated or deactivated at any time if the controller was ordered with additional
functions, i.e. if the additional plugs are available on the bottom motor housing.
12
24 Annex

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 703

2019-03_EN
WÖLFLE GmbH Operating Instructions
Application
The Wölfle air conditioning system 965212 is a useful extension of our basic heater unit
910154 and is used to condition the superstructure cabin of TADANO FAUN automobile
cranes. Thus, please read first of all the enclosed operating instructions for the Wölfle heater
unit 910154.
Technical Details
Air conditioning system cpl.
Manufacturer Wölfle GmbH
Model R134a/ Air
Rated voltage 24 V
Refrigerant R134a
Refrigerating oil PAG
Air conditioning expansion kit

Rated voltage --
Cooling capacity (in connection with heater 4.5 kW (  10%)
unit 910154)
Condenser unit (964081)

Rated voltage 24 V
Max. air throughput 2100 m³/h
Thermal output approx. 13 kW
Fan stages 1
Max. power consumption 11 A
Weight approx. 9.7 kg
Compressor (359213)
Model Seltec TM - 15HD
Rated voltage 24 V
Max. speed 6000 rpm
Delivery 147 cm³
Sense of rotation right-hand or left-hand
Refrigerant R134a
Oil ZXL100PG (PAG oil)
- Filling capacity 150 cm³
Weight 7 kg
Max. electr. power consumption 48 W
Filter drier (427009)

Capacity 0.7 l
Filtering effect up to particle size > 6 m
Water absorption of dry-type filter cartridge 16 g
Refrigerant R134a
Weight 1 kg
These data are partially given without being established by measurements and thus should only be considered
as approximate values!
1
Refrigerating cycle
Low
pressure, Evaporator
gaseous Expansion valve
Temperature
High
Thermostat pressure,
liquid
Compressor
High
pressure, Filter drier
gaseous
Pressure Inspection
switch glass
Condenser
High pressure,
liquid
The components of the refrigerating cycle are located as follows:
Evaporator : Retrofit evaporator on the heater housing

Expansion valve : on the evaporator
Temperature sensor : on the heater housing, in the air flow towards the evaporator
Thermostat : in the electric case next to the MB engine control unit
Compressor : on the engine or, in case of a hydraulic drive, in the hydraulic drive unit
Filter drier : on the condenser unit
Pressure switch : on the filter drier
Inspection glass : on the filter drier
Condenser unit : on the ballast
2
Operation of the air conditioning system
Switching ON
For operation of your Wölfle air conditioning system, an additional knob for adjustment of the
thermostat with ON/OFF switch for air conditioner operation is located in the control element.
LED indicator "air condition ON" ON/OFF switch for air conditioning unit with temperature
selector function
Operation
The air conditioning only operates if the fan switch is set at least to stage 1.
The LED indicator "air condition ON" is lit. The condenser fan is running.
For maximum cooling effect:
- turn thermostatic switch to the right to its stop;
- turn the temperature switch to the left to its stop ("OFF" position);
- set fan to stage 3;
- set flap to "circulating air"
- close the door and the windows;
- open all air vents.
An individual conditioning comfort range can be adjusted for each crane operator via the air vents
which can be varied independently of one another, the thermostat control and the fan control.
You can also operate your air conditioning system in the cold season. Switched on together with
your heating, it keeps the air in the driver's cab dry and stops the window panes misting up. To do
so, it is sufficient to set the air condition's thermostatic switch to low capacity.
3
Switching OFF
To switch off operation of the air conditioning system, turn the thermostatic control to the left to its
final stop in position "OFF".
Maintenance
The air conditioning system must be switched on briefly at least once per month. This operation is
required to ensure lubrication of the compressor.
The following maintenance work must be performed at the beginning, in the middle and at the end
of a cooling period:
- Check Vee belt tension and fastening of the compressor
- Check refrigerant filling
. To this effect, the refrigerant must pass the inspection glass of the liquid
tank free of bubbles when the engine is running and the air
conditioning system is operating at maximum capacity.
- Cleaning the condenser:
. The discs of the condenser must be cleaned gently without using high
pressure, as they would otherwise get bent.
The system should be checked in your workshop every year at the beginning of a refrigerating
period.
4
Error diagnosis
To this effect, refer also to "Electric circuit diagram, air conditioning system in superstructure
99707770980, page 32“
This list only mentions the most frequent fault hazards. Only specialist staff should be allowed to work on the
air conditioner !!!
Malfunction Cause Fault detection Remedy

System's cooling effect Insufficient air Check filter Replace filter
insufficient throughput in the
cabin
Leakage in air guide Eliminate leakage
system
Temperature sensor Replace sensor
faulty (evaporator iced)
Condenser soiled Visual inspection Clean condenser,
(do not bend discs)
Vee belt loosened Hissing sounds Check Vee belt tension
Condenser fan is not Visual inspection Check fuse (F843)
running
Check electrical
connections
if necessary, replace
fan
Compressor damage Abnormal sounds Replace compressor
Increased compressor Replace compressor
temp.
Lubricant has soiled Clean
belt pulley
Insufficient Bubbles in the
refrigerant inspection glass during
air conditioner
operation
Filter drier soiled Vessel is sensibly Replace component
cooler than supply line
Expansion valve Excessive high and low Replace component
faulty pressure
Pressure compensation Replace component
System does not operate Fuse faulty F823 / F843 Replace component
5
Relay faulty Replace component

Thermostat faulty Replace component
Pressure switch Replace component
faulty
Thermostatic switch Replace component
faulty
No refrigerant Repair leakage and fill
system again
6
1. Application
The Wölfle heater unit 910154 has been developed specifically for heating the
superstructure cabins of TADANO FAUN automobile cranes.
Moreover, the unit is used for defrosting the vehicle's window panes.
2. Technical Details
Design : Air heater unit with water heat exchanger
Thermal output : (so far, no measured data)
Rated voltage : 24 V
Service voltage : 20....28V
Service overpressure : 1 bar
Blower fan : - 1060 m3/h (blowing free)

: - 3-stage
: - Long Life Motor
1
Heater unit
The heater unit is installed below the seat bracket.
Towards foot Recirculating air

compartment
Fan
Heat exchanger
Fresh/ recirculating air flap

Towards
windscreen
Towards rear window

Filter
Water
valve
Towards head Fresh air induction
room
Control element
The control element is located to the right of the foot compartment. >
3-stage fan switch Actuation of fresh /recirculating air flap

Actuation of water valve
The water valve and the flap are actuated via Bowden cables.
2
Schematic view of air vent distribution:
Head room
Windscreen
Rear window
Foot compartment
Operation of the heater unit
Switching ON
To switch the heater unit ON, turn the temperature controller clockwise. At the same time, turn the fan
switch ON to propel the heated air into the cabin.
3
Operation
The heater unit can be supplied at choice with fresh air or recirculating air by actuation of the fresh /
recirculating air selector switch.
The temperature controller in conjunction with the 3-stage fan switch enables individual variation of the
inside cabin temperature.
For maximum heating effect:
- turn temperature switch to the right to its stop;
- set fan to stage 3;
- set flap to "recirculating air";
- close the door and the windows;
- open all air vents.
Defrosting of window panes as above, however:

- only open the air vents concerned (example: for windscreen only the windscreen air vents)
Switching OFF
The heater unit is switched OFF by turning the temperature controller and the fan switch to "0".
Ventilation operation
For simple ventilation operation, the temperature controller remains set to "0"; the fan switch is set to the desired
position at stage 1, 2 or 3. Open the required air vents.
Other components
The heater unit has been equipped as standard with a filter, category F7. In case of a considerable reduction of the
capacity during fresh air operation, the filter must be replaced.
Malfunctions
Malfunction Error location /

elimination
Reduced air throughput Replace filter
Fan inoperative Check fuse F823
Check fan switch
Check fan *
* This kind of work may only be performed by specialists.
4
24 Annex
24.3 Remote control
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
714 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN
Operating Instructions
Original Operating Instructions
technos 2
AOT20G01
Pos : 3 /T ec hnis che D okumentati on/Betriebs anl eitung en/Allgemein/1. Seite BA @ 1\mod_1220883650953_48.doc x @ 30158 @ @ 1
Table of Contents
Safety Instructions ................................................................................................................................... 3

Intended Use .................................................................................................................................... 3
Safety Instructions for Installation and Operation .............................................................................. 3
Operation .................................................................................................................................................. 4
Activating the Transmitter ................................................................................................................. 4
Deactivating the Transmitter ............................................................................................................. 5
Automatic Power Off (APO) function ................................................................................................. 5
Display ............................................................................................................................................. 6
Battery and Battery Charger .................................................................................................................... 7
Charging the battery ......................................................................................................................... 9
Options ..................................................................................................................................................... 10
Safety Features ................................................................................................................................ 10
Frequency Management ................................................................................................................... 13
Catch-Release ................................................................................................................................. 15
Tandem Operation ............................................................................................................................ 16
Catch-Release-Tandem Operation .................................................................................................... 18
Cable Control ................................................................................................................................... 19
RF-amplifier ..................................................................................................................................... 20
Utilization of Button as Shift Key .................................................................................................. 20
Pre-selection of Trolley or Hoist ........................................................................................................ 20
Feedback by LED ............................................................................................................................. 20
Bank Switch ..................................................................................................................................... 20
Integrated LED Flashlight ................................................................................................................. 20
Rotary Switch for Preselected Speed ................................................................................................ 21
Transmitter Key up ........................................................................................................................... 21
radiomatic ® CPS ............................................................................................................................... 21
radiomatic ® iBAR .............................................................................................................................. 21
Slewing Gear Release ...................................................................................................................... 21
Technical Data .......................................................................................................................................... 22
Dimensions ............................................................................................................................................... 22
Troubleshooting ....................................................................................................................................... 23
Maintenance ............................................................................................................................................. 24
Attachments: Frequency list for EU member states, EFTA states, and Turkey, EU Declaration of
Conformity, system specific views, circuit diagrams and / or output wiring.
Pos : 4 /T ec hnis che D okumentati on/Betriebs anl eitung en/Allgemein/----- Seitenumbr uc h ------ @ 1\mod_1219672326234_0.doc x @ 29509 @ @ 1
Pictographs
Danger due to electrical voltage. Touching live parts inside the unit can be fatal or cause serious
injuries.
Instructions for occupational health and safety. Not following these instructions can lead to accidents
that can cause damage, serious injuries or even death.
Important information about the operation of the radio system.
Manufacturer:
HB C -radi om ati c Gm bH • H all er Straße 45 – 53 • 74564 C rai ls heim • G erm an y • T el . + 49 7951 393 -0 • i nf o@ radi om ati c . c om.
HBC .radi om atic GmbH is not l iabl e for an y m is pri nts or errors! – S peci fi c at i ons and desi gn s ubj ect t o c hange wi t hout noti c e.
® radiomatic and radiobus are registered German trademarks.
© 29 / 2015, HBC-radiomatic GmbH, 74564 Crailsheim, Germany
No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner whatsoever without the expressed written permission of
HBC-radiomatic GmbH.
2 / 26
Pos : 5 /T ec hnis che D okumentati on/Betriebs anl eitung en/Allgemein/Sic her hei tshi nweis e @ 3\mod_1245406022438_48.doc x @ 45208 @ 122 @ 1
Safety Instructions
Read these operating instructions carefully before working with the radio system. This applies in particular
to the installation, commissioning and maintenance of the radio system.
The operating instructions are a constituent part of the radio control system and must always be kept close
at hand for the responsible personnel.
The term ‘machine’ is used in the operating instructions for the different possible uses of the radio system.
Intended Use
 The radio system is used for the control of machines and for data transfer. Observe the occupational
safety and accident prevention regulations applicable to each application.
 The intended use also includes reading the operating instructions and adhering to all safety information
contained therein.
 The radio system must not be used in areas where there is a risk of explosion, nor for the control of
machines used to convey persons, unless it is explicitly approved for these uses by the manufacturer.
 Modifications to the radio system may only be carried out by specialist personnel wh o have been
trained and authorized by HBC-radiomatic. All modifications must be documented at the factory in the
radio control master file.
 The safety devices of the radio control system must not be modified, removed or bypassed. In
particular, modifications to any part of the radio system's complete E-STOP system are not allowed.
Safety Instructions for Installation and Operation

 The electrical connection according to the enclosed output wiring diagram must be established by a
qualified electrician exclusively.
 The receiver may only be opened by trained personnel. Components in side the receiver can be
energized at life-threatening voltages. The supply voltage for the machine must be disconnected
before the receiver is opened.
 Please also note that, with radio systems, the presence of persons in the danger zone – in particular
beneath the load (cranes!) – is prohibited in all cases.
 Select a safe location for radio control, from which you have a good and complete view of the working
movements of the machine, the load movements and the surrounding working conditions.
 It is not permissible to leave a radio transmitter unattended when it is activated. Always switch off the
radio transmitter when it is not required. This applies in particular if you change location, when working
without radio control, during breaks and at the end of work. Always protect the radio transmitter against
use by unauthorized persons, for example by locking it away.
 In the event of an emergency and with all faults, switch off the radio transmitter immediately by
pressing the STOP switch.
 Only operate the radio system when it is in perfect working order. Faults and defects that could
influence safety must be rectified by specialists who have been trained and authorized by HBC-
radiomatic before the system is put back into operation.
 Note that the operational directions of the operating elements may appear inverted depending on
location and viewing angle to the machine. This applies in particular to rota ry cranes if your location
changes from inside to outside the radius of the crane. The operator must make himself familiar with
the directional markings on the machine before starting to work.
 Repairs may only be carried out by specialist personnel wh o have been trained and authorized by
HBC-radiomatic. Use original replacement parts and accessories (e.g. rechargeable batteries)
exclusively; otherwise it is possible that the equipment s afety can no longer be guaranteed and our
extended warranty will be voided.
 Remain vigilant when working with the radio system and familiarize yourself with its functions. This
applies in particular if you are working with it for the first time or if you work with it only occasionally.
Pos : 7 /T ec hnis che D okumentati on/Betriebs anl eitung en/Allgemein/Sic her hei tshi nweis ST OP/Module/1.1 Sic herheits hinweis STOP @ 4\mod_1261040631189_48.doc x @ 54510 @ @ 1
 Before starting to work, examine the STOP switch for mechanical ease of motion and electronic
function at least once a day:
Pos : 8 /T ec hnis che D okumentati on/Betriebs anl eitung en/Allgemein/Sic her hei tshi nweis ST OP/Module/1.2 Sic her heitshi nweis ST OP mit Dis play @ 2\mod_1229612821859_48.doc x @ 41091 @ @ 1
When you press the STOP switch with the transmitter on, the display of the transmitter has to go out.
If the display does not go out then you have to disable the radio control system immediately.
Pos : 10 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Allgemei n/Sicherheits hinweis ST OP/M odul e/1.3 Sicherheits hinweis STOP Akku und r adi omatic i LOG @ 3 \mod_1259048767123_48.doc x @ 53180 @ @ 1
Remove the battery and the radiomatic ® iLOG from the transmitter and inform a service technician.
Pos : 12 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Allgemei n/----- Sei tenumbr uch ------ @ 1\mod_1219672326234_0.doc x @ 29509 @ @ 1
3 / 26
Pos : 13 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Bedi enung/Modul e/_Ü1 - Bedienung @ 2\mod_1225284257125_48.doc x @ 35689 @ 1 @ 1
Operation
Pos : 15 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Bedi enung/Modul e/- 1.1- radiomatic i LOG @ 3\mod_1259054956406_48.doc x @ 53232 @ @ 1
The transmitter is equipped with an electronic radiomatic ® iLOG key. radiomatic ® iLOG contains all the
data required for operating the transmitter. Operation is not possible without radiomatic ® iLOG!
Depending on the version the radiomatic ® iLOG can also be used for operation of replacement transmitters
of identical construction.
Pos : 18 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Bedi enung/Modul e/- 1.2- Nullstellungsz wang @ 2\mod_1237967536984_48.doc x @ 42910 @ @ 1
When activating the transmitter and if the radio connection is interrupted (e.g. if the connection is lost or
the transmission range is exceeded), the transmitter reacts with the so -called enforced zero-position.
Release all operating elements so they can return to the zero-position and actuate the start button. The
machine will not react if the operating elements are not in zero -position. This prevents uncontrolled
machine movements after the radio connection has been interrupted.
Pos : 19 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Bedi enung/Modul e/_Ü2 - Sender eins chalten @ 2\mod_1225284327093_48.doc x @ 35710 @ 2 @ 1
Activating the Transmitter

Pos : 21 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Bedi enung/Modul e/- 2- Bedienung - tec hnos 2 @ 9\mod_1364304077857_48.doc x @ 107099 @ @ 1
Without start sequence

1. Insert a charged battery into the battery compartment.
2. Turn the STOP switch to unlock.
3. Shortly press the start button and then release.
When the display shows the start screen, the transmitter is ready to operate.
With start sequence

The steps 3 and 4 need to be carried out within 5 seconds.
1. Insert a charged battery into the battery compartment.
2. Turn the STOP switch to unlock.
3. Shortly press the start button and then release. There is a short acoustic signal. The transmitter will
switch off if the button is pressed for longer than half a second!
4. Press the start button again until the display shows the start screen and a long acoustic signal
appears. Then release the button.
The transmitter is now ready for operation.
5. Depending on the application, you must press the start button again before movement commands
can be carried out.
Note:
The transmitter switches off, if
 the start button is pressed for longer than half a second in step 3 of the start sequence.
 the start sequence (steps 3 and 4) takes over 5 seconds.
 another button is pressed during the start sequence.
You must then repeat steps 3 and 4 or 3 to 5.
4 / 26
With HBC Smart Card
1. Insert a charged battery into the battery compartment.
2. Turn the STOP switch to unlock.
3. Press the start button. APPLY SMART CARD is now shown in the display.
4. Hold the HBC Smart Card to the position on the transmitter marked with this symbol .
The transmitter vibrates and an acoustic signal sounds. Afterwards the display shows the start
screen.
Note:
The transmitter can only be activated with a valid Smart Card. If you use a card that does not match
the respective transmitter or is not approved for this transmitter, CARD INVALID appears in the
display. The transmitter vibrates 3 times. At the same time an acoustic signal sounds. The
transmitter is automatically shut down after 2 seconds. Please contact your superior in such cases.
The transmitter also shuts down if the start sequence is not compl eted within 10 seconds. In this
case press the start button and repeat the procedure!
Pos : 22 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Bedi enung/Modul e/- 3- Ac htung - akus tisches Warnsignal @ 2\mod_1225286721468_48.doc x @ 35796 @ @ 1
Caution:
Before starting work always trigger the acoustic signal. This warns all colleagues that the machine
is about to move.
Pos : 23 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Bedi enung/Modul e/_Ü2 - Sender ausschalten @ 2\mod_1225284370828_48.doc x @ 35731 @ 2 @ 1
Deactivating the Transmitter

Pos : 24 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Bedi enung/Modul e/- 4- Sender auss chalten - ST OP- Sc halter @ 2\mod_1225289959765_48.doc x @ 35880 @ @ 1
Press the STOP switch.
Pos : 26 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Bedi enung/Modul e/- 5- Hinweis - Akku wec hsel n (tec hnos 2) @ 9\mod_1352388213523_48.doc x @ 101166 @ @ 1
Note:
The battery needs to be replaced if there is an acoustic signal, if the transmitter vibrates and a
respective notification appears in the display. Otherwise, the transmitter will switch off in a few
minutes.
Recharge the empty battery in the respective charger.
Pos : 28 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Bedi enung/Modul e/- 6.1- APO-F unktion @ 2\mod_1225288357203_48.doc x @ 35859 @ 2 @ 1
Automatic Power Off (APO) function

The transmitter is equipped with an automatic power off (APO) function and will automatically shut off
approx. 15 min after the last command input.
The automatic power off serves to increase safety and also saves battery power.
Pos : 30 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Bedi enung/Modul e/- 6.2- APO-F unktion Einschalten @ 3\mod_1259565774413_48.doc x @ 53560 @ @ 1
After an automatic power off, the transmitter must be reactivated as described in the chapter “Operation”.
Pos : 31 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Bedi enung/Modul e/- 6.3- APO-F unktion @ 2\mod_1233316916250_48.doc x @ 41569 @ @ 1
Caution:
The automatic power off does not relieve the operator of the responsibility to turn off the transmitter
with the STOP switch when not in use.
5 / 26
Pos : 33 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Dis pl ay/-1- Displ ay - tec hnos 2 @ 9\mod_1367921014517_48.doc x @ 108666 @ 2 @ 1
Display
Field strength
The field strength indication provides information about the quality of the radio connection. With an
optimum connection, all 5 bars are displayed. The field strength indication is always visible when the
transmitter is turned on.
Field strength is indicated in the following degrees:

Strong received signal
Weak received signal
No signal
Note:
If symbol is displayed the risk of the radio connection being interrupted is imminent. Ensure
that the radio connection is not impaired by an obstacle (e.g. a building) and ensure that you are
within the range of the radio system. It may be necessary to change the working position.
Battery
The battery indication provides information about the current condition of the battery. It is always visible
when the transmitter is turned on.
The battery status is displayed in the following degrees:

The battery is charged.
Pre-warning: The battery needs to be charged soon.
The battery needs to be charged. In addition an acoustic signal sounds and the
transmitter vibrates. Exchange the battery. Otherwise, the transmitter will switch off in a
few minutes. Recharge the empty battery in the respective charger.
Note:
A detailed description of the display has to be part of the operating manual of the specific machine
in use. All instructions the operator has to follow in connection with the feedback information have
to be written there as well.
6 / 26
Pos : 53 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Akku_Ladeger ät/Akku_Ladeger ät ( Li-Ion_Akku) @ 9\mod_1351497806121_48.doc x @ 100920 @ 1 @ 1
Battery and Battery Charger

Li-ion Battery
The battery capacity (= the amount of electric current that can be stored) and the battery charge (= the
actual amount of stored current) depend on the age of the battery and the environment temperature. If the
temperatures are below 0 °C (32 °F) or above 40 °C (104 °F), less current can be retrieved.
Please adhere to the following safety notifications in all cases. When the Li -ion battery is improperly
handled, there is the risk of explosion and of fire. This could lead to life -threatening injuries that might
result in death under specific circumstances.
Safety instructions:
 Use the batteries only in connection with the designated devices.
 Never use or charge damaged or faulty batteries.
 Do not throw the batteries into a fire, short-circuit, damage, or open them. Always use the
protective cap provided in the accessory to store the battery.
 Charge the battery fully before storing it for a prolonged period. Otherwise total discharge of
the battery may occur. Please note the date code on the battery.
 Use only the associated HBC charger to charge the battery .
 Charge the battery at an ambient temperature of 0 – 45 °C (32 – 113 °F).
 Do not expose the batteries to direct sunlight.
 The batteries have to be recycled or disposed of properly .
Notes:
 In all cases, charge the batteries completely before initial use. This ensures that the batteries
have their full capacity in use.
 Store the batteries at -15 – +35 °C (5 – 95 °F).
 Charge the batteries at intervals not exceeding 3 months when they are stored.
When handled properly, Li-ion batteries by HBC-radiomatic can reach up to 500 charging cycles. Even
after that, your batteries can be used for some time with a slightly decreased capacity.
7 / 26
Battery Charger
Depending on customer selection, an AC or DC charger is available. A connection cable with the
appropriate plug is included in the delivery.
Please adhere to the following safety notifications in all cases. When the charger is improperly handled,
there is the risk of fire and of electrical shock. This could lead to life-threatening injuries that might result
in death under specific circumstances.
Safety instructions:
 Use this charger only to charge the batteries specified on the type plate .
 The charger may not be used in hazardous areas or in the vicinity of flammable materials.
 The charger has to be operated with the voltage indicated on the back .
 The charger has to be used in vehicles or indoors only.
 Use the charger only within the specified temperature range of 0 – 45 °C (32 – 113 °F).
 Protect the charger against heat, dust and humidity.
 Do not cover the charger while it is in use.
 Disconnect the charger from the power supply when it is not in use .
 In case of any fault of the charger or the connecting cable disconnect it immediately and put it
out of operation.
 Do not make technical changes to the charger or the connecting cable .
Maintenance and servicing:

 Disconnect the plug before cleaning the charger.
 Make sure that the contacts of the charger and the battery pack are free from dirt in order to
ensure a faultless functioning of the charger.
8 / 26
Pos : 55 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Akku_Ladeger ät/M odul e/Li-Ion_Ladeger ät @ 9\mod_1358409217697_48.doc x @ 103411 @ 2 @ 1
Charging the battery

1. Connect the charger via the connecting cable to the power supply.
2. Insert the battery into the compartment.
Charging will start automatically.
Display:
Three LEDs indicate the actual operating state of the battery.
LED green: Illuminates when battery is charged.
LED orange: Illuminates when battery is charging.
LED red: Illuminates when battery is defective.
Flashes when the battery temperatures are below 0 °C (32 °F) or above 45 °C (113 °F).
The battery is not charged in this case.
Pos : 56 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Akku_Ladeger ät/M odul e/TD _QA401600_QD401300 @ 9 \mod_1351243287832_48.doc x @ 100806 @ @ 1
Technical Data QA401600 / QD401300

Operating voltage 100 – 240 V AC (QA401600)
10 – 30 V DC (QD401300)
Charging time <4h
Operating temperature 0 – 45° C (32 – 113 °F)
Housing material Plastic
Protection class II
Charging method CC/CV
End of charging voltage 4,2 V
9 / 26
Pos : 60 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/_Ü1 - Opti onen @ 2\mod_1226593272812_48.doc x @ 37141 @ 1 @ 1
Options
The availability of the following functions depends on the design and configuration of your radio control
system.
Pos : 61 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/_Ü2 - Sic herheitsfeatures @ 5\mod_1274367236207_48.doc x @ 61227 @ 2 @ 1
Safety Features
Pos : 63 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 01- s hoc k-off_z ero-g_inclination s witc h (technos) @ 9\mod_1367924897445_48.doc x @ 108723 @ @ 1
radiomatic ® shock-off / zero-g / inclination switch

In specific emergency situations, these safety features can prevent unintended movement commands from
being given to the machine, protecting the operator as well as other personnel in close proximity to the
machine in use.
radiomatic ® shock-off can react if the transmitter receives a hard impact.
radiomatic ® zero-g can react if the transmitter is falling down or being thrown.
inclination switch can activate if the transmitter exceeds an inclination angle of approx.
45° for a specified time and/or is positioned upside down.
Depending on the ordered version the features can operate in three different ways:
 The complete radio system is shut down.
 Safety-relevant functions are deactivated.
 A previously defined function (e. g. crane horn) is activated.
In addition the symbol SAFETY FEATURE is shown in the display.
To deactivate the features, the start button has to be pressed until the symbol SAFETY
FEATURE disappears. Then the transmitter is ready to operate again.
Response sensitivity and deactivation time are set in the master level.
The safety features do not relieve the operator of his responsibility to turn off the transmitter with
the STOP switch when not in use.
10 / 26
Pos : 65 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 04- r adi omatic i nfrakey_neu @ 5\mod_1274426644078_48.doc x @ 61344 @ @ 1
radiomatic ® infrakey
The radio system can only be activated via an infrared
link between the transmitter and the receiver. This
increases the safety of operation, i.e. the machine can
not become inadvertently enabled.
radiomatic ® infrakey operates either with an infrared

module in the receiver housing (radiomatic ® infrakey
internal) or with the offset infrared antenna focus I
(radiomatic ® infrakey external).
To activate radiomatic ® infrakey, actuate the start button

on the transmitter.
Function of radiomatic ® infrakey with focus I
Notes:
 The range of the infrared beam is max. 20 m (66 ft).
 The angle of radiation is 30°.
 The front panel of the receiver must be visible (only radiomatic ® infrakey internal).
Pos : 66 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 22.1- M eistersc halter mit Totmannfunkti on (2014- 04- 23 13:04:57) @ 5\mod_1274349342269_48.doc x @ 61199 @ @ 1
Joystick with Deadman Function

In order that it is possible to issue control commands the button integrated into the joystick must be pressed
before the joystick is moved. The function then reverts to self-locking and remains effective until the
joystick is back in the zero position. This enables the avoidance of potential risks through the unintentional
actuation of the joystick.
Pos : 67 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 28- r adi omatic® r eport - Benutz er kennung @ 5\mod_1272630464288_48.doc x @ 60748 @ @ 1
radiomatic ® report – User Identification

The "user identification" function with the HBC Smart Card enables a simple personalization of the radio
system as well as the storage of all user profiles in the radio system. Safety relevant functions can be
released to authorized personnel only and unauthorized users can be protected of potentially dangerous
situations. In addition the radio system can store user-related all operating processes as well as the
respective on time of the radio system. This data can be read from the radio system and shows how long
the radio system was in use and how the individual operators us ed the various functions of the radio
system.
Pos : 68 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 31- Z us timm-T aster @ 7\mod_1331715875728_48.doc x @ 92550 @ @ 1
Enabling switch
The two-step enabling switch provides enhanced safety during maintenance and service work on or in the
machine as well as for applications with multiple users. In order to transmit control commands to the
machine, the operator has to keep the switch pushed into the first step. Only then the other opera ting
elements are activated. If the operator releases the button or pushes it into the second step (e.g. as the
result of a cramp), all machine functions are immediately stopped. With this, the operator is protected from
dangerous unintended movements of the machine in case he should lose consciousness or no longer has
control over the transmitter.
If an application is controlled by more than one operator, movement commands can only be performed if
all operators keep the enabling switch pushed into the first step.
11 / 26
Pos : 70 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 23- Vibr ati ons alar m @ 5\mod_1270800932014_48.doc x @ 59930 @ @ 1
Vibration Alarm
With the vibration alarm, the operator can be informed of an impending need to change the battery and/or
potential dangers on the machine through the vibration of the transmitter. This information can be for
example pre-warnings for high wind speeds or threatening excess crane loads.
Pos : 71 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 24- Fr ontpl attenbel euc htung @ 5\mod_1272618978162_48.doc x @ 60640 @ @ 1
Front Panel Lighting

With the front panel lighting potential dangers resulting from incorrect operation, based on poor visibility,
can be prevented. The operator simply switches on multiple LEDs, which are integrated into the rollover
bar, with a switch or button on the transmitter.
Pos : 72 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 25- Abschaltung bei unplausi blen Steuerbefehl en @ 5\mod_1272626650143_48.doc x @ 60667 @ @ 1
Shut-off on Implausible Control Commands

The automatic shut-off will activate after a sequence of multiple questionable movement commands . If for
example, the operator moves the joystick successively in different directions in an irregular manner .
This function protects the operator and the whole work environment from poten tial dangers as well as the
machine from wear resulting from rapid and erratic movements.
Depending on the ordered version this function can operate in three different ways:
 The complete radio system is shut down.
 Safety-relevant functions are deactivated.
 A previously defined function (e. g. crane horn) is activated.
To deactivate the function, press the start button until the status LED flashes green.
Then the transmitter is ready to operate again.
Pos : 73 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 26- Micr ofahrt @ 5\mod_1272628154655_48.doc x @ 60694 @ @ 1
Micro Drive
With the micro drive function the speed of the machine is limited to a preselected level. Even at full
movement of the joystick/linear lever, the operator can not exceed this speed limit. In this manner
demanding drive maneuvers can be managed and inexperienced users can be protected from potential
dangers that can result from “speeding”.
12 / 26
Pos : 76 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 02.1- Fr equenz manag ement_Festfr equenz @ 5\mod_1274424301000_48.doc x @ 61290 @ 2 @ 1
Frequency Management
Fixed Frequency
If the identification plate in the battery compartment of the transmitter shows a frequency value (e.g.
433,500 MHz), the transmitter operates with a fixed frequency.
Please contact you service department if the frequency has to be changed because the radio channel is
already assigned to another user.
Pos : 77 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 02.2- Fr equenz umsc haltung über Scanner @ 2\mod_1226411299828_48.doc x @ 36851 @ @ 1
Frequency Selection via Scanner

Transmitter and receiver are equipped with four frequencies (refer to wiring diagrams).
If the radio channel is occupied, you can switch to another radio channel by using the rotary switch on the
transmitter. The scanner in the receiver automatically resets the transmitter to the new frequency selected
within one second.
Pos : 78 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 02.3- M an. Fr equenz weiterschaltung - 1 - @ 2\mod_1226410169843_48.doc x @ 36763 @ @ 1
Manual Frequency Switching

If the identification plate in the battery compartment of the transmitter shows the label man, the transmitter
features manual frequency switching.
This function can be used to change the radio channel during radio operation .
Pos : 80 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 02.3- M an. Fr equenz weiterschaltung - 2 - spec trum A/B/tec hnos @ 3\mod_1243497262254_48.doc x @ 44688 @ @ 1
Depending on the version move the cursor to the corresponding softkey and press the radiomatic ® iCON
until an acoustic signal sounds. Then release the radiomatic ® iCON. Or press the button until
an acoustic signal sounds. Then release the button.
Pos : 81 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 02.3- M an. Fr equenz weiterschaltung - 3 - @ 2\mod_1226410472171_48.doc x @ 36829 @ @ 1
Please contact your service department if all available frequencies are occupied.
Pos : 82 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 02.4- r adi omatic AFS @ 2\mod_1226404846046_48.doc x @ 36720 @ @ 1
radiomatic ® AFS
If the identification plate in the battery compartment of the transmitter shows the label AFS, the transmitter
is equipped with radiomatic ® AFS (Automatic Frequency Selection).
When activating the transmitter radiomatic ® AFS will check if the present radio channel is free. If the radio
channel is occupied, the system automatically finds and saves a fre e radio channel.
If the radio channel currently in use is occupied by another radio control system, you must switch the
transmitter off and on again in order to allow radiomatic ® AFS to switch to a free radio channel.
The radiomatic ® AFS option also includes the manual frequency switching function.
Note:
If radiomatic ® AFS is to perform optimally, all the other radio systems in the immediate working
environment (e.g. the factory hall or building site) should be switched on before starting to use the
radio system for the first time. This allows radiomatic ® AFS to detect automatically which radio
channels are already being used in the working area, and thereby to choose a suitable free channel
for its own use.
In addition, when switching the radio system on for the first time, the user should make sure that
his distance from the radio receiver and from the machine is a realistic reflection of the working
situation.
Pos : 83 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 02.5- r adi omatic AFM @ 2\mod_1226405509812_48.doc x @ 36741 @ @ 1
radiomatic ® AFM
If the identification plate in the battery compartment of the transmitter shows the label AFM the transmitter
is equipped with radiomatic ® AFM (Automatic Frequency Management).
radiomatic ® AFM detects available radio channels constantly. If the radio channel currently in use is
occupied by another radio control system, radiomatic ® AFM switches automatically to a free radio channel.
Pos : 84 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Allgemei n/----- Sei tenumbr uch (Frequenz manag ement) ----- @ 10\mod_1395914848124_48.doc x @ 121272 @ @ 1
13 / 26
Pos : 85 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 02.6- D ECT @ 8\mod_1333627734888_48.doc x @ 93190 @ @ 1
DECT
DECT technology is an extremely convenient method for uninterrupted radio cont rol without frequency
conflicts. The operator always works on a free radio channel and does not need to make manual settings.
Pos : 86 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sen der/Optionen/Modul e/- 02.7- 2,4 GHz-Tec hnol ogie @ 8\mod_1333627927878_48.doc x @ 93218 @ @ 1
2.4 GHz technology

2.4 GHz technology works with automatic frequency coordination and thus ensures interruption -free
working in areas with many radio users. Manual frequency coordination is not necessary. With the
worldwide frequency band, 2.4 GHz technology can be used all over the world.
14 / 26
Pos : 88 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 03.1- Fr eigabe-Ü ber nahme @ 2\mod_1226481290406_48.doc x @ 36920 @ 2 @ 1
Catch-Release
Via the Catch-Release option two or more transmitters can control a
machine alternately.
When the receiver is switched on, the machine can initially be controlled
via any associated transmitter. Once the receiver was taken over by
one transmitter, the other transmitters no longer have access .
Take over machine

1. Switch the transmitter on.
2. Enter the "Catch" command on the transmitter and actuate the
start button.
The access rights for the machine remain with that transmitter until the
"Release" command is issued by that transmitter.
Release machine
1. Enter the "Release" command on the transmitter.
2. Switch the transmitter off.
The access rights for the machine are cancelled. Machine control can be taken over by another transmitter.
Operating Example:
Transmitter 1 has taken over the machine. Transmitter 2 is to be given control.
1. Enter the "Release" command on transmitter 1.
2. Switch transmitter 1 off.
3. Switch transmitter 2 on.
4. Enter the "Catch" command on transmitter 2 and actuate the start button .
Transmitter 2 now has sole access to all machine functions .
Pos : 89 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 03.4- Hi nweis e Fr eigabe-Ü ber nahme /- 03.4- Hi nweis e Freigabe-Ü ber nahme /-T andemfahrt @ 2\mod_1226562851015_48.doc x @ 37090 @ @ 1
Notes:
 If a receiver has already been adopted by a transmitter can be displayed via a lamp on the
machine.
 If the operating voltage of the receiver fails, the receiver returns to the starting condition in
which it can be adopted by any transmitter. If necessary, the receiver must be adopted anew.
 If the transmitter is deactivated without the command "Release" having been issued, the other
transmitters have no access to the receiver. The starting condition described above can only
be resumed by deactivating the operating voltage at the receiver.
15 / 26
Pos : 91 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 03.2- T andemfahrt neu @ 5\mod_1281505145362_48.doc x @ 62660 @ 2 @ 1
Tandem Operation
Tandem Operation T1
The radio system consists of 1 transmitter and 2 receivers for 2
machines. The transmitter can control the machines individually or in
parallel.
The machines are selected at the transmitter via a rotary switch :

A only machine A
A+B machine A + machine B
B only machine B
Tandem Operation T2
The radio system consists of 2 transmitters and 2 receivers for 2 machines . Both transmitters are master
transmitters and can control the machines individually or in parallel.
During normal operation transmitter 1 controls machine A and trans mitter 2 controls machine B. In order
to be able to switch to machine B or A+B at transmitter 1, for example, the key must be removed from
transmitter 2 and inserted in transmitter 1.
The machines are selected at the transmitter via a rotary switch :

A only machine A
B only machine B
Operating Example: Control of machine A + B via transmitter 1.

1. Switch transmitter 1 and 2 off and remove the key from transmitter 2.
2. Insert the key from transmitter 2 in transmitter 1.
Machine selection via transmitter 1 is activated.
3. Turn the rotary switch of transmitter 1 to A+B.
4. Switch transmitter 1 on and actuate the start button.
The radio system now operates in tandem mode.
Warning:
For safety reasons, it is imperatively required that only one key is available for each transmitter.
The spare key must be stored at a superior, authoritative position and only be handed out in clarified
cases.
16 / 26
Tandem Operation TM/TS
The radio system consists of 2 transmitters and 2 receivers for 2 machines . One transmitter is a master
transmitter and can control the machines individually or in parallel . The other transmitter is a slave
transmitter and can only control machine B.
In order to be able to switch to machine B or A+B at the master transmitter, the key must be removed from
the slave transmitter and inserted in the master transmitter.
The machines are selected at the transmitter via a rotar y switch:

A only machine A
B only machine B
Operating Example: Control of machine A + B via master transmitter.

1. Switch master and slave transmitter off and remove the key from slave transmitter.
2. Insert the key from slave transmitter in master transmitter.
Machine selection via master transmitter is activated.
3. Turn the rotary switch of master transmitter to A+B.
4. Switch master transmitter on and actuate the start button.
The radio system now operates in tandem mode.
Warning:
For safety reasons, it is imperatively required that only one key is available for each transmitter.
The spare key must be stored at a superior, authoritative position and only be handed out in clarified
cases.
17 / 26
Pos : 93 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 03.3- Fr eigabe-Ü ber nahme-T andemfahrt @ 2\mod_1226504137718_48.doc x @ 37064 @ 2 @ 1
Catch-Release-Tandem Operation
With the Catch-Release-Tandem Operation two or more transmitters can control several machines
alternately.
Each machine is equipped with a receiver that can receive and monitor all transmitter frequencies.
After activating the receivers all transmitters have equal access to the radio control system .
Take over machine

2. Turn rotary switch on the transmitter to the respective position .
3. Enter the "Catch" command on the transmitter and actuate the start button.
The transmitter with control over the machine(s) retains the access to the receiver until the operator has
issued the "Release" command.
Release machine
1. Enter the "Release" command on the transmitter.
The access rights for the machine(s) are cancelled. Machine control can be taken over by another
transmitter.
Operating Example:
Transmitter 1 has taken over machine A. Transmitter 2 is to be given control over machine A+B .
1. Enter the "Release" command on transmitter 1.
2. Switch transmitter 1 off.
3. Switch transmitter 2 on.
4. Turn rotary switch on transmitter 2 to A+B.
5. Enter the "Catch" command on transmitter 2 and actuate the start button.
Transmitter 2 now has sole access to all machine functions .
Pos : 94 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 03.4- Hi nweis e Fr eigabe-Ü ber nahme /- 03.4- Hi nweis e Freigabe-Ü ber nahme /-T andemfahrt @ 2\mod_1226562851015_48.doc x @ 37090 @ @ 1
Notes:
 If a receiver has already been adopted by a transmitter can be displayed via a lamp on the
machine.
 If the operating voltage of the receiver fails, the receiver returns to the starting condition in
which it can be adopted by any transmitter. If necessary, the receiver must be adopted anew.
 If the transmitter is deactivated without the command "Release" having been issued, the other
transmitters have no access to the receiver. The starting condition described above can only
be resumed by deactivating the operating voltage at the receiver.
18 / 26
Pos : 96 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 05- Kabelsteuerung @ 2\mod_1226395483359_48.doc x @ 36613 @ 2 @ 1
Cable Control
With a cable you can generate a direct data connection between
the transmitter and receiver. The radio transmission is disabled.
At the same time, the power supply of the transmitter is provided
through the cable, as well.
Connecting the cable

2. Remove the screw lock on the transmitter and receiver.
3. Connect the transmitter and the receiver with the cable.
Ensure that the connector is locked.
Notes:
 If you connect the cable while working with the system, the transmitter will switch off
automatically. Actuate the start button to switch to cable operation.
 When the system is in cable mode the transmitter will receive the supply voltage from the
receiver, i.e. the transmitter can be used without the battery.
 If you disconnect the cable from the transmitter and receiver, the system will switch off
automatically. Actuate the start button to switch back to radio operation.
19 / 26
Pos : 98 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 15- HF- Vers tär ker @ 2\mod_1237450107875_48.doc x @ 42530 @ 2 @ 1
RF-amplifier
If the transmitter is equipped with an RF-amplifier, please refer to the transmitter wiring diagram. There
you can also find the directions on how to activate the RF -amplifier.
Pos : 99 /T echnisc he Dokumentation/Betriebsanl eitungen/Sender/Optionen/Modul e/- 10- T as ter " Ein" als U mschalttas ter @ 2\mod_1226394707421_48.doc x @ 36592 @ 2 @ 1
Utilization of Button as Shift Key

The RPM+ and RPM– buttons have a dual function.
If the button is kept depressed and the RPM+ resp. RPM– button is also activated, the Motor Start resp.
Motor Stop command will be output.
Pos : 100 /Tec hnisc he D okumentati on/Betri ebs anleitungen/Sender/Opti onen/M odule/-16- Vor wahl von Katze oder Hubwer k @ 2\mod_1226671485906_48.doc x @ 37242 @ 2 @ 1
Pre-selection of Trolley or Hoist

The operator is able to select the trolley or hoist that he wishes to control. It is also possible to
simultaneously control both trolleys/hoists, for example in order to transport particularly long or wide loads.
Pos : 101 /Tec hnisc he D okumentati on/Betri ebs anleitungen/Sender/Opti onen/M odule/-14- R üc kmel dung über LED @ 2\mod_1226666981593_48.doc x @ 37200 @ 2 @ 1
Feedback by LED
Using this function, system or machine data can be displayed on the transmitter by
LEDs.
Pos : 102 /Tec hnisc he D okumentati on/Betri ebs anleitungen/Sender/Opti onen/M odule/-33- Bankumschaltung @ 7\mod_1331716870074_48.doc x @ 92609 @ 2 @ 1
Bank Switch
By switching operating levels via rotary switch or push button, the operator can choose between different
operating levels. The number of available commands can be multiplied, even for small transmit ters.
Pos : 103 /Tec hnisc he D okumentati on/Betri ebs anleitungen/Sender/Opti onen/M odule/-34- Integrierte LED-Taschenlampe @ 9\mod_1364311161838_48.doc x @ 107127 @ 2 @ 1
Integrated LED Flashlight

The integrated LED flashlight is activated and de-activated by means of a switch on the transmitter. The
integrated LED flashlight automatically de-activates after 5 minutes. The de-activation time can be set
according to the respective application. Please contact your HBC contact person for more information.
Caution:
In order to avoid blinding, never look directly into the beam of light and do not point the flashlight in
the eyes of humans or animals. Irritations from blinding may result in dangerous situations, such as
overlooking obstacles or other dangerous areas.
Pos : 104 /Tec hnisc he D okumentati on/Betri ebs anleitungen/Allgemein/----- Seitenumbruc h ------ @ 1\mod_1219672326234_0.doc x @ 29509 @ @ 1
20 / 26
Pos : 105 /Tec hnisc he D okumentati on/Betri ebs anleitungen/Sender/Opti onen/M odule/-12- Drehsc halter Gesc hwindigkeits vor wahl @ 2\mod_1226397016671_48.doc x @ 36656 @ 2 @ 1
Rotary Switch for Preselected Speed

Using the rotary switch it is possible to choose between four maximum machine speeds, which are set in
accordance with the customer’s requirements.
The symbols for the speed adaptation have the following meanings :
= maximum speed 100 %

= maximum speed, limited to 75 %
Pos : 106 /Tec hnisc he D okumentati on/Betri ebs anleitungen/Sender/Opti onen/M odule/-20- Senderhoc htastung (allgemei n) @ 2\mod_1226398809375_48.doc x @ 36698 @ 2 @ 1
Transmitter Key up
With the transmitter key up function, radio commands are only transmitted at the touch of a key and the
transmitter will automatically be switched off after 7 seconds of non -use. For example, self-monitoring
gates can thus be opened or closed by several operators .
During longer breaks the transmitter must be switched off by pressing the STOP switch .
The "transmitter key up" function also saves battery power.
Caution:
The transmitter key up function does not relieve the operator of his responsibility to turn off the
transmitter with the STOP switch when not in use.
Pos : 107 /Tec hnisc he D okumentati on/Betri ebs anleitungen/Sender/Opti onen/M odule/-30- radiomatic ® CPS @ 5\mod_1273054434857_48.doc x @ 60891 @ 2 @ 1
radiomatic ® CPS
With radiomatic ® CPS (= Continuous Power Supply), the battery of the radio control can be changed
without interrupting power. For this, the transmitter is equipped with 2 battery compartments. If a battery
has to be changed, the LED blinks red and the process automatically switches to the other battery in the
second battery compartment without interruption. The radio s ystem remains active. By means of 2 LEDs,
the operator can at all times see which battery is in use and if a battery needs to be charged.
This function is ideal if long and interruption-free crane or machine operations are required.
Pos : 108 /Tec hnisc he D okumentati on/Betri ebs anleitungen/Sender/Opti onen/M odule/-32- radiomatic ® iBAR @ 7\mod_1331716787394_48.doc x @ 92580 @ 2 @ 1
radiomatic ® iBAR
radiomatic ® iBAR stands for a newly developed, intelligent over-roll bar. With this, the function range of
the control can be considerably expanded.
radiomatic ® iBAR can be configured with diverse additional operating elements, e.g. push buttons.
In addition, LCDs for data indication can be integrated.
Pos : 109 /Tec hnisc he D okumentati on/Betri ebs anleitungen/Sender/Opti onen/M odule/-13- Windfr eistellung @ 2\mod_1226670776406_48.doc x @ 37221 @ 2 @ 1
Slewing Gear Release

Note:
Whenever the command "slewing gear release" is actuated by means of the radio control, it is
important that the respective check be made.
Due to the above, a clearly visible indicator lamp should be installed on the machine.
21 / 26
Pos : 111 /Tec hnisc he D okumentati on/Betri ebs anleitungen/T echnisc he Daten/_Ü 1 - TD @ 1\mod_1221552834937_48.doc x @ 35026 @ 1 @ 1
Technical Data
Pos : 112 /Tec hnisc he D okumentati on/Betri ebs anleitungen/T echnisc he Daten/Sender/TD_VS_Sender @ 10 \mod_1378361521654_0.doc x @ 112253 @ @ 1
Max. number of control commands -

Unique system addresses Over 1.000.000 combinations
Supply voltage 3.7 V
Safety function E-STOP:
Performance Level d, category 3 according to EN ISO
13849-1:2008
Frequency ranges 405 – 475 MHz 1 , 865 – 870 MHz,
902 – 928 MHz, 1210 – 1258 MHz 1
2,4 GHz: 2402 – 2480 MHz
DECT: 1790 – 1930 MHz
Channel spacing 12.5 / 20 / 25 / 50 / 250 kHz
2.4 GHz: 1 MHz
DECT: 1.728 MHz
Antenna Internal
Battery type BA401_ _ _ (Li-Ion)
Battery capacity 10,56 Ah
Continuous operating time Depending on the version up to 18 h
Operating temperature range -20 °C … +70 °C (-4 °F ... +158 °F)
Housing material Glass-fiber reinforced plastic / PA6 GF30
Dimensions 315 x 180 x 177 mm (12.4 x 7.09 x 6.97 inches)
Weight (incl. battery) Approx. 2.5 kg (5.5 lbs.)
Protection class IP 65
1
Not all frequency ranges available.
Pos : 113 /Tec hnisc he D okumentati on/Betri ebs anleitungen/Abmess ungen/_Ü 1 - Abmess ung en @ 1\mod_1221645928875_48.doc x @ 35060 @ 1 @ 1
Dimensions
Pos : 114 /Tec hnisc he D okumentati on/Betri ebs anleitungen/Abmess ungen/Sender/Abmessungen_Sender_VS_neu @ 11\mod_1403250373951_0.doc x @ 123473 @ @ 1
22 / 26
Pos : 116 /Tec hnisc he D okumentati on/Betri ebs anleitungen/Sender/Problembehandlung - Sender tec hnos 2 @ 9\mod_1364313258480_48.doc x @ 107155 @ 1 @ 1
Troubleshooting
Problem Possible Cause Remedy

Transmitter does not react when  No power.  Check battery contacts for
switched on. damage or contamination.
 Insert a fully charged
battery into the battery
compartment.
 Recharge battery.
Low-power indication after  Battery contacts are  Check battery contacts for
minimal operating time. contaminated or damaged. damage or contamination.
 Battery not charged.  Recharge battery.
 Battery defective.  Ensure that recharging
process runs correctly.
 Check transmitter functions
using a fully charged or
replacement battery.
The display in the transmitter  Receiver has no voltage.  Check the connecting cable
illuminates but it is not possible  No radio communication. to the receiver.
to effect control commands.  Check the functions via the
LEDs in the radio status
panel of the receiver.
Some commands are not carried  Receiver defective.  Check if all connecting
out.  Interruption in the connecting cables and cable junctions
cable to the machine. are tight.
If none of the measures mentioned resolve the problem, then please contact your service technician,
dealer or HBC-radiomatic GmbH.
23 / 26
Pos : 118 /Tec hnisc he D okumentati on/Betri ebs anleitungen/Sender/Wartung - Sender @ 1\mod_1219742392562_48.doc x @ 29964 @ 1 @ 1
Maintenance
The radio control system is virtually maintenance-free. Please observe the following points:
 Check the STOP switch functionality at regular intervals. Dirt deposits on the switch can hinder the
mechanism and impair the function.
 Check the rubber bellows or rubber seals of the operating elements at regular intervals for leak -
tightness. Replace immediately if cracks appear since the penetration of dirt and humidity may damage
the function of the operating elements.
 Never use a high-pressure cleaner or sharp or pointed objects to clean the transmitter.
 Charge and discharge transmitter batteries regularly.
Pos : 119 /Tec hnisc he D okumentati on/Betri ebs anleitungen/Allgemein/Im F alle ei nes D efekts @ 1\mod_1219738355750_48.doc x @ 29926 @ @ 1
In the Event of a Fault

Warning:
Never operate a machine with a faulty or defective radio control system!
 Never try to repair the electronics of the radio control system! Opening the transmitter or receiver
housing terminates the manufacturer warranty.
 Send any defective or faulty equipment to your local distributor or to the manufacturer. They are
experts and have the necessary know-how and OEM spare parts.
 Always send in the complete radio system (transmitter, receiver, batteries, battery charger,
connection cables, and other equipment) and attach a detailed fault description.
 Do not forget to enclose your address and telephone number so that we can get in touch with you
quickly if necessary.
 To avoid damage during transport, use the original packing supplied with the radio control system;
otherwise pack securely. Send the consignment to your distributor or to the following address:
HBC-radiomatic GmbH
Haller Str. 45 – 53
74564 Crailsheim, Germany
Phone: +49 7951 393-0
Fax: +49 7951 393-50
E-Mail: info@radiomatic.com
 If you wish to bring a defective radio system to your distributor or the factory by yourself, we kindly
ask you to make an appointment in advance.
For an overview of our worldwide service and sales contacts, please visit our website
www.hbc-radiomatic.com under "Contact".
=== Ende der Liste für T extmar ke Inhalt2 ===
24 / 26
Pos : 121 /Tec hnisc he D okumentati on/Betri ebs anleitungen/Freq uenzliste/Fr equenzlis te_2014 @ 10\mod_1392109796362_48.doc x @ 118421 @ @ 1
As of 04/2014
© HBC-radiomatic GmbH
Specifications and design subject to change without notice
Frequency list for EU member states, EFTA states, and Turkey
=== Ende der Liste für T extmar ke Frequenzliste ===
25 / 26
Pos : 124 /Tec hnisc he D okumentati on/Betri ebs anleitungen/Konformitaets er klaerung/EG-KE_SRD _2,4_GH z_D ECT @ 11\mod_1421763748053_48.doc x @ 129681 @ @ 1
EU Declaration of Conformity
The manufacturer:
HBC-radiomatic GmbH
Haller Straße 45 – 53 • 74564 Crailsheim • Germany
hereby declares that the following product: Transmitter technos 2
conforms to the following relevant Community harmonization legislation:
2006/42/EC Machinery Directive, Annex II 1 A (safety component)

2014/53/EU Radio Equipment Directive
The designated product also adheres to the following European directives in regards to their protective goals :
2014/35/EU Low Voltage Directive (see Annex I, 1.5.1 of the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC )
2014/30/EU Directive relating to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
The following harmonized standards were applied:
EN ISO 13849-1:2008/AC:2009
EN 60204-1:2006/AC:2010
EN 60204-32:2008
EN 60950-1:2006/AC:2011
EN 13557:2003 + A2:2008 (Annex C)
EN 301 489-1 V1.9.2
With Short-Range Devices:

EN 301 489-3 V1.6.1
EN 300 220-2 V2.4.1
With DECT systems:

EN 301 489-6 V1.3.1
EN 301 406 V2.1.1
With 2.4 GHz systems:

EN 301 489-17 V2.2.1
EN 300 328 V1.8.1
The following national regulations were applied:
ZH 1/547:1976
BGR 149:1995
Authorized person for documentation: Martin Schuster
Place and date: Crailsheim, 20.04.2016
Valid signature:
First name, name: Wolfgang Brendel

Position: Managing Director
=== Ende der Liste für T extmar ke Inhalt3 ===
26 / 26
24 Annex
24.4 Load view camera

WFN3RUWW2K2064139
ATF 60G-3 741

2019-03_EN
Allgemeine Informationen über Orlaco
ORLACO
NEDERLANDS
Camera - Monitor Systems
ENGLISH
Möchten Sie über unsere Produkte weiterhin informiert
werden? Tragen Sie sich dann auf www.orlaco.nl zwecks
Übersendung unseres Bulletins ein.
FRANÇAIS
Gebruiksaanwijzing
Hijslast zichtsysteem draadloos voor telescoopkraan
met auto focus camera “0-lux” hardwired en CLCD
Art.nr.: 0990530
Gebruiksaanwijzing V3.1
Orlaco Products B.V.

Postbus 193
DEUTSCH
3770 AD Barneveld
Orlaco verwendet viel Sorgfalt auf die Richtigkeit ihrer Dokumentation. Wir haften jedoch nicht für falsche Nederland
Daten und/oder für eine falsche Interpretation dieser Daten. Wir bitten Sie daher auch, alle Daten als rein Telefoon: +31 (0) 342 404555
informativ zu betrachten und diese immer von sachkundige Spezialisten prüfen zu lassen.
Fax: +31 (0) 342 404556
E-mail: info@orlaco.nl
Diese Gebrauchsanweisung wurde von der Orlaco Products BV © zur Verfügung gestellt. Nichts aus dieser Internet: www.orlaco.com
Ausgabe darf ohne vorherige schriftliche Einwilligung der Orlaco Products BV vervielfältigt, übernommen oder .
veröffentlicht werden .
The camera monitor systems by Orlaco are entirely conform the latest CE, ADR, VDE
and EMC specifications and are produced conform the ISO 9001 - 2000 quality system. e4 www.orlaco.com P. 36
Aansluitgegevens Bedienungs- und systemeinstellungen
(Stand-by Funktion ein/aus) 3 5 (Helligkeit)
1310841 Aansluiting aan de monitor (Kameraauswahl) 1 7 (Einstelltaste plus)
45°
1 = Rood = +12...30V/DC Objects in C3
45° 2 = Wit = Voeding ground monitor are
C2
closer than
3 = Blauw = Reverse functie geactiveerd bij +12..30V/DC they appear C1
4 = Bruin = Camera nr.2 geactiveerd bij +12..30V/DC
1310800 5 = Wit/geel = Camera nr.3 geactiveerd bij +12..30V/DC (Automatische Helligkeit ein/aus) 2 8 (Stromsparmodus)
6 = Grijs = Camera selectie activeren puls +12..30V/DC (Kontrast) 4 6 (Einstelltaste minus)
7 = Geel = Niet aangesloten
1 Funktion Bedienung
2 Mit der Taste 8 wird der Stromsparmodus eingeschaltet.
Bemerkung: Der Monitor hat eine Memory-Funktion, d. h. der Monitor speichert die letzte Einstellung vor
1310841 1330950 Stromspar- Ausschalten der Zündung.
Ca
m
er
a
-
OR
M LA
CO
on
it
0206600 modus - war der Monitor eingeschaltet, dan schaltet er sich nach Einschalten der Zündung auch wieder ein
•Raak het LCD display niet aan.
or
Sy
(CLCD 7”)
st
em
(Kameraheiz- - war der Monitor ausgeschaltet, dan durchläuft er nach Einschalten der Zündung erst einen Funktionstest
s
•Display alleen reinigen met een zachte ung aus) (Monitor leuchtet 2 Sekunden auf) und schaltet dann wieder in Einstellung vor ausschalten der Zündung
doek zonder agressive Sowohl im Stromspramodus als auch im stand-by-Modus wird das LCD automatisch aktiviert wenn auf dem
blauen Draht Spannung liegt.
reinigingsmiddelen.
Farbe Die Tasten 4 und 5 gleichzeitig drücken und die gewünschte Farbe mit der Einstelltaste 6
einstellen oder 7 einstellen.
Helligkeit
Taste 5 drücken und die gewünschte Helligkeit mit der Einstelltaste 6 oder 7 einstellen.
einstellen
Kontrast
einstellen
Taste 4 drücken und den gewünschten Kontrast mit der Einstelltaste 6 oder 7 einstellen.
Durch Drücken der Taste 1 wird das Bild von jeder Kamera der Reihe nach angezeigt, wobei die LED der
ausgewählten Kamera leuchtet. Durch Drücken der Taste 1 für 2 Sekunden wird die manuelle Umschaltung der
1312001 Kamera Kameras deaktiviert und die LED-Anzeige erlischt. Die Umschaltung der Kamera wird nun wieder über die
4m wählen
Art.nr. 1220150 Steuerleitung der Kameras vorgenommen. Die Steuerleitung des Monitors dienen der automatischen Einschaltung
der Kamera z. B. der Ansteuerung durch den Blinker.
Het wordt aanbevolen om Anmerkung: Ein Ansteuerungskabel aktiviert die gewünschte Kamera, zum Beispiel Blinker oder Rückwärtsgang.
het glas van de camera 1310841 Automatische Drücken Sie die Taste 2 zum Ein- und Ausschalten der automatischen Helligkeit.
schoon te houden voor 1 7 Helligkeit Anmerkung: Durch Aktivierung der automatischen Helligkeit passt der Monitor, je nach Umgebung, die
een optimaal beeld. 2 ein/aus Helligkeit des LCD-Displays an.
3 4 56
Stand-by Drücken Sie die Taste 3 zum Ein- und Ausschalten der stand-by-Funktion.
Ontvanger ein/aus(Kamera Anmerkung: Bei eingeschaltetem Stand-by wird der Monitor in Betrieb gesetzt, wenn eines der
00040** -heizungen) Ansteuerungskabel aktiviert wird.
Sparstand ein- Die Tasten 4 und 5 während 60 Sekunden drücken um den Sparstand auszuschalten und 120
/ ausschalten Sekunden um ihn wieder einzuschalten.
Systemein-
stellungen Bedienung
Anmerkung: Wird eine Kamera durch ein Blinksignal (Blinker) angesteuert, dann muss Delay aktiviert werden,
um ein blinkendes Bild zu verhindern. Werkseinstellung: Kamera 1 und 2 mit Delay, Kamera 3 ohne Delay.
1310841
Delay Die entsprechende Kamera mit Taste 1 auswählen. Durch 40 sekündiges Drücken der Taste 3
aktivieren (LED ein/aus-Taste blinkt 1 x) wird die Delay-Funktion aktiviert. Durch wiederholtes Drücken der
Tastenkombination wird die Delay-Funktion wieder deaktiviert.
Anmerkung: Delay kann nicht aktiviert werden, wenn die betreffende Kamera bereits durch ein Blinksignal angesteuert
wird.
Die entsprechende Kamera mit Taste 1 auswählen. Das Spiegelbild wird durch gleichzeitiges Drücken
Spiegelbild der Tasten 1 und 3 für 20 Sekunden aktiviert (LED ein/aus-Taste blinkt 1 x). Durch wiederholtes
aktivieren Drücken der Tastenkombination wird das Spiegelbild wieder deaktiviert.
Montage van de camerabeugel Umgekehrt
Zum Aktivieren einer umgekehrten Anzeige die Tasten 1 und 2 gleichzeitig 40 Sekunden lang drücken.
Anmerkung: Wenn die umgekehrte Anzeige aktiviert wird, wird das Bild der Kamera auf dem Monitor auf
e Anzeige
dem Kopf gestellt.
Zender M8 × 25 Marker ein- Zum Ein- oder Ausschalten des Markers die Tasten 2 und 3 gleichzeitig 10 Sekunden lang
00040*1 /ausschalte drücken. Marker mit der Taste 6 oder 7 in die gewünschte Position bringen.
0004451 Monitor Zum Einstellen des Monitors auf 50 Hz oder 60 Hz die Taste 4 60 Sekunden lang drücken.
Art.nr. 0103511 50/60Hz Anmerkung: Diese Einstellung ist nur in Verbindung mit einem Navigationssystem erforderlich.
Zum Ausschalten der Tastatur die Tasten 1 und 5 gleichzeitig 15 Sekunden lang drücken.
Tastatur Anmerkung: Ist die Tastatur ausgeschaltet, dann ist der Monitor dauerhaft eingeschaltet und eine weitere Bedienung
ausschalte nicht möglich.
0701041
091027 Um die manuelle Kamerawahl ein- oder auszuschalten müssen die Tasten 1 und 4 gleichzeitig 40
Manuelle
M8 × 8 Sekunden lang gedrückt werden.
DEUTSCH
Kamerawahl
M8 × 25 Anmerkung: Der Benutzer hat die Möglichkeit, mittels Taste 1 die Steuerkabel manuell zu
ein/
überfahren. In einigen Situationen ist dies aber unerwünscht, wie z.B. Priorität bei den
ausschalten
Ca
m
er
a
-
OR
M LA M8 Sicherheitskameras. Daher kann die manuelle Wahl ausgeschaltet werden.
CO
Kino/Weitwinkel Um das Monitorbild auf Kino/Weitwinkel zu bringen muss die Taste 5

on
60 Sekunden lang gedrückt werden.

it
or
Sy
st
em
M8 × 16
s
Instellen van de druk van de demper met behulp van Wenn die LEDs bei den Tasten 1 (Kamerataste) und 8 (Stromsparmodus) gleichzeitig schnell
0103970 bijgeleverde inbussleutel. blinken, wird das Bild ausgeschaltet da die Umgebungstemperatur unter -25°C oder über +75°C liegt.
LED-Anzeige
Volledig ingedraaid: Maximale demping Ist der Monitor im Stand-by oder Stromsparmodus fließt trozdem ein geringer Strom, daher sollte das
Volledig uitgedraaid: Minimale demping System immer über Klemme 15 (Zündung) angeschlossen werden.
The camera monitor systems by Orlaco are entirely conform the latest CE, ADR, VDE The camera monitor systems by Orlaco are entirely conform the latest CE, ADR, VDE
and EMC specifications and are produced conform the ISO 9001 - 2000 quality system. e4 www.orlaco.com P. 02 and EMC specifications and are produced conform the ISO 9001 - 2000 quality system. e4 www.orlaco.com P. 35
Störungen und Abhilfe Damper installatie
Störung Mögliche Ursache Abhilfe Veiligheidsketting Instellen camerahoek
NEDERLANDS
1. Monitor ! Monitor ist nicht eingeschaltet ! Monitor mit Schalter 5 einschalten
funktioniert nicht ! Monitor nicht an Netzspannung angeschlossen ! Monitor an Netzspannung anschließen
! Sicherung der Netzspannung Kran defekt ! Sicherung auswechseln
! Monitor an zu geringe Netzspannung ang- ! Netzspannung bei angeschlossenem und
eschlossen eingeschaltetem System messen 2
! andere Ursache ! Nehmen Sie Kontakt mit Ihrem Orlaco-
! Händler auf 1
2. Monitor ist ! Kamera funktioniert nicht ! Siehe Punkt 3 30°
ohne Bild ! Videoempfänger funktioniert nicht ! Siehe Punkt 5
! Videosender funktioniert nicht ! Siehe Punkt 6
Max.
Händler auf 1.Stel de kraan in op de hoogste
werkstand.
3. Kamera ! System nicht eingeschaltet ! System mit Schalter 5 am Monitor
funktioniert nicht einschalten und kontrollieren, ob die rote
Ca
me
ra
-
OR
MoLA
CO
ni
to
r
Sy
st
em
s
2.Draai de bout (1) zover
LED an der Kamera leuchtet omhoog dat de hijshaak wordt
! Kamera nicht an Netzspannung angeschlossen ! Kamera an Netzspannung anschließen weergegeven in
! Sicherung Netzspannung Kran defekt ! Sicherung auswechseln De veiligheidsketting dient aan de het midden van de monitor.
mast gemonteerd te worden, niet
! Monitor an zu niedriger Netzspannung ang- ! Netzspannung bei angeschlossenem und aan de bevestigingspijp. 3.Borg de bout d.m.v. moer (2).
eschlossen (LED blinkt) eingeschaltetem System messen
Händler auf
4. Kamerazoom ! Datensender funktioniert nicht ! Siehe Punkt 5 Positiebepaling van de zender en ontvanger Bevestiging ontvanger op de cabine
funktioniert nicht ! Videoempfänger funktioniert nicht ! Siehe Punkt 6
! Videosender funktioniert nicht ! Siehe Punkt 7 Monteer de ontvanger horizontaal of verticaal
! andere Ursache ! Nehmen Sie Kontakt mit Ihrem Orlaco- zo ver mogelijk naar voren en richt deze met
Händler auf de vlakke kant naar de zender voor een
5. Datensender ! Batterie leer ! Batterie auswechseln optimale ontvangst.
funktioniert nicht ! andere Ursache ! Nehmen Sie Kontakt mit Ihrem Orlaco-
Händler auf
6. Videoempfänger ! Empfänger nicht an Netzspannung angeschlos- ! Empfänger an Netzspannung anschließen
funktioniert nicht sen
! Sicherung Netzspannung Kran defekt ! Sicherung auswechseln
! Empfänger an zu niedriger Netzspannung ! Netzspannung bei angeschlossenem und
angeschlossen eingeschaltetem System messen
Händler auf 0°- 90° M8 × 25
7. Videosender ! Videosender nicht an Netzspannung ang- ! Videosender an Netzspannung
funktioniert nicht eschlossen anschließen
! Sicherung der Netzspannung Kran defekt ! Sicherung auswechseln De zender en ontvanger zijn ontworpen met
! Videosender an zu niedriger Netzspannung ! Netzspannung bei angeschlossenem und speciale antennes. Daarom moet er altijd een
angeschlossen eingeschaltetem System messen open zichtverbinding tussen de zender en M8
! andere Ursache ! Nehmen Sie Kontakt mit Ihrem Orlaco- ontvanger zijn.
Händler auf
8. Datenempfänger ! Datenempfänger nicht an Netzspannung ! Datenempfänger an Netzspannung Instelling van de damper
funktioniert nicht angeschlossen angeschlossen
! Sicherung Netzspannung Kran defekt ! Sicherung auswechseln
! Datenempfänger an zu niedriger Netzspannung ! Netzspannung bei angeschlossenem und
angeschlossen eingeschaltetem System messen
! Antenne defekt ! Antenne auswechseln
Serial No.
Assembly and connections Händler auf
ORLACO
0701041
091027
Het is mogelijk om de druk van de demper in
te stellen d.m.v. de bijgeleverde inbussleutel.
Op de deksel is een schroef M6 die kan
C
am
er OR
M8
worden gedraaid in en uit.
a
-
M LA
CO
on
it
or
S
ys
te
m
s
Volledig ingedraaid verstrekt de maximum

demping.
Volledig uitgedraaid verstrekt de minimum
demping.
De demping kan worden gevoeld door
gelijktijdig de as en de schroef te draaien.
Installatie Komponenten
Universele monitorbeugel Bevestiging monitor 0004451 Steuerteil
70 146
Verticaal
103
Overhead
Betriebstemp. : -25°C bis +55°C

Gewicht : 1,83 kg
Netzspannung : +18...24V/DC
Verbrauch : maximal 2A einschließlich der Versor-
Schuine gung der Kamera
vlakken Außer Betrieb : mit trockener Stickstoff, gefüllt, ungesch-
miert und wasserbeständig IP 68, IEC529,
korrosionsbeständig gemäß ISO 3769
(Sprühtest mit salziger Essigsäure) öl-
und benzinbeständig.
Aufbau : aus synthetischem Material hergestellt
(P.O.M.) und Überdruck 0,4 bar.
0004001 Videosender und empfänger
Bevestiging monitorbeugel Sender Empfänger

100 25
ø 9 (2×)
85
25
100
199
Betriebstemp. : -35°C bis +75°C
80
Gewicht : 1,4 kg
ø 90 Voeding : +12V/DC +/- 10%
Consumptie : Sender: Heizung aus: 150 mA,
Heizung an 450 mA. Empfänger:
122 Heizung aus 110 mA , Heizung
an 420 mA & 3,6 W, Heizung an
103
32,5
bei +15°C
40
Buiten gebruik : mit Stickstoff gefüllt, wasserbeständig,
IP 68 IEC-529
Constructie : P.O.M. Delrin & Überdruck 0,4 bar.
Soldeerzijde female connector (1310841)

Soldeerzijde male connector (1330950)
3 2 Bedienung des Steuerteils
1 = Coax kern (Video signaal)
2 = Coax afscherming (Ground video) 13
4 1 3 = Rood (+ 12V/DC) 6 5
4 = Zwart (Ground voeding) 7 4
1 = Kontrolllampe
8 3 Die Kontrolllampe brennt, wenn eine Taste gedrückt wird. Wenn die
Soldeerzijde male connector (1312001) 11 12
1 Lampe nicht mehr blinkt, muss die Batterie ausgewechselt werden.
9 2 4 2 = Einzoomen
2 3 10 1 1 5 Wenn diese Taste gedrückt wird, zoomt die Kamera ein.
1 = Coax kern (Video signaal)
2 = Coax afscherming (Ground Video) 3 = Auszoomen
1 4 3 = Rood (+ 12V/DC) 1 = Coax kern Video in 1V/tt 2 Wenn diese Taste gedrückt wird, zoomt die Kamera aus.
4 = Zwart (Ground voeding) 2 = Coax afscherming Ground video 4 = 0-Lux
3 = Rood (0,60 mm²) +12V/DC uit 1A 3 Wenn diese Taste gedrückt wird, aktivieren Sie die 0 Lux-Funktion. Die
DEUTSCH
4 = Zwart (0,60 mm²) Ground voeding 0 Lux-Funktion darf nur bei Dämmerung und nachts verwendet werden.
5 = Roze (0,22 mm²) Niet aangesloten 5 = Helligkeit
Soldeerzijde female connector (13108001) 6 = Geel (0,22 mm²) Niet aangesloten
7 = Bruin (0,22 mm²) Niet aangesloten
Wenn diese Taste gedrückt wird, aktivieren Sie die Helligkeitsfunktion.
2 1 = Wit 8 = Grijs (0,22 mm²) Niet aangesloten Die Kamera reagiert auf Licht. Wenn Sie auf Ihrem Monitor anstelle
2 = Niet aangesloten 9 = Blauw (0,22 mm²) Uitzoomen langzaam Ihrer Hebelast die Umgebung sehen möchten,
3 = Rood 10 = Rood/Zwart (0,22 mm²) Inzoomen langzaam aktivieren Sie die Helligkeitsfunktion. Zur Deaktivierung drücken Sie
3 1 11 = Wit (0,22 mm²) 0-lux Aan/Uit nochmals auf die Helligkeitstaste.
Afscherming = Massa voertuig 12 = Paars (0,22 mm²) Niet aangesloten
13 = Groen (0,22 mm²) Helderheid Aan/Uit
Komponenten Componenten
0206600 7”-Farbmonitor, Typ CLCD, Unifarbe 0206600 7” Kleuren CLCD UNI
175 175
NEDERLANDS
25 3 1
2 25 3 1
2
4 4
5 5
6 7 6 7
125
125
Betriebstemp. : -40°C bis +75°C Bedrijfstemp. : -40°C tot +75°C
Gewicht : 2,3 kg Gewicht : 2,3 kg
Netzspannung : +12...30V/DC Voeding : +12...30V/DC
Verbrauch : 20 W auf 24V/DC Consumptie : 20 W op 24V/DC
Außer Betrieb : wasser- und staubbeständig, IP 54 Buiten gebruik : Water en stof proef, IP 54 volgens
gemäß DIN/IEC 529. DIN/IEC 529.
Heizung : Eingebauter Temperaturmeßfühler wird Verwarming : Ingebouwde temperatuur opnemer zal
das LCD bei -25°C starten. de LCD op -25°C opstarten.
Konstruktion : Aluminium/ ABS Constructie : Aluminium/ ABS
0103511 “0-LUX” Autofocus-Farbkamera, hard wired 48° - 2,8° 0103511 “0-LUX” auto focus kleuren camera hard wired 48°- 2.8°
42.5 Anzeiger (grün) 42.5 Aanwijzer
20° Heizung AN 20° (groen)
Anzeiger (rot) Verwarming AAN Aanwijzer
Ca
m
er
a
-
OR
M LA
CO
on
it
or
Sy
st
Kamera AN Ca
m
er
a
-
OR
M LA
CO
on
it
or
Sy
st
(rood)
Camera AAN
em em
s s
85
85
9
9
80 Betriebstemp. : -30°C bis +75°C 80 Bedrijfstemp. : -30°C tot +75°C
206 134 Gewicht : 2,6 kg 206 134 Gewicht : 2,6 kg
Netzspannung: +12...30V/DC Voeding :+12...30V/DC
ORLACO Verbrauch : Heizung an: 0,60A auf +12V/DC & 0,30A ORLACO
Consumptie :Verwarming aan: 0,60A op +12V/DC &
Camera - Monitor Systems Camera - Monitor Systems
an +24V/DC, Heizung aus: 0,25A an

2 x 45°
2 x 45°
+12V/DC & 0,15A auf +24V/DC
0,30A on +24V/DC, verwarming uit:
123
123
Außer Betrieb: mit trockener Stickstoff gefüllt, ungesc- 0,25A on +12V/DC & 0,15A op +24V/DC
157
157
miert und wasserbeständig IP 68, IEC-529 Buiten gebruik : Drooge stikstof ingevuld, omgesmeerd
103
103
Heizung : NTC kontrolliert, ± 3 Watt, Heizung und en waterdicht IP 68 IEC-529
Fensterscheibe bei +15°C Verwarming : NTC gecontrolleerd ±3 Watt
46.7 Konstruktion : stoß- und schwingungsbeständig, 0,8 46.7 verwarming en ruitverwarmer op+15°C
108 bar Überdruck 108
Constructie : Schok and vibratie proef, 0,8 bar overdruk
0701041 Ölgedämpfter Kamerabügel 0701041 Olie Camerabracket gedampt
9 9
43
43
C C
am
er
a
OR am
er
a
OR
-
M LA -
M LA
CO
on
it
or CO
on
it
or
S S
ys ys
te te
m m
s s
85 85
180 85 Betriebstemp. : -20°C bis +60°C 180 85 Bedrijfstemp. : -20°C to +60°C
Gewicht : 5,7 kg Gewicht : 5,7 kg
ø25
ø25
Außer Betrieb : befüllt mit 10W40-Öl (Inhalt 40,23 cc), Buiten gebruik : 10W40 olie-gevuld (Vol.: 40.23cc), water
Model No.
wasserbeständig IP 68 & DIN 40050, Model No.
proef IP 68 & DIN40050, corrosie proef

125
125
Serial No. Serial No.
ORLACO ORLACO
ORLACO
korrosionsbeständig gemäß ISO 3769

ORLACO
volgens ISO3769 (zoute azijnzuur

(Sprühtest mit salziger Essigsäure) öl- spray test) olie- en
und benzinbeständig. benzineweerstander.
Konstruktion: anodisiertes Aluminiumgehäuse(AISI12D) Constructie : Geanodiseerd AL(AISI 12D) behuizing
Componenten Einweisung
0004451 Besturingsorgaan Universeller Monitorbügel Befestigung des Monitors
70 146
Vertikal
103
Overhead
Bedrijfstemp. : -25°C tot +55°C

Gewicht : 1,83 kg
Voeding : +18...24V/DC
Consumptie : Max. 2A inclusief voeding camera
Buiten gebruik : Drooge stikstof ingevuld, Schräge
omgesmeerd en waterdicht IP 69 Fläche
IEC-529, corrosie proef volgens
ISO3769 (zoute azijnzuur spray test)
olie- en benzine-weerstander.
Constructie : Uit syntetische materiaal gemaakt
(P.O.M.) & overdruk 0,4 bar.
0004001 Video zender & ontvanger

Zender Ontvanger Befestigung Monitorbügels
100 25
ø 9 (2×)
85
25
100
199
Bedrijfstemp. : -35°C tot +75°C

80
Gewicht : 1,4 kg
ø 90 Voeding : +12V/DC +/- 10%
Consumptie : Zender: verwarming uit 150mA,
verwarming aan 450mA. Ontvanger:
122 verwarming uit 110mA, verwarming
aan 420mA & 3,6 W, verwarming aan
103
32,5
op +15°C
40
Buiten gebruik : Stikstof ingevuld en waterdicht IP 68

IEC-529
Constructie: P.O.M. Delrin & overdruk 0,4 bar.
Lötseite des weiblichen Anschlussteils (1310841) Lötseite des männlichen Anschlussteils

(1330950)
Bediening van de besturingsorgaan 3 2
1 = Koaxkern (Videosignal)
2 = Koaxschutz (Videoerdung) 13
1 = Indicatie lampje 4 1 3 = Rot (+ 12V/DC) 6 5
4 = Schwarz (Netzerdung) 7 4
Dit indicatielampje gaat branden wanneer een knop wordt
ingedrukt. Als deze niet meer knippert, dient de batterij vervangen 8 3
te worden. Lötseite des männlichen Anschlussteils (1312001) 11 12
1 4 2 = Zoom in 9 2
1 5 Door het indrukken van deze knop zoomt de camera in. 3 2 10 1
1 = Koaxkern (Videosignal)
3 = Zoom uit 2 = Koaxschutz (Videoerdung)
2 Door het indrukken van deze knop zoomt de camera uit. 4 1 3 = Rot (+ 12V/DC) 1 = Koaxkern Video ein 1V/tt
4 = 0-Lux 4 = Schwarz (Netzerdung) 2 = Koaxschutz Videoerdung
3 3 = rot (0,60 mm²) +12V/DC aus 1A
Door het indrukken van deze knop activeert u de 0-Lux functie. De
DEUTSCH
4 = schwarz (0,60 mm²) Netzerdung
0-Lux functie dient alleen gebruikt te worden bij schemer en nacht. 5 = rosa (0,22 mm²) nicht angeschlossen
5 = Helderheid Lötseite des weiblichen Anschluteils (1310801) 6 = gelb (0,22 mm²) nicht angeschlossen
Door het indrukken van deze knop activeert u de helderheid 7 = braun (0,22 mm²) nicht angeschlossen
2 1 = weiß 8 = grau (0,22 mm²) nicht angeschlossen
functie. De camera reageert op licht. Als u in plaats van uw hijslast 2 = nicht angeschlossen 9 = blau (0,22 mm²) langsam auszoomen
de omgeving wilt zien op uw monitor, activeert u de helderheid 3 = rot 10 = rot/schwarz (0,22 mm²) langsam einzoomen
functie. Om te deactiveren drukt u nogmaals op de helderheid 3 1 11 = weiß (0,22 mm²) 0 lux an/aus
knop. Schutz = Masse Fahrzeug 12 = violett (0,22 mm²) nicht angeschlossen
13 = grün (0,22 mm²) Helligkeit ein/aus
Montage der Dämpfung Storingen verhelpen
Sicherheitskette Einstellung des Kamerawinkels Storing Mogelijke oorzaak Wat te doen
NEDERLANDS
1. Monitor ! Monitor niet ingeschakeld ! Schakel de monitor in met knop 5
werkt niet ! Monitor niet aangesloten op voedingsspanning ! Sluit de monitor aan op de voedingsspan-
! Zekering van voedingsspanning kraan defect ning
! Monitor aangesloten op een te lage voedings- ! Vervang de zekering
2 spanning ! Meet de voedingsspanning met aangeslo-
! Andere oorzaak ten en ingeschakeld systeem
1 ! Neem contact op met uw Orlaco dealer
30° 2. Monitor geeft ! Camera werkt niet ! Zie punt 3
geen beeld ! Video ontvanger werkt niet ! Zie punt 5
! Video zender werkt niet ! Zie punt 6
Max.
! Andere oorzaak ! Neem contact op met uw Orlaco dealer
1. Stellen Sie den Kran auf seinen 3. Camera ! Systeem niet ingeschakeld ! Schakel het systeem in met knop 5 op de
Ca
me
ra
-
OR
M LA
CO
on
it
or
S ys
te
ms
höchsten Arbeitsstand ein. werkt niet ! Camera niet aangesloten op voedingsspanning monitor en controleer of de rode LED van
2. Drehen Sie den Bolzen (1) so weit ! Zekering van voedingsspanning kraan defect camera brandt
nach oben, dass der Ausleger /
Lasthaken in der Mitte des Monitors
! Monitor aangesloten op een te lage voedings- ! Sluit de camera aan op voedingsspanning
Die Sicherheitskette muss am Mast sichtbar ist. spanning (knipperende LED) ! Vervang de zekering
und nicht am Befestigungsrohr 3. Sichern Sie den Bolzen mit einer ! Andere oorzaak ! Meet de voedingsspanning met aangeslo-
montiert werden. Mutter (2). ten en ingeschakeld systeem
! Neem contact op met uw Orlaco dealer
Befestigung des Empfängers auf dem 4. Camera zoom ! Datazender werkt niet ! Zie punt 5
Positionsbestimmung Sender und Empfänger Führerhaus werkt niet ! Video ontvanger werkt niet ! Zie punt 6
! Video zender werkt niet ! Zie punt 7
Montieren Sie den Empfänger auf dem Kran ! Andere oorzaak ! Neem contact op met uw Orlaco dealer
möglichst weit vorn. Richten Sie den 5. Datazender ! Batterij leeg ! Vervang batterij
Empfänger mit der flachen Seite zum Sender werkt niet ! Andere oorzaak ! Neem contact op met uw Orlaco dealer
für einen optimalen Empfang. 6. Video ontvanger ! Ontvanger niet aangesloten op voedingsspan- ! Sluit de ontvanger aan op de voedings-
werkt niet ning spanning
! Zekering van voedingsspanning kraan defect ! Vervang de zekering
! Ontvanger aangesloten op een te lage voe- ! Meet de voedingsspanning met aang-
dingsspanning esloten en ingeschakeld systeem
7. Videozender ! Video zender niet aangesloten op voedings- ! Sluit de videozender aan op de voe-
werkt niet spanning dingsspanning
0°- 90° M8 × 25 ! Zekering van voedingsspanning kraan defect ! Vervang de zekering
! Video zender aangesloten op een te lage ! Meet de voedingsspanning met aang-
voedingsspanning esloten en ingeschakeld systeem
Sender und Empfänger wurden mit speziellen
Antennen entworfen. Daher muss immer eine 8. Dataontvanger ! Dataontvanger niet aangesloten op voedings- ! Sluit de dataontvanger aan op de
offene Sichtverbindung zwischen Sender und M8 werkt niet spanning voedingsspanning
! Zekering van voedingsspanning kraan defect ! Vervang de zekering
Empfänger bestehen.
! Dataontvanger aangesloten op een te lage ! Meet de voedingsspanning met aang-
voedingsspanning esloten en ingeschakeld systeem
Einstellung der Dämpfung ! Antenne defect ! Antenne vervangen
Serial No.
ORLACO
0701041
091027
Es ist möglich, mithilfe des mitgelieferten
Inbusschlüssel den Druck der Dämpfung
einzustellen.
C
am
er OR
M8
Auf dem Deckel befindet sich eine Schraube
a
-
M LA
CO
on
it
or
S
ys
te
m
s
M6, die ein- und ausgedreht werden kann.

Ganz eingedreht: größtmögliche Dämpfung
Ganz ausgedreht: geringste Dämpfung
Die Dämpfung kann gefühlt werden, indem
man gleichzeitig die Achse und die Schraube
ein- und ausdreht.
Bediening/ instellingen Montage und Verbindungen
(Stand-by functie aan/uit) 3 5 (toets helderheid)
(camera selectie) 1 7 (insteltoets) 1310841 Anschluß des Monitors
45°
Objects in C3 1 = rot = +12...30V/DC
monitor are
C2
45° 2 = weiß = Netzerdung
closer than
they appear C1 3 = blau = Reversefunktion, aktiviert bei +12..30V/DC
4 = braun = Kamera Nr.2 aktiviert bei +12..30V/DC
(automatische helderheid aan/uit) 2 8 (aan/power save) 1310800 5 = weiß/Gelb = Kamera Nr.3 aktiviert bei +12..30V/DC
(Toets contrast) 4 6 (insteltoets) 6 = grau = Kamera wählen aktivieren Puls+12..30V/DC)
7 = gelb = nicht angeschlossen
Bediening Handeling 1
2
Schakel de powersave in met knop 8 .
Opmerking: Monitor onthoud de laatste instelling (ingeschakeld, stand-by of powersave) Tijdens het opstarten zijn er 1330950
3 mogelijkheden: Ca
m
er
a
OR
- MLA
1310841 0206600
CO
on
it
1. Monitor was in de powersave mode en zal 2 sec. geactiveerd zijn (beeld check) alvorens naar de powersave mode te gaan.
or
S
ys
(CLCD 7”)
te
m
s
Powersave
2. Monitor was aan en zal na het opstarten weer aangaan. •das LCD-Display nicht
3. Monitor was in de stand-by mode en zal 2 sec. geactiveerd zijn (beeld check) alvorens naar de stand-by mode te berühren!
gaan.In zowel de powersave- en de stand-by mode, zal de LCD automatisch geactiveerd worden wanneer de camera •Display nur mit einem
selectie draad met een plusspanning geactiveerd wordt.
weichen Tuch ohne
Kleur instellen Druk de toetsen 4 en 5 tegelijk in en stel de gewenste kleur in met insteltoets 6 of 7 . agressive Reinigungsmittel
Helderheid
Druk op toets 5 en stel de gewenste helderheid in met insteltoets 6 of 7 . reinigen;
instellen
Contrast
instellen Druk op toets 4 en stel het gewenste contrast in met insteltoets 6 of 7 .
Door op toets 1 te drukken wordt het beeld van elke camera in volgorde weergegeven waarbij het
Camera lampje van de geselecteerde camera gaat branden. Door toets 1 2 seconden in te drukken worden de
selectie aanstuurdraden van de camera's weer geactiveerd en gaat de indicatie LED bij knop 1 uit. 1312001 4m
Opmerking: Een aanstuurdraad activeert een gewenste camera, bijvoorbeeld richtingaanwijzer of versnelling in zijn achteruit. Art.nr. 1220150
Für ein optimales Bild wird
Automatische Druk op toets 2 om de automatische helderheid aan of uit te schakelen.
empfohlen, die Linse der
helderheid Opmerking: Door de automatische helderheid te activeren past de monitor de helderheid van het LCD display aan 1310841
aan/uit afhankelijk van de omgeving. Kamera zu reinigen. 1 7
Stand-by Druk op toets 3 om de stand-by functie aan of uit te schakelen. 2
aan/uit
3 4 56
Opmerking: Bij ingeschakelde stand-by treedt de monitor in werking als één van de aanstuurdraden wordt geactiveerd.
Power save uit Druk de toetsen 4 en 5 gedurende 60 seconden in om de “Power save” toets uit te Empfänger
/inschakelen schakelen en 120 seconden om hem weer in te schakelen. 00040**
Systeem Handeling
Opmerking: Als een camera wordt aangestuurd door een knipperend signaal (richtingaanwijzer) dan moet de delay
geactiveerd worden om een knipperend beeld te voorkomen. Fabrieksinstelling: Camera 1 en 2 met delay, camera 3
zonder delay. De delay kan niet worden geactiveerd als de betreffende camera al wordt aangestuurd door een
Delay activeren knipperend signaal.
Selecteer de betreffende camera met toets 1 . Activeer de delay door toets 3 40 seconden in te
drukken (led van aan/uit toets knippert 1x). Door deze handeling te herhalen wordt de delay weer 1310841
gedeactiveerd.
Selecteer de gewenste camera met toets 1 . Activeer spiegelbeeld door toetsen 1 en 3
Spiegelbeeld 20 seconden tegelijk in te drukken (led van aan/uit toets knippert 1x). Door deze handeling te
activeren
herhalen wordt het spiegelbeeld weer gedeactiveerd.
Druk de toetsen 1 en 2 tegelijk gedurende 40 seconden in om een omgekeerde
Omgekeerde weergave te activeren.
weergave Opmerking: Als omgekeerde weergave wordt geactiveerd dan wordt het beeld van de camera op de kop
weergegeven op de monitor. Montage des Kamerabügels
Marker in/uit Druk de toetsen 2 en 3 tegelijk gedurende 10 seconden in om de marker in of uit te
schakelen schakelen. Stel de marker in met de toets 6 of toets 7 in de gewenste positie. Sender M8 × 25
Monitor 50/60Hz
Druk de toets 4 gedurende 60 seconden in om de monitor in te stellen op 50 Hz of 60Hz. 00040*1
Opmerking: Deze instelling is alleen noodzakelijk in combinatie met een navigatiesysteem.
Art.nr. 0103511 0004450
Druk de toetsen 1 en 5 tegelijk gedurende 15 seconden in om het toetsenbord uit te
Toetsenbord schakelen.
uitschakelen Opmerking: Als het toetsenbord uitgeschakeld is staat de monitor continue ingeschakeld en zijn verdere bedieningen
onmogelijk.
Druk de toetsen 1 en 4 tegelijk gedurende 40 seconden in om de handmatige camera selectie uit 0701041
of in te schakelen.
091027
Handmatig M8 × 8
DEUTSCH
Cam.select Opmerking: De gebruiker heeft de mogelijkheid om mbv toets 1 handmatig de stuurdraden te
In/ overrulen. In sommige situaties is dit echter niet gewenst, zoals prioriteit bij veiligheidscameras. Daarom
M8 × 25
uitschakelen kan de handmatige selectie uitgeschakelt worden.
LET OP: bij uitgeschakelde handmatige cam.selectie hebben de stuurdraden altijd prioriteit.
Ca
m
er
a
-
OR
M LA
CO
on
it
or
Sy
st
em
M8
M8 × 16
s
Cinema/wide Druk de toets 5 gedurende 60 seconden in om de monitor in te stellen op cinema of wide beeld.
Stellen Sie den Druck des Dämpfers mit dem
mitgelieferten Schlüssel ein.
LED Als de LED bij toets 1 (geselecteerde camera) en toets 8 (aan/powersave) samen knipperen dan Ganz eingedreht: größtmögliche Dämpfung
indicatie wordt het beeld uitgeschakeld omdat de omgevingstemperatuur onder de -25°C of boven de +75°C is. Ganz ausgedreht: geringste Dämpfung
Algemene informatie over Orlaco
ORLACO
NEDERLANDS
Wilt u op de hoogte blijven van onze producten? Schrijft u

dan in voor onze nieuwsbrief op www.orlaco.nl
Gebrauchsanweisung
drahtloses Lastsichtsystem für Teleskopkräne
mit Autofocus-Kamera “0-lux”
fest verkabelt und CLCD
Artikelnummer 0990530
Gebrauchsanweisung V3.1

Postfach 193
NL-3770 AD Barneveld
Niederlande Orlaco besteedt veel zorg en aandacht aan de juistheid van haar documentatie. Wij kunnen echter geen
Telefon: +31 (0) 342 404555 verantwoording nemen voor verkeerde gegevens en/of onjuiste interpretatie van deze informatie. Wij
verzoeken u dan ook alle gegevens als informatief te beschouwen en deze altijd te laten controleren door
Fax: +31 (0) 342 404556
vakkundige specialisten.
E-Mail: info@orlaco.nl
URL: www.orlaco.com Deze gebruiksaanwijzing is ter beschikking gesteld door Orlaco Products BV ©. Niets uit deze uitgave mag
. gekopieerd worden of overgenomen worden zonder toestemming van Orlaco Products BV.
.
P. 28 and EMC specifications and are produced conform the ISO 9001 - 2000 quality system. e4 www.orlaco.com P. 09
Information générale au sujet d’Orlaco
ORLACO
Désirez-vous demeurer au courant de nos produits?

Enregistrez vous pour recevoir notre prospectus sur notre
site internet: www.orlaco.nl
FRANÇAIS
Instructions manual
Load view wireless system for telescopic crane
with auto focus camera “0-lux” hardwired
and CLCD
Art.nr.: 0990530
Instructions manual V3.1

Post office box 193
3770 AD Barneveld
The Netherlands Orlaco accorde beaucoup d'attention et de soin à l'exactitude de sa documentation. Nous ne pouvons toutefois
Phone: +31 (0) 342 404555 prendre aucune responsabilité concernant les données trouvées et/ou l'interprétation inexacte de cette
information. Nous vous demandons donc de considérer cette information à titre informatif et de bien vérifier
Fax: +31 (0) 342 404556
auprès des spécialistes compétents.
Internet: www.orlaco.com Ce manuel d'instructions a été mis à disposition par “Orlaco Products BV“ ©. Aucun extrait ne peut être
. recopié ou emprunté sans l'accord d' “Orlaco Products BV“.
.
P. 10 and EMC specifications and are produced conform the ISO 9001 - 2000 quality system. e4 www.orlaco.com P. 27
Commandes/ réglage du système Assembly and connections
(fonction stand-by marche/arrêt) 3 5 (touche luminosité)
1310841 Connection to monitor
(sélection caméra) 1 7 (touche de réglage) 45°
Objects in 1 = Red = +12...30V/DC
monitor are
C3
45°
C2 2 = White = Ground
closer than C1 3 = Blue = Reverse function activated on +12...30V/DC
(luminosité automatique marche/arrêt) 2 1310800 4 = Brown = Camera no.2 activated on +12...30V/DC
8 (touche marche/ économie) 5 = White/Yellow = Camera no.3 activated on +12...30V/DC
(Touche contraste) 4 6 (touche de réglage) 6 = Grey = Camera select. activation pulse+12...30V/DC
7 =Yellow = Not connected
Commande Opération 1
2
Allumer le moniteur avec la touche 8 .
Remarque: Le moniteur garde en mémoire le dernier ajustement (marche, stand-by ou économie). 1330950 •D o n o t t o u c h t h e L C D
Il y a 3 possibilités de démarrage: Ca
m
er
a
OR
- MLA
1310841 display 0206600
CO
on
it
or
Moniteur
S
ys
(CLCD 7”)
te
1. Le moniteur était en mode économie et sera activé durant 2 secondes (vérification d’écran) puis retournera en mode
m
s
•To clean the display use

marche/ économie.
économie 2. Le moniteur était allumé et sera après le démarrage rallumé.
only a soft towel without
3.Le moniteur était en mode stand-by et sera activé durant 2 secondes (vérification d’écran) puis retournera en mode stand-by. using any agressive
En mode économie ou stand-by, le moniteur sera activé immédiatement dès qu'une tension d'alimentation apparaît sur products.
le fil de sélection de la caméra.
Réglage Appuyer simultanément sur les touches 4 et 5 et régler la couleur avec les touches 6 ou 7 .
Couleur
Réglage Appuyer sur la touche 5 et régler la luminosité avec les touches 6 ou 7 .
Luminosité
Réglage
Contraste
Appuyer sur la touche 4 et régler le contraste avec les touches 6 ou 7 .
ENGLISH
Le fait d’appuyer sur la touche 1 permet d'obtenir l'image de chaque caméra l'une après l'autre et la 1312001 4m
Sélection petite lampe de chaque caméra sélectionnée s'allume. Si vous appuyez 2 secondes sur la touche 1 , Art.nr. 1220150
Caméras vous réactivez les fils de commande des caméras et le témoin DEL de la touche 1 s'éteint. It is recommended that
Remarque: Un fil de commande active la caméra souhaitée, par exemple le clignotant ou la marche arrière.
Luminosité
the camera lens is kept 1310841
Appuyer sur la touche 2 pour brancher ou débrancher la luminosité automatique. clean to ensure an 1 7
automatique
marche/arrêt
Remarque: Si la luminosité automatique est activée, le moniteur adapte la luminosité de l'affichage LCD à
optimal image. 2
l'environnement. 3 4 56
Stand-by Appuyer sur la touche 3 pour brancher ou débrancher la fonction stand-by. Receiver
marche/arrê Remarque: Si la fonction stand-by est branchée, le moniteur fonctionne si l'un des fils de commande est activé.
00040**
Mise en/ Appuyer simultanément sur les touches 4 et 5 durant 60 secondes pour désactiver la
hors service
de la touche commande de la touche “marche/ économie” et 120 secondes pour la réactiver.
écon.
Réglages
Opération
du système
Remarque: Si une caméra est commandée par un signal intermittent (clignotant), le retard (delay) doit être activé pour
Activer empêcher que l'image ne clignote. Réglage d'usine: Caméra 1 et 2 avec retard, caméra 3 sans retard.
1310841
Temporisateur Sélectionner la caméra souhaitée avec le bouton 1 . Activer le temporisateur (retard) en
(Retard) appuyant sur la touche 3 pendant 40 secondes (la DEL de la touche marche/arrêt clignote
1x). Pour désactiver le temporisateur (retard), répéter cette opération.
Remarque: Le temporisateur ne peut pas être activé si la caméra en question est déjà commandée par un signal intermittent.
Activer Image
Sélectionner la caméra souhaitée avec la touche 1 . Activer l'image réfléchie en appuyant
réfléchie simultanément sur les touches 1 et 3 pendant 20 secondes (la DEL du bouton
marche/arrêt clignote 1x). Pour désactiver l'image réfléchie, répéter cette opération.
Affichage
Appuyer simultanément sur les touches 1 et 2 pendant 40 secondes pour activer un Fitting camera bracket
inversé affichage inversé.
Remarque: Si l'affichage inversé est activé, l'image de la caméra est renversée sur le moniteur.
Dés-/ activer Appuyer simultanément sur les touches 2 et 3 pendant 10 secondes pour brancher ou Transmitter M8 × 25
Marqueur débrancher le marqueur. Régler le marqueur avec les boutons 6 ou 7 dans la position 00040*1
souhaitée.
Art.nr. 0103511 0004450
Moniteur Appuyer sur la touche 4 pendant 60 secondes pour régler le moniteur sur 50Hz ou 60Hz.
50/60Hz Remarque: Ce réglage est uniquement nécessaire en combinaison avec un système de navigation.
Désactiver le Appuyer simultanément sur les touches 1 et 5 pendant 15 secondes pour désactiver le clavier.
clavier Remarque: Si le clavier est désactivé, le moniteur fonctionne en continu et toute autre commande est impossible.
0701041
Dés-/ activater Appuyez sur les touches 1 en 4 simultanément pendant 40 secondes pour dés-/activer 091027
le mode le mode de sélection de la camera. M8 × 8
manuel Remarque: L’utilisateur a par exemple, à l’aide de la touche 1 , la possibilité d’outrepasser manuellement les fils
de sélection M8 × 25
de controle. Dans certaines situations ceci peut ne pas être souhaitable, comme dans le cas de priorité d’une caméra
de la caméra de sécurité. C’est pourquoi il est possible de dés-/activer le mode manuel de sélection de la caméra. Ca
m
er
a
-
OR
M LA
CO
M8
Cinema/
on
it
or
Sy
st
em
M8 × 16
s
wide
Appuyez sur la touche 5 pendant 60 secondes pour passer en mode écran cinema et écran large.
Set the pressure of the demper using the Allen key
Témoin Si la DEL de la touche 1 (sélection caméra) et 8 (moniteur marche/ économie) clignotent supplied.
DEL rapidement en même temps, l'image s’éteint en raison d'une température ambiante inférieure Fully tightened: Maximum damping
à -25°C ou supérieure à +75°C. Fully loosened: Minimum damping
Damping installation Dépannage
Safety chain Setting camera angle Problème Cause possible Que devriez-vous faire
1. Moniteur ! Le moniteur est éteint; ! Allumer le moniteur en appuyant sur la
ne fonctionne pas ! Le moniteur est non branché à l’alimentation; touche 5;
! Le fusible de la tension d’alimentation du ! Brancher le système à l’alimentation;
véhicule est défectueux; ! Replacer le fusible;
2 ! L’alimentation auquel le système est branché ! Mesurer l’alimentation lorsqu’il est en
est trop faible (clignotement du témoin sur la marche;
1 caméra);
30° ! Autre cause;
2. L’image ! La caméra ne fonctionne pas; ! Voir problème 3;
n’apparaît pas à Le récepteur vidéo ne fonctionne pas; Voir problème 5;
Max.
! !
l’écran ! L’émetteur vidéo ne fonctionne pas; ! Voir problème 6;
! Autre cause; ! Prendre contact avec Orlaco;
1. Set the crane in the highest working
Ca
me
ra
-
OR
M LA
CO
on
it
or
S ys
te
ms
position.
3. Caméra ! Le système n’est pas allumé; ! Allumer le moniteur en appuyant sur la
2. Turn the bolt (1) up until the hoisting ne fonctionne pas ! La caméra n’est pas bien branchée; touche 5 et vérifier que la lumière rouge
hook is shown in the centre of the ! Le fusible de la grue est défectueux; de la caméra s’allume;
The safety chain should be fitted to monitor. ! L’alimentation auquel le système est branché ! Brancher la caméra à l’alimentation;
the mast, not to the fixing pipe. 3. Lock the bolt with nut (2). est trop faible (clignotement du témoin sur la ! Remplacer le fusible;
caméra); ! Mesurer l’alimentation lorsqu’il est en
! Autre cause; marche;
! Prendre contact avec Orlaco;
Position of transmitter and receiver Fixing receiver on the cabin 4. Zoom de caméra ! L’émetteur de données ne fonctionne pas; ! Voir problème 5;
ne fonctionne pas ! Le récepteur vidéo ne fonctionne pas; ! Voir problème 6;
Position the receiver horizontally or vertically ! L’émetteur vidéo ne fonctionne pas; ! Voir problème 7;
as far as possible to the front en aim his top ! Autre cause; ! Prendre contact avec Orlaco;
(flat side) to the transmitter for an optimal 5. Emetteur de ! La batterie est déchargée; ! Remplacer la batterie;
reception. données ! Autre cause; ! Prendre contact avec Orlaco;
ne fonctionne pas
6. Récepteur vidéo ! Le récepteur n’est pas bien branché à ! Brancher le récepteur à l’alimentation;
ne fonctionne pas l’alimentation; ! Remplacer le fusible;
! Le fusible de la grue est défectueux; ! Mesurer l’alimentation lorsqu’il est en
! L’alimentation auquel le récepteur est branché marche;
est trop faible; ! Prendre contact avec Orlaco;
! Autre cause;
0°- 90° M8 × 25 7. Emetteur vidéo ! L’émetteur video est non branché à ! Brancher l’émetteur vidéo à l’alimentation;
ne fonctionne pas l’alimentation; ! Remplacer the fusible;
! Le fusible de la grue est défectueux; ! Mesurer l’alimentation lorsqu’il est en
! L’alimentation auquel l’émetteur est branché est marche;
FRANÇAIS
Transmitter and receiver are designed with trop faible; ! Prendre contact avec Orlaco;
special antenna and should be therefore able ! Autre cause;
M8
to see each other without any obstruction.
8. Récepteur ! Le récepteur de données n’est pas branché à ! Brancher le récepteur à l’alimentation;
de données l’alimentation; ! Remplacer le fusible;
Adjustment damping ne fonctionne pas ! Le fusible de la grue est défectueux; ! Mesurer l’alimentation lorsqu’il est en
! L’alimentation auquel l’émetteur de données est marche;
branché est trop faible; ! Remplacer l’antenne;
! L’antenne est défectueuse; ! Prenez contact avec Orlaco;
! Autre cause;
Serial No.
ORLACO
0701041
091027
It is possible to adjust the pressure using the

C
am
er
a
-
OR
M LA
CO
on
it
or
S
ys
te
m
s
M8 socket head wrench provided. On the cover is
an M6 socket head screw which can be turned
in and out.
Fully turned in provides maximum damping.
Fully turned out provides minimum damping.
The damping can be felt by turning the shaft
and simultaneously turning the screw.
Composantes Installation
0004451 Boîte de contrôle Universal monitor bracket Monitor attachment
70 146
Vertical
103
Overhead
Temp. d’opération: -25°C à +55°C

Poids : 1,83 kg
Alimentation : +18...24V/DC
Consommation : 2A max. incluant alimentation de la
caméra Sloping
Usage ext. : Remplis d’azote sec, forgé et surfaces
étanche à l’eau selon IP 69 IEC529,
à l’épreuve de la corrosion ISO3769
(Test au jet d’acide acétique salée)
résistant à l’huile- et à l’essence.
Construction: Matériel synthétique (P.O.M.) &
surpression de 0,4 bar.
ENGLISH
0004001 Emetteur vidéo & récepteur
Emetteur Récepteur Mounting of the monitor bracket
100 25
ø 9 (2×)
85
25
100
199
Temp. d’opération: -35°C tot +75°C

80
Poids : 1,4 kg
ø 90 Alimentation : +12V/DC +/- 10%
Consommation : Emetteur: chauffage éteint 150mA,
chauffage allumé 450mA. Récepteur:
122 chauffage éteint 110mA , chauffage
allumé 420mA & 3,6 W, chauffage
103
32,5
allumé à +15°C
40
Usage ext. : Rempli d’azote et étanche à l’eau

selon IP 68 IEC-529
Construction: P.O.M. Delrin & surpression 0,4 bar.
Soldering side of female connector (1310841)

Soldering side male connector (1330950)
Commande de la boîte de contrôle 3 2
1 = Coax core (Video signal)
2 = Coax screen (Ground video) 13
4 1 3 = Red (+ 12V/DC) 6 5
1 = Lampe témoin 4 = Black (Feed ground) 7 4
Cette lampe s'allume lorsqu'une touche est pressée. Si celle-ci ne
clignote plus, la batterie doit être remplacée. 8 3
1 2 = Zoom avant Soldering side of male connector (1312001) 11 12
4 9 2
1 En pressant ce bouton la caméra effectue un zoom avant. 10 1
5 2 3
3 = Zoom arrière 1 = Coax core (Video signal)
En pressant ce bouton la caméra effectue un zoom arrière. 2 = Coax safeguard (Video ground) 1 = Coax core Video in 1V/tt
2 4 = 0-Lux 1 4 3 = Red (+ 12V/DC) 2 = Coax screen Video ground
3 4 = Black (Feed ground) 3 = Red (0,60 mm²) +12V/DC out 1A
En pressant ce bouton, vous activez la fonction « 0-Lux ». La fonction
4 = Black (0,60 mm²) Feed ground
ne doit qu'être utilisée uniquement que lors du crépuscule du matin et 5 = Pink (0,22 mm²) Not connected
de la nuit. Soldering side of female connector (13108001) 6 = Yellow (0,22 mm²) Not connected
5 = Clarté 7 = Brown (0,22 mm²) Not connected
2 8 = Gray (0,22 mm²) Not connected
En pressant ce bouton, vous activez la fonction « clarté ». La caméra 1 = White
2 = Not connected 9 = Blue (0,22 mm²) Zoom out slow
réagit à la lumière. Si vous voulez voir l'entourage plutôt que votre 10 = Red/Black (0,22 mm²) Zoom in slow
3 = Red
charge sur votre moniteur, activez cette fonction. Réappuyez sur la 11 = White (0,22 mm²) 0-lux On/Off
3 1
touche une deuxième fois pour désactiver la fonction. Safeguard = Vehicle earth 12 = Purple (0,22 mm²) Not connected
13 = Green (0,22 mm²) Bright On/Off
Components Composantes
0206600 7" Colour CLCD UNI 0206600 CLCD couleur 7” Uni
175 25 2
175 25 2
3 1 3 1
4 4
5 5
6 7 6 7
125
125
Operating temp.: -40°C to +75°C Temp. d’opération: -40°C à +75°C
Weight : 2,3 kg Poids : 2,3 kg
Power input : +12...30V/DC Alimentation : +12...30V/DC
Consumption : 20 W on 24V/DC Consommation : 20 W sur 24V/DC
Outside use : Water and dust proof, IP 54 acc. to Usage ext. : Etanche à l’eau et à la poussière,
DIN/IEC 529. IP 54 DIN/IEC 529.
Heating : Built in temperature sensor will activate Chauffage : Détecteur de température activera le
the LCD at -25°C LCD à -25°C.
Construction : Aluminium/ ABS Construction : Aluminium/ ABS
0103511 “0-LUX” auto focus colour camera hard wired 48°-2.8° 0103511 Caméra couleur “0-LUX” auto focus câblée 48°-2.8°
42.5 Indicator light 42.5 Témoin
20° (green) 20° (vert)
Heating ON Indicator light Chauffage allumé Témoin
Ca
m
er
a
-
OR
M LA
CO
on
it
or
Sy
st
(red) Ca
m
er
a
-
OR
M LA
CO
on
it
or
Sy
st
(rouge)
Camera ON Caméra allumée
em em
s s
85
85
9
9
80 Operating temp. : -30°C to +75°C 80 Temp. d’opération: -30°C à +75°C
206 134 206 134
Power input : +12...30V/DC Alimentation : +12...30V/DC
ORLACO Consumption : Heating on: 0,60A on +12V/DC & ORLACO
Consommation : Chauffage en marche: 0,60A sur +12V/DC
0,30A on +24V/DC, Heating off: 0,25A

& 0,30A sur+24V/DC,Chauffage

2 x 45°
2 x 45°
on +12V/DC & 0,15A on +24V/DC éteint: 0,25A sur+12V/DC &0,15A +24V/DC
123
123
FRANÇAIS
Outside use : Dry-nitrogen filled, condense and Usage ext. : Emplis d'azote, forgé et étanche à
157
157
watertight IP 68 IEC-529 l'eau IP 68 IEC-529
103
103
Heating : NTC controlled ±3 Watt heater and Chauffage : Contrôlé NTC ±3 Watt, chauffage et
demister activated at +15°C. dégivreur activés à +15°C.
Construction : Shock & vibration proof, 0,8 bar Construction : Résistant aux chocs et vibrations,
46.7 108 46.7 108 surpression de 0,8 bar
overpressure
0701041 Oil damped camera bracket 0701041 Support de caméra avec amortisseur à l’huile
9 9
43
43
C C
am
er
a
OR am
er
a
OR
-
M LA -
M LA
CO
on
it
or CO
on
it
or
S S
ys ys
te te
m m
s s
85 85
180 85 Operating temp.: -20°C to +60°C 180 85 Temp. d’opération: -20°C à +60°C
ø25
ø25
Outside use : 10W40 oil-filled (Vol.: 40.23cc), water Usage ext. : 10W40 remplis d’huile (Vol.: 40.23cc),
Model No.
proof IP 68 & DIN40050, corrossion Model No.

étanche à l’eau IP 68 & DIN40050,
125
125
Serial No. Serial No.
résistant à la corrosion selon

ORLACO ORLACO
ORLACO
proof according to ISO3769 (acetic ORLACO

acid salt spray test) oil- and gasol ISO3769 (Test au jet d’acide
ine-resistant. acétique salée) résistant à l’huile et
Construction : Anodised aluminium( AISI 12D) housing à l’essence.
Construction : Boîtier d’Aluminium anodisé(AISI 12D)
Installation Components
Support de moniteur universel Fixation du moniteur 0004451 Control unit
70 146
Vue verticale
103
Vue
plongeante
Operating temp.: -25°C to +55°C
Weight : 1,83 kg
Power input : +18...24V/DC
Consumption : Max. 2A including power camera
Plans Outside use : Dry-nitrogen filled, condense and
inclinés watertight IP 69 IEC-529, corrosion
proof acc. to ISO3769 (acetic acid
salt spray test) oil- and gasoline-
resistant.
Construction :Synthetic material (P.O.M.) & over-
pressure 0,4 bar.
ENGLISH
0004001 Video transmitter & receiver
Montage du support de moniteur Transmitter Receiver
100 25
ø 9 (2×)
85
25
100
199
Opreating temp. : -35°C to +75°C
80
Weight : 1,4 kg
ø 90 Power input : +12V/DC +/- 10%
Consumption : Transmitter: heating OFF 150mA,
heating ON 450mA. Receiver:
122 heating OFF 110mA , heating ON
420mA & 3,6 W heating ON activated
103
32,5
at +15°C
40
Outside use : Nitrogen filled and watertight IP 68
IEC-529
Construction : P.O.M. Delrin & overpressure 0,4 bar.
Soudure du connecteur côté femelle (1310841)

Soudure du connecteur côté mâle (1330950)
3 2 Commands of the control unit
1 = Noyau coax (Signal vidéo)
2 = Protection coax (Mise à terre vidéo) 13
4 1 3 = Rouge (+ 12V/DC) 6 5
4 = Noir (Mise à terre 7 4
alimentation) 1 = Indicator lamp
8 3 This indicator lamp lights up if a button is pressed. If it no longer
Soudure du connecteur côté mâle (1312001) 11 12 flashes, the battery should be replaced.
9 2 1 4 2 = Zoom in
2 3 10 1 1 5 Press this button to zoom in the camera.
1 = Noyau coax (Signal vidéo)
2 = Protection coax (Mise à terre vidéo) 3 = Zoom out
1 4 3 = Rouge (+ 12V/DC) 1 = Noyau coax Entrée vidéo 1V/pp 2 Press this button to zoom out the camera.
4 = Noir (Mise à terre 2 = Protection coax Mise à la terre vidéo 4 = 0-Lux
alimentation) 3 = Rouge (0,60 mm²) +12V/DC sortie 1A 3
4 = Noir (0,60 mm²) Mise à la terre Press this button to activate the 0-lux function. The 0-lux function
alimentation should only be used at dusk and night time.
Soudure du connecteur côté femelle (13108001) 5 = Rose (0,22 mm²) Non branché 5 = Bright
6 = Jaune (0,22 mm²) Non branché Pressing this button activates the bright function. The camera is
2 1 = Blanc 7 = Brun (0,22 mm²) Non branché
2 = Non branché 8 = Gris (0,22 mm²) Non branché light sensitive. If you want to see the surrounding area instead of
3 = Rouge 9 = Bleu (0,22 mm²) Zoom arrière lent your crane load, activate the bright function. To deactivate it, press
3 1 10 = Rouge/Noir (0,22 mm²) Zoom avant lent the bright button again.
Protection = Masse du véhicule 11 = Blanc (0,22 mm²) 0-lux Marche/Arrêt
12 = Violet (0,22 mm²) Non branché
Troubleshooting Installation de l’amortisseur
Problem Possible cause What you should do Chaîne de sécurité Ajustement de l’angle de la caméra
1. Monitor ! Monitor is not switched on ! Switch the monitor on by pressing button 5
does not work ! Monitor is not connected to the power supply ! Connect the monitor to the power supply
! Fuse of the crane's power supply is defective ! Replace the fuse
! The power supply to which the monitor is ! Measure the supplied voltage of the
connected is too low system when connected and switched on 2
! Other cause ! Contact your Orlaco dealer
1
2. Monitor ! Camera is not functioning ! See problem 3
has no picture ! Video receiver is not functioning ! See problem 5 30°
! Video transmitter is not functioning ! See problem 6
Max.
3. Camera ! System is not switched on ! Switch the system on by pressing button 5
does not work ! Camera is not connected to the power supply on the LED and check that the red LED of
! Fuse of the crane's power supply is defective the camera is on Ca
me
ra
-
OR
MoLA
CO
ni
to
r
Sy
st
1. Ajustez la grue à sa hauteur
maximum.
em
s
! The power supply to which the monitor is ! Connect the camera to the power supply
2. Tournez le boulon (1) vers le haut
connected is too low (flashing LED) ! Replace the fuse
jusqu'à ce que le crochet soit
! Other cause ! Measure the supplied voltage of the La chaîne de sûreté devrait être montré au centre du moniteur.
system when connected and switched on montée au mât et non au tuyau de 3. Verrouillez le boulon avec l’écrou(2);
! Contact your Orlaco dealer fixation.
4. Camera zoom ! Data transmitter is not functioning ! See problem 5
does not work ! Video receiver is not functioning ! See problem 6
! Video transmitter is not functioning ! See problem 7 Position de l’émetteur et du récepteur Fixation du récepteur sur la cabine
5. Data transmitter ! Battery is empty ! Replace the battery Placez le récepteur horizontalement ou
does not work ! Other cause ! Contact your Orlaco dealer verticalement aussi loin que possible vers
6. Video receiver ! Receiver is not connected to the power supply ! Connect the receiver to the power supply l’avant et dirigez le côté plat du dessus vers
does not work ! Fuse of the crane's power supply is defective ! Replace the fuse l'émetteur pour une réception optimale.
! The power supply to which the receiver is ! Measure the supplied voltage of the
connected is too low system when connected and switched on
7. Video transmitter ! Video transmitter is not connected to the power ! Connect the video transmitter to the power
is not functioning supply supply
! Fuse of the crane's power supply is defective ! Replace the fuse
! The power supply to which the video transmitter ! Measure the supplied voltage of the 0°- 90° M8 × 25
is connected is too low system when connected and switched on
8. Data receiver ! Data receiver is not connected to the power ! Connect the receiver to the power supply L'émetteur et le récepteur ont été conçus
FRANÇAIS
is not functioning supply ! Replace the fuse avec des antennes spéciales. Pour cette
! Fuse of the crane's power supply is defective ! Measure the supplied voltage of the
raison ils devraient pouvoir se voir l'un et M8
! The power supply to which the data transmitter system when connected and switched on
is connected is too low ! Replace the antenna l'autre sans obstruction.
! Antenna is defective ! Contact your Orlaco dealer
! Other cause Ajustement de l’amortisseur
Serial No.
ORLACO
0701041
091027
Il est possible d'ajuster la tension à l'aide de la

C
am
er
a
-
OR
LA M8 clé hexagonale fournie. Sur le couvercle, une
vis M6 peut être dé-/serrée. Complètement
M
CO
on
it
or
S
ys
te
m
s
serré procure un amortissement maximum.

Complètement déserré procure un
amortissement minimum.
L'amortissement peut se faire sentir en
tournant simultanément la vis et l'axe.
Assemblage et branchement Operations/ system settings
(stand-by function on/off) 3 5 (brightness button)
1310841 Branchement au moniteur (camera selection) 1 7 (adjustment button)
45°
1 = Rouge = +12...30V/DC Objects in C3
45° 2 = Blanc = Mise à la terre de l’alimentation monitor are
C2
closer than
3 = Bleu = Activation fonction arrière +12..30V/DC they appear C1
4 = Brun = Activation de la caméra no.2 +12..30V/DC
1310800 5 = Blanc/Jaune= Activation de la caméra no.3 +12..30V/DC (automatic brightness on/off) 2 8 (on/power save)
6 = Gris = Activation pulsation Select.cam. +12..30V/DC (contrast button) 4 6 (adjustment button)
7 = Jaune = Non branché
1
2 Operation Procedure
1310841 1330950 Switch the monitor on by pressing button 8 .
Ca
m
er
a
-
OR
M LA
CO
on
it
0206600 Remarks: Monitor keep the last setting in memory (switched on, stand-by or powersave) There are 3 ways to start up:
•Ne touchez pas l’écran du LCD;
or
Sy
(CLCD 7”)
st
em
s
Powersave 1. Monitor was in powersave mode and will be activated for 2 seconds (screen check) before switching to powersave mode.
•Utilisez un linge doux sans produits 2. Monitor was on and will after start up be on.
nettoyants agressifs pour nettoyer 3. Monitor was in stand-by mode and will be activated for 2 seconds (screen check) switching to stand-by mode.
In both modes (powersave or stand-by), the LCD will be automaticly activated when the camera selection wire is supplied.
l’écran; Colour
adjustment Press buttons 4 and 5 at the same time and adjust the colour with buttons 6 or 7
Brightness
adjustment Press button 5 and adjust the brightness with buttons 6 or 7 .
Contrast
adjustment
Press button 4 and adjust the contrast with buttons 6 or 7 .
Press button 1 to show the picture from each camera in order; the lamp of the selected
ENGLISH
Camera camera will light up. Hold button 1 pressed in for 2 seconds to activate the control circuits
1312001 4m selection of the cameras again and the indicator LED for button 1 goes out.
Art.no. 1220150 Remark: A control circuit activates an individual camera, for example, when using the indicators or changing to
Il est recommandé de reverse gear.
maintenir l’objectif de la 1310841 Automatic Press button 2 to switch the automatic brightness on and off.
caméra propre pour 1 7 brightness Remark: By activating the automatic brightness the monitor adjusts the brightness of the LCD display according to the
2 on/off environment.
obtenir une image 3 4 56
optimale. Stand-by Press button 3 to switch the stand-by function on and off.
Récepteur on/off Remark: If stand-by is switched on, the monitor starts to work if one of the control circuits is activated.
00040** Disable/enab-
Hold buttons 4 and 5 pressed for 60 seconds to disable powerkey and 120 seconds to enable it.
le powerkey
System
settings Procedure
Remark: If one camera is controlled by an intermittent signal (e.g. from an indicator light), the delay must be activated
to prevent the picture from flickering. Factory settings: Camera 1 and 2 delay on, camera 3 delay off.
Delay Select the respective camera with button 1 . Activate the delay by holding button 3
1310841 activation pressed for 40 seconds (The LED for the on/off button will flash 1x). Repeat this operation to
deactivate the delay.
Remark: The delay cannot be activated if the respective camera is already controlled via an intermittent signal.
Select the respective camera with button 1 . Activate the mirror image by holding buttons
Mirror image
activation 1 and 3 pressed in at the same time for 20 seconds (the LED for the on/off button will
flash 1x). Repeat this procedure to deactivate the mirror image.
Hold buttons 1 and 2 pressed at the same time for 40 seconds to activate inverted
Support de la caméra Inverted image.
image Remark: If inverted image is activated, the picture from the camera is shown upside down on the monitor.
Marker on/off
Hold buttons 2 and 3 pressed at the same time for 10 seconds to switch the marker on
Emetteur M8 × 25 and off. Set the marker to the required position with button 6 or button 7 .
00040*1 Monitor Hold button 4 pressed for 60 seconds to set the monitor to 50 Hz or 60Hz.
50/60Hz Remark: This setting is only necessary in combination with a navigation system.
Art.nr. 0103511 0004450
Hold buttons 1 and 5 pressed at the same time for 15 seconds to switch off the
Switch off the keyboard.
keyboard Remark: If the keyboard is switched off, the monitor is continuously switched on and further operations are not possible.
0701041 Hold buttons 1 and 4 pressed at the same time for 40 seconds to switch on/ off the
091027 manual camera selection mode.
M8 × 8 Manual
Cam.selection Remark: The user has for example the choice to overrule manually by pressing button 1 . In some cases this is
M8 × 25 On/ Off however not suitable, such as priority on security cameras. For this reason. It is possible to switch off the manual
camera selection mode.
Ca
m
er
a
-
OR
M LA
CO
on
it
or
Sy
st
em
M8 Warning: by switching off the manual cam.selection mode the control wire has always priority.
M8 × 16
s
Cinema/wide Hold the button 5 pressed for 60 seconds to switch to wide screen cinema.
Ajustez la pression de l’amortisseur en utilisant la clé
Allen fournie; LED
Entièrement serré: Amortissement maximum
If the LED for button 1 (camera selection) and 8 (monitor on/powersave) flash together
Entièrement déserré: Amortissement minimum; indication quickly, the image is switched off as the ambient temperature is below -25°C or above +75°C.
General information about Orlaco
ORLACO
Would you like to be kept informed about our products?

Please register you to receive our newsletter on
www.orlaco.nl
FRANÇAIS
Manuel d’instructions
Système de vue sur chargement sans fil
pour grues téléscopiques
avec caméra auto focus “0-lux” câblée et CLCD
Art.nr.: 0990530
Instructions manual V3.1

Boîte postale 193
3770 AD Barneveld
Orlaco give much care and attention on the correctness of its documentation. We can take however no Les Pays-Bas
responsibility regarding these data and/or incorrect interpretation of this information. We request you to Téléphone: +31 (0) 342 404555
consider all data as informative and always to let these check by a skilled specialist.
Fax: +31 (0) 342 404556
These instructions for use have been set by Orlaco Product Ltd ©. Nothing from this publication is allowed to Internet: www.orlaco.com
be copied or taken without authorisation of Orlaco Products Ltd. .
.
and EMC specifications and are produced conform the ISO 9001 - 2000 quality system. e4 www.orlaco.com P. 18 P. 19
24 Glossary
Glossary
AdBlue® (ISO 22241/DIN 70070/AUS32)
AdBlue is the brand name for a water-clear,
synthetic 32.5 per cent solution of high-purity
urea in demineralised water that is used for
the final treatment of exhaust gases in a SCR
catalytic converter. AdBlue® is a registered
trademark of the VDA (Verband der Auto-
mobilindustrie = Automobile Industry Associ-
ation) in Germany. Designation in North
America: Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF).
WFN3RUWW2K2064139
760 ATF 60G-3

2019-03_EN

Om Atf60g-3 2064139 Ow en

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Om Atf60g-3 2064139 Ow en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Operation Manual

Manufacturer After-Sales Service

2 General safety instructions 21

3.11 Emergency hammer 87

4 Brief description of the operating elements 89

4.5 Right-hand crane control lever 90

5 Components and operating elements 91

6 AML crane control 143

6.3.3 Crane information 151

6.14.1 Description of function of the automatic safe load indicator 262

7 Putting into operation 269

7.1.1 Unlocking and locking door from interior/exterior 269

8 Supporting the mobile crane from the superstructure 299

9.4.6 Assembly of counterweight variant in assembly position 338

9.6 Selecting the rigging status 359

10 Driving the mobile crane from the superstructure 361

11 Short tip jib *) 377

11.10 Operating the short tip with a lifting hook 389

12 Jib Mechanically adjustable single folding jib *) 399

13 Crane operation 435

13.5 Operation with two hook blocks 437

14 Crane operation in winter 443

16 Special equipment 475

16.7 Fitting and removing swinging working floodlight 500

17.5 Telescoping system 505

19 Emergency operation / faults during crane operation 525

19.11.5 Solenoid valve installation locations 547

20 Service and maintenance 551

20.1 Description of maintenance chart 551

20.13.3 Checking hydraulic oil tank breather 616

20.15.2 Checking the tightness of the hoisting winch 623

21 Crane testing instructions 649

21.4.1 Replacement state of hoisting ropes 657

21.6.1 Inspection of the fixing screws of the slewing ring 667

22 Removal from operation 669

23 Technical data 671

1.1 Using the operating manual

Using the operating manual

▪ Further operating manuals depending on the installed special equipments or options.

Definition of the direction specifications

Symbols and safety instructions

Type and source of danger

Tips and recommended actions

Provides information if adherence to specific instructions is important for

1.2 Superstructure Model Plate

1.3 In case of Damage

2 General safety instructions

2.1 Basic Safety Information

2.1.1 Use of the Mobile Crane

2.1.2 Personnel Requirements

4. Replace faulty ladders immediately.

Skilled Repair Technicians

Personal Protective Equipment

2.1.3 Planning Use

When going to the installation location

When carrying out the planned work

Required crane equipment

Permissible Ground Pressure

In case of an unstable support, there is a risk of tipping and thus a risk of

Calculating the support area

Permissible ground pressure (extract from DIN 1054)

Slopes and depressions

ing to the type of ground.